% V^ V A° II

V

V!

if"

■'f:

I

I

Journal

of the

New York

ENTaMOLOGlCAL SOCIETY

Devoted to Entomology in General ^

VOLUME LXVIII

Published by the Society
New York, N. Y.

Business Press, Inc.
Lancaster, Pennsylvania

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Alexander, Charles P.

Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya
Mountains (Tipulidae, Diptera), V 135

Brown, F. Martin

The Correspondence Between William Henry Edwards
and Spencer Fullerton Baird (Part IV) 157

Brush, Raymond

Collecting Diurnal Lepidoptera in the Lesser Antilles 101

Causey, Nell B.

The Troglobitic Milliped Genus Zygonopns ( Chordenmida,
Conotylidae, Trichopetalinae) 69

Chew, Robert M.

Note on Colony Size and Activity in Pogonomyrmex oc-
cidentalis (Cresson) 81

Evans, Howard E.

Observations on the Nesting Behavior of Three Species of
the Genus Crabo (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae) 123

Fiore, Carl

Effects of Temperature and Parental Age on the Life
Cycle of the Dark Mealworm, Tenebrio obscnrus Fabri-
cus 27

Foote, Richard TL

. The Tephritidae and Otitidae of the Bahama Islands

(Diptera) 83

The Species of the Genus Neotephritis Hendel in America
North of Mexico (Diptera) 145

Fox, Richard M.

A Postscript on the Ithomine Tribe Tithoreini 152

Haskins, Caryl P.

Note on the Natural Longevity of Fertile Females of
Aphaenogaster picea 66

Huntington, Edgar Irving and William Phillips Comstock

An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera, Rho-
paloeera) of the Western Hemisphere 49, 105, 176, 232

Klots, Alexander B.

" Notes on Strymon caryaevorns McDunnongh (Lepidoptera,

Lycaenidae ) 190

Kormilev, Nicholas A.

Notes on Aradidae in the U. S. National Mnsenm (Hemip-
tera) II 36

Notes on Neotropical Aradidae XI (Hemiptera) 208

Kramer, Sol

Observations of Prey Capture in Mantids 1

Linsley, E. Gorton

Observations of Some Matinal Bees at Flowers of Cncur-
bita, Ipomoea & Datura in Desert Areas of New Mexico
and Southeastern Arizona 13

Marks, Louis S.

The Dates of Publication of the Parts of ^HRIS” 199

Obratzstov, Nicholas S.

On the Systematic Position of Two Genera Erroneonsty
Placed in the Family Tortricidae (Lepidoptera) 21

POHL, Lucien L.

Notes on Enstera trogophylla (Hampson) 48

Ruckes, Herbert

Three new New World Hyaline Pentatomids (Hemiptera) 225

IV

Book Reviews

Klots, Alexander B. Insects of Hawaii, Vol, 7 Macrolepidoptera,
V0I.8 Lepidoptera, Pjrraloidea by Blwwod C. Zimmerman 103

Creighton, W.S. V/onder Workers of 'the Insect World by Hiram J.

Herbert. 223

Journey Into Summer by Edxvin Wa^^ Teale 221

Of Nature, Time and Teale by Edward H.Dodd, Jr 221

Collection Notes

Rindge, Frederick H. Paul Ehrlich Collection 68

Henry Bird Collection 100

V

L mE*^’ -'■

a 1> <» -5 ^ "J ■) *> J» flt 9 r»- » O CS -gi ^

Fi

't h

cxxpiv^ri "-’qO'

r¥ '

o

y, I

T ' ^'"''r -'X X- .m

- ■ F -i^''-

• ,b,-;o2 .

■ " . ' 'F-, ■
■I- '’>'\ '

0^' •

^ -> .». <» 4 • If

Tt 3 i» A '^ ^ 1>

0 ^ «w^ * u>J ./„ J ;

'^tsm

: fmn'

g.af fc{“x

^ ij

iff.'S

a.* 3;>

^ o <« « 4# ^

',.; ;i,

, 4'4-'^-' ■ ■■ '

IT^ n.o r :h,>s'^ITOv'‘ Xx-'’^’ i.'H' '■ j

n a 9 g> A .'^ o ,=»- ^ s 3 ^ <ji t> %

Ik'? ; >

V V

'V

P"

1''

#■''

z> n i/'x Ji ci T ! 1 F H '•

.'■ ,
/y ,?; ,- :•.

'■F

F. 'F .,ri

iXttXl

•'. rlA

n-i

:^X''¥VXv V»l '

■•1 \

?'/'F

ft.;. -Jlti;'

V/V*-!

■r

ft .-'yr

■■■ ' < ' ■

i .'i FFF'1‘1

-i-Filis- i

;V : . FiSFi^M I

•,:>h F' *.,;

,r'‘?'.'' .■*.>V"'(*“ ' ' ■ '•■ “ •'**

V 'i i:iA'

Vol. LXVIII

No. 1

March, 1960

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS

- Edited by WM. S. CREIGHTON *

Publication Committee

FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ

WILLIAM S. CREIGHTON PETER FARE

■ 1

Subscription $8.00 per Year

in« m

fli!

MLflAfl.

CONTENTS

An Appreciation of Frank A. Soraci

By William S. Creighton^;.;'. 1

Observations of Prey Capture in Mantids ^

By Sol Kramer ^ 3

. iS'

Observations on some Matinal Bees at Flowers of

Cucurbita, Ipomoea and Datura in Desert Areas

% f of New Mexico and Southeastern Arizona

' By E. Gorton Linsley 13

On the Systematic Position of Two Genera Erroneously
Placed in the Family Torticidae (Lepidoptera)

, By Nicholas S. Obraztsov 21

Effects of Temperature and Parental Age on the Life
Cycle of the Dark Mealworm, Tenebrio obscurus
Fabricius

By Carl Fiore !.../ 27

Notes on Aradidae in the U. S. National Museum
(Hemiptera) II

By Nicholas A. Kormilev , 36

■■■

Notes on Eustera trogophylla (Hampson) A

By LuCIEN L. PoHL 48

Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera, Rhopalo-
cera of the Western Hemisphere) [Continued]

By William Phillips Comstock and

Edgar Irving Huntington 49

NOTICE: Nos. 3, 4 of Volume LXVII of the Journal
of the New York Entomological Society
were Published on December 30, 1959

1:

Published Quarterly for the Society
By Business Press, Inc.

Lancaster, Pa.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American
Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. ^ \

' ’ ' I

-i^C;

<' *>-*- • • •' III ■.^Vk'JC?

'•.■-'S; *#/■

!,

^ < 4^'S ■«•

••:: .•v w.V -

K - _<-

‘U^ ■

K 'f '•^’

S' ^ \ "

{'V A - '

V ' / . v< ^ 5

4iii, ?».

f

,

3^

• -‘>'<forr- . ••> '.'■ ... ’.••n*.';---,'-;--^ .-■ 'O. '..'I'- . •■■•'• • -• ,.^-.V .,.'

^ ^ '• ‘- '“I*

-? ,T' I' ' ''*■ -,*

I Sri

-- A

i'-'“

. -•- n t ^‘'<r'‘’’''^.<V- -'-''i^ --i •: •- 'V- H‘-

■'VS'.'o

;i A*

r-: -Vr>.^ * ^ ••• ■•>:■•.. >‘T.

%

-\ ., .' '■$

FRANK A. SORACI

Journal of the

New York Entomological Society

VoL. LXVIII March No. 1

A TRIBUTE TO FRANK A. SORACI

At the annual meeting of January 5, 1960, President Shonma-
toff presented to the retiring Editor of the Journal, Mr. Prank
A. Soraci, a testimonial from the Society. This expressed the
deep appreciation of the Society for the service which Mr. Soraci
had given to the Society during his ten years as editor of the
Journal. It is certain that this appreciation is not limited to
the members of the Society for, during the course of his editor-
ship, Mr. Soraci has built up a large circle of friends. All who
have published in the Journal can testify to Mr. Soraci ’s cordial
relationship with its contributors, but few know the difficulties
under which he had to carry out his duties as editor.

Mr. Soraci took his bachelors degree in Entomology at the
New York State College of Forestry at Syracuse University in
1932. In the following year he was employed by the New Jersey
Department of Agriculture. During his years of service with
the Department Mr. Soraci held positions of increasing impor-
tance and, in 1956, succeeded Dr. Harry B. Weiss as the Director
of the Division of Plant Industry. In addition to the manifold
duties of the directorship, which embraced organizational work
in four different Bureaus (Entomology, Plant Pathology, Seed
Certification and Laboratory Service) Mr. Soraci served as chair-
man of the Eastern Plant Board and the National Plant Board
and held other administrative posts outside the Department of
Agriculture. As joint author with H. B. Weiss and E. E. McCoy
Jr., Mr. Soraci has published in the Journal three major papers
dealing with the reactions of insects to light. He is also the
author of numerous smaller publications on the life histories
and distribution of insects. During World War II Mr. Soraci
was in command of a Malarial Survey Detachment and at pres-

BMITHSONIAN «

iNsrrruTfON WAR z 2

New York Entomological Society

I VOL. LX VIII

O

LU

eiit holds the reserve rank of Lieiiteiiaiit Colonel in the Medical
Service Corps.

Mr. Soraci joined the New York Entomological Society in
1933. After serving as secretary from 1947 to 1950, he became
editor of the Journal on the resignation of Dr. Weiss, who had
been editor for the previous twenty-five years. His close asso-
ciation with Dr. Weiss enabled Mr. Soraci to take over the duties
of the editor with complete success and it is nnfortnnate that
this auspicious beginning was marred by a decision of the
Society to change printers in 1953. This decision was based on
the belief that the change would lead to substantial savings in
the rising costs of printing. Despite warning from Mr. Soraci
that the Journal might suffer from the change, the step was
taken in 1954. What happened thereafter more than justified
Mr. Soraci ’s warning, but he was forced to struggle with a situa-
tion not of his making. Finally, the Journal was more than a
year behind publication date in the fall of 1956. By that time
the Society recognized that the continnation of a policy which
consistently delayed publication would probably lead to the
Journal’s demise. Mr. Soraci was instructed to resume publica-
tion through the former printer and to bring the Journal np to
date as soon as possible.

The delay in the publication of the Journal had reduced con-
tributor interest, which added to the difficulties that Mr. Soraci
had to face. Nevertheless, by the end of 1959 five volumes of
the Journal had been issued and its publication was back on
schedule. There is every reason for the Society to feel sincere
gratification at this achievement and, while Mr. Soraci acknowl-
edges the help that various members gave, it should not be for-
gotten that the major burden fell on him as editor. Mr. Soraci
has clearly showed that he puts the good of the Society and the
Journal ahead of his own interest and that he amply deserves
the esteem of his fellow-members and all friends of the Society
— Wm. S. Creighton.

:\Iar., 19G0]

Kramer: Prey Capture in Mantids

3

OBSERVATIONS OF PREY CAPTURE IN MANTIDS

By Sol Kramer

Biology Department, State University College on Long Island

Oyster Bay, New York

Several investigations have considerably enlarged our knowl-
edge of the behavior of mantids. Although their predatory
behavior is common knowledge, less well known is the fact that
these insects are in turn preyed upon by other animals, includ-
ing lizards, birds and mammals (Gurney, 1951). In a com-
parative and experimental study of mantid displays, Crane
(1952) described and analyzed the innate, defensive behavior pat-
terns which 15 species of Trinidad mantids utilize against these
enemies. These defensive reactions were found to consist of four
general types: 1) protective resemblance in structure and be-
havior (motionlessness and body attitude) ; 2) active escape; 3)
startle display (raising of wings and tegmina and other move-
ments) ; and 4) active attack. For the first time, the postem-
bryological development of such behavior in the adults was ob-
served from the early nymphal instars, and comparisons between
species were made. As a result she was able to provide valuable
insight concerning the evolution of these inherited patterns of
behavior, much as the comparative morphologist provides under-
standing of the evolution of specific structures.

Mittelstaedt (1953, 1957), was able to analyze the sensory-
motor coordination which enables mantids to hit their prey. The
strike of a mantid occupies a duration of about 10-30 millisec-
onds. In this short duration there is clearly no opportunity for
the mantid to control the efficacy of its strike by watching the
difference between its direction and that of the prey. How it
achieves this phenomenon of absolute optic localization has long
been a problem. Although the mantid usually tends to bring its
head and prothorax into one line with the prey, it is also able, as
Mittelstaedt has shown and as the author has observed, to hit
prey which has considerable lateral deviation from the median
plane of the prothorax. The direction of the strike must there-
fore be based on information involving the position of the head
in relation to the prothorax, as well as the position of the prey
in relation to the head. Knowledge of the position of the head

4

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

in relation to the body depends on proprioceptors supplied to
tens of hundreds of hair sensillae on two pairs of cervical plates.
Normal mantids {Parastagmaioptera unipunctata) hit about
85% of the flies they attempt to capture, but if the propriocep-
tors of the neck region are eliminated by nerve section, the hitting
performance is irreversibly reduced to 20-30%. This, however,
is not the complete story, for it turns out that the head fixation
liae does not exactly center the prey, but deviates from it by an
amount proportional to the angle between the prey and the body
axis. The difference between the optic center message (a func-
tion of the angle $ between the prey and the fixation line), and
the proprioceptive center message (a function of the angle y,
between the head and the body axis), determine the fixation
movements of the head which precede the release of the strike
(Fig. 1). After the fixation movements have come to rest, the

Fig. 1. Head fixation of prey which deviates by an angle a from the line
of the body axis, g, angle between fixation line and body axis ; 0, deviation
of prey from fixation line. (After Mittelstaedt, 1957).

direction of the strike is determined by information from both
the optic center and (to a smaller extent) the proprioceptive
center of the cervical sensillae.

Mittelstaedt ’s experiments, summarized above, are confined to
one aspect of the problem of prey localization and capture — that
of analyzing the determining factors in establishing the direction
of the strike. As he himself has pointed out, there are other
factors involved in prey capture, namely that of ganging the

Mar., 19G0]

Kramer: Prey Capture in Mantids

5

distance of the prey, as well as other ethological questions about
appetitive behavior, drives and the factors responsible for releas-
ing the prey capture response. The following observations of
prey capture in mantids, made by the author over a period of
several years, should serve to illustrate the nature of some of
these additional factors.

During the late summer of 1954, six adult narrow-winged
mantids (Tenodera angustipennis) were captured by the author
one evening at La Guardia Airport in New York City, apparently
attracted there by the airport lights. These were kept isolated
in gallon jars, and fed from time to time on late instar nymphs
and adnlts of the cockroach, Nauphoeta cinerea. It soon became
apparent that the response to prey varies with the physiological
state of the mantid.

When a cockroach approaches or is placed before a ‘‘hungry”
mantid, the mantid cocks its head in the direction of the cock-
roach (Fig. 2), then, when at all possible, generally moves its body

Fig. 2. Predatory response. Note movement of head towards prey.

in line with its head, so that the axis of the head, thorax and
abdomen form a straight line in the direction of the cockroach.
At the same time the mantid draws its forelegs towards its pro-
thorax, and, when the fixation movements are complete, strikes
at and catches the cockroach which it then proceeds to devour.
Sometimes such a mantid will strike at, catch and devour a
second cockroach. When it is apparently satiated, however, its
response to a cockroach is completely different. It now not only
draws its forelegs up, but tilts its head and thorax up, rearing

6

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

back on its mid- and hindlegs, as shown in Fig. 3, so that the body
of the mantid makes a large angle with the surface on which it
rests. ^ In this position the mantid remains motionless and makes
no attempt to strike. After the cockroach is withdrawn, or walks
away if it is free, the mantid resumes its horizontal position and
also walks away. Following Crane, I have termed this a startle
reaction.

Fig. 3. Startle reaction. Note angle of body in this reaction. One of the
older common names for mantids, rearhorse, is derived from this character-
istic behavior.

In one instance when a cockroach was placed on the floor
before a satiated mantid, the mantid reared back rigidly as
described above, and remained motionless. When the cockroach
moved towards the left midleg of the mantid, the otherwise
motionless mantid raised this leg and permitted the cockroach to
1 According to the Century Dictionary (1889), one of the common names
for these insects, rearhorse, is derived from this behavior. Blatchley (1920,
p. 115) similarly assigns this common name to this characteristic body
attitude.

:\rar., 3 9GO]

Kramer: Prey Capture in Mantids

7

crawl under it. After a short duration, the mantid walked
away in the opposite direction.

These observations make it clear that the sight of moving prey
may provoke two distinct responses on the part of the mantid,
depending on the physiological state of the mantid. It may
react with either the normal fixation response which leads to
predation, or with the startle response, generally followed by
escape (this latter response may also depend on the size of the
prey).“ In this and the other species of mantids described in this
paper, the startle position differed from the defensive reactions
described by Crane for numerous species of Trinidad mantids,
in that the wings were never displayed in the many instances in
which it was observed. It should be mentioned, however, that
Judd (1950) has recorded that the spreading of the wings does
occur in the startle response of Mantis religiosa described below.

In another instance a female adult of the related but larger
Chinese mantid (Tenodera aridifolia sinensis) was captured and
subsequently kept under observation. On the day it was cap-
tured, a cockroach was placed before it. It immediately cocked
its head at the cockroach, quickly completed the necessary fixa-
tion movements and struck at the cockroach, which it then de-
voured. This mantid was subsequently placed in a rather small
plastic box, approximately eight inches long by three inches in
width and height, in which its movement was seriously curtailed.
The following day another cockroach was offered the mantid in
the same way as on the previous day. The mantid ’s reaction was
completely different. It withdrew its entire body, and when the
cockroach was brought closer, the mautid attempted to escape.
On the second and third days following, the same response oc-
curred, but on the fourth day it captured and devoured the
cockroach placed before it. Again for three days, it withdrew

2 It is possible that under more natural eirenmstances a mantid would not
respond to an approaching insect the size of a cockroach with a startle re-
action. The startle reaction in this case may, in part, be due to the
method of presentation, i.e. at the end of a pair of forceps, by hand. This
fact, however, by no means removes the problem, but reverses it. For when
“hungry”, the mantid no longer responds to the same stimulus with a startle
reaction, but with fixation movements and predation. This same ambiguity
has been observed when a cockroach was thrown into a jar with a mantid.
The scurrying cockroach sometimes provoked escape movements, and some-
times fixation movements and predation.

8

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

from the cockroaches proffered it, but on the fourth day, it
responded with fixation movements, struck at, captured and
devoured the cockroach. For several days it again withdrew
from insect prey.

At this point, I removed this mantid from its small box and
permitted it to crawl about freely on the window screen of my
study. Henceforth, its reactions to cockroaches changed, so that
it now responded with fixation movements and captured at least
one cockroach each day, and sometimes two a day. This suggests
that other activities (energy output) influences the physiological
state of the mantid, which in turn quantitatively determines the
number of positive responses made to prey.

In the following year, several adult females of the European
mantis {Mantis religiosa) were captured on September 4, 1955
in Taghkanic State Park, New York. One of these female
mantids, with a gravid abdomen, refused all cockroach nymphs
placed in front of it, and reacted with a modified startle reaction
(it reared back, but not with as great an angle formed between
it and the floor as in T. aridifolia sinensis) each day for a week.
Two other females of the same species, kept in separate jars,
reacted with a positive predatory response and ate at least one
cockroach each per day. After one week I placed the above
gravid female in a larger glass jar, together with grass reeds
and twigs on which she might deposit her ootheca. Before doing
so, however, I again tried to entice her to feed on a nymphal
cockroach. This time she made several weak attempts to strike
at the cockroach, but could not hold on to the prey even when
she once succeeded in getting her forelegs on the cockroach.
Her strike was no longer the lightning-like thrust, but con-
siderably enfeebled. I had the impression that the mantid was
debilitated and dying. Thinking she might be starved, I placed
some fresh insect viscera in contact with her mouthparts. This
she began to eat for a brief period with no great avidity, then
shortly turned away from this food.

The mantid was now placed in its new jar. Three hours later I
looked in and noticed a freshly formed ootheca around a grass
reed, still moist and frothy. Once again I placed a nymphal
cockroach, at the end of a pair of tweezers, in front of the mantid.
The mantid ’s response was immediate. She quickly cocked her
head towards the cockroach, drew her forelegs up and struck at

Mar., 1960]

Kramer: Prey Capture in Mantids

9

the cockroach effectively with the usual lightning-like stroke.
She then devoured the cockroach avidly. Thereafter, the mantid
continued to react to cockroaches with a precise and effective
predatory response, often eating two or more nymphal cock-
roaches per day. This preoviposition period appears to be an-
other instance in which the physiological state of the mantid
strongly influences the predatory response.

In those instances above, in which prey was refused, it was
noticed that the mantid also drew her forelegs towards the pro-
thorax, as if to strike, but in this pose she never cocked her head
in the direction of prey. The mantid seemed to grow rigid, and
with the first opportunity, attempted to escape.

In view of the above, the following observations of early instar
nymphs of the mantid, Tenodera aridifolia sinensis, made during
the spring of 1951, 1952 and 1953, also are of interest.

Several mantid oothecae were obtained from a biological sup-
ply house each year and kept in a crystallizing dish until they
hatched in the spring. In these instances the oothecae generally
hatched in March and produced from 80-100 nymphs. Fairly
frequent observation of these oothecae produced the impression
that when they did hatch, large numbers of young mantids
emerged over a short period of time. Ran and Rau (1913)
similarly recorded short emergence periods for the nymphs from
the oothecae of Stagmonantis Carolina. (See also Gurney, 1951).

As they come into contact with one another, the newly em-
erged nymphs show a tendency to assume a ‘defensive rearing
back attitude” during the first day of their lives, which suggests
the startle response in the adults described above. If the newly
emerged nymphs from a single ootheca are permitted to remain
together in a single crystallizing dish, there is an almost ceaseless
pattern of activity. Young mantids scramble over and around
each other, sometimes rear back defensively, and rush away from
each other. When several score of adult Drosophila flies were
introduced into such dishes, on the second day of emergence, only
an occasional attempt by some mantids to catch flies was observed,
and few were successful. Several mantids struck at flies, but
released or lost them as the flies struggled.

By the afternoon of this second day, very few flies had been
captured and eaten, judging by the number of wings on the
white filter paper floor of the dish in which they were kept, and

10

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

by the numbers of flies still present. Several of these same
mantids, however, were isolated together with 2 or 3 flies in small
homeopathic vials, with a strip of Alter paper serving as a floor.
Kept in this way, many of the day old (actually about 30 hours
old) mantids caught and ate flies in their vials within the Arst
hour of isolation. One mantid placed in such a vial made an
immediate attempt to strike at a fly which came within its reach,
but lost it as the fly struggled away. Within 30 seconds, how-
ever, it succeeded in capturing a fly which it devoured. These
observations indicate that the predatory response to moving prey
is innate, although one or two attempts may be required in some
instances to perfect it.

The general impression gained from these observations was
that the nervous activity of large numbers of newly emerged
nymphs, when kept together, prevented the alert attitude which
precedes fixation movements and the subsequent capture of flies.
When young mantids are isolated in separate vials they are
capable of catching prey by the thirtieth hour of their lives, and
possibly earlier. If large numbers of newly hatched mantids
continue together, however, they begin during the second, third
and fourth days to prey on each other until their numbers are
sharply reduced within a short period.

Kept in isolation in these homeopathic vials, individual mantids
were easily reared through the second, third and even later
instars, and their behavior observed. Three or four Drosophila
were placed in each vial every day, and these were soon caught
and devoured. The response of a young mantid to a fly, how-
ever, likewise differs, depending on its physiological state. A
^‘hungry” young mantid immediately cocks its head on seeing a
fly, and even continues to follow the fly with its head if the fly
moves away from it. If the fly approaches, it also draws its
forelegs up preparatory to striking. By contrast, a young
mantid that has eaten its fill, no longer cocks its head at passing
flies, and does not assume a preparatory striking position. If a
passing fly comes too close to a satiated mantid, the latter some-
times remains rigid or moves away. It is a striking behavioral
observation to introduce half a dozen fruit flies into a vial and
watch the young mantid cock its head, fix, strike and devour first
one fly, then repeat this response towards a second and third fly,
possibly a fourth, then completely ignore the other two flies in

Mar., 19G0J

Kramer: Prey Capture in Mantids

n

the vial. Here again it is clear that the physiological state of
the mantid very early modifies the predatory reflex.

Further observations on these early instar mantids suggest
that the response to a fly is a complex one, and not only differs
from satiation to hunger, but also from moderate to extreme
hunger. Flies introduced into these vials often walked on the
clear, glass roof side of the vial, and cast a moving shadow on
the filter paper floor, in the lighted windowless room in which
they were kept. Moderately hungry mantids, that is, mantids
fed every 24 hours, were never seen to respond to the moving
shadows of flies. On the other hand, extremely hungry young
mantids, which had not been fed in 48 or more hours, were some-
times observed to strike at the shadows of moving flies, two or
three times in succession in some instances. Since these mantids
had had prior fly catching experience, it cannot be assumed that
the mantids had not ‘‘learned” to differentiate between moving
flies and moving fly shadows. This suggests that an extremely
hungry mantid responds with a predatory response to fewer
releaser signals, than a moderately hungry one.

In addition, extremely hungry young mantids (fed after an
interval of 48 or more hours) were sometimes seen to actively
pursue flies, that is, to follow them by actively moving in their
direction, whereas moderately hungry mantids were content to
wait patiently in position until the fly approached within strik-
ing distance of the mantid. (See also, Gurney, 1951, p. 343.)

SUMMARY

Adult mantids {Tenodera august ip ennis) will fix, strike and
devour prey (cockroaches) presented to them when hungry;
when not hungry they respond with a startle reaction to the
same stimulus.

One adult mantid {Tenodera aridifolia sinensis), confined in
a small cage so that its movements were limited, reacted with a
predatory response and devoured a cockroach presented to it
about every fourth day ; on the days between it responded to the
same stimnlns with a startle reaction and escape movements. The
same mantid allowed to roam freely around a window screen,
gave a predatory response at least once and sometimes twice a
day, to the same cockroach stimnlns.

A gravid female mantid (Mantis religiosa) reacted with a

12

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

startle response or made ineffective, enfeebled strikes at a cock-
roach presented to it daily for one week prior to oviposition.
Immediately after oviposition she effectively fixed, struck and
avidly devoured cockroach nymphs daily. Two other non-gravid
female adults of this species gave positive predatory responses
to cockroaches almost daily.

Newly hatched first instar nymphs of Tenodera aridifolia
sinensis fix, strike and catch Drosophila after isolation in a vial,
when presented with flies for the first time at 30 hours of age,
possibly earlier. The first predatory response may be completely
successful or soon becomes successful after one or two failures.

Thereafter, moderately hungry mantid nymphs (fed every
24 hrs.) fix, strike and devour from 1-4 passing Drosophila in
fairly quick succession but when satiated they ignore Drosophila
which walk past them.

Extremely hungry mantid nymphs (fed every 48 hrs.) will
strike at moving shadows of Drosophila (which moderately
hungry mantids were never observed to do) even after consider-
able, previous fly-catching experience.

Extremely hungry nymphs will actively crawl after and pur-
sue moving prey, whereas moderately hungry nymphs normally
wait quietly in place until a fly comes within striking distance.

These observations indicate that the predatory response (con-
sisting of fixation movements at the sight of prey, and the rapid
strike) is very early integrated with and modified by various
physiological states of the mantid.

Literature Cited

Blatchley, W. S. 1920. Ortlioptera of Northeastern America. Nature
Publ. Co., Indianapolis.

Crane, J. 1952. A comparative study of innate defensive behavior in
Trinidad mantids (Ortlioptera, Mantiodea). Zoologica. 37: 259-294.
Gurney, A. B. 1951. Praying mantids of the United States, native and
introduced. Eep. Smithson. Instn, 1950 : 339-362.

Judd, W. W. 1950. Further records of the occurrence of the European
praying mantis (Mantis religiosa L.) in southern Ontario (Orthop-
tera). Ent. News. 61: 205-207.

Mittelstaedt, H. 1953. Uber den Beutefaiigmechanismus der Mantiden.
Verb. Dtsch. Zool. Ges. 1952: 102-106.

. 1957. Prey capture in mantids. In Invertebrate Physiology, Ed.

by B. T. Scheer et al: 51-57, Univ. Oregon Publ.

Eau P. and N. Eau. 1913. The biology of Stagmomantis Carolina. Trans.
Acad. Sci. St. Louis 22(1) : 1-58.

Mar., I960] Linsley: Observations on Some Matinal Bees

13

OBSERVATIONS ON SOME MATINAL BEES AT
FLOWERS OF CUCURBITA, IPOMOEA AND

DATURA IN DESERT AREAS OF NEW MEXICO
AND SOUTHEASTERN ARIZONA

By E. Gorton Linsley
University of California, Berkeley

Although some of the crepuscular and nocturnal bees which
collect their pollen during the evening hours have received con-
siderable study [for a summary, see Linsley (1958) ] little serious
attention has been given to matinal species until recent years
[Michener (1947) ; Linsley, MacSwain and Smith (1955a, 1955b,
1956) ; Linsley and MacSwain (1956) ; MacSwain (1957) ; Lins-
ley and Hurd (1959)]. The bees involved fall into two classes:

(1) oligolectic species which are closely synchronized with the
periods of pollen availability in their host plant (Lasioglossum
liistrans Cockerell, certain anthophorids, some Andrena), and

(2) polylectic species which, when conditions permit, extend
their foraging activity into the early morning hours and offer
competition to the matinal oligoleges (some anthophorids; Aga-
postemon and a few other halictines ; carpenter bees ; bumble-
bees; and honey bees).

The following observations, although fragmentary, are in-
tended to contribute to our knowledge of the general subject of
matinal bees. They were made primarily in the vicinity of the
Southwestern Research Station of the American Museum of
Natural History, near. Portal, Arizona. The writer is indebted
to Dr. Mont A. Cazier, Director, for making the facilities of the
station available as a base for these and related studies.

Cucurbita

The most conspicuous North American oligolectic bees associ-
ated with Cucurbita belong to the closely related encerine genera
of anthophorids, Xenoglossa Smith and Peponapis Robertson.
Cockerell (1896) was one of the first to call attention to this
relationship. At 9 a.m. on June 21, 1896, he opened fresh flowers
of Cucurbita perennis growing at Mesilla, New Mexico and found

14

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

males (one to a flower) representing* three species noiv known as
Peponapis prumosa pruinosa (Say), Xenoglossa patricia Cock-
erell, and X. strenua strenua (Cresson). On the following day
he examined the flowers earlier (at 7 :45 a.m.) and again cap-
tured a number of males, along with one female of X. patricia
and four females of X. s. strenua. Cockerell did not mention
whether the females were gathering pollen but it is likely that
they had already completed this activity [Robertson (1925) re-
ported P. p. pruinosa visiting Cucurhita pepo before sunrise in
Illinois; Linsley, MacSwain, and Smith (1955a) found X. fulva
Smith active at dawn in Mexico].

Although the encerine anthophorids were the predominant
bees found at Cucu7‘hita by Cockerell, he reported the presence
of honey bees, which ‘‘seemed disconcerted to find fat Xeno-
glossae at the bottom” of the flowers, as well as Agapostemon
texanns Cresson. Robertson reported six additional species of
bees at C. pepo in Illinois and Fronk and Slater (1956) found
a number of others, mostly halictines, visiting Cucurhita maxima,
and to a lesser extent C. pepo, in Iowa. In addition, these authors
record X. s. strenua and P. p. prumosa from the related cucurbit
Lagenaria siceraria.

During the summer of 1959, near Portal, Arizona and Rodeo,
New Mexico, four species of encerine anthophorids were found
visiting Cucurhita but not more than two were found together
at any one site. Two orange-flowered species of Cucurhita were
involved, C. foetidissima and C. digitata. The yellow-flowered
Apodanthera undulaia, which grew along with them, was not
visited by bees of any kind while it was under observation.^
Notes from the three principal sites may be summarized as
follows :

Southwestern Research Station, Chiricahua Mountains, 5 miles
west of Portal, Arizona. At this site Cucurhita foetidissima was
growing in a dense patch from 40-50 feet in diameter near the

1 It is interesting to note that in the Salt Eiver Valley of Arizona, canta-
loup flowers open between 7 and 8 a.m. McGregor and Todd (1952) found
that honey bees were the only pollinators present in that area and without
them commercial production of cantaloups was impossible. Their activity
began shortly before noon. Possibly the late opening of the flowers ex-
plains the absence of native bees, or perhaps, as in the case of Apodanthera,
the flowers are not attractive to them.

Mar., 1960] Linsley: Observations on Some Matinal Bees

15

main laboratory building and in smaller, scattered clumps else-
where. On July 18, the flowers were examined at 5 a.m. MST
(Temperature: 52° F). Between 75 and 80 flowers were open
and female Peponapis p. pruinosa (Say) were actively gathering
pollen. They were joined at 5 :35 a.m. by a honey bee and a
female of Agapostemon ang elicits Cockerell. By 5 :55 a.m. (Tem-
perature: 54° F) a second honey bee had appeared and Pepo-
napis activity had fallen off markedly. During the next hour a
few females returned for nectar but no males were noted until
7 a.m.

At the same site three days later, the first females of Peponapis
were gathering pollen at 4:55 a.m. (Temperature: 59° F). It
was too dark to see them without a flashlight, but they could be
followed readily because of their loud buzzing. By 5 :05 a.m.,
the flying bees could be distinguished but there was not yet
enough light to see into the flowers. At 5 :10 a.m. the bees could
be seen in the flowers and their buzzing fell off noticeably. The
first honey bee appeared at 5 :19 a.m., and at 5 :25 a female of
Xenoglossa patricia Cockerell was taking pollen. By this time,
pollen-collecting Peponapis had largely disappeared (one strag-
gler was found at 5:37 a.m.) and honey bees were becoming
more abundant. Observations were terminated at 6 :15 a.m.
without the appearance of males of either Peponapis or Xeno-
glossa. A check of the flowers at 9 a.m. yielded a few males in
the flowers facing outward.

On July 28, the flowers were examined at 4:30 a.m. At 4:50
(Temperature: 64° F) Peponapis were heard flying and identi-
fied by flashlight. By 5 :04 a.m. they could be seen without the
light. The first honey bee appeared at 5 :15 a.m. and female
Xenoglossa were collecting pollen at 5 :22 and 5 :23 a.m. The last
Peponapis with a load of pollen was seen at 5 :47 a.m. By this
time honey bees were abundant.

The importance of honey bees in cucurbit pollination is a sub-
ject upon which there is a diversity of opinion [Fronk and Slater
(1956)]. Since none were seen at other localities, observations
were made only at the above site, where the bees are naturalized,
living in hollow trees, etc. On July 18, 21, and 28, the first
honey bees appeared at Ciicurhita flowers at 5 :35 a.m. (Tempera-
ture : 53° F), 5:19 a.m. (Temperature: 58° F), and 5:15 a.m.

16

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

(Temperature: 64° F) respectively, in each case about the time
pollen collecting by Peponapis began to fall off. They extracted
pollen from the flowers with great difficulty, scraping it from
the stamens in small amounts with the front legs. After each
scraping the bees left the flower, poised on the wing in front of
it for 10-15 seconds and transferred the pollen to the hind legs
before re-entering. After repeating this procedure several times,
the bees usually rested on the flower lip, or on a leaf, and worked
the pollen into the load before moving to another blossom. At
other times they crawled over the leaves or rested with the
abdomen pumping. Most of the honey bees carried very small
pollen loads in contrast to those of Peponapis and Xenoglossa.
Possibly this was because they followed these anthophorids, as
pollen scavengers.

At a second site, two miles northeast of Portal, a few plants of
Cucnrbita foetidissima were growing on a bank. It was not
possible to visit this site at dawn, but the few available flowers
were examined twice at about 9 a.m. On August 2, wilted flowers
contained three males of Xenoglossa patricia Cockerell and two
of X. s. strenua Cresson. The following day they yielded two
males and two females of X. patricia (the females without
pollen), a male of X. s. strenua and a female of Agapostemon
melliventris Cresson (without pollen).

The third locality was five miles south of Kodeo, New Mexico,
where a few plants of Cucnrbita foetidissima were growing along
the roadside intermixed with the somewhat smaller flowered C.
digitata and the yellow flowered Apodanthera undidata. Xeno-
glossa patricia collected pollen before sunrise from both species
of Cucurbita but not from Apodanthera. On July 31, the site was
visited at 5 a.m. (Temperature: 60° P). Xenoglossa females
were actively collecting pollen and continued to do so until 6 :40
a.m., 50 minutes after sunrise. Males first appeared at 5 :15 a.m.
and cruised the flowers as long as females were active. Females
of Agapostemon melliventris began gathering pollen at 5 :13 a.m.
and were fairly numerous until the pollen began to run out
about 6 :30 a.m. A male of an undescribed species of Peponapis
was cruising at 6 :12 a.m., but no females appeared.

On August 4, the site was visited at 4:45 a.m. (Temperature
55° F). Few flowers were open and the sky was overcast and

Mar., 1960] Linsley: Observations on Some Matinal Bees

17

threatening rain. Females of X. patricia and A. melliventris
were already actively gathering pollen but by 5 :15 a.m., 42 min-
utes before sunrise, the pollen was exhausted. A few females of
Xenoglossa took nectar from the flowers until about 6 a.m., and
males continued to cruise and take nectar during this same period.
At 5 :47, a female without pollen tested the soil at the edge of the
road for about 10 minutes in search of a suitable nest site, but
she flew off without starting an excavation.

At the two very different sites where five complete flight
counts were taken (5 miles West of Portal and 5 miles South
of Rodeo), the initiation of pollen gathering activity for Xeno-
glossa and/or Peponapis only varied from 4 :50 a.m. to 5 :04 a.m.,
although the air temperatures ranged from 52° P to 64° F. On
these same days, the arrival time of the first polylectic pollen
collectors. Apis and/or Agapostemon lagged on the average by
nearly 24 minutes. The greatest lag, 35 minutes, occurred when
the air temperature was lowest (52° F) when the flight of
Peponapis started.

Ipomoea

The genus Ipomoea {Convolvulaceae) contains numerous
species which make their pollen available very early in the
morning. The principal pollinators reported thus far are
oligolectic bees, including PtilotJirix sumichrasti (Cresson)
[Linsley, MacSwain and Smith (1956)] and various species of
Melitoma [Robertson (1925) ; Michener (1951) ; Linsley, Mac-
Swain and Smith (1956)]. Little has been published regarding
the pollen collecting activities of these bees, although Robertson
observed Melitoma taurea (Say) visiting Ipomoea flowers before
dawn in Illinois.

Melitoma grisella (Cockerell and Porter) is also a matinal
pollen collector. On July 13, 1959, at 7 :15 a.m. MST (Tem-
perature: 70° F), near Los Montoyas, New Mexico, this species
was very abundant about the blue-flowered Ipomoea leptophylla
Torrey. However, by this time all of the pollen had been re-
moved from the stamens. A few females were visiting the
blossoms for nectar and relatively large numbers of males were
cruising the flowers. The males flew very rapidly, occasionally
popping in and out of flowers. During the next two hours.

18

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

large numbers of solitary bees and honey bees were observed
taking nectar from Melilotus alba in the vicinity of Ipomoea, but
these did not include either sex of Melitoma. Conversely, only
one species which was taking nectar from Melilotus was also
found on flowers of Ipomoea, a female 8 vast r a. Three other
bees, two males of Diadasia which had apparently strayed from
nearby plants of Sphaeralcea where their females were gathering
pollen, and a male of the Oenothera oligolege Chloralictus
(Sphecodogastra) texanum (Cresson), also visited Ipomoea
during this period. This provided a marked contrast to the
intense activity of Melitoma.

A beetle competitor, Euphoria kerni Haldeman, like its Mexi-
can counterpart E. hasalis Gory & Percheron, feeds on the floral
parts of Ipomoea and interferes with pollination. The leaves of
I. leptophylla were also heavily infested with adults and larvae of
the chrysomelid Chelymorpha cassidea (Pabricius), less heavily
with Metriona bicolor (Pabricius).

Datura

Apparently, very few bee visitors have been reported for any
of the native or naturalized species of Datura (Solanaceae)
which grow in the desert areas of southwestern United States and
northern Mexico. Cockerell and Porter (1899) captured the
matinal colletid Caupolicana yarrowi (Cresson) at Datura flow-
ers between 5 :15 and 6 :15 a.m., but did not indicate whether or
not pollen was being collected. Graenicher (1930) records a
female of this species at flowers of Antigonum (without stating
whether it was taking pollen) and Linsley and Hurd (1959)
found males at Granite Pass, New Mexico taking nectar from
flowers of Larrea divaricata Cav. before sunrise. Near Portal,
Arizona in early August, I found them visiting Melilotus alba
under similar circumstances but was unable to locate the pollen
source (or sources) of the female. According to Michener (1951)
the species is not oligolectic.

Most species of Datura have large, conspicuous, white or pur-
plish-white flowers and make their pollen available in the eve-
ning. At a series of localities in the vicinity of Portal, Arizona
and Podeo, New Mexico, 1 twice examined flowers in the early
evening without finding any pollinating insects, although al-

Mar., 1960] Linsley: Observations on Some Matinal Bees

19

leculid beetles were usually present along with scarabs of the
species Cyclocephala {Dichromina) dimidiata Bnrmeister.
These fly to the flowers shortly after they open in the evening
and remain in them until they wilt the following day. Both are
nectar feeders and although they block the area of the nectaries
they usually remain below the stamens and do not interfere with
pollination. Bees visit the flowers in the early morning, but by
that time the pollen is largely gone (removed by sphinx moths?).

On July 17, 1959, at Granite Pass, New Mexico, blossoms were
examined by flashlight at 4 : 56 a.m. The air temperature at that
time was 70° P and females of Agapostemon melliventris Cresson
and worker honey bees were taking nectar and scavenging for
pollen. During the next 15 minutes they were joined by several
females of Xylocopa calif ornica arizonensis Cresson and workers
of Bomhus sonorus Say, each of which seemed to be seeking
nectar, but by 5:15 a.m. activity had fallen off and only a few
honey bees remained, crawling over the dry stamens. By the
time the sun rose at 5 : 32 a.m. all activity had ceased.

On July 31, 1959, 5 miles south of Rodeo, New Mexico, Datura
flowers were again examined by flashlight shortly after dawn.
At 4 : 30 a.m. (Temperature : 60° F), there was no insect activity,
although the pollen was practically all gone from the stamens.
The air temperature remained fairly steady until the sun rose
at 5 : 50 a.m. By 6 a.m. it was 64° F and females of Agaposte-
mon melliventris Cresson began to appear and scavenge for pol-
len. By 6: 15 a.m. (Temperature; 66° F) males and females of
Agapostemon were active about the flowers, the females pri-
marily seeking nectar, but after 6 : 30 a.m. their numbers fell
off very rapidly.

The contrast in the activity periods of the bees on these two
days suggests that temperature may be a greater limiting fac-
tor than light intensity for polylectic species which are not pri-
marily adapted for visiting flowers during the early morning
hours.

Literature cited

Cockerell, T. D. A. 1896 New bees of the genera Xenoglossa and Poda-
lirius (AntJiophora) . Canadian Ent. 28: 191-197.

Cockerell, T. D. A. and W. Porter. 1899. Contributions from the New
Mexico Biological Station. VII Observations on bees, with descriptions
of new genera and species. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)4: 403-421.

20

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. Lxvm

Fronk, W. D. and J. a. Slater. 1956. Insect fauna of cucurbit flowers.
Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc. 29: 141-145.

Graenicher, S. 1930. Bee-fauna and vegetation of Miami, Florida. Ann.
Ent. Soc. Amer. 23: 153-174.

Linsley, E. G. 1958. Tlie ecology of solitary bees. Hilgardia. 27: 543-
599.

Linsley, E. G. and P. D. Hurd. 1959. Ethological observations on some
bees of Southeastern Arizona and New Mexico (Hymenoptera) . Ent.
News 70: 63—68.

Linsley, E. G. and J. W. MacSwain. 1956. Further notes on the taxon-
omy and biology of the andrenine bees associated with Oenothera. Pan-
Pacific Ent. 32: 111-121.

Linsley, E. G., J. W. MacSwain and E. F. Smith. 1955a. Biological ob-
servations on Xenoglossa fulva Smith with some generalizations on bio-
logical characters of other eucerine bees {Hymenoptera, Anthophori-
dae). Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci. 54: 128-141.

. 1955b. Observations on the nesting habits and flower relationships

of some species of Melandrena {Hymenoptera, Andrenidae). Pan-Pa-
cific Ent. 31: 173-186.

. 1956. Biological observations on Ptilothrix sumiehrasti (Cresson)

and some related groups of emphorine bees. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci.
55(2): 83-101.

MacSwain, J. W. 1957. The flight period of Martinapis luteicornis (Cock-
erell) {Hymenoptera: Apoidea) . Pan-Pacific Ent. 33: 70.

McGregor, S. E. and F. E. Todd. 1952. Cantaloup production with honey
bees. Jour. Econ. Ent. 45(1): 43-47.

Michener, C. B. 1947. Some observations on Lasioglossum {Hemihalic-
tus) lustrans {Hymenoptera, Halictidae) . .Jour. New York Ent. Soc.
55: 49-50.

. 1951. In: Muesebeck, Krombein and Townes, Hymenoptera of

America north of Mexico — synoptic catalogue. U. S. Dept. Agr.
Monogr. 2. 1420 pp.

Eobertson. C. 1914. Origin of oligotropy of bees. Ent. News 25: 67-73.

■ . 1925. Heterotropic bees. Ecology 6(4): 412-436.

Mar., 1960] Obraztsov: Systematic Position of Two Genera

21

ON THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF TWO
GENERA ERRONEOUSLY PLACED IN THE FAMILY
TORTRICIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA)

By Nicholas S. Obraztsov^

Syncamaris Meyrick

Type species: Syncamaris argophthalma Meyrick, 1932.

Syncamaris Meyrick, 1932, Exotic Microlepidoptera 4, p. 262.

Prom the Museum of Natural History (Naturwisseiischaft-
liches Museum) in Vienna, the present author received some ma-
terial for examination, among it three male specimens of Syn-
camaris argophthalma Meyrick (plate I, figures 1 and 2), the
type species of the monobasic genus Syncamaris which Meyrick
described as a member of the family Tortricidae. All these
specimens are labeled as collected by F. Hoffmann in Santa
Catharina, New Bremen, Brazil. Two of them were recorded
on June 12, 1931, and one on August 9, 1936. In the original
description of this species Meyrick mentioned only one specimen,
and this was probably that one taken on June 12, 1931, of the
received series, which has an identification label by Meyrick.
This specimen should be considered to be the type. The ex-
amined material gives an opportunity to publish some additional
data about the genus Syncamaris, and to ascertain its systematic
position.

The original description of the genus Syncamaris is quite ac-
curate. It reads: “Antennae J' ciliated. Palpi moderately long,
obliquely ascending, second joint thickened with loosely ap-
pressed scales, terminal joint short, obtuse. Thorax smooth.
Porewings 2 from %, 3 from before angle, 4 and 5 approximated
at base, 7-9 approximated at base, 7 to below apex. Hindwings
with loose cubital pecten ; 3 and 4 nearly approximated at base,
5 parallel, 6 and 7 nearly connate, 8 closely approximated to cell
to beyond origin of 7.” The details of the wing venation are seen
from a drawing made by the present author (figure 1). In addi-
tion to the characters mentioned in the original description, it

1 Research fellow of the American Museum of Natural History. This
work has been done under the auspices of the National Science Foundation.

22

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LXVIII (Plate I)

Explanation of Plate I
Syncamaris argophthalma Meyrick

1. Male, type.

2. Another male (recorded on August 9, 1936).
3 and 4. Head of the type specimen.

5. Aedoengus of tlie type specimen.

Mar., 1960] Ohraztsov: Systematic Position of Two Genera

23

should be said that the head (plate I, figures 3 and 4) is loosely
appressed scaled, the antennae very slightly serrated, the legs
are smooth except for the fore femora which are long pectinated
along their lower edge. On the hind wings, besides a long cubital
pecten, there is another one at the base of the vein Ag.

Fig. 1. Wing venation of Syncamaris argophthalma Meyrick.

Very peculiar, and not mentioned by Meyrick, is a frenulum
thickened at the tip. A similar capitate frenulum has previously
been observed in two other genera, Neophylarcha Meyrick and
Bhopalosetia Meyrick, both from French Guiana. According to
Clarke (1955, Catalogue of the type specimens of Microlepidop-
tera in the British Museum described by Edward Meyrick; 2,
pp. 523 and 531), these two genera belong to the family Copro-
morphidae. The genus Syncamaris should probably have been
placed near these genera.

Besides a capitate frenulum, all three of the above genera

24

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

have another character distinguishing them from the remaining
Copromorphidae, namely an obtuse terminal joint of the labial
palpi, and perhaps deserve separation as a new family. It is,
however, untimely to establish this family for three genera, since
Copromorphidae include also many other genera of unascertained
relationship, and need a detailed and careful revision. Until
this revision is done, it seems better to place the genus Synca-
maris in the family Copromorphidae.

Fig. 2. Male genitalia of Syncamaris argophthalma Meyrick (type).

The male genitalia of Syncamaris argophthalma (figure 2)
are not quite similar to those known in the Copromorphidae
genera. The valvae of this species are firmly joined along their
inner edges to the vinculum, and the lower edges of the sacculi
are connected to the saccus. To make a proper mounting of the
genitalia on a slide, one of the valvae (the right on the present
slide) should be cut away from the vinculum. The vinculum

Mar., 1960] Obeaztsov: Systematic Position of Two Genera

25

(including the tegnmen) is rather narrow and joined ventrad to
a very large saccns. No miens is present. On the dorsal surface
of the anal tube there are two longitudinal folds leading to two
weak, haired pads. This whole area could probably be included
with the scaphium. No gnathos and fultura superior are present.
The fnltura inferior is entirely membranous. The valvae are bi-
partite, and each consists of a broad, haired, lancet-shaped sac-
culus and a narrow, bent valvula with a slightly dilated cucullus.
The aedoeagus (plate I, figure 5) is slender and is joined to the
fultura inferior by the tip. There are no cornuti. The entire
genitalia are very weakly sclerotized.

Tapinodoxa Meyrick

Type species : Tapinodoxa autonephes Meyrick, 1931.

Tapinodoxa Meyrick, 1931, Exotic Microlepidoptera. 4, p. 154.

This monobasic genns was established for a new species from
Paraguay, known to its author in three specimens. Meyrick
believed that all of the above specimens of his Tapinodoxa
autonephes were males, but the two specimens, which the present
author received for examination from the Museum of Natural
History in Vienna and which were sent to him as belonging
to the original series, appeared to be females. Both of them are
dated ‘‘Paraguay, Asuncion, P. Schade, 1920-21,” and have red
labels reading “Type.” Only one of these specimens has an
identification label in Meyrick ’s handwriting, and it is therefore
advisable to select it as lectotype.

Writing about the sex of the above specimens, Meyrick was
probably confused by the frenulum which in the female of T.
autonephes consists of a single bristle. He also described the
proboscis as being absent. As a point of fact it is present,
although it is rudimentary. Meyrick wrote that the thorax of
T. autonephes is smooth, but in a specimen in better condition
the present author observed a distinct posterior crest of the
thorax (the pin goes through its middle). In the other specimen
the scales of the thorax are completely rubbed off. A further
mistake of Meyrick was to assert that the forewing vein Cui
(=3) arises from near the cell angle. In both specimens of the
Vienna Museum this vein originates directly from the lower
angle of the middle cell, and is closely approximated to the vein

26

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

Ms (=4). The vein Cu2 originates at about four -fifths of the
middle cell. Since the two specimens examined by the present
author were females, it was impossible to prove if any costal fold
is present in the male of Tapinodoxa. Therefore, the absence of
a costal fold in the male, mentioned by Meyrick as one of the
morphological characters of this genus, should be considered as
unproven.

Some further characters of the genus Tapinodoxa deserve to
be mentioned. The vein Ri (= 11) of the forewing originates at
the middle of the middle cell, and is very remote from R2 (=10)
at base, although both of these veins are closely approximated
and parallel to each other on their way to the costa. The vein
Ai is developed as a fold not reaching the tornns. The forewing
vein A2 + 3 (=1) and C112 (=2) are approximated to each other
at the tornns. These characters are recognized as typical of the
family Phaloniidae, and the present author is inclined to place
Tapinodoxa in this family. The female genitalia of T. auto-
nephes with their large ostium bursae developing gradually into
the corpus bursae also remind one of this family.

A detailed description of the genus Tapinodoxa and deter-
mination of its systematic position in this family will probably
be made by some future investigator of the neotropical Phalo-
niidae. The purpose of the present note, done in connection
with a revision of the genera of the Tortricidae, is to show that
Tapinodoxa does not belong to this family.

The author wishes to acknowledge with thanks the cooperation
of Dr. R. Schonmann of the Vienna Mnsenni of Natural History
who sent him the material on the genera discussed in the present
paper.

Mar., 19G0] PioRE : Effects of Temperature and Parental. Age

27

EFFECTS OF TEMPERATURE AND PARENTAL
AGE ON THE LIFE CYCLE OF THE DARK
MEALWORM, TENEBRIO OBSCURUS FABRICIUS*

By Carl Fiore

Department of Biology, Fordham University

Arendsen Hein (1923) found that the optimal temperatures
for both the yellow mealworm, Tenehrio molitor, and the dark
mealworm, T. ohscurus, were between 25° to 27.5° C. He counted
10 to 14 molts for T. molitor, but he did not observe the number
in T. oh scums. With proper food, temperature and humidity,
the average larval period lasted from 6 to 8 months for both
species. Cotton and St. George (1929) reported that the dark
mealworm had an egg stage which varied from 4 to 7 days at 80°
to 88° and from 17 to 18 days at 65° F. The pupal stage of this
species was found to be 7 days at 77° to 78° and 20 days at 65° F.

The number of larval molts may also vary with temperature.
Ludwig (1956) found 11 to 15 and 15 to 23 larval molts for
T. molitor at 25° and 30° C., respectively. Tracey (1958), work-
ing with this species, observed that at 25° and 30° C. at a
relative humidity of 75 per cent, the duration of the larval stage
and the number of larval molts were greater at the higher tem-
perature. Larvae obtained from eggs laid by beetles 1 week after
emergence had an average larval life of 153.7 days and had 13.7
molts at 25° ; while at 30° C., these values were 168.0 and 15.8,
respectively.

Parental age may also affect the duration of the life cycle.
Ludwig (1956) observed that in T. molitor the length of larval
life was diminished in the progeny of older beetles. In this
species, Tracey (1958) found that offspring from young parents
had a longer larval period than those from old parents. At
25° C. these values were 153.7 and 143.9 days, respectively.

Since there is a lack of information regarding the life cycle
of the dark mealworm, T. ohscurus, it was decided to rear this

* Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Ph.D. de-
gree at Fordham University. The author wishes to express appreciation to
Dr. Daniel Ludwig, who suggested and directed this investigation.

28

Neav York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

insect individually at each of three temperatures, 20°, 25° and
30° C. In some experiments both humidity and parental age
were controlled. Observations were made on the duration of the
various stages of the life cycle, the number of molts and the
growth rate in the different environments.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Adults, collected within 24 hours of emergence, were kept in
a specimen dish containing chick growing-mash. When eggs
were desired, the beetles were transferred to white flour. Water
was supplied by a water bottle plugged with moist cotton. Eggs
were collected daily by sifting the flour.

In the first phase of the experiments, the parents were kept at
the same temperature as the offspring, 20°, 25° or 30° C. The
eggs, as well as the various stages of the life cycle, were main-
tained in a desiccator, the base of which contained a saturated
solution of NaCl (relative humidity 75 per cent). At hatching,
larvae were placed individually in 15 ml. vials with a small
amount of chick growing-mash. The larvae were examined daily
for molts and the exuviae removed. Observations were made on
the length of the preoviposition period, the duration of each
instar, and of the larval, pupal and adult stages.

TABLE I

Effects of Temperature on the Life Cycle of T. ohscuriis.

(A) at 75 per cent relative humidity

(B) outside the humidifier

Values are given with their standard errors.

Number

of

larvae

Dura-
tion
of egg
stage
in days

Duration of
larval stage
in days

Number of
larval molts

Duration
of pupal
stage in
days

Duration
of adult
life in
days

20

°C.

A.

41

11.56

374.51 ±20.53

17.29 ±0.34

13.14 ±0.22

19.81 ±1.61

B.

222

7.02*

204.77 ± 1.67

13.41 ±0.05

13.05 ±0.05

31.70 ±0.94

25

°c.

A.

81

6.21

213.40 ± 3.11

16.37 ±0.11

8.27 ±0.06

17.37 ±0.70

B*

213

6.75

194.06 ± 1.30

15.00 ±0.05

8.40 ±0.04

33.91 ±1.67

30

°c.

A.

26

4.00

230.77 ± 4-71

18.46 ±0.27

6.18 ±0.12

12.29 ±0.78

B.

207

7.01*

218.38 ± 1.74

16.81 ±0.07

6.29 ±0.04

14.97 ± 0.44

* Eggs laid and hatched at 25 °C

Mar,, 1960] FiORE : Effects of Temperature and Parental Age

29

Additional experiments were performed at each temperature.
The insects were not kept at 75 per cent relative humidity, but
they were kept in vials and the food moistened by adding a drop
of tap water several times a week to each vial. In these experi-
ments, eggs were collected from beetles kept at 25° C. and
allowed to hatch at this temperature. The larvae, within 24
hours of hatching, were then placed individually in vials and
allowed to develop at 20°, 25° or 30° C. In these experiments,
parental age was controlled with series being set up at each
temperature from parents 7 to 10, 16, 23 and 42 days after
emergence. The same observations were made as before ; and in
addition, the growth rates were determined by weighing 10 in-
sects from each group individually at weekly intervals.

OBSERVATIONS

The preoviposition periods were 9, 6 and 4 days at 20°, 25°

TABLE II

Probable Significance of Differences for the Various Stages at
20°, 25° AND 30°C., Comparing Those in the Humidifier (A) With
Those Outside the Humidifier (B).

Difference
between means
(A) and (B)

Difference/
Standard error
of difference*
(t value)

Duration of larval stage

20°C.

169,74 days

8.25

25°

19.34 "

5.76

o

O

CO

12.39 "

2.48

Number of larval molts

20°C.

3.88

11.41

25°

1.37

11.42

o

O

CO

1.65

5.89

Duration of pupal stage

20°C.

0.09 days

0.39

25°

0.13 "

1.86

o

O

CO

0.11 "

0.85

Duration of adult life

20°C.

11.89 days

6.43

25°

16.54 "

8.99

CO

o

o

2.68 "

2.98

* Eatios of 2 or more are considered significant.

30

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

and 30° C., respectively. At these temperatures and at 75 per
cent relative humidity the embryonic periods were 11.56, 6.21
and 4 days, respectively (table I).

As shown in the table, the larval period and the number of
larval molts were greater for insects reared at 75 per cent rela-

tive humidity than for those kept outside of the humidifier.
Furthermore, the duration of adult life was considerably re-
duced for those kept in the humidifier. At each temperature
the pupal period was the same in the two series. The optimal

Mar., 1960] FiORE : Effects of Temperature and Parental Age

31

temperature was 25° C., the larval period being shortest at this
temperature. A temperature of 30° C. greatly reduced adult
longevity. Pupal life was shorter, the higher the temperature.

The range in the number of larval molts was smallest at 25° C.,
being 13 to 19. The corresponding values at 20° and 30° C.
were 12 to 22 and 15 to 24, respectively. The average number
of molts was greater at the higher temperatures, being 14.01,

TABLE III

Effect of Parental Age on the Life Cycle of T. ohscurus Eeared
Outside the Humidifier. Values Are Given With
Their Standard Errors.

Age of
parents
in days
after
emer-
gence

Dura-

, . Duration

JNum- tion

- „ „ of larval

her of of egg
T ^ stage in

larvae stage

. ° days

in days

Number

larval

molts

Duration
of pupal
stage in
days

Duration
of adult
life in
days

20°C. 7-10

' 65

7.00*

204.85 ±3.28

13.48 ±0.08

12.83 ±0.09

30.13 ±1.34

16

54

7.00*

200.74 ±2.68

13.19 ±0.10

13.22 ±0.08

33.04 ±1.00

23

55

7.00*

210.82 ±3.35

13.31 ±0.10

13.42 ±0.10

31.27 ±1.93

42

48

7.10*

202.29 ±3.83

13.69 ±0.12

12.70 ±0.08

32.87 ±3.09

25 °C. 7-9

60

7.00

196.67 ±2.10

14.95 ± 0.09

8.38 ±0.07

40.10 ±3-59

16

52

7.00

191.54 ±2.88

14.85 ±0.10

8.37 ±0.07

30.41 ±3.17

23

56

6.00

190.89 ±2.36

14.75 ±0.10

8.25 ±0.07

35.26 ±2.69

42

45

7.07

197.44 ±3.09

15.53 ±0.10

8.67 ±0.10

27.25 ±2.67

30°C. 9

58

7.00*

210.52 ±3.12

16.17 ±0.11

6.20 ±0.07

14.50 ±0.65

16

54

7.00*

222.96 ±3.69

16.94 ±0.10

6.33 ±0.07

15.00 ±0.84

23

51

7.00*

218.92 ±3.51

16.84 ±0.10

6.35 ±0.07

15.84 ±0.92

42

44

7.07*

222.50 ±3.24

17.43 ±0.14

6.29 ±0.08

14.50 ±0.10

* Eggs laid and hatched at 25 °C.

15.38 and 16.99 at 20°, 25° and 30° C., respectively. At each
temperature the dark brown color characteristic of the mature
larva was attained about the eighth instar.

When those reared in the humidifier were compared with the
others, significant differences were obtained for the duration of
the larval life, the number of larval molts and the duration of
adult life at each temperature (table II). No significant dif-
ference was found in the duration of the pupal stage at any of
the temperatures.

32

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LX VIII

Figure 1 shows the rate of larval growth at temperatures of
20°, 25° and 30° C. Growth was more rapid the higher the
temperature. The average maximal larval weights were also
higher at the higher temperatures, being approximately 175, 165
and 100 mg. at 30°, 25° and 20° C., respectively.

The effects of parental age on the life cycle are shown in
table III. Parental age did not have any consistent effects on

Fig. 2. Effect of parental age on the growth of T. ohscurus larvae. Cir-
cles, larvae at 20°; squares, larvae at 25°; triangles, larvae at 30°C. Solid
lines, larvae from parents 7-10 days after emergence; broken lines, larvae
from parents 42 days after emergence.

Mar., 19G0] FiORE : Effects of Temperature and Parental Age

33

the duration of the life cycle. Parental age, however, did affect
the growth rate of the larvae at each temperature. As figure 2
shows, larvae from old parents had a slower rate of growth
than those from young parents and, except at 25° C., failed to
attain the same maximal weight.

DISCUSSION

In the present experiment, a temperature of 25° C. shortened
the duration of the larval stage as compared with that obtained
at either 20° or 30° C. It was observed that a few individuals
in each group at 30° C. did not pupate properly, being unable
to shed the last larval exuviae. Hence, the present experiments
are in agreement with those of Arendsen Hein (1923), who
found that the optimal temperature for T. ohscurus is between
25° to 27.5° C. while at 30° C. there was a delayed metamorphosis
and an increased larval mortality.

The long larval life in the humidifier may have been due to a
diapause which occurred in some individuals, lack of direct water
feeding or an inadequate oxygen supply. The humidifiers were
opened only once a day so that there was probably an oxygen
deficiency, especially for large larvae and adults. Unpublished
work in this laboratory on T. molitor shows that adding water
to the food may hasten growth.

The increase in the number of larval molts obtained at the
higher temperatures agrees with the work of Ludwig (1956),
who found that the yellow mealworm, T. molitor, had more molts
at 30° C. than 25° C., the averages being 19.1 and 13.2, respec-
tively. Cotton (1927) observed that T. ohscurus molted 12 to 22
times, with about half of the larvae molting 14 or 15 times.
However, he did not show any temperature effects on molting.

The greater maximal larval weights obtained at higher tem-
peratures agree with the results of Ludwig (1932 and 1939),
who found that in the Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica, the
average weight of the full grown larvae was less at 20° than at
25° C. These results are contrary to the general rule enunciated
by Titschack (1925), that insects reared at low temperatures
grow to a larger size than those reared at higher temperatures.

Ludwig (1956) and Tracey (1958) showed that larvae of
T. molitor obtained from old parents had a shorter larval life.

34

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

This effect was not found with T. ohscurus. Tracey (1958) also
found that the growth rate was faster in offspring from old
parents than in those from young parents. In the present work,
parental age affected the offspring in that those from old parents
were delayed in their growth rate.

SUMMARY

At each temperature, 20°, 25° and 30° C., the life cycle of the
dark mealworm, Tenehrio ohscurus, was longer when the insect
was reared in the humidifier at 75 per cent relative humidity
than when it was reared outside the humidifier. This effect may
be due to an oxygen deficiency in the humidifier.

Larval life was shortest at 25° C., being 194.06 days outside
the humidifier as compared to corresponding figures of 204.77
and 218.38 days at 20° and 30° C., respectively.

The range obtained for the number of larval molts was small-
est at 25° C., being 13 to 19 as compared to 12 to 22 and 15 to 24
at 20° and 30° C., respectively.

The duration of adult life was considerably shorter at 30° than
at either 20° or 25° C. Outside the humidifier, adults at 30° C.
lived less than half as long as those at the other two temperatures.

The rate of larval growth increased with a rise in temperature.
Maximal larval weights were also higher at the higher tempera-
tures, being approximately 175, 165 and 100 mg. at 30°, 25° and
20° C., respectively.

Parental age did not have any consistent effects on the dura-
tion of the life cycle. However, larvae from old parents had a
slower rate of growth than those from young parents.

Literature Cited

Arendsen Hein, S. 1923. Larvenarten von der Gattung TeneTjrio und ihre
Kultur (Col.). Ent. Mitt. 12: 121-159.

Cotton, E. T. 1927. Notes on the biology of the meal worms, T. molitor
Linne and T. ohscurus Eab. Ann. Ent. Soc. America 20: 81-86.

AND E. A. St. George. 1929. The meal worms. United States De-
partment of Agricnltnre Tech. Bull. 95.

Leclercq, J. 1950. Ecologie et physiologic des populations de T. molitor
L. (Insecte Coleoptere). Physiol. Comp, et Oecol. 2: 161-180.

Ludwig, D. 1932. The effect of temperature on the growth curves of the
Japanese beetle (Popillia japonica Newman). Physiol. Zool. 5: 431-
447.

Mar., 1960] FiORE : Effects of Temperature and Parental Age

35

. 1939. The effect of temperature on the size of the columnar cells

of the mid-intestine of the Japanese beetle larva (Popillia japonica
Newman). Physiol. Zool. 12: 209-213.

. 1956. Effects of temperature and parental age on the life cycle

of the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus (Coleoptera, Tenebrioni-
dae). Ann. Ent. Soc. America 49: 12-15.

Titschack, E. 1925. Untersuchungen iiber den Temperatureinfluss auf die
Kleidermotte {Tineola bisselliella Hum.). Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 124:
213-257.

Tracey, Sr. K. M. 1958. Effects of parental age on the life cycle of the
mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus. Ann. Ent. Soc. America 51:
429-432.

36

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

NOTES ON ARADIDAE IN THE U.S. NATIONAL
MUSEUM (HEMIPTERA) II.

By Nicholas A. Kormilev
Brooklyn, *N. Y.

II. Subfamily CABVBNTINAE.^

I wish to express once more my thanks to Dr. Carl J. Drake
and Dr. Reece I. Sailer, through whose good offices I had the
privilege to study the unidentified Aradidae in the collections
of the U. S. National Museum in Washington, D. C., including
the Drake Collection.

CAEVENTV8 Stal, 1865.

The genus Carventus Stal, 1865, is circumtropical. Its 21
species live mostly in the humid tropical forests. The bulk of
the species belong to the Oriental and Ethopian Regions ; others
penetrated to Madagascar and new Guinea. One was found in
Samoa, one in Central America, and one, recently, was described
from the Australian mainland. Prom the latter, Carventus
australis Kormilev, 1958, were known only females, now I have
an opportunity to give a brief description of the male.

1. Carventus australis Kormilev, 1958

Carventus australis Kormilev, 1958 Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.
66: 87, figs. 1-2.

Male. Similar to the female, but smaller. Lobes of sternum VIII are
small, conical, apically rounded; hypopygium elongately cordiform.

Biometrical measures: head 18: 20 (in this and the following descrip-
tions the first figure is always the length, and the second the width) ; an-
tennae (1 to 4) 10: 6: 10: 8; pronotum 25: 32.5 (across the fore lobe),
or 41 (across the humeri); scutellum 14: 23; abdomen 63: 52 (across seg-
ment IV).

Male, total length 4.0 mm.; width of the pronotum 1.33 mm.; width of
the abdomen 1.73.

Allotype : Male, Queensland, Australia — H. Hacker coll. ;
deposited in the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.,
“Drake Collection.”

*See: Kormilev, N. A. Notes on Aradidae in the U.S.N.M. (Hem.) I.
Subfam. Calisiinae; Proc. U.S.N.M. 109, No. 3413 pp., 209-222. (1958).

Mar., 1900]

Kormilev: Notes on Aradidae

37

GLYPT0C0RI8 Harris & Drake, 1944.

Usinger & Matsuda, listing the species of the genus Glyptocoris
Harris & Drake, 1944, put a question mark beside the species
G. verus Drake, 1956 (1959:125). At the time I made the key
for the Glyptocoris species, I could not examine this species, so it
was omitted from the key (N. A. Kormilev, Notes on Neotropi-
cal Aradidae IX; Stndia Entomologica, II: 309-320). Later,
Dr. J. C. Drake, kindly loaned me a paratype. It is a Glypto-
coris, though systematically it stays a little apart from other
species in the genus. Wygodzinsky (1948:6) separated all
species of Glyptocoris into two groups : with the spiracles of the
anterior abdominal segments ventral, placed near the lateral mar-
gin; and in those placed on the lateral margin and visible from
above. In G. verus the spiracles of the first three segments are
ventral, placed far from the lateral margin; those of the seg-
ments V and VI sublateral but visible from above, as those of
VII and VIII which are lateral.

Glyptocoris verus Drake is rather flat, the lateral borders of
the pronotum bear two tubercles set apart, the anterior is small,
the posterior is bigger; mesonotum has also two tubercles, but
almost fused together, the anterior is very small, the posterior
bigger, but not so big as that of the pronotum ; metanotum is
almost straight, only posteriorly with a very small tubercle.

III. Subfamily MEZIIHNAE.

NOTAPICTINUS Usinger & Matsuda, 1959.

1. Notapictinus parvulus new species

Male. Small, elongately ovate, slightly widening backward, brachyp-
terous.

Head. Slightly shorter than wide through the eyes (27:31). Anterior
process moderately robust, anteriorly deeply notched, jugae being much
longer than tylus, exteriorly rounded and granulate, reaching to 2/3 of the
first antennal segment. Antenniferous tubercules stout, broad, rounded,
reaching to 1/3 of the first antennal segment. Eyes relatively big, semi-
globose. Postocular tubercules small, do not reach the outer margin of the
eyes. Lateral shelves with two ( 1 + 1 ) ovate callous spots. Antennae short,
less than twice as long as the head; the proportions of the antennal seg-
ments (1 to 4) are: 12: 7: 12: 12. Eostral groove broad and shallow,
open posteriorly; rostrum reaches the base of the head. The head is granu-
late and with short, erect bristles.

Pronotum. Sharply divided into two lobes, much shorter than wide

Mar., 1960]

Kormilev: Notes on Aradidae

39

across the humery (28:54); fore lobe is narrower than the hind lobe
(43: 54) ; Collum narrow but distinct; antero-lateral angles obliquely trun-
cate, and angularly produced sideways; lateral notch sharp, angular; fore
disc with two ( 1 + 1 ) low, somewhat obliterated, callosities ; hind disc
roughly granulated; lateral borders of the hind disc straight, anteriorly
flattened and produced into subangular lobes; hind border slightly convex
in the middle.

ScuTELLUM. Half as long as wide at the base (15: 30) ; lateral borders
slightly convex and rimmed; apex rounded; disc moderately inflated and
granulated, with a fine median ridge, marked only by a row of granulae,

Hemelytra. Eeduced to wide, rounded pads, laterally roundly produced
beyond the outer border of the mesonotum, and slightly reflexed, posteriorly
do not reach the middle of the scutellum. Membrane is completely lacking,
but clavus is discernible, separated from the coriuni by a suture.

Abdomen. Much longer than wide (90: 67), with the whole tergum ex-
posed. Tergum I is visibly separated from the metanotum and CDP (Cen-
tral dorsal plate) ; CDP formed by tergum II to VI, fused together, flat,
slightly concave and punctured; the limits between segments marked by
very fine, transverse carinae ; along the lateral border of CDP runs a carina
bearing a row of long, erect bristles. First and second scent gland openings
are distinct; callous spots are rather obsolete. Midlateral glabrous areas
completely fused with the tergum. Tergum VII separated from CDP by a
very fine, but distinct sulcus; disc is anteriorly granulate, posteriorly trans-
versely rugose; laterally with a row of erect bristles. Connexivum broad,
granulate, and with dispersed short, curled hairs; PE-angles (postero-
exterior) of connexivum VII slightly angularly produced. Lobes of the
VIII (male) short, rounded, with a lateral spiracle. Hypopygium moderate
in size, posteriorly rounded, with a broad elevated median ridge. Spiracles
of sternum II sublateral, placed on the high tubercles, and visible from

EXPLANATION OF PLATE

Forficulassa lobulata n. g., n. sp., male, the head and pronotum.

g., n. sp., male, postero-lateral part
sp., female, postero-lateral part

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2. Forficulassa lobulata n.
of the abdomen.

Fig. 3. Forficulassa lobulata n. g., n.
of the abdomen.

., female, the head and pronotum.
sp., female, posterior part of the

a. sp., male, the head and pronotum.
n. sp., male, posterior part of the

Fig. 4.

Chapadia alata n. g., n. sp

Fig. 5.

Chapadia alata n. g., n.

abdomen.

Fig. 6.

Santaremia robusta n. g., i

Fig. 7.

Santaremia robusta n. g..

abdomen.

Fig. 8.

Parahesus truncatus n. g..

Fig. 9.

Parahesus truncatus n. g..

Fig. 10.

Parahesus truncatus n. g.

of the abdomen.

n. sp., female, postero-lateral part

40

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

above; those of III to V ventral, remote from the margin; those of VI
sublateral, VII and VIII lateral, and visible from above.

Color. Eerrugineous ; tergum lighter, reddish brown ; antero-lateral
angles of connexiva on the dorsal and ventral side, abdominal scent gland
openings, rostrum and tarsi, yellow or yellow brown.

Male. Total length 2.76 mm.; width of the pronotum .9 mm.; width
of the abdomen 1.12 mm.

Holotype ; Male. Barro Colorado Is., Panama, CZ — Zetek
coll, VIII-IX, ’49; deposited in the U. S. N. M. (No. 64819).

Usinger & Matsnda recently have split the genus Pictinus
Stal, 1873, into five separate genera, leaving in Pictinus only
american species with the stridulatory mechanism. For the rest
of american macropterous species, previously referred to this
genus, they created a new genus named Notapictinus Usinger &
Matsnda, 1959. Besides the five species referred by them to
the genus Notapictinus (1959:362), to the genus belong also the
following species : Pictinus martinezi Kormilev, 1953, Pictinus
heckeri Kormilev, 1959, Pictinus nanus Kormilev, 1959, Pictinus
sanmigueli Kormilev, 1959, Pictinus luteoincrustatus Kormilev,
1959, Pictinus derivatus Kormilev, 1959, Pictinus macidatus
Kormilev, 1959, Pictinus rutilus Kormilev, 1959, and from
brachypterous, Pictinus bracliypterus Drake & Kormilev, 1958.

To the true Pictinus, besides four species listed by Usinger &
Matsnda (1959:360), belong also the following species: Pictinus
fronto Bergroth, 1894, Pictinus stali Kormilev, 1959, Pictinus
pilosidus Kormilev, 1959, Pictinus wittmeri Kormilev, 1959, and
Pictinus fictus Kormilev, 1959.

FORFICULASSA new genus

By connexivum VII in the males produced backward as big
lobes, this genus resembles vaguely Psorosoma Champion, 1898,
but belongs to the subfamily Mezirinae, and should be placed
near Banksiessa Usinger & Matsnda, 1959. The head, and par-
ticularly the pronotum, are rather similar to this genus.

Head. As long as wide through the eyes; anterior process robust, conical,
jugae convergent, slightly surpassing the tylus, reaching to t4 of the first
antennal segment; antenniferous tubercules dentiform, curved inside, their
tips parallel between themselves, slightly surpassing the base of the first
antennal segment. Eyes small, exerted, almost globular. Postocular tuber-
cles dentiform, directed slightly backward, do not reach the outer border of
the eyes. The upper surface of the head, particularly the anterior process.

Mar., 19G0]

Kormilev: Notes on Aradidae

41

antenniferous and postocular tubereules, and vertex, are partly covered with
incrustated curved hairs, sometimes glued together and forming keels or
carenae. Similar carenae of glued hairs are also present on the pronotum,
scutellum and connexivum. On the vertex they form two parallel, longi-
tudinal carinae. Antennae long, more than twice as long as the head; the
first segment clavate, the 2d and 3d slightly tapering to the base, the 4th
fusiform; the first is the longest, the 2d half as long as the first, the third
shorter than the first, but longer than the 2d, the 4th half as long as the
3d. Eostral groove is narrow, posteriorly closed; rostrum reaching to the
posterior border of the latter.

Pronotum. Much shorter than wide across the humeri, divided into two
lobes. Collum carinate, with erect glued hairs. Antero-lateral angles
angularly produced, obliquely raised, and directed forward, covered with
incrustated bristles. Fore disc with two (1 + 1) ovate callosities, each with
an erect, oblique carina, formed by glued hairs, and with a fringe of similar
hairs around them. Similar carinae of glued hairs are also on the hind disc
laterally, and along the hind border. The head and pronotum are without
granulation. Lateral notch is concealed by the incrustated hairs. Hind
disc inflated; its lateral borders parallel between themselves, converging
anteriorly; hind border slightly convex.

Scutellum. Triangular, shorter than wide at the base; disc inflated,
transversely rugose; lateral borders straight, carinate; median ridge with
incrustated hairs.

Hemelytra. Eeach to the hind border of tergum VII; baso-lateral bor-
ders of the corium reflexed, forming high carinae; apical border angularly
cut out; apical angle produced backward beyond the base of connexivum II
(the first visible). Membrane big, opaque, with anastomosed veins.

Abdomen. Much longer than wide; lateral borders subparallel between
themselves, slightly convex; exterior borders of the connexiva each slightly
convex, those of connexivum VI produced as small, rounded, subtriangular
lobes; connexivum VII in the males form two (1 + 1) big, flat, posteriorly
rounded lobes, produced far beyond the tip of the hypopygium, giving to
the insect a curious forficuloid look. In the females these lobes are much
shorter, but still produced behind the tip of segment IX. Tergum is densely
punctured; laterally and on the median line smooth. Midlateral glabrous
areas completely fused with the tergum. Connexivum is broad; along the
outer border of connexiva runs an erect carina formed by incrustated hairs
glued together. Similar carina, but lower is on the ventral side of connexi-
vum. Hypopygium is relatively small, conical; lobes of VIII small,
rounded, do not reach the tip of the hypopygium. Sternum VI in the
females roundly cut out for the reception of the genital plates. Sternum
III through V with a straight, slightly inflated posterior border in both
sexes. Spiracles II through V ventral; those of VI lateral and visible from
above ; those of VII dorsal, placed near lateral margin of the lobes ; those
of VIII lateral and visible from above.

Legs. Inermes, but with dense incrustated bristles on the femora and
tibiae. Metathoracal scent gland openings triangular, placed outside of
median acetabulae.

42

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

Type species: Forficulassa lobulata n. sp.

The big, rounded lobes of connexivum VII with the spiracles
placed on the dorsal side, separate this genus from all other
american Mezirinae.

1. Forficulassa lobulata n. sp.

Figs. 1-3

Male. Head, pronotum, with exception of the hind border, antennae,
and legs, are brown; the rest of the body reddish brown; rostrum, tarsi,
the big round spots on the connexivum (dorsal and ventral side), and the
smooth median line and borders of the tergum, are yellow or dirty yellow.

Biometrical measures. Head (male — 27:27, female — 27:28); anten-
nae male — 30: 14: — : — ; female — 25: 15: 20: 10, the last two segments in
the male are lacking) ; pronotum (male — 30: 41 across the fore lobe, or 55
across the humeri; female — 32: 42 and 56 respectively); scutellum (male —
20: 30; female — 21: 30) ; abdomen (male — 88 to the tip of the hypopygium,
or 100 to the tip of the lobes : 67 across segment IV ; female — 90 or 95 re-
spectively: 73 across segment IV).

Total length. Male — 6.0, female — 5.9 mm; width of the pronotum:
male — 1.83, female — 1.87 mm.; width of the abdomen; male — 2.23, female —
2.83 mm.

Holotype : male, Para, Brazil — P. R. Uhler coll. ; deposited
in the U. S. National Museum (No. 64820).

Allotype : female, Santarem, Brazil — Ace. No. 2966 ; de-
posited in the U.S.N.M., Drake collection.

CHAPADIA new genus

Small, elongately ovate, slightly widening backward.

Head. Shorter than wide through the eyes; anterior process wide and
long, anteriorly deeply notched; jugae dentiform, parallel between them-
selves, anteriorly rounded, produced far beyond the tip of the tylus, reach-
ing to the middle of the first antennal segment ; antennif erous tubercles flat,
rounded, their flat side strongly inclined, almost vertical. Antennae almost
twice as long as the head; the flrst segment clavate, the 2d and 3d slightly
tapering toward the base, the 4th fusiform; the third the longest, the second
the shortest. Eyes moderate in size, exerted, semiglobose. Postocular
tubercles dentiform, slightly projecting beyond the outer border of the
eyes ; posterior border of the head widely rounded ; vertex covered with erect
incrustated bristles. Rostral groove moderately wide, shallow, posteriorly
closed; rostrum short, does not reach the hind border of the groove.

Pronotum. Half as long on the median line as wide across the humeri;
collum fine, granulate; anterior border feebly cut out; antero-lateral angles
produced laterad as big, rounded, slightly reflexed lobes; fore disc with
two (1-f-l) rather obsolete, callous spots; lateral, interlobal, notch very
deep, rounded; lateral borders of the hind lobe parallel between themselves.

Mar., 1960]

Kormilev: Notes on Aradidae

43

anteriorly convergent; posterior border almost straight in the middle,
slightly roundly produced laterally. Hind disc wider and higher than the
fore disc, covered with irregularly dispersed erect, incrustated bristles.

ScuTELLUM. Subtriangular, shorter than wide at the base, apically
rounded ; basal and lateral borders finely rimmed ; disc sharply, trans-
versely rugose, near the base with two (1 + 1) transversely ovate, depressed,
callous spots; median ridge thin and covered with high, erect, incrustated
bristles.

Hemelytra. Eeacli (female) to 2/3 of tergum VII. Corium reaches
beyond the base of connexivum III (the second visible), its basolateral
border reflexed, slightly divergent backward; apical border angularly cut
out interiorly; apical angle acute. Membrane big, opaque, almost without
veins, only at the base with a few, irregularly curved weins.

Abdomen. Ovate; lateral borders slightly convex, rounded; PE-angles
of connexiva II through V not produced; those of VI slightly produced;
those of VII with a small, triangular, apically rounded lobe, directed back
and sidewalks. Midlateral glabrous areas clearly visible, narrow, less than
1/3 as wide as connexivum, and separated from the tergum by a row of
erect bristles; tergum VII (female) posteriorly raised and covered with
dense, incrustated, erect bristles. Connexivum rather wide, posterior bor-
ders of connexiva with erect incrustated bristles. Spiracles placed on the
tubercles ; II through VI ventral, placed far from the outer border, but
progressively approaching it, not visible from above; those of VII and VIII
lateral and visible from above. Genital lobes (VIII) relatively big, tri-
angular, almost reaching the tip of IX; IX notched on the tip, gential
valves being longer than the oviduct. Metathoracal scent gland openings
narrow, placed lateral and somewhat behind the median acetabulae. Poste-
rior borders of sterna slightly elevated; this of sternum VI roundly cut out.
Genital and subgenital plates, and genital lobes on the ventral side, covered
with erect, incrustated bristles.

Legs. Inermes; fore tibiae with a small subapical “comb” on the inner
side.

Type species : Chapadia alata n. sp.

Chapadia n. g. belongs to ‘ ‘ Phyllotingis group” of genera,
with long jugae produced far beyond the tip of the tylus. It is
mostly allied to Placogenys Usinger & Matsuda, 1959, differing
from it by: deeply notched lateral sides of the pronotum, and
erect, incrustated bristles on various parts of the body.

In 1955 I described a new genus, based on a new species from
Peru, which was named Diphyllonotus. The manuscript was
sent to Pevista Ecuatoriana de Entomologia y Parasitologia.
But the volume III, in which it was supposed to be printed,
never appeared. In 1956 I published the second species of the
genus named Diphyllonotus l)rachypterus Kormilev, 1956, but

44

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

the genus was not validated. In 1958, losing all hopes that my
MS will be published, and not able to get it back, I redescribed
the genus and sent it to the Proceedings of the Entomological
Society of Washington, where it was published in vol. 61, p. 61.
But in the meantime Usinger & Matsuda published this genus
under the name of Placogenys, so we have now a new synonymy :
Placogenys hrachypterus (Kormilev), 1956, and Placogenys ex-
planatus (Kormilev), 1959.

1. Chapadia alata n. sp.

Figs. 4-5.

Female. Uniformly yellow brown; rostrum yellow; membrane reddish
brown, at the base whitish.

Biometrical measures. Head (19:23); antennae (10:7:11:9); prono-
tum (21:37, across the fore lobe, or 47, across the hind lobe); scutellum
(17:24); abdomen 69:57, across segment V).

Female. Total length 4.3 mm.; width of the pronotum 1.56 mm.;
Avidth of the abdomen 1,9 mm.

Holotype: female, Chapada, Brazil; deposited in the U. S.
National Museum, Washington, D. C., IT. S. A. (No. 64821).

SANTAREMIA n. g.

Elongately ovate, rather robust.

Head. Slightly shorter than wide through the eyes ; anterior process
robust with subparallel lateral borders, anteriorly slightly notched, reaches
to the middle of the first antennal segment; antenniferous tubercles denti-
form, their outer borders parallel between themselves, exteriorly slightly
convex. Antennae moderately robust, twice as long as the head ; the
first and 3d segment subequal in length, the 2d shorter, the 4th the
shortest. Eyes big, exerted, semiglobose. Postocular tubercles small,
dentiform, do not reach the outer border of the eyes; vertex with short
curled hairs; lateral shelves with ovate, smooth callosities. Eostral groove
wide and deep, posteriorly open; rostrum slender, does not reach the
hind border of the groove.

Pronotum. Shorter than wide across the humeri; sharply separated
into Hvo lobes by a very deep transverse sulcus; collum tiny, but sharply
separated from the fore lobe; anterior border of the fore lobe slightly cut
out; antero-lateral angles rectangular; lateral borders of the fore lobe
parallel between themselves; the fore disc with a deep median sulcus;
laterad of it with two (1-Fl) high, granulate tubercules, and farther to the
lateral borders, with two (1 + 1) longitudinal, granulate ridges. Hind lobe
is higher and wider than the fore lobe; hind disc with rough, setigerous
granulation; lateral borders parallel between themselves, anteriorly con-
vergent; hind border straight, laterally with Hvo (1 + 1) very small,
rounded lobes; directed backward.

Mar., 1960]

Kormilev: Notes on Aradidae

45

ScuTELLUM. Subtriangular ; basal and lateral borders rimmed; apex
cut out; disc moderately inflated, transversely rugose; median ridge
granulate.

Hemelytra. Eeacli to 2/3 of tergum VII (male) ; basolateral border
of corium slightly reflexed, but not projected outside of the pronotum;
apical border of the corium slightly cut out exteriorly, then convex, rounded ;
near the inner angle again roundly cut out. Veins of the corium with
setigerous granulation, make a big loop. Membrane with anastomosed
veins.

Abdomen. With feebly undulate sides, slightly shorter than wide,
widening backward. Midlateral glabrous areas completely fused with the
tergum. Connexivum II (the first visible) with the hind border strongly
elevated in a form of a ridge; PE-angles of connexiva III and IV barely
protruding; those of V sharply pointed and reflexed; posterior borders of
connexiva V and VI slightly carinate. Tergum VII (male) is raised
almost vertically in the first % of the disc, forming a semicircular plate,
separated from the hind ^ of the disc by a carinate border. Hypopygium
is very big, semiglobose, with a stout median ridge tapering backward.
Genital lobes very small and short, obliquely truncate. Spiracles II
through VII ventral, placed far from the outer border; those of VIII
lateral and visible from above. Sterna III through V with a straight, in-
flate and smooth posterior border; anteriorly deeply punctured. Sternum
VI widely cut out; sternum VII rugose and with a depressed tubercle in
the middle of the disc.

Metathoracal scent gland openings narrow, placed laterad and behind
the median acetabulae. Propleurae granulate ; meso- and metapleurae
sharply rugose. Legs inermes; but femora inflated, fusiform, with sharp
granulation, and erect bristles on inside. Tarsi without arolia.

Type species : Santaremia robusta n. sp.

The new genus is allied to the genus Aphlehoderrhis Stal,
1860, but differs from it by : membrane with anastomosed veins ;
midlateral glabrous areas completely fused with the tergum ; the
shape of pronotum, with rectangular antero-lateral angles ; high
transverse ridge on the hind border of connexivum II.

1. Santaremia robusta n. sp.

Figs. 6-7.

Male. Ferrugineous ; membrane brown, at the base whitish; tarsi and
the 4th antennal segment on the apical half are yellow brown.

Biometrical measures Head (22:24); antennae (13:10:14:8); pro-
notum (26:37, across the fore lobe, or 50, across the hind lobe) ; scutellum
(20:27); abdomen (60:62).

Male. Total length 6.6 mm.; width of the pronotum 2.5 mm.; width of
the abdomen 3.1 mm.

Holotype : Male, Santarem, Brazil — Acc. No. 2966 ; deposited

46

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

in the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. (No. 64822).

Paratype : Male, collected with the holotype ; deposited in the
collection of the author.

PARAHESUS n. g.

Elongately triangular, posteriorly truncate; head, pronotum and scutel-
lum more, hemelytra and abdomen less, covered with short, curled, in-
crustated, yellow hairs; antennae and legs, with finer and less incrustated
bristles. Head and pronotum with very fine, whitish incrustation.

Head. Much longer than wide through the eyes ; anterior process
porrect, bifide; jugae dentiform, much longer than the tylus, reach 2/5 of
the first antennal segment. Antenniferous tubercles dentiform, slightly
divaricating; eyes elongately ovate, slightly flattened from the sides;
postocular tubercles rounded, not reaching the outer border of the eyes.
Infraocular carinae lacking; vertex roughly, transversely rugose. An-
tennae long, moderately stout, more than twice as long as the head; the
first segment long, clavate; the 2d and 3d subcylindrical, slightly tapering
toward the base; the 4th elongately pyriform; the first and the 3d sub-
equal in length ; the 2d and 4th also, but much shorter than the first
two. Rostral groove long, with parallel borders, rather, deep, transversely
rugose, posteriorly open, reaching to the hind border of the head; rostrum
moderately stout, does not reach the hind border of the groove.

Pronotum. Subtrapezoidal, shorter than wide across the humeri; collum
anteriorly cut out, occupies almost the whole anterior border of the
pronotum; it is separated from the fore lobe by a deep, arcuate furrow;
lateral borders of the fore lobe obtusely angulate, and reflexed; fore disc
with six (3 + 3) longitudinal, narrow, curved, callous spots. Interlobal
transverse depression is deep. Lateral borders of the hind lobe parallel
between themselves, anteriorly converging ; humeri slightly elevated ; hind
border straight, laterally protruding backward as short, rounded lobes.

ScuTELLUM. Subtriangular, shorter than wide at the base; all borders
rimmed; disc inflated in the middle, roughly, transversely rugose, similar
as in the genus Miorrhynchus Champion, 1898.

Hemelytra. Reaching to the middle of tergum VII (female) ; corium
slightly produced beyond the base of connexivum II (the first visible) ;
its baso-lateral border slightly cut out and reflexed ; apical border an-
gularly cut out; apical angle acute; veins covered with curled, incrustated
hairs; membrane opaque, with anastomosed veins.

Abdomen (female). Longer than wide across segment VI, posteriorly
truncate, so that connexiva VII are between, not behind, connexiva VI;
lateral borders firstly convex, then slightly cut out; connexivum VI makes
an almost right angle, apically rounded. Connexivum VII with two (1 + 1)
small, rounded, and slightly reflexed, lobes. PE-angles rounded, slightly
prominent. Genital segments similar to Miorrhynchus, only the lobes of
VIII are relatively shorter, and segment IX also. Midlateral glabrous
areas fused with the tergum. Sternites III through V with straight hind
borders; sternum VI three times roundly cut out; in the middle deeper.

5lar., 1960]

Kormtlev: Notes on Aradidae

47

for reception of genital plates, laterally shallower. Spiracles from II to
VII ventral, as in Hesus Stal, 1862,* those of VIII lateral and visible from
above.

Metathoracic scent gland openings placed laterad and a little behind
the median acetabulae. Legs long, inermes.

Type species : Parahesus truncatus n. sp.

ParaJiesus n. g. at first sight looks like a big Miorrhynclius,
with abdomen truncate posteriorly; in the key of Usinger &
Matsuda, it runs to Helenus Buchanan White, 1879 ; its head and
antennae are similar to those in Hesus Stal, but it cannot be
placed in any one of these genera. Prom Miorrhynclius and
Helenus it differs by much broader, and posteriorly truncate,
abdomen; and position of the spiracles, which are all, but those
of VIII, ventral, and not visible from above; from Hesus it
differs by curled, incrustated hairs, subtriangular, posteriorly
truncate, body, and by the position of the spiracles.

1. Parahesus truncatus n. sp.

Figs. 8-10.

Female. Yellow brown to reddish brown, but the whitish incrustation
on the head and pronotum makes them greyish brown. Antennae, with ex-
ception of the apical half of segment IV, femora, tibiae, with exception .
of an antebasal yellow ring, and the outer borders of connexiva, with ex-
ception of PE-angles and a few spots on the lateral carina of the tergum,
are piceous or black. Eyes, rostrum, tarsi, and round callous spots on the
connexivum, are yellow or pale yellow brown.

Biometrical measures.... Head (33:21); antennae (27:14:26:15);
pronotum (38:37, across the fore lobe, or 57, across the humeri); scutel-
lum (23:’32); abdomen (100:91, across segment VI).

Female. Total length 9.85 mm.; width of the pronotum 2.85 mm.;
width of the abdomen 4.55 mm.

Holotype : Female, Tumupasa, Bolivia — M. R. Lopez coll.
Dec. ; Mulford — Bio Exp., 1921-22. The holotype bears a label
‘‘Cinyphus det. H. G. Barber.” Deposited in the U. S. National
Museum, Washington, D. C. (No. 64823).

BIBLIOGRAPHY CITED

Kormilev, N. a. 1953. Aradidae (Hemiptera) Argentinae II; Ac. Zool.
Lilloana; 13: 207-256, 3 pi.

. 1959. Notas sobre Aradidae Neotropicales V, (Hemiptera) ;

Rev. Soc. Uruguaya Ent. ; 3: 21-33, 1 pi.

Usinger, R. L. and R. Matsuda. 1959. Classification of the Aradidae
(Hemiptera-Heteroptera) ; London, vii-410, 102 figs.

Wygodzinsky, P. Studies on some apterous Aradidae from Brazil (Hem-
iptera) Bol. Mus. Nac., Zool. No. 86, 1-23, XIV pis.

48

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

NOTES ON EUSTERA TROGOPHYLLA (Hampson)

The genus Eustera consists of a group of small Lepidoptera
of the family Saturniidae, that are found only in Africa. One
of their main characters is that their tails are exceptionally
long, but they should not be confused with other long tailed
genera of the same family. Some males of Eustera possess poste-
rior wings which reach a length of 135 mm., the tail alone meas-
uring 115 mm., whereas the overall width would only be 55 mm.
The average length of the tail of Eustera is, in proportion, about
twice the one of spectacular species belonging to other genera
(for instance Argema mittrei ; and since the width of the tail
may sometimes be only 1 mm., one realizes how difficult it is to
obtain good specimens of Eustera^ and how delicate they are to
handle.

This study was made by Dr. Claude Lemaire at his breeding
station in Janville-sur-Juine par Lardy (Seine & Oise), France,
from caterpillars collected in French Equatorial Africa by Mr.
Rougeot. When Mr. Rougeot discovered some caterpillars of
Eustera trogophylla in the Gabon equatorial forest, there were
very few specimens known of that species and they were con-
sidered as extremely rare. Mr. Rougeot had stayed for over ten
years in various parts of the Gabon territory, without ever
noticing any insect of this species. And, of course, the life cycle
of the insect was completely unknown.

Out of 24 pupae handled in France by Dr. Claude Lemaire in
his breeding place, he has succeeded in getting 20 imagoes, four
of the total having been the victims of parasites. 19 of the speci-
mens thus obtained are in good state. Of these 13 are male
and 7 female. Only one (a male) is not in perfect state, there
being a malformation on an anterior wing. Eclosions, which
lasted about 22 hours, took place from April to July, with a
maximum on June 21st. The temperature was between 22 and
26 degrees centigrade, with considerable moisture prevailing.

The caterpillar of another species, Eustera argiphontes, col-
lected by Mr. Rougeot at the same time as the ones of the pre-
viously mentioned species, has given a magnificent male ; this
was achieved by Dr. Claude Lemaire on August 26, 1959. It
seems the two species of Eustera coexist and feed on the same
plants. — Lucien L. Pohl, Corresponding Member, French National
Museum of Natural History.

Mar., 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

49

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE (LEP-
IDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERA) OF THE
WESTERN HEMISPHERE

By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington
[Continued from LXVII (3, 4), p. 212]

ecbatana Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 24 (London).

Additional Eeferences: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 178, vol. 2, pi. 70, figs. 525, 526 (London).
(Hewitson considered this as a variety of deon Fabricius.) Druce, H. H.,
1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 621 (London). (Places ecbatana
as a synonym of deon Pabricius.)

echelia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon (Tapajos).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 109,
vol. 2, pi. 44, figs. 187, 188 ^ (London).

echinita Schaus, William, Theda
Type Locality: Orizaba, Mexico.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5946 $.

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 418 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

echiolus Draudt, Max, Theda echion form
Type Locality: Mexico.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 786, pi. 156-f (Stuttgart) (underside).

echion Linnaeus, Carolus, Papilio
Type Locality: “In America”.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1767, Systema Naturae, vol. 1, pt. 2, 12th edition,
p. 788 (Holmiae).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 155, vol. 2, pi. 61, figs. 410, 411 $ (London).
(Determines echion Linnaeus as a female, as described.)

50

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

Synonyms; crolus Cramer, megarus Godart.

Subspecies: ecMolus Draudt.

echo Edwards, William H., Lycaena
Type Locality: California.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1864 (March), Proc. Ent. Soe. Phila., vol. 2, p. 506
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference; McDonnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 29,
no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places echo as a subspecies of pseudargiolus
Boisduval and LeConte.)

Synonyms : nunenmacheri Strand.

edithg Mead, Theodore L., Chrysophanus

Type Locality: Lake Tahoe, near Carnelian Bay, California, July 26.
(Cotype series).

Location of Type: Strecker Collection (1 ^,1 $).

Original Desciption: 1878 (October), Can. Ent., vol. 10, p. 198 (London,
Ontario).

Additional Eeference: Strecker, Herman, 1900 (March), Lepidoptera,
Ehopaloceres and Heteroceres, Supplement no. 3, p. 21 (Eeading, Pa.).
(Claims the type.)

Synonyms: vanduseei Gunder.

Subspecies : montana Field, meadi Field syn.

edwardsii Grote, Augustus E. and Coleman T. Eobinson, Theda
Type Locality: London, Ontario.

Location of Type: (Neotype in American Museum of Natural History,
Queenstown, Ontario.)

Original Description: 1867 (July), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 1, p. 172
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeferences: Saunders, W., 1869 (June), Can. Ent., vol. 1, p. 98
(Toronto). Michener, C. D. and C. F. dos Passos, 1942 (November), Amer.
Mus. Novitates, no. 1210, p. 4 (New York, N. Y.).

Synonyms: fabricii Kirby.

ela Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality : Cayenne.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). «

Original Description; 1874 (December), Hlus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 171, vol. 2, pi 67, figs. 488, 489 ^ (London).

Note: Hewitson ibid., makes ela a synonym of ergina Hewitson.

elana Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Espiritu Santo, Brazil.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1874 (December), Hlus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 170, vol. 2, pi. 67, figs. 482, 483 ^ (London).

Mar., 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

51

electryon Goodson, F. W., Theda

Type Locality: Equateur, Balzapamba, Prov. de Bolivar, November 1893
to February 1894. Female March- April, 1894, (3 5^,1 $). Huanca-
bamba, Cerra de Pasco, N. E. Peru, (1 $ ). Colombia (1 $).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1945 (December), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 184
(London) .

elegans Lathy, Percy I., Theda
Type Locality: Paraguay.

Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris.

Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier,
p. 230, pi. 8, fig. 4 (Paris).

eliatha Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Brazil.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 112,
vol. 2, pi. 41, figs. 141, 142 ^ (London).

eWka Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: “Eio Grande”.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 101,
vol. 2, pi. 41, figs. 143, 144 ^ (London).

elimes Dyar, Harrison G., Theda

Type Locality: Trinidad Eiver, Panama.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 15,756.

Original Description: 1915, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 47, p. 149 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

Additional Eeference: Schaus, William, 1920, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 176
(Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes elimes a synonym of uterlcudante Druce.)

elis Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1779, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
vol. 3, p. 70, pi. 233, fig. D (Amsterdam).

dig Draudt, Max, Theda

Type Locality: Colombia and Ecuador.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1919 (November), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 750, pi. 148-b (as mavors) (Stuttgart).

ellida Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Venezuela.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

52

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VI II

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 88,
vol. 2, pi. 34, figs. 62, 63 ^ , 64 $ (London).

elongata Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Sarayaco, Ecuador.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p.
60 (London).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of Di-
urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 173, vol. 2, pi. 68, figs. 495, 496 ^ (London).

elsa Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Chiriqui, Panama.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.
1, p. 198, vol. 2, pi. 79, figs. 639, 640 $ (London).

Synonyms: primnoza Dyar, primno Godman and Salvin.

enmtheon Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1777, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
vol. 2, p. 104, pi. 163, figs. F, G (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1909 (September), Trans. Ent. Soc.
London, p. 432, pi. 11, fig. 5 $ (London). (Gives locality Perene Eiver,
Peru, 2,000 ft.)

emhla Kirby, W. F., Pleheius (not Edwards) Nomen nudum
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop-
tera, p. 653, no. 326 (London).

Additional Eeference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo
Soc. Nat. Sci. vol. 3, p. 124 (Buffalo, N. Y.). (Says there was no description
of emhla Edwards.)

emendatus Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Eio Juntas, Bolivia, 3,000 ft.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 619, pi.
36, fig. 20 $ (London).

emessg Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. Ill,
vol. 2, pi. 42, figs. 160, 161 $ (London).

Synonyms : legytha Hewitson.

emigdionis Grinnell, Fordyce Jr., Lycaena

Type Locality: San Emigdio Canon, Kern County, California, June 3, 4,
1904.

Mar., 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

53

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1905 (April), Ent. News, vol. 16, p. 115 (Philadel-
phia, Pa.).

Synonyms: melimona Wright.

empetri Freeman, T. N., Plebeius scudderi var.

Type Locality: Baddeck, Nova Scotia, July 3, 1936.

Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, no. 4347, Ottawa,
Canada.

Original Description: 1938 (March), Can. Ent., vol. 70, no. 3, p. 62, figs.
1, 2, 5 (Orillia, Ontario).

empusa Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon (Para).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 106,
vol. 2, pi. 42, figs. 158, 159 $ (London).

Synonyms: hethulia Hewitson, halciones Butler and Druce, tympania
Hewitson.

endela Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Venezuela.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 168, vol. 2, pi. 66, figs. 470, 471 $ (London).

Additional Eeference: Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September),
Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p.
72, vol. 3, pi. 56, figs. 30, 31 $ (London).

endera Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon (Ega).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. Ill,
vol. 2, pi. 42, figs. 156, 157 $ (London).

Synonyms: thestia Hewitson.

endymion Fabricius, Johann Christian, Papilio
Type Locality: Brazil.

Location of Type: Originally in Banksian Collection.

Original Description: 1775, Systema Entomologia, p. 519 (Flensburgi).
Synonyms : xenophon Donovan, hugon Godart, hugo Doubleday.

endymion Fabricius, Johann Christian, Papilio
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1781, Species Ins., vol. 2, p. 115 (Hamburg!).

Note: Synonym of regalis Cramer by Fabrician reference.

endymion Blanchard, E., Lycaena
Type Locality: Coquimbo, Chile.

54

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1852, Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile, Zoologica,
vol. 7, p. 37 (Paris) ; 1854, Atlas, vol. 2, Zoologica, Lepidoptera, pi. 2 (3),
figs. 3-a, 3-b, (Paris) (Gay’s Fauna of Chile).

Additional Eeference : XJreta E., Emilio, 1949, Boletin del Museo Nacional
de Historia Natural, vol. 24, p. 113 (Santiago, Chile). (Places endymion in
Itylos.)

Synonyms: Sibylla Kirby.

endymion Holland, W. J., Theda (not Fabricius)

Type Locality: Haiti.

Location of Type : Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Original Description: 1931, Butterfly Book, p. 242, pi. 64, fig. 32 ^ (New
York, N. Y.). Eevised edition.

Additional Eeference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De-
cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 70 (New York, N. Y.). See
also remarks p. 54.

enenia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality:

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lexiidoptera, vol. 1, p. 108,
vol. 2, pi. 41, figs. 146, 147 ^ (London)

enopies Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena

Type Locality: California. May, in dry sections.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description : 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p. 298
(Paris).

Additional Eeference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 41, pi. 237, fig. 1948 $ , 1949 $
(Eennes).

Subspecies: ancilla Barnes and McDonnough, dammersi Comstock and
Henne, columbiae Mattoni, smithi Mattoni.

epidius Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda

Type Locality: Chiriqui, Panama, and San Juan Eiver, Western Colombia.
Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (August), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p, 54, vol. 3, pi. 54, figs. 21, 22 $
(San Juan Eiver) (London).

Additional Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepidop-
tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 778, pL 155-f (Stuttgart). (Places epidius as
a subspecies of doryasa Hewitson.)

episcopalis Fassl, A. H., Theda

Type Locality: Eio Aguaca Valley, Colombia, 2,000 meters.

Location of Type: Fassl Collection. (Now in Naturhistoriches Museum,
Basle.)

Original Description: 1912, Eev. Mens. Soc. Ent. Namur, N. 4 (Namur).

Mar., 19G0]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

55

Note: Data from M. Draudt, 1919, The Maerolepidoptera of the World,
vol. 5, pp. 747, 827, pi. 153-a (Stuttgart).

epixanthe Boisduval, Jean A. and John LeCoiite, Polyommatus
Type Locality: New Harmony, Indiana.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1833, Histoire Generale et iconographie des Lepi-
dopteres et des chenilles de I’Amerique Septentrionale, p. 127, pi. 38, figs. 4,
5 (Paris).

Synonyms : hypoxantlie Kirby.

Subspecies: pJiaedrus Hall, amicetus Doubleday syn.

epopea Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality : Curaray, Ecuador.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p.
61 (London).

Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of Di-
urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 168, vol. 2, pi. 66, figs. 473, 474 472 $

(London).

epopeoides Schaus, William, Theda
Type Locality: Coatepec, Mexico.

Location of Type : United States National Museum, no. 5933 $ .
Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 412 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

epytus Godman, P. D. and O. Salviii, Theda
Type Locality: Bugaba, Panama.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centraii- Americana, Insecta,
Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 40, vol. 3, pi. 52, figs. 27, 28 ^ , fig. 29 $
(London).

erema Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Guatemala (Vera Paz).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 104,
vol. 2, pi. 44, figs. 179, 180 $ (London).

Additional References: Hewitson, W. G., 1874 (December), Ulus, of Di-
urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 182, vol. 2, pi. 72, figs. 550, 551 ^ (London).
Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (June), Biologia Centrali-Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 46, vol. 3, pi. 53, figs. 23, 24 ^
(type) (London). (They say: “The type described by Hewitson was taken
by us during an expedition to the forest region of Vera Paz, north of Coban,
at an elemation of about 1500 feet above the sea.”)

eremica Hayward, Kenneth J., Theda
Type Locality: Catamarca, Argentina.

Location of Type: Pundacion Miguel Lillo, Tucuman.

56

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

Original Description: 1949, Acta Zool. Lilloana, vol. 8, p. 574, pi., tig. 1
(Tucuman) .

Note: Hayward states this species resembles valentina Berg.

erenea Hewitson, W. C., Theda stagira var.

Type Locality: Amazon (Santarem).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 113,
vol. 2, pi. 42, tigs. 163, 164 $ (London).

Additional Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepi-
doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 777 (Stuttgart). (Places erenea as a form
of spurina Hewitson.)

ergeus Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus
Type Locality: Antilles.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1822, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, p. 635
(Paris).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 568
(London). (Did not recognize the species.)

ergina Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Jamaica?

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 105,
vol. 2, pi. 43, tigs. 170, 171 ^ (London).

Additional Eeference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De-
cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 56 (New York, N. Y.).
(Eecognize it from Trinidad, Venezuela and Brazil.)

Synonyms: ela Hewitson.

erihaea Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon (Para).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 108,
vol. 2, pi. 42, figs. 154, 155 $ (London).

ericeta Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Guatemala (Vera Paz).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 104,
vol. 2, pi. 44, figs. 177, 178 $ (London).

Additional Eeference: Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (August), Bio-
logia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 58,
vol. 3, pi. 55, figs. 3, 4 ^ (London). (Say Hewitson’s figures inadequately
represent this species.)

Synonyms : munatia Hewitson.

ericusa Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality : Brazil.

Mar., 19G0]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

57

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description : 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 113,
vol. 2, pi. 42, tig. 162 $ (London).

Synonyms: voconia Hewitson.

eripJion Morris, John G., Theda (not Boisduval). See eryphon Boisduval
Type Locality: California.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1862 (February), Catalogue of the Described Lepi-
doptera of North America, p. 100 (Washington, D. C.). (Smithsonian Misc.
Collections.)

erissus Draudt, Max, Theda (not Herbst). See eryssus Herhst
Type Locality:

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1920 (January), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 776 (Stuttgart).

erix Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality : Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
vol. 1, p. 129, pi. 82, tig B (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Ulus, of Diurnal
Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 102, vol. 2, pi. 46, tigs. 203, 204 $ (London).

Note: Papilio erix is a homonym of Papilio eryx Linnaeus (1771). It is
a synonym of Papilio eryssus Herbst.)

eronos Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Interior of Colombia.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1890, Ent. Mo. Mag., Series 2, vol. 1, p. 151
(London).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, p. 573, pi. 31, tig. 9 $ type (London).

eryhathis Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Mexico.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 84,
vol. 2, pi. 34, tigs. 5'8, 59 ^ (London).

Additional Eeference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1901 (October), Bio-
logia Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 715,
vol. 3, pi. Ill, tigs. 3, 4 $ (London).

erymus Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena
Type Locality: Oregon.

Location of Type: United States National Museum.

Original Description: 1869, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 12, p. 48
(Bruxelles).

58

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

Additional Eefereiices: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 42, pi. 239, figs. 2069 2070

$ (Eennes). McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check List, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 456
(Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places erymus as a synonym of pardalis Behr.)

erypJion Boisduval, Jean A., Theda
Type Locality : California.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p.
290 (Paris).

Additional Eeference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de Lepi-
dopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 40, pi. 236, fig. 1925 (Eennes).
Subspecies : sheltonensis Chermock and Frechin.

eryssus Herbst, Johann Friedrich Wilhelm, Papilio
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1800, Natursystem aller bekannten in und ausland-
ischen Insekten, vol. 10 p. 316, pi. 294, fig. 3 (Berlin). Made a new name
for erix Cramer.

Additional Eefereiices: Kirby, W. F., 1877, A Synonymic Catalogue of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, Supplement, p. 774, no. 166 (London). (Places
eryssus in the synonymy of erix Cramer, which is a homonym.) Draudt,
Max, 1920 (January), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 776
(Stuttgart). (Places erissus in the synonymy of erix Cramer.)

Synonyms: erix Cramer, tyrrhenus Hubner.

erytalus Butler, A. G., Tmolus
Type Locality :

Location of Type:

Original Description: (1869) 1870, Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera
Described by Fabricius in the Collection of the British Museum, p. 189
(London).

Additional Eeference : Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De-
cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45,. p. 80 (New York, N. Y.).
(Make erytalus a synonym of columella Fabricius.)

eryx Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1777, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
vol. 2, p. 75, pi. 143, fig. D (Amsterdam).

Note: Papilio eryx Cramer is a homonym of Papilio eryx Linnaeus (1771L
It is a synonym of Bitliys lydus Hiibner.

Synonyms: ingae Sepp, lehena Hewitson.

Subspecies: occidentalis Lathy.

esmeralda Jones, E. Dukinfield, Theda
Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Mar., 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

59

Location of Type: Jones Collection.

Original Description: 1912, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 900, pi. 97, figs.
10, 11 (London).

essus Herrich-Scliaffer, G. A. W., Theda
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1853, Sammlnng aussereuropaisher Sclimetterlinge,
p. 55, pi. 14, figs. 59, 60 (Eegensburg) .

estesi Clench, Harry K., Atlides halesus corcorani, normal form
Type Locality: Eiverside, California, October 6, 1940.

Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 25,703. (Para-
type in American Museum of Natural History.)

Original Description: 1942 (October), Eiit. News, vol. 53, no. 8, p. 219
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

ethemon Cramer, Pierre, Papilio

Type Locality: “Hides Occidentales.”

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
vol. 1, p. 75, pi. 48, fig D (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p.
568 (London). (Did not recognize the species.)

eumenia Hewitson, W. C., Theorema
Type Locality: New Granada.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1865, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 69,
vol. 2, pi. 27, figs 1, 2 ^ (London).

Synonyms : eunomia Streeker, titania Strecker.

eumorpha Hayward, Kenneth J., Theda

Type Locality: Puerto Bemberg, Misiones, Argentina.

Location of Type : Museo Argentine de Ciencias Naturales, Buenos Aires.
(Series in British Museum (Natural History) from Brazil.)

Original Description: 1949, Acta Zool, Lilloana, vol. 8, p. 572, pL, fig. 6
(Tucuman, Argentina).

Note: Hayward says this species is in the celmus group and that it is
very similar to lucagus Godman and Salvin.)

eunomia Kirby, W. F., Pleheius (not Edwards) Nomen nudum
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop-
tera, p. 653, no. 328 (London).

Additional Eeference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo
Soc. Nat. Sci,, vol. 3, p. 124 (Buffalo, N. Y.). (Says there was no de-
scription of eunomia Edwards.)

60

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

eunomia Strecker, Herman, Theorema (not Hewitson), Misspelling of
eumenia Hewitson
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1900 (March), Lepidoptera, Ehopaloceres and

Heteroceres, Supplement no. 3, p. 20 (Reading, Pa.).

eunus Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Polochic Valley, Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta,
Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 30, vol. 3, pi. 51, figs. 25, 2Q $ { Lon-
don).

eurepes Hayward, Kenneth J., Ipidecla

Type Locality : Santa Maria, Misiones, Argentina.

Location of Type: Breyer Collection, Oruro, Bolivia.

Original Description: 1949, Acta Zool. Lilloana, vol. 8, p. 579, pL, fig. 5
(Tucuman, Argentina).

euptychia Draudt, Max, Theda
Type Locality: South Brazil.

Location of Type : Museu Paulista { $).

Original Description: 1920 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 811, pi. 145-1 (underside) (Stuttgart).

euripedes Kirby, W. F., Theela (not Fabricius) Misspelling of euripides
Fabricius
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop-
tera, p. 398 (London).

euripides Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia
Type Locality: ‘Tn Indiis.”

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, p. 267
(Hafniae).

Additional Reference: Butler, A. G., 1870, Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop-
tera Described by Fabricius in the Collection of the British Museum, p. 190
(London). (Places euripides as the female of ixion Fabricius.)

Synonyms : euripedes Kirby.

eurisides Hiibner, Jacob, Jdlaus
Type Locality: Brazil.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1823, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmett-
linge, vol. 2, p. 20, pi. (52), figs. 297, 298 (Augsburg).

Additional Reference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 384 (London). (Gives the misspelling of eurysides,
and makes it a synonym of melibaeus {-meliboeus Fabricius.)

Mar., 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

61

eurysides Kirby, W. F., lolaus (not Hiibner) See eurisides
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop-
tera, p. 384 (London).

eurytulus Hiibner, Jacob, Tmolus
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1819, Sammlung exotischer Sclimetterlinge, vol. 2,
pi. (90) (Augsburg), (Hemming).

Additional Eeference : Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943
(December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 87 New York, N. Y.).
(Eecognize eurytulus as occurring at Santa Catharina, Brazil.)

Synonyms: argona Hewitson, rana Schaus.

Subspecies: nigra Lathy.

evius Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena
Type Locality: Southern California.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1869, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 12, p. 49
(Bruxelles).

Additional Eeferences: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 42, pi. 239, fig. 2072 $ , 2073 $
(Eennes). McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 455 (Los
Angeles, Calif.). (Places evius as a subspecies of icarioides Boisduval.)

excisicosta Dyar, Harrison G., Thecla

Type Locality: Cotahuasi, 9,000 ft., October, 1911; Chuquibamba, 10,000
ft., October, 1911, Peru.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 15,625 (6 co-
types).

Original Description : 1913, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 45, p. 637 (Wash-
ington D. C.).

exiguus Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 580, pi.
33, fig. 5 ^ (London).

exile Scudder, Samuel H., Brephidium (not Boisduval) See exilis Boisduval
Type Locality:

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol 3,
p. 124 (Buffalo, N. Y.). (Scudder changed the gender to neuter to agree
with his genus.)

62

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

exilis Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena
Type Locality: California.

Location of Type: United States National Museum.

Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soe. Ent France., Series 2, vol. 10, p.
294 (Paris).

Additional Eeferences: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (December),
Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p.
109, vol. 3, pi. 58, figs. 30, 31 ^,32 $ (London). Oberthiir, Charles, 1913
(October), Etudes de Lepidopterologie Comparete, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 41, pi.
236, fig. 1935 $ Eennes). Type figure. Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Hunt-
ington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 110 (New
York, N. Y.).

Synonyms: coolidgei Gunder, fea Edwards.

Subspecies : isophthalma Herrich-Schaffer, thompsoni Carpenter and

Lewis.

exoleta Edwards, Henry, Theda nelsoni var.

Type Locality: Big Trees, Calaveras County, California.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History (2 $ $).
Original Description: 1881 (April), Papilio, vol. 1, p. 53 (New York,

N. Y.).

extrema Draudt, Max, Theda ion form
Type Locality: Medina, East Colombia.

Location of Type: Fassl Collection. (Now in Naturhistorisches Museum,
Basle.)

Original Description: 1919 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 754, pi. 153-d (Stuttgart).

[To be continued]

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1945

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History,
79th St., & Ceritral Park W., New York 24, N. Y.

Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.

Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer.

] ' 7, Officers for the Year 1960 ,

)'

President, NICHOLAS SHOUMATOFF . . Bedford, N. Y.

) '

Vice-President, BERNARD HEINEMAN . 175 W. 72 St,, N. Y. 23, N. Y.

Secretary, RAYMOND BRUSH i 1 University Place, N. Y. 3, N. Y.

Assistant Secretary, ROBERT BLOCH 442 Atlantic Ave., Brooklyn 17, N. Y.

Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN • American Museum of Natural History

Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE . ..... American Museum of Natural History

Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS /. 1 .u..,j. . Highland Park, yN. J,

Editor, DR. WM. S. CREIGHTON .... City College, Convent Ave., at 139th St.^ N. Y. 31, N. Y.

Herbert F. Schwarz

E. Irving Huntington

Frank A. Soraci

Raymond Brush

Dr. a. B. Klots

1 ' I

■a ' /

V'

('4

TRUSTEES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
Dr. William S. Creighton -
Herbert F. Schwarz

■ !

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
FIELD COMMITTEE

. / i ^

Dr. a. B. Klots

Dr. John Schmitt

Peter Fare

Bernard Heineman

Dr. John B. Schmitt

-// '• ' j-

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Dr. Lucy Clausen

/ ,

I

: JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan-
caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for
the Journal should be sent to the Editor, William S. Creighton, City
College, Convent Ave., & 139th St., New York 31, N. Y.; all sub-
scriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New
York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History,
79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society
has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be (
responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of
address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $8.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly
in advance. Single copies, as issued, $2.00 each. : '

Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York
Entomological Society. \

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors.
Additional copies may be purchased directly from the printer.

I

Vol. LXVIII

No. 2

lOGli
Jl M S,

June, 1960

Journal

L-'

of the

r; !

Devoted to Entomology in General

Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS

Edited by WM. S. CREIGHTON

'

’ Publication Committee

FRANK A. SORACI

HERBERT F. SCHWARZ

PETER FARE

Subscription $8.00 per Year

f.f.

; L/‘ • F

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25,
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

1895

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History,
79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.

Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.

Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer.

' y Officers for the Year 1960

President, NICHOLAS SHOUMATOFF Bedford, N. Y.

Vice-President, BERNARD HEINEMAN . 175 W. 72 St., N. Y." 25, N. Y.

Secretary, RAYMOND BRUSH IV University Place, N. Y. 3, N. Y.

Assistant Secretary, ROBERT BLOCH 442 Atlantic Ave., Brooklyn 17, N. Y.

Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN American Museum of Natural History

Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE American Museum of Natural History

Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J.

Editor, DR. WM. S. CREIGHTON . . City College, Convent) Ave., at 139th St., N. Y. 31, N. Y.

" ^ TRUSTEES

Herbert F. Schwarz ' , Dr. A. B. Klots

E. Irving Huntington^ Dr. John Schmitt

>■>' ■

Frank A. Soraci

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

Herbert F. Schwarz

Peter Fare

Raymond Brush

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

Bernard Heineman

Dr. a. B. Klots

FIELD COMMITTEE

Dr. John B. Schmitt

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Dr. Lucy Clausen

Journal of the

New York Entomological Society

VoL. LXVIII June No. 2

HAROLD R. HAGAN, 1886-1960

The New York Entomological Society learns with regret of
the death of its former President, Harold R. Hagan. Although
Dr. Hagan was a member of the Society for many years, his
active participation in its affairs began when he assumed the
presidency in 1947. During his two years of office he was instru-
mental in putting the financial affairs of the Society on a sound
basis. In subsequent years he became concerned over the rising
costs in the publication of the Journal. He was chairman of the
Printing Committee, which was instructed to study the problem
and to make recommendations for its solution to the Trustees.
On the advice of the Printing Committee a decision was made,
in 1953, to change printers. It is impossible to say what effect
this change might have had if Dr. Hagan had been able to con-
tinue his policies. Ill health forced his retirement from City
College in the fall of 1953. After retirement he often corre-
sponded with Frank Soraci from his home in Alma, Nebraska.
His letters clearly show that Dr. Hagan was deeply interested
in the welfare of the Society. His death deprives the Society of
one of its staunchest supporters.

It will be difficult for many of the present generation to appre-
ciate Dr. Hagan’s scholastic achievements, for his youth was spent
in an era when higher education was neither free nor subsidized.
In order to secure funds for a college education Hagan worked
for eight years, first with Wells-Fargo and later with the Pacific
Express Company. It is significant that he headed several de-
partments in the latter company before he left it in 1911 to attend
Utah Agricultural College. At this time he was twenty-five years
old.

Sf/JTHSONIAN

iNsrrruTioN

V

9 4

64

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

After acquiring his bachelor’s degree from Utah Agricultural
College in 1914, Hagan taught there for three years. A large
part of his duties at this time consisted of work in the Agricul-
tural Experiment Station. This work necessitated trips to out-
lying ranches and farms. Hagan usually made these trips by
motorcycle. Anyone familiar with the secondary roads in the
vicinity of Logan at that period will appreciate that this was
no mean accomplishment in itself. In 1917 Hagan went to Har-
vard for graduate work at the Bussey Institution. It is not sur-
prising that W. M. Wheeler, under whom he studied, roused his
interest in insect embryology, for Wheeler ’s original interest had
been in this field. After receiving his M.S. from Harvard, Hagan
returned to Utah Agricultural College where he became Assistant
Professor in the Department of Zoology and Entomology. In
1919 he was given leave from the College to enable him to serve
as the head of the Utah State Crops and Pests Commission. After
two years service as Commissioner, Hagan became Associate Pro-
fessor in the Department of Zoology and Botany of the University
of Utah, where he spent the next seven years.

In 1928 the National Biscuit Company secured Hagan’s serv-
ices as consultant in a problem that had arisen from the shipping
methods used by the suppliers of Turkish figs. The shipments
were so highly contaminated with dead insects that many of them
had to be discarded. Hagan was sent to Turkey with instructions
to take whatever steps were necessary to improve the shipments.
His sojourn in Turkey was spent in a rather primitive area and
he had many amusing stories to tell of the difficulties that were
encountered. Since the sanitary conditions were none too good,
Hagan relied largely on eggs as a safe source of food. But the
climate was so hot that when fertilized eggs were taken from
under a hen they would continue to develop. A fresh egg was,
therefore, one in which the embryo was not more than forty-eight
hours old. In time, according to Hagan, he learned to relish
eggs whose embryos were considerably more advanced. Despite
the primitive conditions under which he had to work, Hagan was
highly successful in disposing of the problem of insect contami-
nation. He ultimately superintended the construction of a clean-
ing and sorting plant which was built on the basis of his recom-
mendations.

After completing his assignment in Turkey, Hagan did gradu-

June, 1960]

Creighton: Harold E. Hagan

65

ate work at Leland Stanford University which earned him a
doctorate in 1929. Thereafter he went to Hawaii, where he be-
came Associate Nematologist at the Pineapple Research Station
of the University of Hawaii. He returned to the United States
in 1932 and a year later began teaching in the Biology Depart-
ment at City College. Dr. Hagan’s wide experience made him a
versatile teacher. At various times he taught General Biology,
Histology and Embryology. In the preparation of course mate-
rial Hagan was methodical and thorough to a fault.

Dr. Hagan published more than forty papers most of which
deal with entomology. His primary interest lay in the study of
insect embryology. He was particularly attracted by the embry-
ology of insects which bear living young, and became an authority
in this field. His book. Embryology of the Viviparous Insects,
brought him the Cressy Morrison Prize from the New York
Academy of Sciences in 1949 and is generally regarded as a classic
presentation of this subject.

Toward the end of his life Dr. Plagan’s health was further
complicated by a malignant abdominal condition which neces-
sitated repeated operations. The last of these occurred late in

1959. He died at his home in Alma, Nebraska on January 18,

1960. — Wm. S. Creighton, Department of Biology, City College.

66

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

NOTE ON THE NATURAL LONGEVITY OF FERTILE
FEMALES OF APHAENOGASTER PICEA

In the course of an experimental program dealing with the
production of impaternate females in the Myrmicine ants
ApJiaenog aster picea and A. lamellidens (Haskins and Enzmann,
1945) a number of mature fertile females of A. picea with nor-
mal colonies were kept under observation in modified Lubbock
nests for fairly prolonged periods, ranging up to thirteen years.
In the course of this work it was possible to observe a total of
eleven such females throughout most of their normal life spans,
and to record the extent of the spans when terminated apparently
normally. Since similar spans have not, to my knowledge, been
recorded for the genus ApJiaenog aster it seems worth while to
report them. They are shown in Table 1.

TABLE 1

Age at Death

Number of Female

Years

Months

1

4

7

2

7

4

3

7

7

4

8

0

5

8

1

6

8

1

7

9

1

8

9

7

9

9

11*

10

10

7

11

* Accidentally killed

13

1

The conditions under which these females were maintained cor-
responded fairly closely to the natural ones except in one respect
— the fact that during the winter they were maintained at ordi-
nary room temperatures and did not, therefore, become dormant.
In all but one case death occurred apparently normally and the
female (the only one in the colony in each instance) was survived
for a considerable time by the younger workers. Reproduction
continued almost until death, though the percentage of males
produced rose. It was not possible to ascertain the parentage of

June, 1960]

Haskins: Aphaenogaster Picea

67

these males, but it is clear either that the proportionate number
of surviving progeny of the female fell in the last year of life or
that the percentage of males in the female progeny rose. In the
case of number 11 all production of young workers ceased about
a year before the death of the queen, suggesting exhaustion of
the contents of the spermatheca, as has been recorded for the
aged fertile females of other ants. — Caryl P. Haskins, Carnegie
Institution of Washington.

Haskins, C. P. and E. V. Enzmann. 1945. On the occurrence of im-
paternate females in the Formicidae. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 53,
263-277.

68

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

PAUL EHRLICH COLLECTION

It is with great pleasure that the Department of Insects and
Spiders of the American Museum of Natural History announces
the gift of the Erebia (Lepidoptera, Satyridae) collection of Dr.
Paul R. Ehrlich. This collection contains series of all the named
North American species and subspecies in this genus, and num-
bers 2193 specimens, including 122 paratypes and 132 genitalic
preparations. This collection is probably the finest one of this
genus from North America ever built up by a private collector.
In fact, a number of the populations included in it are not even
represented in most museum collections.

Dr. Ehrlich, now of the Department of Biological Sciences at
Stanford University, has collected the group extensively in the
arctic and subarctic regions of Canada and Alaska. In this way
he has been able to obtain many specimens, as well as much
valuable information on their ecology, occurrence, and flight hab-
its. Additional series of specimens have been obtained from
other collectors in areas where the genus is represented.

Dr. Ehrlich is continuing his building up of the collection, as
well as his revisionary Avork in this genus. — Frederick H. Rindge,
The American Museum of Natural History.

June, 1960]

Causey: Troglobitic Milliped Genus Zygonopus

69

THE TROGLOBITIC MILLIPED GENUS ZYGONOPUS
(CHORDEUMIDA, CONOTYLIDAE,
TRICHOPETALINAE)

By Nell B. Causey
Fayetteville, Arkansas

In many of the caves from Virginia south to Alabama and
Georgia and west to Missouri, there are small, depigmented,
eyeless millipeds of two genera of the family Conotylidae. Sco-
terpes, the larger and more complex of these genera, occurs in
the southern part of the area and Zygonopus in the northern
part. Their ranges are not known to overlap. Specimens occur
in remote regions of caves, where they are found crawling on
damp floors, walls, or pieces of organic matter such as wood,
paper, or the excrement of other cave animals. Neither genus is
known to have epigean forms.

Acknowledgments

I am indebted to the following for their generous cooperation :
Dr. Carl H. Krekeler, whose collection furnished material for my
introductory work on the genus; Mr. H. F. Loomis, who con-
tributed a topotype of Zygonopus whitei; Mr. Oscar P. Estes,
who made a trip to Grand Caverns especially to collect specimens
of the species described here as Z. weyeriensis; and to Dr. Thomas
C. Barr, Jr., who contributed more than 200 specimens.

Deposition of Specimens

The male holotypes and female paratypes of Z. hrekeleriy
Z. packardi, and Z. weyeriensis will be deposited in the American
Museum of Natural History. Topotypes or paratypes of all spe-
cies will be deposited in the United States National Museum.
The remaining specimens will be retained in the author ’s private
collection. The location of the type specimens of Z. whitei is
unknown.-

KEY TO THE TROGLOBITIC GENERA OF THE TRICHOPETALINAE

1. Segmental setae of most body segments arranged in a forwardly curved

row on each side of the dorsum. Fourth segment of the sixth legpair

70 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxviii

of the male bowed and the entire leg conspicuously thicker and longer

than any others Zygonopus Ryder

2. Segmental setae of most body segments arranged in an oblique row on

each side of the dorsum. Fourth segment of the sixth legpair of the
male never bowed and the entire leg never longer than any other
Scoterpes Cope

The epigean genus Trichopetalum, which is represented by
species from Newfoundland to Colorado, appears to be the genus
most closely related to Zygonopus. Epigean species of the Tricho-
petalinae tend to be more conservative than the trogiodytic spe-
cies, specimens of some species having been collected from sites
more than 800 miles apart.

History

Because of their similarities in habitat and morphology, the
histories of the genera Zygonopus and Scoterpes are interwoven.
Scoterpes was proposed by E. D. Cope (1872) for Spirostrephon
copei Packard 1871. Zygonopus was proposed by J. A. Ryder
(1881) for a new species, white% described from specimens from
Luray Cave that had previously been identified as Spirostrephon
copei. Ryder recognized the importance of the enlarged sixth
legs of the male as a generic character and published a poor
figure of them ; he did not describe the gonopods. A. S. Packard
put Scoterpes and Zygonopus into the genus Spirostrephon in
1881, but later he recognized them both (1883), as did Jerome
McNeill (1888). Packard (1883), like Ryder, miscounted the
number of body segments, but he wrote a fairly good description
of Zygonopus; he noted that the segmental setae are not as coarse
or as long as they are in Scoterpes, described the gonopods, and
later (1886) published figures of them. The form that he de-
scribed is published here as a new species, Zygonopus weyeriensis.
In Charles H. Bollman’s posthumously published work (1893),
Scoterpes and Zygonopus were combined in one paper and listed
as separate genera in another. Cook and Collins (1895) recog-
nized both genera and gave detailed descriptions and figures of
Z. whitei. H. P. Loomis (1939) called attention to the dilferenee
in the arrangement of the segmental setae in the two genera.

Genus Zygonopus Ryder

Zygonopus Ryder, 1881, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 3, no.

June, 19G0] Causey: Troglobitic Milliped Genus Zygonopus

71

181, p. 527. Packard, 1883, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. 21, pp.
194—195 ; 1886, Natl. Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 63. McNeill, 1888, Bull.
Brookville Soc. Nat. Hist., no. 3, p. 9. Bollman, 1893, U. S.
Natl. Mus., bull. 46, p. 158. Cook and Collins, 1895, Ann. N. Y.
Acad. Sci., vol. 9, pp. 59-60. Loomis, 1939, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 86, no. 4, p. 182. Chamberlin and Hoffman, 1958,
U. S. Natl. Mus., bull. 212, p. 103.

Scoterpes, Bollman, 1893, U. S. Natl. Mus., bull. 46, p. 121.
Type species: Zygonopus whitei Ryder, by monotypy.

Pig. 1. Distribution of the known species of Zygonopus. The approxi-
mate location of collection sites of Z. TcreMeri is indicated by triangles, Z.
packardi by squares, Z. weyeriensis by diamonds, and Z. whitei by filled
circles. Records of specimens of undetermined species are indicated by the
female symbol.

Range: Seventeen counties along the Virginia-West Virginia
boundary and one county in east central Kentucky (fig. 1) ; the
Kentucky record should be reexamined.

Species: Pour.

Diagnosis : Trichopetalids of 30 body segments, of moderate length,

depigmented, and similar to Scoterpes in the absence of ocelli and in the
cave habitat, but nearer Trichopetalum in the structure of the gonopods,
the length and arrangement of the segmental setae, and the shape of the
paranota ; distinguished especially by the enlarged and bowed sixth legs
of the male.

Mentum undivided, the anterior margin straight, and the space between
it and the lingual lamellae filled by a triangular membrane. Antennae
slender. Exoskeleton thin. Dorsum smooth. Typical paranota with the an-

72

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LX VIII

terio-lateral margin broadly rounded, the width about two-thirds the length.
Segmental setae on most segments set in a curved row on each side of the
dorsum, with the lateral seta on the caudal angle of the paranotum, the
medial seta on the anterior margin of the paranotum, and the internal seta
at the same level as the medial seta, but slightly farther from it than the
lateral seta is; setae on the posterior segments arranged in a transverse
row. Segmental setae acute, the length more than one-half the body width;
setae shorter and finer than in Scoterpes. Posterior margin of metatergites
very finely serrulated; lateral and ventral margins of segments more dis-
tinctly serrulated.

Sixth legpair of male longer and thicker than any others and with the
fourth segment markedly bowed. No other legs anterior to the gonopods
are greatly modified; the first and second are slightly reduced and the
third through the fifth may be slightly swollen. Coxae of legpairs 10 and
11 with the usual glands.

Gonopods much as in Trichopetalum. Anterior gonopod with two coxites,
which are either slender and spinous or broad and membranous. Anterior
surface of coxa Avith a band or a large patch of closely placed, very small,
scale-like setae and two groups of longer setae, one group of three setae
along the median margin and the other group of several setae on the disto-
lateral margin. Telopodite of anterior gonopodi thick, usually rectangular,
shorter and narrower than the coxa, not visible from a ventral view in situ,
and with no processes other than the one large and one or two smaller
plumose branches that project ventrad betAveen the telopodite and the coxa.

Posterior gonopod composed of two thickened, elongated segments, of
which the second one is about one-third longer than the first, has no rudi-
mentary segments at the apex, and usually has no terminal spine. Median
surface of first segment with a rounded lobe, which has the opening of the
coxal gland in it; base of first segment does not reach to the midline of
the sternum. Sternum weak and without ventral lobes.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ZygOUOpUS BASED ON THE MALE GONOPODS

1. Each anterior gonopod with a broad, membranous, median coxite and

a longer, spinous, lateral coxite Z. krekeleri, neAv species

Each anterior gonopod Avith two spinous coxites, but no membranous
coxite 2

2. The tAvo coxites contiguous at the base; the median one long and dis-
tinctly curved and the lateral one about as long and slightly

curved Z. packardi, neAv species

The two coxites not eontinguous at the base; almost equal in length
and in curvature 3

1 Palmen (1953, p. 10) referred to the telopodite of the anterior gonopod
of Trichopetalum lunatum as the “denticulate lamella” and found its con-
nection with the gonopod obscure. In species of Scoterpes, in which the
anterior gonopod has retained a more primitive condition than in some
other genera, it is possible to see the attachment of the plumose branch to
the telopodite.

June, 19G0J Causey: Tkoglobitic Milliped Genus Zygonopus

73

3. Median margin of anterior gonopod almost vertical; median and disto-

lateral coxal setae slightly sinuous Z. whitei Eyder

Median margin of anterior gonopod either broadly rounded or forming
a right angle ; the median and disto-lateral coxal setae straight
Z. weyeriensis, new species

Zygonopus krekeleri stands distinctly apart from the other
known species of the genus. The differences between Z. pack-
ardif Z. weyeriensis, and Z. whitei are mainly quantitative.
When these three species were first studied, it appeared that sub-
sequent collections might yield forms that would connect them.
Then Dr. Barr’s large collection with male specimens of three
species from 12 additional caves was received. Some variations
were found, but they are slight, and in no case can they be re-
garded as integrades between the species. The genus differs
markedly from the related genus Scoterpes, in which the popula-
tion of almost every cave is taxonomically distinct from that of
any other cave.

Zygonopus whitei Ryder
Figures 2, 3.

Zygonopus whitei Ryder, 1881, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 3, p.
527, figs. 1-3. Cook and Collins, 1895, New York Acad. Sci., vol.
9, pp. 60-62, pis. 1, 2, figs. 14-21. Loomis, 1939, Bull. Mus. Comp.
ZooL, vol. 86, no. 4, p. 182. Chamberlin and Hoffman ( 1 partim),
1958, U. S. Natl. Mus., Bull. 212, p. 104.

Spirostrephon copei Packard. Packard, 1881, Amer. Nat., vol.
15, p. 231.

Diagnosis : Distinguished by the characters of the anterior gonopod,
especially the sinuous coxal setae and the two relatively short, spinous, sub-
equal, mesially curved coxites. Very near Z. weyeriensis, from which it can
be distinguished by the following characters of the anterior gonopod: the
shorter coxites, the almost straight median margin of the coxa, and the
sinuous rather than straight coxal setae.

Body length about 8 or 9 mm. The sixth legpair of the male is inflated
and bowed much as in Z. weyeriensis (fig. 6), but the last segment is
slightly plumper and bears more setae on the median surface.

Most of the anterior surface of the anterior gonopod (fig. 2) is covered
with very fine, evenly spaced setae. The long setae in the median row of
three and in the row of six or seven on the disto-lateral margin of the
coxa are slightly sinuous and an occasional one is branched; in all other
species these setae are straight and unbranched. The two coxites are not
contiguous at the base ; the median one is thinner and its apex is more
acute than the lateral one. The telopodite, which can be seen from a pos-

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. LXVIII

( Plate I )

Figs. 2, 3. Zygonopiis whitei Eyder. 2. Eight anterior gonopod, anterior
view. 3. Left anterior gonopod, posterior view. Drawn from male topotype.

Figs. 4-7. Zygonopiis weyeriensis, new species. 4. Eight anterior gono-
pod; anterior view. 5. Left anterior gonopod, posterior view. 6. Sixth
leg. 7. Posterior gonopod. Drawn from male holotype.

June, 1960] Causey: Troglobitic Milliped Genus Zygonopus

75

terior view of the gonopod (fig. 3), is almost ovoid; the main plumose
branch is finely divided and so short that it must be viewed from a posterior
view of the gonopod; the two shorter plumose branches are almost entirely
covered by the telopodite.

The posterior gonopod is composed of the usual two inflated, elongated
segments and a terminal spine. Except for the spine, and the larger median
lobe on the first segment, the appearance is very much as in Z. weyeriensis

(fig. 7).

Cook and Collins (1895) reported that this species has “Irregu-
lar longitudinal wrinkles” on the dorsal surface of the body.
I failed to find them.

Type locality : Luray Cave, Page County, Virginia.

Range: Caves in Page and Shenandoah Counties, Virginia;
and Pendleton County, West Virginia. The report by Chamber-
lin and Hoffman (1958) of this species in Alleghany, Bath, Mont-
gomery, and Roanoke Counties, Virginia, undoubtedly represents
an error in determination, since these counties fall within the
ranges of Z. weyeriensis and Z. packardi. The Pendleton County,
West Virginia, records of Loomis (1939) are based on females
and should be reexamined, since Z. weyeriensis also occurs in this
county.

Records : West Virginia : Pendleton Co. Stratosphere Balloon
Cave, Aug. 31, 1958, 6 J', 11 5, T. C. Barr, Jr. This cave is 100
yards from the entrance to Seneca Caverns, from which Loomis
(1939) reported Z. whitei.

Virginia: Shenandoah Co. Madden’s Cave, New Market Sta-
tion, Aug. 25, 1958, 2 5„ T. C. Barr, Jr. Loomis (1939) identified
specimens from the New Market Caves as Z. whitei.

Zygonopus weyeriensis, new species
Figures 4-7

Zygonopus whitei Ryder. Packard, 1883, Proc. Amer. Philos.
Soc., vol. 21, pp. 194-195 ; 1886, Natl. Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 64,
pi. 7, figs. 1, la-lo

Diagnosis : Distinguished by the characters of the anterior gonopod,
especially the two relatively long, spinous, subequal, mesially curved coxites.
Very near. Z. whitei, from which it can be distinguished by the following
characters of the anterior gonopod: the longer coxites, the angular median
margin of the coxa, and the straight rather than sinuous coxal setae. Dis-
tinguished from Z. pacTcardi by the more evenly curved and more nearly
equal coxites.

Description op male holotype: Length 10 mm., greatest body width 0.8

76

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVITI

mm. Legpairs three through five are slightly inflated. The sixth legpair
(fig. 6) is markedly inflated and longer than any other legs.

The coxal division of the anterior gonopod (fig 4.) bears two spinous
coxites, mesially curved, subequal in length and in curvature, the lateral
one thicker, slightly separated at the base, and almost twice as long as the
coxites of Z. wMtei.

The coxal region is shorter than in Z. wliitei and the median margin is
broadly rounded. Most of its anterior surface is covered with minute,
closely arranged, scale-like setae. Three longer, straight setae are set near
the median margin and four or five on the disto-lateral margin at the base
of the lateral coxite. The telopodite is relatively small, and the two sparsely
divided plumose branches are almost the same length (fig. 5).

The posterior gonopod (fig. 7) is composed of two inflated, elongated seg-
ments. There is no terminal spine.

Variations : Males from other localities may differ from the holotype in
the following characters: slightly smaller sixth legs, the median margin of
the anterior gonopod in the form of a right angle instead of rounded, and
with a minute terminal spine on the posterior gonopod.

Type locality : Grand Caverns, Augusta County, Virginia.
This site was formerly known as Weyer’s Cave.

Range: Caves in Augusta and Bath Counties, Virginia; and
Greenbrier and Pendleton Counties, West Virginia.

Records: Virginia: Augusta Co.: Grand Caverns, Nov. 20,
1958, 1 J', 3 5, 2 larvae, Oscar P. Estes (type collection) ; Aug.
20, 1958, 2 J', 1 5, 1 larva, T. C. Barr, Jr. Madison Cave, Aug.
23, 1958, 2 larvae, T. C. Barr, Jr. Bath Co.: Breathing Cave,
part of Butler Cave on Sinking Creek, Aug. 28, 1958, 6 J', 7
3 larvae; Porter’s Cave, Aug. 27, 1958, 1 J', 2 5, 2 larvae; Star
Chapel Cave, Aug. 29, 1958, 19 specimens, T. C. Barr, Jr.

West Virginia: Greenbrier Co. : Higgenbotham Cave No. 4, Aug.
17, 1958, 8 6 5, 2 larvae, T. C. Barr, Jr. Pendleton Co. : Mys-
tic Cave, Aug. 31, 1958, 2 2 'J, T. C. Barr, Jr.

History: Dr. A. S. Packard made collections from Weyer’s
Cave in 1874 and from New Market and Luray Caves several
years later. He first (1881) identified all of his specimens as
Spirostrephon copei Packard, thinking that they were conspecific
with the small white millipeds in Mammoth Cave, Kentucky.
Later (1883, 1886) he changed his determination to Zygonopus
whitei, but the description and figures that he published probably
were not based on Z. whitei. He must have based them on his
Weyer’s Cave specimens, since Luray Cave is the type locality
of Z. whitei and specimens from New Market Cave have been
identified as Z. whitei (Loomis 1939).

June, I960] Causey: Troglobitic Milliped Genus Zygonopus

77

He described the anterior gonopod as follows : ‘ ‘ the outer
lamina consists of a basal subtriangular portion, ending in a
long, slender, curved spine, beneath which is a stouter spine,
shorter and less curved; a minute median setose lamina is pres-
ent, while the inner lamina is a weak, slender, setose filamentary
outgrowth.” The posterior gonopods were described as fol-
lows: ‘‘like those of Trichopetalum, the second (terminal) joint
not ending in a claw.”

Zygonopus packardi, new species
Figures 8, 9

Diagnosis: Distinguished by the characters of the anterior gonopod, espe-
cially by the two spinous coxites, which are contiguous at the base and very
unequal in length. Nearest Z. weyeriensis, from which it can be distin-
guished by differences in the length, position and curvature of the coxites.

Description of male holotype: Length about 8 mm. The fourth and
seventh segments of the sixth legpair are less inflated than in Z. weyeriensis
(fig. 6) ; the seventh segment is narrowed and slightly sinuous.

A band of closely placed, scale-like setae crosses the anterior surface of
the coxal region of the anterior gonopod (fig. 8) ; the setae are coarser than
in Z. whitei. The three longer setae in the median row and the five or six
on the disto-lateral margin of the coxa are straight and about the same
length as in Z. weyeriensis. The two coxites, which are both spinous, are
very close together at the base, the longer median one overlapping the
shorter, stouter, lateral one; from a lateral view there is a small gap be-
tween them. The telopodite (fig. 9) is in the form of a thick, quadrate
lamella with a thinner, triangular ventral lobe. The main plumose branch
is very finely divided. A second, shorter plumose branch is partly covered
by the lateral margin of the telopodite.

The posterior gonopod is composed of the usual two inflated, elongated
segments and a minute terminal spine. The appearance is very much as in
Z. weyeriensis (fig. 7).

Variations : Some variation was observed in the position of the coxites
of the anterior gonopod, some being turned mesiad more than others; also,
the shape of the triangular lobe on the ventral margin of the telopodite is
slightly variable. The terminal spine of the posterior gonopod may be
absent.

Type locality : Patton’s Cave, Monroe County, West Virginia.

Range: Caves in Bland, Botetourt, and Giles Counties, Vir-
ginia; Greenbrier, Monroe and Mercer Counties, West Virginia;
and Estill County, Kentucky. The Kentucky record may prove
to be a custodial error, since no other Kentucky collections have
been made.

Records: Virginia: Bland Co. Hamilton Cave, near Meehan-

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. LXVIII

(Plate II)

Figs. 8^ 9. Zygonopus pachardi, new species. 8. Eight anterior gonopod,
anterior view. 9. Left anterior gonopod, posterior view. Drawn from
male paratype.

Figs. 10, 11. Zygonopus Jcrelceleri, new species. 10. Eight anterior
gonopod, anterior view. 11. Left anterior gonopod, posterior view. Drawn
from male paratype.

June, 1900]

Causey; Troglobitic Milliped Genus Zygonopus

79

icsburg, Sept. 6, 1958, 6 7 5, T. C. Barr, Jr. Botetourt Co. :

Perry Saltpeter Cave, at Saltpeter on the James River, Aug. 24,
1958, 3 J', 3 5, T. C. Barr, Jr. Giles Co. : Hopkins Cave, 1 mile
south of Narrows, Aug. 12, 1957, 1 1 5, C. H. Krekeler, Tawney

Cave, IJ mile northeast of Maybrook, Aug. 11, 1957, 1 J', 2 J.
Starnes Cave, near Pearisburg, Aug. 3, 1958, 19 specimens, T. C.
Barr, Jr. Straley’s Cave, Sept. 6, 1958, 2 5 5, T. C. Barr, Jr.

West Virginia: Greenbrier Co.: Organ Cave, Aug. 1958, 15
specimens, T. C. Barr, Jr. Mercer Co. : Honaker Cave, 5 miles
southwest of Glenlyn, Virginia, Aug. 12, 1957, 1 J', 1 $, C. H.
Krekeler. Monroe Co. : Fletcher ’s Cave, near Gap Mills, Aug.
8, 1958, 24 adult and larval specimens, T. C. Barr, Jr. Patton’s
Cave, 2 miles southeast of Gap Mills, Aug. 7, 1957, 5 3 5,

C. H. Krekeler (type collection) ; Aug. 8, 1958, 36 specimens,
T. C. Barr, Jr.

This species is named for Dr. A. S. Packard, Jr., the founder of
the science of cave biology in the United States.

Zygonopus krekeleri, new species
Figures 10, 11

Diagnosis: Distinguished by the anterior gonopod, which has a broad,
membranous median coxite and a longer, spinous lateral coxite.

Description of male holotype: Length about 8.5 mm. Fourth segment
of the sixth legpair slightly more bowed and the last segment slightly thinner
than in Z. weyeriensis (fig. 6).

The median coxite of the anterior gonopod is membranous and broad, and
the lateral coxite is spinous and curved (fig. 10). A small area on the an-
terior surface of the coxa is covered with minute setae, and the distal part
of the membranous lobe is sparsely setose. The longer setae in the median
row of three and the three on the disto-lateral lobe of the coxa are straight.
The telopodite (fig. 11) is in the form of a thick, quadrate lamella. The
plumose branch is broad, so short that it is scarcely visible from an anterior
view, and the fibrillae are sinuous and sparsely branched. A second, shorter
plumose branch can be seen under the telopodite.

The posterior gonopod is composed of the usual two inflated, elongated
segments; there is no terminal spine. The appearance is very much as in
Z. weyeriensis (fig. 7).

Type locality : Alpena Cave No. 1, Alpena, Randolph County,
West Virginia.

Range: Caves in Randolph and Tucker Counties, West Vir-
ginia.

Records: West Virginia: Randolph Co.: Alpena Cave No. 1,

80

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

Alpena, July 20, 1957, 8 9 5, C. H. Krekeler (type collection).

Tucker Co. : Bennett Cave, 2 miles northeast of Gladwin, July
20, 1957, 2 3 $, C. H. Krekeler.

It is a pleasure to name this species for Dr. Carl H. Krekeler.

Records of collections of Zygonopus without mature

MALES :

West Virginia : Greenbrier Co. : Pollock Caves, miles north-
northeast of Alderson, Aug. 10, 1957, larvae, C. H. Krekeler.
Monroe Co. : Argobrita Cave, 3 miles southeast of Wolf Creek,
Aug. 10, 1957, 2 5, C. H. Krekeler. Pocahontas Co. : Martha
Clark’s Cave, near Marlinton, Aug. 15, 1958, 1 fragment, T. C.
Barr, Jr. Randolph Co. : Crawford Cave, 3J miles southwest of
Valley Head, July 23, 1957, 2 J, C. H. Krekeler.

LITERATURE CITED

Bollman, Charles H. 1893. The Myriapoda of North America. U. S.
Natl. Mus., bull. 46: 1-210.

Chamberlin, Ralph V. and Richard L. Hoffman. 1958. Checklist of the
millipeds of North America. U. S. Natl. Mus., bull. 212: 1-236.

Cook, O. F. and G. N. Collins. 1895. The Craspedosomatidae of North
America. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 9: 1-100. pis. 1-12.

Cope, E. D. 1872. On the Wyandotte Cave and its fauna. Amer. Nat. 6:
406-422.

Loomis, H. F. 1939. The millipeds collected in Appalachian caves by Mr.

Kenneth Dearolf. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 86 (4) : 165-193. figs. 1-14.
McNeill, Jerome. 1888. A list, with brief descriptions of all the species,
including one new to science, of Myriapoda of Franklin Co., Ind. Bull.
Brookville Soc. Nat. Hist. no. 3 : 1-20. figs. 1-3.

Packard, A. S., Jr. 1881. Fauna of the Luray and Newmarket caves, Vir-
ginia. Amer. Nat. 15: 231-232.

. 1883. A revision of the Lysiopetalidae, a family of Chilognath

Myriapoda, with a notice of the genus Caml)ala. Proc. Amer. Philos.
Soc. 21: 177-197.

. 1886. The Cave Fauna of North America. Natl. Acad. Sci. 4:

1-156, text figs., 27 pis.

Palmen, Ernst. 1952. Survey of the Diplopoda of Newfoundland. Ann.

Zool. Soc. ‘Vanamo.’ 15 (1) : 1-31. figs. 1-22.

Ryder, J. A. 1881. List of the North American species of myriapods be-
longing to the family of the Lysiopetalidae, with a description of a
blind form from Luray Cave, Virginia. Proc. IT. S. Nat. Mus. 3 (181) :
524-529. figs. 1-3.

June, 1960]

Chew: Pogonomyrmbx Oocidentalis

81

NOTE ON COLONY SIZE AND ACTIVITY
IN POGONOMYRMEX OCCIDENTALIS
(CRESSON)*

The colonies studied were located on the floodplain of Cave
Creek at the Southwestern Research Station, 5 miles SW of Por-
tal, Arizona. This site is at an elevation of 5400' in an oak-pine
woodland. One colony was excavated Feb. 26-29, 1959, just after
colony activity began in the spring. The ants were placed in
alcohol as they were uncovered and their numbers were estimated
later by measuring the packed volume of all ants and counting
the number of individuals in several 100 ml. samples. The num-
ber of foraging workers was estimated for four other colonies in
Sept, and Oct. 1958 and July 1959, using the mark-release-recap-
ture method (Chew, 1959. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 67, 3, 4).

Excavated colony. A total of 8700 ants was collected. If
the size of the surface mound is a reliable index of colony size,
8700 ants would be about average for colones of P. Occident alis in
the area studied. The ants were found in clusters of 100-500 at
successively deeper levels. The last workers were found at a
depth of 5J', which was at the beginning of the C horizon in the
soil profile. The queen was not found. The diameter of the area
occupied by the colony did not exceed 2J'.

No pupae, larvae or eggs were found and fewer than 100 indi-
viduals appearing to be callows were taken (all in the upper foot
of digging). Apparently P. occidentalis does not carry brood
through the winter in this area. There were six caches of seeds,
totalling about 175 ml. volume. The seeds were principally those
of the telegraph weed. Heterotheca suhaxilaris ; about 5 percent
were sprouting when found underground.

Foraging workers. On Feb. 25 the number of foraging ants
was estimated as 248 in the colony to be excavated. As is to be
expected, activity of the colony is achieved only slowly in the
spring ; apparently the ants in the upper part of the colony are
warmed and become active first.

* Contribution from the Southwestern Eesearch Station of the American
Museum of Natural History, Portal, Arizona.

82

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LX VIII

Estimates of foraging workers in four adjacent colonies, of
about the same mound size as the excavated colony, ranged from
1500 to 4800 per colony in July, Sept, and October, as compared
to a total of 8700 workers in the excavated colony.

In two other colonies, foraging workers were estimated at 525
and 1200 in July. Following this census, workers were removed
daily from the surface around each mound for 5 days. After
removal of 1029 individuals there was practically no outside ac-
tivity at the first mound, but this may partly have been due to
very wet weather in the last two days of the removal procedure.
Removal of 1265 ants from the second nest did not noticeably
reduce the number of foraging individuals.

These limited data suggest that for P. occidentalis in the area
studied, no more than half the workers in a colony are active in
foraging outside at any one time, even at the height of seasonal
activity. However, many more data are needed before a reliable
conclusion can be drawn. — Robert M. Chew, Dept. Biology,
TJniv. Southern California, Los Angeles.

June, 19(50 J

Foote: Tephritidae and Otitidae

83

THE TEPHRITIDAE AND OTITIDAE OF THE
BAHAMA ISLANDS (DIPTERA)

By Richard H. Foote

Entomology Eesearch Division, AES,

United States Department op Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

The purpose of the present paper is to record a series of Teph-
ritidae and Otitidae collected by the Van Voast- American Mu-
seum of Natural History expedition to the Bahama Islands in
1952 and 1953, and to present a complete list of the species in
each of these two families so far known to occur, or likely to be
found, in the Bahamas.

Of the 17 species of Tephritidae discussed herein, 2 are new
to science, 2 have been recorded only from Florida, 2 have a
purely Nearctic distribution, 10 are distributed widely over
North, Central, and South America and the West Indies, and 1 is
a typical South American species. Only 5 have previously been
reported from the Bahama Islands. Benjamin (U. S. Dept.
Agric. Tech. Bull. No. 401, 1934) discusses in some detail the
nomenclature, morphological characters, and distribution of 11
of these tephritids; his paper is drawn upon heavily for data
contained herein.

Nine of the 15 species of Otitidae occurring in the Bahamas
have been recorded from Florida ; all but 1 of these also occur in
other states. Five species have purely West Indian, Central or
South American distributions, an\i one is described as new. Only
two of the 15 species have been previously recorded from the
Bahamas. The absence of distribution records in this family in
many cases is probably a reflection of lack of intensive study.
Curran (Amer. Mus. Novit. No. 812, 1935) has furnished the
most recent key to the species of the genus Euxesta. There is no
recent revisionary work devoted to the family Otitidae as a whole
in the Americas.

The list of Johnson (Psyche 15: 69-80, 1908) has long served
as the only guide to the Diptera occurring in the Bahamas ; all
1904 records in this paper are quoted from his list. Knab and
Yothers’ (Jour. Agric. Res. 2 (6) : 447-453, 1914) Bahama rec-

84

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LX VIII

ord of Toxotrypana curvicauda Gerst. is the only addition to
these two families known to me. It is rather surprising that the
study of the faunas of these two families has been neglected to
such an extent on this island chain.

In the following treatment the first synonymical reference for
each species is to the original description; other entries are lim-
ited to the more important sources of information about the tax-
onomy of the species concerned and to its occurrence in the
Bahamas. Nearly all specimens seen in this study, unless other-
wise noted, were collected by B. B. Hayden, G. B. Rabb, and L.
Giovannoli. Most of the material, including holotypes and some
paratypes of each of the new species, has been deposited in the
American Museum of Natural History.

I wish to extend thanks to Dr. Mont A. Cazier and Dr. C. H.
Curran, American Museum of Natural History, for providing the
bulk of the material for study, and to Mr. George Steyskal for
his advice on Euxesta luteocesta, n. sp.

The “Distribution’’ portion of each species treatment includes
records available from the literature or available elsewhere pre-
vious to the Expedition, as well as those received from the Amer-
ican Museum of Natural History for identification.

Family TEPHRITIDAE
Toxotrypana curvicauda Gerstacker

Toxotrypana curvicauda Gerstacker, 1860, Ent. Ztg. Stettin 21
(46) : 194, pi. 2; Knab and Yothers, 1914, Jour. Agr. Res.
2 (6): 447 et seq., pi. 41, figs. 1 and 2 ; pi. 42, figs. 1-4.

Distribution. — No material was collected from this study.
The species has been previously recorded from New Providence,
where it was reared from papaya by Knab and Yothers.

This distinctive species has a very wide distribution in tropical
America which probably coincides with its host plant, Carica
papaya L. Aczel (Acta Zool. Lilloana 7 : 181, 1949) lists the fol-
lowing localities from which the species has been recorded: St.
John, Antigua (an error repeated again and again in the litera-
ture; it refers to the island of St. Jean, Danish West Indies, ac-
cording to Knab and Yothers) ; Bahamas (see below) ; Puerto
Rico; Mexico (Yucatan); Costa Rica; Peru; Brazil; United
States (South Carolina, Florida, Texas).

June, 1960]

Foote: Tephritidae and Otitidae

85

Genus Anastrepha Schiner

No species of Anastrepha have ever been recorded from the
Bahama Islands. There is a possibility, however, that momhin-
praeoptans Sem may actually occur and that its presence has re-
mained undetected because collecting dates have not coincided
with peaks of abundance, or because fruit has rarely been care-
fully investigated. A. momhinpraeoptans occurs throughout the
Greater and Lesser Antilles and in Florida.

Two other species occurring in Florida but having more re-
stricted distribution in the West Indies are suspensa (Loew) and
ocresia (Walker). These are less likely to occur in the Bahamas
than is mombinpraeoptans, but the possibility does exist and
should be taken into account during future entomological explo-
ration of these islands.

XantJiaciura connexionis Benjamin

Xanthaciura connexionis Benjamin, 1934, U. S. Dept. Agric.
Tech. Bull. No. 401 : 45 ; fig. 32.

Distribution. — Abaco Cays: 2 1 J, Allen’s Cay, 9 May

1953; 1 $, Great Sale Cay, 10 May 1953; 5 2 Bennett’s

Harbor, Cat Island, 24 March 1953 ; 1 .c?. Landrail Point, Crooked
Island, 5 March 1953 ; Eleuthera Island : 1 Governor ’s Harbor,
31 March 1953 ; 2 J'J', New Portsmouth (Rock Sound). 28 March
1953; 1 Pish Cay (south of Fortune Isl. or Long Cay); 8
March 1953; 1 Eight-mile Rock, Grand Bahamas Island; 14
May 1953 ; 1 1 5, Marsh Harbor, Great Abaco Island ; 6 May

1953 ; 1 $, near Abraham Bay, Mayaguana Island ; 3 March 1953 ;
New Providence Island : 1 $, Nassau, 16 April 1953 ; 1 2, 2 mi. E.
Nassau, 14 April 1953.

This species is present throughout southern Florida, and espe-
cially abundant in the southern tip of that state.

Xanthaciura insect a (Loew)

Trypetainsecta Loew, 1862, Smiths. Misc. Collect. 6 (1) : 72; Tab.
Ill, fig. 8.

Aciura insecta; Johnson, 1908, Psyche 15: 78.

Xanthaciura insecta; Benjamin, 1934, U. S. Dept. Agric. Tech.
Bull. No. 401: 44; fig. 31.

Distribution. — 8 J'J', 1 2, Allan’s Cay, Abaco Cays; 9 May

86

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LX VIII

1953 ; Andros Island : 1 , J', 1 5, Fresh Creek; 23 April 1953 ; 2 5?,
Mangrove Cay, 19 June 1924 (C. E. Olson); Berry Islands:
2 2 55, Frazier’s Hog Cay, 30 April 1953; 16 J'J', 21 55>

Little Harbor Cay, 1 May 1953 ; Eleuthera Island : 2 55? Hatchet
Bay (near Alicetown), 2 April 1953; 12 6 55? Governor’s

Harbor, 31 March 1953 ; 1 ij', 1 5, New Portsmouth (Eock Sound),
28 March 1953; Grand Bahamas Island: 1 Pine Eidge (at
light), 13 May 1953 ; 5 3 55? West End, 12 May 1953 ; 10 J'J',

12 55? Marsh Harbor, Great Abaco Island ; 6 May 1953 ; New
Providence Island: 11 5 5$> Nassau, 16 April 1953; 4

4 55? 2 nii. E. Nassau, 14 April 1953 ; 1 J', 5 mi. W. Nassau, 6
April 1953 ; 3 J'J', near Windsor Field, 12 April 1953 ; 1 5, near^
Cockburn Town, San Salvador Island ; 18 March 1953 ; 2 55?
Bimini Island; 20 August 1951 (C. & P. Vaurie). Previously
recorded from United States (Florida), Bermuda, Jamaica,
Cuba, Puerto Eico, Mexico, Costa Eica, Honduras, and Mangrove
Cay, Andros Island (1 August 1904).

Discussion. — The specimens seen in this study agree very well
with Benjamin’s excellent description and illustrations. The
distal spot in the first posterior cell varies in shape and is rarely
completely round. In every specimen I have examined, the
fourth hyaline spot (counted from the wing base) on the pos-
terior margin of the wing is fainter than any of the others in
the row.

Xanthaciura tetraspina (Phillips)

Acinra (Eucosmoptera) tetraspina Phillips, 1923, Jour. N. Y.
Ent. Soc. 31: 132.

Xanthaciura tetraspina; Benjamin, 1934, U. S. Dept. Agric.
Tech. Bull. 401 : 46 ; fig. 33.

Dstribution. — 1 J', nr. Abraham Bay, Mayaguana Island, 3
March 1953.

Previously recorded from Missouri, Indiana, Texas, and Flor-
ida (south to Orlando).

Acinia fucata (Fabricius)

Musca fucata Fabricius, 1792, Ent. Syst., p. 359.

Acinia fucata; Benjamin, 1934, U. S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull.
No. 401 : 48 ; fig. 34.

Distribution. — 4 55? 4 Nassau, New Providence Island,

June, iy(i()|

Foote : Tephritidae and Otitidae

87

June, 1956 (N. L. II. Krauss) ; 1 near Cockburii Town, San Sal-
vador Island; 18 March 1953.

The species occurs in North, Central, and South America, and
the West Indies. In the United States it ranges from New Jersey
to Florida (Jacksonville to Key West).

Acrotaenia trisignata, new species
(Figure 1)

A greyish yellow polliiiose species. The wing has only three l)lack costal
spots, the basal one occupying the entire stigma. Ill-defined triangular hya-
line iiicisions are present on the apical third of the wing posteriorly.

Female. Head yellowish except for eyes, which are black, and a very
small dark spot between eye and base of antenna. Eye 0.85 times as high
as head; frons at vertex about 1.6 times as wide as one eye, frons widening
only very slightly from vertex to frontal suture; face concave and project-
ing forward sharply just below tip of third antennal segment. Inner and
outer verticals, postoculars, posterior upper frontoorbitals, cheek setae and
cheek bristle yellowish-white ; ocellars, anterior pair of upper frontoorbitals
and all lower frontoorbitals dark brown; inner verticals, upper and lower
frontoorbitals all in a line parallel with inner border of eye. Antenna
yellow, apex of third segment rounded; arista rather stout and yellow on
basal fourth, distal three-fourths comparatively slender, dark brown.

Mesonotum heavily grey pollinose with five long, faintly differentiated
yellowish pollinose stripes extending from front of prescutellum, the middle
three stripes nearly attaining scutellum; pleura, sternum, and scutellum
heavily pollinose; dorsocentrals very close to the suture and situated on
the outer borders of the grey areas adjacent to central stripe; achrosticals
situated in the centers of these grey areas ; scutellum heavily grey pollinose ;
two pairs of scutellars, the apical pair about 0.8 times as long as basal;
presutural, anterior supraalar, postalar, dorsocentral, achrostical and
scutellai's each arising from a distinct black spot. Anterior coxa yellowish
pollinose and some pollinosity on other coxae, remainder of legs uniformly
shining yellow except for a small, ill-defined brownish spot on ventral sur-
faces of mid and hind femora.

Wing (fig. 1) with three large black spots on costa, and basal spot ex-
tending through stigma to second vein, the middle spot somewhat exceeding-
second vein, the distal spot confined to the marginal cell; area of small
hyaline s])ots on wing disc extending along costa halfway from distal black
spot to end of second vein, and terminated across outer third of wing by a
narrow but more or less continuous hyaline area ; an additional narrow
hyaline area extending from posterior border well into first posterior cell
just distad of posterior crossvein. Halter pale yellow.

Al)domen yellow pollinose, approximately the same color as mesonotum,
tergites II, III, and IV each with an ill-defined brown spot on each side of
center line ; sternites concolorous with tergites ; ovipositor sheath glistening
l)rownish yellow, distinctly l>rowner on basal third than on apical two-

88

New Yoriv Ento^mological Society

[VoL. LXVllI

Eig. 1. of Acrol aeiila I risi(/nala. Eig. 2.

irlvivgulala. Eig. 3. Wing of Etixcsia InfeocesUi.

Wing of Urophora

June, TOGO |

Foote : Tephritidae and Otitidae

89

thirds, the extreme tip black; ovipositor brownish yellow, approximately 1.(1
times as long as sheath (estimated from partially infolded position).

Male. Unknown.

Type. — Ilolotype 5, Fresh Creek, Andros Island, Bahamas
Islands, 23 April 1953, E. B. Hayden and L. Giovannoli, collec-
tors.

Discussion. — There is no donbt that this female belongs to a
new species because it is so easily distingnished from the other
two New World Acrotoxa with large, distinct black costal spots,
otopappi Doane and testudinea Loew. A. otopappi has at least
four dark costal spots, two of which lie within the stigma, and
the light spot at the end of the second vein attains the third vein.
A. tfisignata is alone in having a single, well-defined hyaline area
on the posterior apical third of the wing. A. otopappi appears to
be restricted to Mexico, while testudinea inhabits the westernmost
islands of the West Indies.

Icterica atacta Hendel

Icterica atacta Hendel, 1914, Abh. Ber. Konigl. Zool. Anthrop.-
Ethnogr. Mns. Dresden 14 : 62 ; PL 3, fig. 51.

Distribution. — 1 J, 2 mi. E. Nassau, New Providence Island;
14 April 1953.

The species has also been recorded from Paraguay.

Discussion. — Obviously a rare species, since most workers
refer to Hendel ’s original description without adding new local-
ity records.

Urophora trivirgulata, new species
(Figure 2)

Easily distinguished from all known species in the genus lyy the presence
of only three dark transverse bands on the wing.

Female. — Head yellow except for eyes and ocellar triangle, which are
black ; lunule, antennae and face distinctly lighter yellow than front or
cheeks. Eye 0.6 times as high as head; front at vertex 1.4 times as wide
as one eye, parallel-sided from vertex to frontal suture; face depressed
rather deeply on each side of center line to form an antennal fovea ; cheek
very wide and irregularly roughened. All head hairs black ; one pair of
upper frontoorbitals, two or three pairs of lower frontoorl)itals with fine
but well differentiated hairs l)etween them l)ut in the same line, and in line
with upper frontoorbital. Third antennal segment rounded apically. Mouth
parts yellow, geniculate, the labellar portion one-half as long as head.

Mesonotum black pollinose, entire surface covered by short, slender black
hairs, dorsocentrals in an imaginary line extending between the supraalars;

90

New York Entomological Society

i VoL. LXYllL

j)leura mostly black pollinose but somewhat shiny, as is the scutellum ; a
narrow line along the dorsal margin of mesopleuron and lower half of
humeral callus yellow; scutellum black and much more lightly pollinose
than mesonotum; two pairs of scutellars, all about the same length. Mid
and hind coxae lightly black pollinose over a yellow ground color, fore
coxae and remaining portions of all legs entirely yellow.

Base of wing (tig. 2) hyaline, three dark bands at right angles to the
longitudinal axis of the wing; the proximal of these nearly tilling the
stigma, enclosing the anterior crossvein, and continuing to the posterior
margin ; second band parallel with the proximal, separated from it by a
hyaline area as wide as the proximal band, unbroken from costa to posterior
wing margin and enclosing the posterior crossvein; distal band lying diago-
nally across wing apex, with an irregular inner margin extending from a
point on costa anterior to end of second vein to a point on posterior border
about one-third the distance between terminations of fourth and fifth veins ;
middle and apical bands completely separated in all except one male, in
which they are Joined in marginal cell. Halter light yellow.

Abdominal tergites I, II and III the same color and density of pollinosity
as the mesonotum, tergites IV and V somewhat blackish pollinose, but with
the suggestion of a metallic green tinge which is absent in the preceding
tergites; sternites with the same pollinosity and color as the thoracic pleural
sclerites; ovipositor sheath about as long as tergites I through VI taken
together, broad at base, tapering to a rather narrow tube at mid-point, the
distal half parallel-sided.

Male. — As in female with the exception of the usual sexual differences.
Tergites of abdominal segments I, II and III as in female ; tergite of seg-
ment IV as long as the first three combined, Avith metallic green refiections
as in the female, sulishining; tergite of segment V shining black.

Types.- — Holotype 2, Great Sale Cay, Abaco Cays, Bahama
Islands, 10 May 1953, E. B. Hayden and G. B. Rabb, collectors.
Paratypes : 4 I J, same data as holotype ; 1 ,J', 1 2 paratype

retained in the collection of the U. S. National Mnsenm.

Dioxyna picciola (Bigot)

Acinia picciola Bigot, 1857, in Sagra, Hist. Pis., Pol. and Nat.

Cnba, 2nd Pt., Hist. Nat., 1856, 7 : 347 ; pi. 20, fig. 10.

Ensina picciola; Johnson, 1908, Psyche 15 : 78.

Paroxyna, picciola; Benjamin, 1934, IT. S. Dept. Agric. Tech.
Bull. No. 401 : 42 ; fig. 30.

Dioxyna, picciola; Mnnro, 1957, Rnwenzori Exped., 1934-35,
Brit. Mns. 2 (9) : 937; figs. 51, 52, 53f.

Distribution. — Abaco Cays: 72 40 22» Allen’s Cay, 9 May

1953 ; 21 20 22? Elbow Cay, Hope Town, 4 May 1953 ; Andros

June, 1960]

Foote: Tephritidae and Otitidae

91

Island ; 43 16 Fresh Creek, 23 April 1953 ; 18 4 25,

Lisbon Creek (near South Bight), 28 April 1953; 8 4 5??

Mangrove Cay, 26 April 1953 ; Berry Islands : 36 23 2??

Frazier ’s Hog Cay, 30 April 1953 ; 67 29 22? Little Harbor

Cay, 1 May 1953 ; 1 ,J', The Bight, Cat Island, 22 March 1953 ;
Eleuthera Island : 40 30 22? Covernor ’s Harbor, 31 March

1953; 37 31 22? Hatchet Bay (near Alicetown), 2 April

1953; 46 20 22? James Cistern, 1 April 1953; 38 J'J', 19 22?

New Portsmouth (Rock Sound), 28 March 1953; Exuma Cays:
1 ij'. Big Farmer’s Cay, 13 January 1953; 1 J', Darby Island,
18 January 1953; 5 Little Farmer’s Cay, 17 January 1953;
Grand Bahamas Island: 8 7 22? Ridge (at light), 13

May 1953 ; 30 31 22? West End, 12 May 1953 ; 71 J'J', 34 22?

Marsh Harbor, Great Abaco Island ; 6 May 1953 ; Long Island :
1 Clarence Town, 13 March, 1953; 1 J', Headman’s Cay, 11
March 1953 ; 3 5 22? near Abraham Cay, Mayaguana Island ;

3 March 1953 ; New Providence Island : 42 23 22? Nassau,

16 April 1953 ; 82 J'J', 38 22? ^ mi. E. Nassau, 14 April 1953 ;
5 c? c?? J 22? 5 nii. W. Nassau, 6 April 1953 ; 10 J'J', 3 22? near
Windsor Field, 12 April 1953 ; North Bimini Island : 11
7 22? Alicetown, 30 December 1952; 2 Hatchet Bay (near
Alicetown), 2 April 1955; 10 J'J', 3 22? near Port Nelson, Rum
Cay ; 16 March 1953 ; 4 2 22? near Cockburn Town, San

Salvador Island ; 18 March 1953 ; 3 22> South Bimini Island ;
20 August 1951 (C. & P. Vaurie) ; 1 ,J', Grand Turk Island, 19
February 1953.

This widespread species has been collected from many localities
in the West Indies and is the most frequently encountered Nearc-
tic member of the genus. It is by far the most common tephritid
in this study.

Discussion. — Benjamin has adequately described and figured
the species. However, some of the specimens seen in this study
differ from that illustrated by Benjamin in that the distal spot
in the marginal cell varies greatly in size and position. In some
of them this spot is entirely absent, in some it is fused with the
middle spot, and in others, it is separate and very small. I have
seen many combinations in the specimens before me.

Hardy and Adachi have adopted the name Stylia Robineau-
Desvoidy, 1830, for this genus. Dr. E. M. Hering (1954, Bonner
Zoologisches Beitrage, 5: 167) designated hidentis, an originally

92

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LX VIII

included species as type of Stylia and indicated that the name
Paroxyna is a synonym. It is the feeling of Dr. H. K. Munro
(in lift.) who has examined specimens of hidentis, that Robineaii-
Desvoidy had in mind a Myopites rather than a Paroxyna con-
cept. I prefer to retain the name Paroxyna until the matter is
settled by those to whom the Robineau-Desvoidy specimens are
available for examination. Munro, in 1957, revised the genus
and clarified many records of this species formerly attributed
to sororcula (Wied.)

Euaresta hella (Lowe)

Trypeta hella Loew, 1862, Smiths. Misc. Collect. 6 (1) : 88.
Euaresta hella; Johnson, 1908, Psyche 15: 78; Benjamin, 1934,
U. S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. No. 401 : 50, fig. 35 ; Quisen-
berry, 1950, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 58 : 34, figs. 2B, 3G and 3J.
Distribution. — 4 J'J', 1 J, Nassau, New Providence Island;
16 April 1953; previously reported from Andros Island (Man-
grove Cay) and New Providence Island (Nassau) (4 specimens,
28 June and 1 August 1904).

This is the most widespread member of the genus in North
America, having been recorded in the United States from 29
States and the District of Columbia. It also occurs in Canada
and Mexico.

Discussion. — Benjamin and Quisenberry have adequately de-
scribed and discussed the morphological features of this species.

Dyseuaresta mexicana (Wiedmann)

Trypeta mexicana Wiedemann, 1830, Auss. Zweifl. Ins. II : 511.
Euaresta melanogaster (Loew); Johnson, 1908, Psyche 15: 78.
Dyseuaresta mexicana; Benjamin, 1934, U. S. Dept. Agric. Tech.
Bull. No. 401: 51; fig. 36.

Distribution. — 2 J'J', 1 2, Allen’s Cay, Abaco Cays; 9 May
1953 ; 2 J'J', Mangrove Cay, Andros Island ; 26 April 1953 ; 3
1 2, Little Harbor Cay, Berry Islands ; 1 May 1953 ; Cat Island :
1 2? Bennett’s Harbour, 24 March 1953; 1 1 2? Tbe Bight, 22

March 1953; 1 2? McQueen, 23 January 1953; Eleuthera Island:
1"^ ^ ??? Governor’s Harbor, 31 March 1953; 1 2? James

Cistern, 1 April 1953; 7 5 22? Portsmouth (Rock

Sound), 28 March 1953; 1 J', West End, Grand Bahama Island;
12 May 1953 ; Long Island : 1 2> Clarence Town, 13 March 1953 ;

June, 1960]

Foote: Tephritidae and Otitidae

93

3 1 $, Deadman’s Cay, 11 March 1953; 16 12 5?, Alice-

town, North Bimini Island ; 30 December 1952 ; New Providence
Island : 1 5, Nassau, 16 April 1953 ; 10 9 25? Nassau, 5 May

1953 ; 4 2 mi. E. Nassau, 14 April 1953 ; 2 7 22? South

Bimini Island; 20 August 1951 (C. & P. Vaurie).

This species occurs in the United States from Texas to Florida
and has been collected in Mexico, St. Vincent, Puerto Rico, Cuba,
Venezuela, and Paraguay.

Discussion. — Benjamin has adequately described and figured
this species. The genus may be distinguished from North Ameri-
can species of the genus Euaresta, which it closely resembles, by
the single pair of scutellars inserted near the base of the scutel-
lum and by the absence of striations on the distal surfaces of the
male claspers.

Trupanea actinohola (Loew)

Trypeta actinohola Loew, 1873, Smiths. Misc. Collect. 11 (256) :
326 ; ibid., p. 330, assigned to the genus TJrellia.

Trupanea {Trupanea) actinohola; Benjamin, 1934, U. S. Dept.
Agric. Tech. Bull. No. 401 : 56 ; fig. 41.

Distribution. — 1 Pine Ridge, Grand Bahama Island; 13

May 1953.

Inhabits the eastern United States and occurs in Texas and
California.

Discussion. — Although Benjamin regards actinobola as a spe-
cies complex, the single specimen from the Bahamas agrees well
with the Florida material seen and described by him. The Texas
and California records cited by him may prove to belong to one
or more different species.

Trupanea dacetoptera Phillips

Trypanea dacetoptera Phillips, 1923, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 31 :
148, fig. 59; Malloch, 1942, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 92 (3133) :
14, fig. It.

Trupanea {Trupanea) dacetoptera; Benjamin, 1934, U. S. Dept.
Agric. Tech. Bull. No. 401 : 54 ; fig. 38.

Distribution. — 1 2, New Portsmouth (Rock Sound), Eleuthera
Island ; 28 March 1953 ; 2 22? South Caicos Island, 11 February
]953. Previously known only from Orlando, Florida.

Discussion. — The three females seen in this study lack the
connecting dark mark, or suggestion of it, shown by Benjamin,

94

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

Malloch, and Phillips to extend horizontally between the two
dark marks in the discal cell. There is a distinct, rounded dark
spot on the middle of the fifth vein.

Neotephritis abstersa (Loew)

Trytpeta abstersa Loew, 1862, Dipt. Amer. Sept. Ind., Cent. II, p.

91 in Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. 6 : 221.

Trupanea {Euarestoides) abstersa; Benjamin, 1934, U. S. Dept.
Agr. Tech. Bull. No. 401 : 58, fig. 43.

Distribution. — 1 J', Allen’s Cay, Abaco Cays; 9 May 1953;
1 J', Drigg’s Hill (near South Bight), Andros Island; 27 April
1953 ; 1 $, Frazier’s Hog Cay, Berry Islands ; 30 April 1953 ; 1
Bennett’s Harbour, Cat Island, 24 March 1953; 1 Landrail
Point, Crooked Island; 5 March 1953 ; 1 J', Warderick Wells Cay,
Exuma Cays; 10 January 1953; 1 5, Matthew Town, Great
Inagua Island; 31 January 1953; 1 $, Nassau, New Providence
Island; 16 April 1953; 1(^,1 5, Long Cay (so. of South Caicos
Island), 10 February 1953; 1 J', Cays 3.5 mi. S.W. of North
Caicos Island, 28 February 1953 ; 1 5, South Caicos Island, 11
February 1953.

Recorded from New England, Florida and Texas.

Discussion. — Although slightly smaller than the Florida speci-
mens in the collection of the U. S. National Museum, those seen
in this study agree well with the description given by Benjamin,
and the wing markings are fully as distinct as those in the Florida
material.

Family OTITIDAE
Euxesta abdominalis Loew

Euxesta abdominalis Loew, 1867, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. 11 : 307,
pi. 2, fig. 15; Johnson, 1908, Psyche 15: 78; Curran, 1935,
Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 812, p. 10 (in key only).

Distribution. — Alicetown, North Bimini Island; 1 J' July,
1951 (C. & P. Vaurie) ; 1 30 December 1952; 2 J'.J', South

Bimini Island, June 1951 (C. & P. Vaurie).

Previously recorded from Nassau, New Providence IsL, 28
June 1904, and commonly encountered in Central America and
the West Indies.

Euxesta annonae (Fabricius)

Musca annonae Fabricius, 1794, Ent. Syst. Ins. IV ; 358.

June, 1960]

Foote: Tephritidae and Otitidae

95

Euxesta annonae; Johnson, 1908, Psyche 15: 78; Curran, 1935,
Amer. Mns. Novit., No. 812, pp. 11 (in key only).

Distribution. — Previously reported from Mangrove Cay, An-
dros Island, 1 August 1904. Widely distributed in South Amer-
ica and the West Indies, and occurs in Florida.

Euxesta hasalis (Walker)

Ortalis hasalis Walker, 1852, Ins. Saund., p. 373.

Distribution. — 1 South Bimini Island, July 1951 (Cazier &

Gertsch). The species also occurs in Georgia and Florida.

Euxesta juncta Coquillett

Euxesta juncta Coquillet, 1899, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 6 : 95 ;
Curran, 1935, Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 812, p. 10 (in key
only).

Distribution. — 4 New Portsmouth (Bock Sound, Eleuthera

Island; 28 March 1953; 1 5, West End, Grand Bahama Island;
12 May 1953 ; 3 Marsh Harbor, Great Abaco Island ; 6 May
1953; 1 5, 5 mi. W. Nassau, New Providence Island; 6 April
1953. Previously known only from Nicaragua and Peru.

Discussion. — This species possesses two light spots on the distal
half of the wing, a rather unusual pattern for species in this
genus.

Euxesta luteocesta, new species
(Figure 3)

This species lacks the velvety black spot between the antennae. It
possesses four wing bands, none of which attains the posterior margin;
a narrow yellow transverse band is present near the posterior border of the
brown abdominal tergite III in the female; and narrow yellow bands are
situated on the posterior borders of sternites I, II, and III of the male.

Female. — Head mostly reddish pollinose except for a narrow silvery
pollinose stripe on each side contiguous with eye ; vertex and ocellar triangle
black; face reddish pollinose except for a narrow shining brown band
extending across face at level of tip of third antennal segment, this band
separated from the oral margin by a reddish pollinose area narrower than
the brown band. Frons at vertex 1.1 times as wide as one eye, scarcely
narrowing at frontal suture; ocelli farther apart than the diameter of any
one ocellus; black setae scattered irregularly over surface of frons. An-
tennae nearly attaining oral margin ; third antennal segment reddish
yellow except for a darkened anterior margin; arista dark brown.

Mesonotum blue with a slight bronze reflection, thinly dusted; pleural
sclerites the same color but somewhat more shining; scutellum dark, shining
bronze with a slight green reflection. Coxae, trochanters, femora, and

96

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LX VIII

tibiae of all legs dark brown; knees and tarsomeres a somewhat lighter
brown, the latter thickly set with short, black setae.

Wing (fig. 3) with four transverse dark bands as follows: the basal
band extending from base of costal cell to a point near posterior border ; the
second band filling the stigma and distal eighth of costal cell, extending
posterior just proximad of anterior crossvein and fading out in the third
posterior cell; third band starting at costa, separated from end of stigma
by a distance equivalent to width of that cell, extending posteriorly and
ending on posterior crossvein about two-thirds of the distance along its
length; fourth band a triangular spot with its posterior proximal corner
situated just posterior to third vein. Halter yellowish white.

Abdominal tergites shining brown, tergite III Avith a narrow, contrasting
yellow band across its entire width, situated close to the posterior border
and leaving a very narrow dark brown area on the extreme posterior margin
on each side of a shallow central emargination. Terminal tergite tri-
angular, longer than width at base; abdominal sternites irregularly marked
with yellow but tending to have narrowly yellow posterior margins, re-
maining portions of sternites the same color as tergites.

Male. — As in the female, with the usual sexual differences. Tergites
entirely dark brown, without yellow markings; posterior margins of ab-
dominal sternites I, II and III with very narrow yellow bands.

Type. — Holotype, J, Leaf Cay, Allen’s Cays, Exuma Cays, 7
January 1953, E. B. Hayden, collector. In A. M. N. H. Para-
types : 2 1 J', same data as holotype ; 1 East Bimini Island,

June, 1951, P. & C. Vaurie, collectors ; 1 South Bimini Island,
June, 1951, M. Cazier and C. P. Vaurie, collectors; 1 J', South
Bimini Island, July 20-31, 1951, C. & P. Vaurie, collectors; 1 J',
South Bimini Island, Aug. 10-20, 1951, C. & P, Vaurie, collec-
tors; 2 55, Great Bahama Island, Pine Ridge, May 13, 1953,
E. B. Hayden, collector. In L. S. N. M. and A. M. N. H.

Discussion. — This species runs unsatisfactorily in Curran’s
key (Insects of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, Diptera,
1928, p. 77) to eluta Loew, from which it may readily be sepa-
rated by the yellow tergal band in the female and the somewhat
different wing pattern. E. luteocesta runs to quaternaria in
Curran’s longer work (1935, p. 10), but the latter species is char-
acterized by entirely yellow abdominal tergites I and II.

Euxestanotata (Wiedemann)

Ortalis notata Wiedemann, 1830, Auss. Zweifl. Ins., v. 2, p. 462.

Distribution. — 2 3 5?? North Bimini Island; July 1951

(P. & C. Vaurie) ; 1 5> South Bimini Island; 20-31 July 1951
(P. & C. Vaurie). Widespread throughout the New World.

June, 1960]

Foote: Tephritidae and Otitidae

97

Euxesta quadrivittata (Macquart)

TJrophora quadrivittata Macquart, 1835, Hist. Nat. Ins., Dipt.
II: 456.

Euxesta quadrivittata; Steyskal, 1952, Bernice P. Bishop Mus.
Occas. Papers 20 (15) : 280.

Distribution. — Abaco Cays: 2 J'J', Allen’s Cay, 9 May 1953;
1 c?, 1 5, Great Sale Cay, 10 May 1953 ; 1 Green Turtle Cay, 7
May 1953 ; Andros Island : 1 Lisbon Creek (near South Bight),
28 April 1953; 1 5, Mangrove Cay, 19 June 1924 (C. B. Olson) ;
1 5, Frazier ’s Hog Cay, Berry Islands ; 30 May 1953 ; Cat Island :
1 2, The Bight, 22 March 1953 ; 1 2, McQueen, 23 March 1953 ;

1 J*, 1 2j Staniard Cay, Exuma Cays; 13 January 1953; 1 J',
March Harbour (at light). Great Abaco Island; 6 May 1953;

2 12 mi. N. Matthew Town, Great Inagua Island; 29 January
1953; 2 22? Headman’s Cay, Long Island; 11 March 1953; 1 2?
North Bimini Island; July 1951 (P. & C. Vaurie) ; 1 2, near Port
Nelson, Rum Cay : 16 March 1953 ; 1 J', near Cockburn Town,
San Salvador Island ; 18 March 1953 ; 1 2, Long Cay, so. of Grand
Turk Island, 25 February 1953.

Originally described from Cuba, this species is now known to
extend from Guatemala to Chile and into the West Indies. Ac-
cording to Steyskal it also occurs in Fiji, Guam, the Philippine
Islands and Hawaii.

Euxesta quaternaria Loew

Euxesta quaternaria Loew, 1867, Berk Ent. Ztschr. 11 : 302, pi.
II, fig. 11 ; Curran, 1935, Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 812, p. 11
(in key only).

Distribution. — 1 Nassau, New Providence Island ; 16 April

1953; 2 2 22? North Bimini Island; May 1951 (M. Cazier,

W. Gertsch).

Previously recorded from United States (Florida), Puerto
Rico and St. Thomas (Virgin Islands). The U. S. National Mu-
seum collection contains specimens from Cuba, Jamaica, Panama
Canal Zone and United States (Texas).

Euxesta scoriacea Loew

Euxesta scoriacea Loew, 1876, Ztschr. Ges. Naturwiss., p. 336.

Distribution. — Florida, Louisiana, Massachusetts, New Jer-
sey, Texas.

98

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

Previous Bahama Islands Records. — None.

New Bahama Islands Records. — East Bimini Island: 1 5?
June 1951 (P. & C. Vaurie).

Euxesta stigmatias Loew

Euxesta stigmatias Loew, 1867, Berl. Ent. Ztsclir. 11 : 310, pi. 2,
fig. 18; Curran, 1935, Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 812, p. 10 (in
key only).

Distribution. — 4 3 55, Staniard Cay, Exuma Cays ; 13

January 1953; Long Island: 10 6 55j Clarence Town (at

light), 13 March 1953; 3 J'J', 7 55> Deadman^s Cay, 11 March
1953 ; 1 J', near Abraham Bay, Mayaguana Island ; 3 March 1953 ;
1 5j near Cockburn Town, San Salvador Island ; 18 March 1953.

This widespread species occurs from northern Mexico to Brazil
and throughout the West Indies east to St. Vincent.

Eumetopiella varipes (Loew)

Eumetopia varipes Loew, 1865, Dipt. Amer Sept. Ind., Cent. 6,
p. 181 in Berl. Ent. Ztschr. 9 : 55.

Eumetopiella varipes; Hendel, 1907, Wien. Ent. Ztg. 26 : 98.

Distribution. — 1 5, Allen’s Cay, Abaco Cays; 9 May 1953;
Andros Island : 1 J', 1 5, Fresh Creek, 23 April 1953 ; 1 J', Man-
grove Cay, 26 April 1953; 1 5> New Portsmouth (Rock Sound),
Eleuthera Island; 28 March 1953; 2 55> Alicetown, North Bimini
Island ; 30 December 1952 ; 4 1 5, near Cockburn Town, San

Salvador Island; 18 March 1953.

Originally described from Cuba, this species is represented by
United States specimens in the collection of the U. S. National
Museum from Texas, Mississippi and Florida.

Stenomyia tenuissima (Hendel)

Euxesta tenuissima Hendel, 1910, Dipt. Fam. Muscaridae, Sfam,
Ulidiinae in Wytsman, Gen. Ins. Fasc. 106 : 28 ; pi. 2, fig. 43.
Distribution. — Great Bahama Island : 1 5? Pine Ridge, 13 May
1953 ; 2 J'J', West End, 12 May 1953.

There are two specimens in the U. S. National Museum col-
lection from Cuba, and several United States localities as far
west as North Dakota are also represented.

June, 19G0]

Foote: Tephritidae and Otitidae

99

Acrosticta apicalis (Williston)

Euxesta apicalis Williston, 1896, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 375,
pi. 12, fig. 128.

Acrosticta apicalis; Steyskal, 1952, Bernice P. Bishop Mus.
Occas. Papers 20 (15) : 279.

Distribution. — 1 Lerner Marine Lab., Bimini Island, 27

July 1947 ; 1 J', 1 2, Staniard Cay, Exuma Cays, 13 January
1953; 1 2, South Bimini Island; 2-9 August 1951 (C. & P.
Vaurie).

The species occurs in North, Central, and South America, the
West Indies, Hawaii, Fiji, Samoa, Marquesas and Society Islands,
Guam, Saipan, and Nouru Island (west of the Gilbert Islands).

Notogramma purpurata Cole

N otogramma purpurata Cole, 1923, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 12 :
474.

Distribution. — 1 2, Staniard Cay, Exuma Cays, 13 January
1953; 1 2? Matthew Town, Great Inagua Island; 31 January
1953.

This species was originally described from Idaho and has been
recorded from Texas and the ‘‘ ‘ Gulf of California. ’ ’ Specimens
in the U. S. National Museum are from Mexico, El Salvador,
Jamaica, and Cuba.

Herina narytia (Walker)

Trypeta narytia Walker, 1849, Ins. Brit. Mus. 4: 1020.

Herina narytia; McAlpine, 1951, Can. Ent. 83 (11) : 310; figs,
la-d.

Distribution. — 1 Marsh Harbour (at light), Great Abaco

Island ; 6 May 1953 ; 7 J'J', 2 22? Cays 3.5 mi. SW of North Caicos
Island, 28 February 1953.

Recorded by McAlpine from New Hampshire, Maryland,
Georgia, and Florida. Specimens in the U. S. National Museum
are from New York and New Jersey.

100

New York Entomological Society

IVOL. LXVIII

HENRY BIRD COLLECTION OF LEPIDOPTERA

The Department of Insects and Spiders of the American Mu-
seum of Natural History proudly announces the accession of the
Papwipema (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae) collection of Henry Bird.
It consists of 1,118 specimens of moths ; of this total, 32 are holo-
types, 10 are allotypes, and 63 are labelled as paratypes. The col-
lection contains the primary types of all the species and forms
described by Bird in this and related genera, as well as the holo-
type of Papaipema harrisi ah. mulieris Strand. It contains early
stage material and examples of the larval workings of nearly
every species, over 400 reared parasites, and 64 genitalic slides.
In addition there are three volumes of manuscript notes, descrip-
tions, illustrations and correspondence on the group.

Mr. Bird’s interest and studies in this group began over 60
years ago. The first of a series of 34 papers was published in
1898, and the last in 1934, giving the results of his extensive life
history studies, as well as the descriptions of new species. Some
of his results are included in Hampson’s Catalogue of the
Le^pidoptera Phalaenae in the British Museum, volume 9
(1910). In volume 7, page 286 (1926) of The Macrolepidoptera
of the World, Draudt says that the genus Papaipema “com-
prises beautiful insects of mostly more than medium size, the
American ‘borers,’ the life history of which has been most per-
fectly cleared up by the unfiagging researches of Mr. Henry
Bird at Bye, being unparalleled in any other genus. He quite
systematically investigated the process of life of the species
mostly living in the interior of large herblike plants and pub-
lished quite a number of fascinatingly written essays. Our own
work he has besides supported by putting at our disposal a great
number of important notices and a magnificent material for the
plates, for which great kindness we herewith once more express
our best thanks.” W. T. M. Forbes, in his Lepidoptera of New
York and Neighboring States, Part III, Noctuidae, states (p.
191) that “almost all our life histories are due to Bird.”

Hence it can be seen that this extensive collection is of great
value, not only for the types and specimens it contains, but for
its great contribution to our basic knowledge of this group. —
Frederick H. Rtndge, The American Museum of Natural His-
tory.

June, 1960]

Brush; Collecting Diurnal Lepidoptera

101

COLLECTING DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA IN THE

LESSER ANTILLES

During March and April of 1959 we visited Tobago and Bar-
bados in the British West Indies and St. Croix and St. Thomas
in the Virgin Islands, collecting for about a week on each island.
The returns were good, although extremely dry conditions pre-
vailed and the trade winds blew with more than their usual veloc-
ity. The battering from the strong winds had damaged some
specimens badly.

The small island of Tobago in the southern Caribbean, lies
twenty-five miles northeast of Trinidad. It is 116 square miles
in area and its highest point, 1500 feet above sea level, is situated
on the main ridge of the Forest Reserve near the northern end of
the island. There are no roads to this high point and I was un-
able to reach it but did get to the town of Mariah, which is at
1000 feet. Most of my collecting in Tobago was done at the ex-
tensive Botanical Gardens situated on Patience Hill, 100 feet
above sea level, in a moist area at the southern end of the island.
The more humid air and a greater variety food plants helped to
bring out a number of varieties of Papilionidea and a limited
number of Hesperiodea. Among the specimens collected in these
gardens and now in the collection of the American Museum of
Natural History are : Eurema venusta, Boisduval, Eurema grati-
osa Doubleday and Hewitson, Cystineura sp. and Junonia sp.,
Theda buhastus ponce Comstock and Huntington, Theda spurina
Hewitson, Leptotes cassino cassius Cramer, Hylaphela phleus
Drury. The catch of Hesperiidae was limited on this island and
only those netted in the bright sunny fields near the town of Ply-
mouth were in good condition. The specimens listed above are
the first from this locality to be received by the Museum. In
addition to these I caught about fifty assorted specimens common
to this area in the families Danaiidae, Satyridae and Papilionidae.

Barbados is about 250 miles northeast of Tabago. It is 116
square miles in area with its highest point at Mt. Hillaby, 1104
feet above sea level. We traveled this small island extensively
and noted a great scarcity of Hesperiidae. I sighted what I
believe was Urbanus proteus Linnaeus or possibly TJrbanus

102

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

dorantes Stoll, but was unable to net the specimens. Among the
specimens I did net which, I am told, are the first from Barbados
in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History, are
the following : Pheohis sennae Linneaus, Ascia monuste Linnaeus,
Theda sp. {beon-cecrops complex), Hemiargus hanno watsoni
Comstock and Huntington, Hylephila phleus Drury.

The island of St. Croix is about sixty miles southeast of Puerto
Rico and is the largest of the Virgin Islands. It is 25 miles long
and about seven miles wide. We ran into very poor conditions on
St. Croix. It was extremely hot and dry, which it rarely is in
early April. A great many Lepidoptera inhabit this island but
they are most difficult to find and net. The U.S. Department of
Agriculture Station is at Garden Grove. Mr. Miskimen, the
Station Entomologist, showed me his extensive collections and
files pertaining to local Lepidoptera. These showed that this
island is the home of all the more common sub-tropical species.
The best hunting is in the vicinity of Mahogany Road. Fairly
high and usually damp, it starts on the western end of St. Croix
not far from Frederikstad. My limited catch included about
fifty specimens, mostly Pieridae and Lycaenidae of about twenty
different species.

At St. Thomas the collecting was much better. Here I netted
a great many Heliconiidae, among them the Zebra, Heliconius
charitonius Linnaeus and Julia, and Dry as julia Fabricius. Due
partly to the profusion of Hibiscus and other malvaceous shrubs
and trees, there were a great many of the Zebras as well as the
Danaidae, Danaus plexipus Linnaeus and Danaus glippus bernice
Cramer.

Many of the small islands of the Caribbean are a Lepidopter-
isCs paradise, but the fauna of these islands should be investi-
gated as soon as possible, while they are in their present state.
There has been a great deal of spraying of DDT and other insec-
ticides in the Caribbean islands in recent years. The inevitable
changes brought about by progress will soon be fully upon these
beautiful areas, changing them to over-run tourist meccas. —
Raymond Brush, New York.

June, 1960]

Klots: Insects of Hawaii

103

BOOK REVIEW

INSECTS OF HAWAII. A Manual of the Insects of the
Hawaiian Islands, including an Enumeration of the Species and
Notes on their Origins, Distribution, Hosts, Parasites, etc. Vol.
7, Macrolepidoptera, xiv + 542 pp., 423 figs., September 30, 1958,
$9.50. Vol. 8, Lepidoptera, Pyraloidea, xii + 456 pp., 347 figs.,
December 31, 1958, $8.00; both volumes by Elwood C. Zimmer-
man. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu. (Copies of both
volumes can be obtained direct from the author, MacDowell
Road, Peterborough, New Hampshire as well as from the Uni-
versity of Hawaii Press.)

Since the Lepidoptera is one of the best known orders of
insects, and the butterfiies and some of the families of the macro-
moths are among the most thoroughly known of all animal
groups, works such as these can have great interest and value to
all biologists, especially to those concerned with any phase of
zoogeography or evolution. And anything dealing completely
and authoritatively with any part of the biota of Hawaii is of
special interest because of the isolated position of these islands.
The present works are thus, indeed, highly interesting and
valuable, partly because of the meticulous thoroughness with
which the author has compiled and recorded all available data,
and partly because of the excellence of his systematic and
nomenclatorial techniques.

In the macrolepidoptera 168 ‘‘kinds” of the butterflies and
macro-moths are treated ; these are placed in a total of 46 genera.
We write “kinds” because, as will always be the case where
subjective judgment enters as to “species” vs. “subspecies,”
there will always be differences of opinion — one man’s species
are another’s subspecies, and, perhaps, still another man’s dines!
In the macro-moths, 130 are considered to be endemic and 28 of
foreign origin ; while only 2 of the 10 butterflies are considered
endemic! In the Pyraloidea 226 “kinds” are treated in 44
genera. These are members of the Pyraustinae, Scopariinae,
Crambinae and Phycitinae, groups which many authors regard
as fully worthy of family rank. Of these, 190 are considered
endemic and 36 of foreign origin. The very low proportion of

104

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

endemics among the butterflies, compared with the moths, at once
strikes the eye. The author’s discussions of this and of other
distributional factors are, of course, far too lengthy to even
abstract here, but are very exhaustive and free from bias, and
will prove of great interest.

The systematic treatment is admirable. Whenever possible the
types were studied, in both European and New World museums.
Both male and female genitalia were studied and figured for all
species possible. Extensive nomenclatorial research resulted in
a great many necessary name changes (in the ‘‘macros” these
amount to nearly 60% of the total). However unhappy this sort
of thing makes us, we admit its necessity ; and it is to be trusted
that at least the vast majority of changes made in these volumes
will be final. The author has exercised admirable self-restraint
in naming only a relatively few new species although he is aware,
from what he considers inadequate material, of the existence of
many others. References are given to previously published
figures, and to information about the early stages. There are
very extensive bibliographies, and a very valuable summary of
the nomenclatorial changes. The author (who has been working
on these groups for more than 25 years), the National Science
Foundation and all others involved in the preparation of these
volumes are to be heartily congratulated. — Alexander B. Klots,
City College

June, 1 U(;o I

COMSTO(JK AND HUNTINGTON: LyCAENIDAE

105

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERA) OF
THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE

By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington

[Continued from Vol. LXVII (1), p. 62]

fabricii Kirby, W. P., Theda
Type Locality: United States.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop-
tera, p. 654 (London).

Note: The above reference attributes the name fabricii to Scudder
(1870 (August), Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 13, pp. 272-276; Bos-
ton, Mass.). The only reference in that paper to fabricii is to “G. Fabricii’’
now considered a form of Folygonia interrogationis Pabricius. Hence the
name Theda fabricii is Kirby’s.

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 24
no. 385 (Los Angeles, Calif). (Places fabricii as a synonym of edwardsii
Saunders.)

fabulla Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Venezuela (and the Amazon).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 20 (London).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson W C., 1873 (Pebruary), Ulus, of Diurnal
Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 137, vol. 2, pi. 55, figs. 326, 327 $ (London).

facuna Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality:

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.
1, p. 202, vol. 2, pi. 80, figs. 661, 662 ^ (London).

faga Dognin, Paul, Theda

Type Locality: Loja, Ecuador.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1895, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 39, p. 105
(Bruxelles).

falacer Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus

Type Locality: Near Philadelphia, North America.

Location of Type:

106

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

Original Description: 1822, Encyclopedie Metliodique, vol. 9, p. 633
(Paris).

Synonyms : lorata Grote and Eobinson, inorata Grote and Eobinson,
heathii Fletcher, calanus Auctorum, inorata Grote and Eobinson.

Subspecies: godarti Field.

falerina Hewitson, W, C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 96,
vol. 2, pi. 43, figs 168, 169 $ (London).

fancia Jones, E. Dukinfield, Theda
Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Location of Type: Jones Collection.

Original Description: 1912, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 897, pi. 97, fig. 2
(London).

farmina Schaus, William, Theda

Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5954 $.

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 421 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

Additional Eeferences: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soe.
London, p. 619 (London). (Makes farmina a synonym of dicaea Hewitson).

fasciata Strecker, Herman, Chrysophanus phlaeas var. americana ab.

Type Locality: Florida.

Location of Type: Strecker Collection (1 $).

Original Description: 1878, Butterflies and Moths of North America. A
Complete Synonymical Catalog, p. 101, no. 158 (Eeading, Pa.).

fassli Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Monte Socorro, Colombia, 3,800 meters.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1912 (June), Ent. Mo. Mag., Series 2, vol. 23,
p. 130, pi. IX, fig 10 (London).

Synonyms : socorrensis Draudt.

faunalia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 31 (London).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 161, vol. 2, pi. 63, figs. 437, 438 $ (London).
Synonyms: dehorrei Capronnier.

faventia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Venezuela.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

June, 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

107

Original Description: 1869 (April), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1,
p. 106, vol. 2, pi. 43, figs. 172, 173 S (London). Makes faventia a synonym
of tepliraeus Geyer.

favonius Abbot, John and James Edward Smith, Papilio
Type Locality: Georgia.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1797, Insects of Georgia, vol. 1, p. 27, pi. 14 (Lon-
don).

Synonyms : liparops Boisduval and LeConte.

favonius Boisduval, Jean A. and John LeConte, Theda
Type Locality: Central United States.

Location of Type :

Original Description : 1833, Histoire Generale et iconographie des Lepi-
dopteres et des chenilles de I’Amerique Septentrionale, p. 95, pi. 30 (Paris).

Additional Eeferences: Boisduval, Jean A., 1852, Lepidopteres de Cali-
forni4 (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 10), p. 287 (Paris). (Makes favonius
Boisduval and LeConte a synonym of melinus Hiibner.) Kirby, W. E.,
1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 395 (London).
(Makes favonius a synonym of Jiumili Harris, in turn a synonym of melinus
Hiibner.)

fea Edwards, W. H., Lyeaena
Type Locality: Waco, Texas.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1871, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 211 (Phila-
delphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: Dyar, H. G., 1902, Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus., no. 52,
p. 46 (Washington, D. C.). (Places fea as a synonym of exilis Boisduval.)

feildeni M’Lachlan, Eobert, Chrysophanus phloeas var.

Type Locality: Lat. 81 deg. 45 min. North, Grant Land.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1878 (May), Jour. Linnean Soc. (Zoology), vol.
14, p. Ill (London).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 26,
no. 435 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places feildeni as a subspecies of hypo-
phlaeas Boisduval.)

felderi Goodson, F. W., Theda

Type Locality: Bogota, Colombia (2 $ $). Ecuador (1 $) ex coll.
Hewitson.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1945 (December), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 186
(London).

feminalis Draudt, Max, Theela pholeus $ form
Type Locality : Surinam.

Location of Type:

108

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

Original Description: 1920 (February), The Maerolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 785 (Stuttgart).

fenderi Macy, Ealph W., Plehejus maricopa f.

Type Locality: 6 miles S. E. of McMinnville, Oregon, May 25, 1929.
Location of Type: Macy Collection.

Original Description: 1931, Ent. News, vol. 42, p. 1, pi. 1 (Philadelphia,
Pa.).

Additional Reference: McDonnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 456 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places fenderi as a subspecies of pardalis
Behr.)

feretria Hewitson, W. C., Tliecla
Type Locality:

Location of Type: Staudinger Collection.

Original Description: 1878 (November), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 210, vol. 2, pi. 84, figs. 709, 710 (London).

fern.anda Jones, E. Dukinfield, Thecla

Type Locality: Fernandes Pinheiro, Parana, Brazil.

Location of Type: Jones Collection.

Original Description: 1912, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 899, pi. 97, fig. 7
(London).

ferniensis Cherniock, F. H., Pleheius

Type Locality: Fernie, British Colombia, July 16.

Location of Type: Author’s collection.

Original Description: 1944 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 76, p. 215 (Guelph,
Ontario ) .

fessa Moschler, H. B,, Thecla

Type Locality: Interior of Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1883, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges., vol. 32, p. 310, pi. 17,
fig. 4 (Wien).

festata Weeks, A. G. Jr., Sypolycaena

Type Locality: San Jose del Cabo, Lower California.

Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Original Description: 1891 (June), Ent. News, vol. 2, no. 6, p. 102 Phila-
delphia, Pa.).

Additional Reference: Weeks, A. G. Jr., 1905, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidop*
tera, p. 1, pi. 1, figs. 1^,2$ (Boston, Mass.).

fidelia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla
Type Locality: Venezuela.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1874 (December), Hlus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 167, vol. 2, pi. 66, figs. 468, 469 ^ (London).

June, 1900]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

109

fidena Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality:

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 112,
vol. 2, pi. 44, figs. 183, 184 ^ (London).

Additional Eeference : Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943
(December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 61 (New York, N. Y.).
(Give the localities as Hispaniola and Puerto Eico.)

fidentia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Venezuela.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 32 (London).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Ulus, of Diur-
nal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 141 (London). (Makes fidentia a synonym of
phrutus Geyer)

filenus Poey, Felipe, Polyommatus
Type Locality: Cuba.

Location of Type :

Original Description : 1832, Centurie de Lepidopteres de Tile de Cuba,
no. 13, 3 figs. (Paris).

Additional Eeference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943
(December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 108 (New York. N. Y.).
(Make filenus a subspecies of hanno Stoll.)

Synonyms: astenidas Lucas, astenidia Draudt, philenus Poey.

fietcheri Michener, Charles D. and Cyril F. dos Passes, Strymon strigosus
Type Locality: Manitoba.

Location of Type: United States National Museum (lectotype).

Original Description: 1942 (November), Anier. Mus. Novitates, no. 1210,
p. 3 (New York, N. Y.).

Note: New name for Theda strigosa var. liparops Fletcher (1903, Trans.
Eoyal Soc. Canada, no. 2, vol. 9, sec. 4, p. 211).

fioralia Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Maranham, North Brazil.

Location of Type: Godnian Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 572, pi.
31, fig. 6 $ (London).

Additional Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1919 (November), The Macro-
lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 747, pi. 147-b (Stuttgart). (Makes
fioralia a subspecies of tagyra Hewitson.)

fiorencia Clemence, Victor L., Lycaena

Type Locality: Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, May and June.

Location of Type: Clemence Collection.

Original Description: 1914 (January), Ent. News, vol. 25, p. 28 (Phila-
delphia, Pa.).

110

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LX VIII

Additional Eeference: McDonnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 444 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places florencia as a synonym of gyas
Edwards.)

florenciae Nabokov, V., Lycaena (not Clemence) See florencia Clemence
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1945, Psyche, vol. 52, p. 20 (Cambridge, Mass.).

floreus Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Tapajos, Amazonas, Brazil.

Location of Type: Godman Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 581,
pi. 33, fig. 8 $ (London).

floridensis Morrison, Herbert K., Lycaena cassius var.

Type Locality: Key West, Florida, February 1-10.

Location of Type : Edward Burgess and H. K. Morrison Collections.
Original Description: 1873 (November), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci.,
vol. 1, p. 187 (Buffalo, N. Y.).

Additional Eeference: Clench, Harry K. 1942, Jour. New York Ent. Soc.,
vol. 50, p. 243 (Lancaster, Pa.). (Makes floridensis a synonym of theonus
Lucas.)

florus Edwards, William H., Chrysophanus

Type Locality: Eed Deer Eiver, British America.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1883 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 15, p. 210 (Lon-
don, Ontario).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 26,
no. 432 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places florus as a subspecies of helloides
Boisduval.)

Synonyms: hulbirti Field, sternitzTcyi Field.

flosculus Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Espiritu Santo, Brazil.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 583, pi.
33, fig. 15 $ (London).

fortuna Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Yuriniaguas, Peru and Tapajos, Amazonas, Brazil.
Location of Type: Godman Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London p. 608 (Lon-
don) .

Additional Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macro-
lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 794 (Stuttgart). (Considers fortuna
a subspecies of vitruvia Hewitson.)

fostera Schaus, William, Theda

Type Locality: Sao Paulo, Southeast Brazil.

June, 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

111

Location of Type : United States National Museum, no. 5953 $ .
Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 421 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

foils Strecker, Herman, Theda
Type Locality : Arizona.

Location of Type: Strecker Collection (1 ^,1 $).

Original Description: 1877 (November), Lepidoptera, Rhopaloceres and
Heteroceres, p. 129 (Reading, Pa.).

Additional Reference: Holland, W. J., 1931, The Butterfly Book, revised
edit., p. 227, pi. 64, fig. 11 ^ (Garden City, N. Y.).

foyi Schaus, William, Theda
Type Locality: Peru.

Location of Type: United States National Musuem, no. 5944.

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 417
(Washington, D. C.).

francis Weeks, A. G. Jr., Theda

Type Locality: Alezuni, Bolivia, August 8, 1899.

Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Original Description: 1901 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 23, p. 322 (Lon-
don, Ontario).

Additional Reference: Weeks, A. G. Jr., 1905, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidop-
tera, p. 99, pi. 43, fig. 3 (Boston, Mass.).

franlci Field, William D., Strymon melinus

Type Locality: Lawrence, Kansas, August 9, 1934.

Location of Type : W. D. Field Collection, United States National
Museum.

Original Description: 1938 (October), Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., vol. 11,
no. 4, p. 127 (McPherson, Kansas).

franMinii Curtis, John, Polyommatus

Type Locality: Arctic America, end of July.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1835, Appendix, Narrative Second Voyage in

Search North-west Passage by Sir John Ross, Insects by John Curtis, p.
Ixix, pi. A, figs. 8, 9 (London).

Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 452 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places franMinii as a synonym of aquilo
Boisduval.)

fretchini Chermock, F. H., Pleheius scudderi

Type Locality: Paradise Valley, Mt. Ranier, Washington,

Location of Type : Author’s Collection.

Original Description: 1944 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 76, p. 214 (Guelph^
Ontario).

fridayi Chermock, F. H., Pleheius melissa

Type Locality: Mammouth, California, July 27, 1927.

112

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

Location of Type: Author’s Collection.

Original Description: 1944 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 76, p. 215
(Guelph, Ontario).

fuliginosa Edwards, William H., Lycaena
Type Locality: California.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1861, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 164 (Phila-
delphia, Pa.).

Synonyms: immaculata Gunder, suasa Boisduval.

Subspecies : semiluna Klots.

fulla Edwards, William H., Lycaena
Type Locality : California ( ^ , $ ) .

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1870 (November), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3,
p. 194 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: McDonnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 455 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places fulla as a synonym of icarioides
Boisduval.)

fulliolus Hulst, George D., Chrysophanus americanus var.

Type Locality: None given.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1886 (December), Ent. Amer., vol. 2, p. 182 (Brook-
lyn, N. Y.).

Additional Eeference: McDonnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 26,
no. 435 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places fulliolus as an aberration of hy-
pophlaeas Boisduval.)

fulvescens Edwards, Henry, Theda saepium var.

Type Locality : Lake Tahoe ; Tehachepi Pass ; Havilah, Kern County,
California.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. (1 $ from
Tehachepi, California, July; 1 $ from Havilah, California).

Original Description: 1877, [1876], Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, p. 172
(San Francisco, Calif.).

fulvus Eummel, Charles, Heodes hypophlaeas ab.

Type Locality: Green Village, New Jersey.

Location of Type: Eummel Collection.

Original Description: 1928, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 23, p. 268.
Synonyms: hulbus (Zool. Eecord).

fumida Scudder, Samuel H., Cyaniris pseudargiolus ab.

Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1889, The Butterflies of the eastern United States
and Canada with special reference to New England, vol. 2, p. 933 (Cam-
bridge, Mass.).

June, 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

11.3

furcifur Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Espiritu Santo, Brazil.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 621
(London).

furina Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Quiche Mountains, Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta,
Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 28, vol. 3, pi. 51, figs. 13, 14 ^ (London).

Additional Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1919 (December), The Macrolepi-
doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 753, pi. 148-h (Stuttgart). (Considers
furina to be a subspecies of aegides Felder and Felder.)

fusius Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Chisoy Valley, Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta,
Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 34, vol. 3, pi. 52, figs. 6, 7 ^ (London).

gahatha Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Curaray, Ecuador.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p.
62 (London).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of Di-
urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 174, vol. 2, pi. 68, figs. 504, 505 $ (London).
Synonyms: balius Godman and Salvin.

gabelus Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus
Type Locality: Brazil.

Location of Type :

Original Description : 1822, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, p. 639
(Paris).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 568
(London). (Did not recognize the species.)

gabina Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: David, Panama.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera-Ehoalocera, vol. 2, p. 82, vol. 3, pi. 57, figs. 20, 21 ^
(London).

Note: This name might become a homonym of Polyommatus gabinus
Godart.

gabinus Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus
Type Locality: Brazil?

Location of Type:

114

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LX VIII

Original Description: 1822, Encyelopedie Methodique, vol. 9, p. 659
(Paris).

gabriel Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus

Type Locality: “de I’Amerique meridionale”.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1822, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, p. 622, no.
18 (Paris).

Additional Eeference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue ot
Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 379 (London). (Makes gabriel a synonym of
gabriela Cramer.)

gabriela Cramer, Pierre, Papilio

Type Locality: “Berbice”. Hewitson gives Amazon.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
vol. 1, p. 9, pi. 6, figs. E, F (Amsterdam).

Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, p. 571 (London). (Defines gabriela.)

Synonyms: gabriel Godart, gabrielis Fabricius.

gabrielis Fabricius, Johann Christian, Papilio Plebeius Buralis
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1787, Mantissa Insect., vol. 2, p. 65, no. 617
(Hafniae) .

Additional References: Donovan, Edward, 1824, Naturalist’s Repository,
vol. 2, pi. 44, figs. 2 and text (London). Godart, J. B., 1822, Encyclopedic
Methodique, vol. 9, p. 622 (Paris). (Makes gabrielis a synonym of his new
name gabriel. Both names are synonymous with gabriela Cramer.)

gadira Hewitson, W. C., Tliecla

Type Locality: Guatemala (Polochic Valley).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 113,
vol. 2, pi 44, figs. 181, 182 $ (London).

Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (August), Bio-
logia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 59,
vol. 3, pi. 55, figs. 13, 14 ^ (London).

gaina Hewitson, W. C., Thecla
Type Locality: Curaray, Ecuador.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley,
p. 61, (London).

Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of Di-
urnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 176, vol. 2, pi. 69, figs. 513, 514 $ (London).

June, 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

115

galliena Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Chontales (Nicaragua), Espiritu Santo (Brazil).
Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.
1, p. 185, vol. 2, pi. 74, figs. 575, 576 ^ (London).

gamma Druce, Hamilton H., Thedq,

Type Locality: Tucuman, Argentina.

Location of Type : Museum Druce.

Original Description: 1909 (September), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 437,
pi. 11, fig. 9 $ (London).

ganymedes Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: ‘Tndes Occidentales”.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
vol. 1, p. 64, pi. 40, figs. C, D (Amsterdam).

Synonyms: nobilis Herricli-Schaffer, bimaculata Moschler syn.

gargara Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon (Para).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description : 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the
British Museum, p. 8 (London).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Ulus, of Diurnal
Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 135, vol. 2, pi. 53, figs. 306, 307 $ (London).

gargophia Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Brazil (Espiritu Santo).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.
1, p. 190, vol. 2, pi. 75, figs. 597, 598 ^ (London).

garthi Guilder, Jean D., Plebeius saepiolus hilda tr. f.

Type Locality: Tahquitz Valley, Riverside County, California, June 27,
1927.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1928 (July), Can. Ent., vol. 60, p. 168, pi. B, fig. 21
(Orillia, Ontario).

Additional Reference: McDonnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 453 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places garthi as an aberration of saepiolus
hilda Grinnell.)

gaumeri Godman, F. D., Theda

Type Locality: Mexico, Valladolid and Temax, Yucatan.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1901 (October), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 714, vol. 3, pi. Ill, figs. 1, 2 ^
(London).

116

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. liXVin

gauna Boisduval, Jean A., Theda
Type Locality: Costa Eica.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1870, Considerations siir des Lepidopteres Euvoyes
du Guatemala a M. de I’Orza, p. 16 (Eennes).

geha Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality:

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.
1, p. 198, vol. 2, pi. 79, figs. 641, 642 $ (London).

gedeon Capronnier, J. B., Theda Nomen nudum
Type Locality: Botafogo, Brazil.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1874, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, Vol. 17, p. 15
(Bruxelles).

gedrosia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon (Tapajos).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 10 (London).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Ulus, of Diurnal
Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 126, vol. 2, pi. 51, figs. 270, 271 $ (London).

geminata Draudt, Max, Theda

Type Locality : Eio Songo, Bolivia.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 796, pi. 158-b (Stuttgart).

gemma Druce, Hamiltiii H., Theda
Type Locality: Eio Napo, Peru.

Location of Type: Godman Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 581, pi. 33,
fig. 9 $ (London).

genena Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon (Para).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. Ill,
vol. 2, pi. 44, figs. 185, 186 $ (London).

genius Geyer, Carl, Lamprospilus
Type Locality: ‘West Indies”.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1832, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmett-
linge, vol. 4, p. 30, figs. 727, 728 $ (Augsburg).

gentiana Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Bogota, Colombia.

June, 19G0]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

117

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 601, pi. 36,
fig. 1 $ (London).

gentilla Schaus, William, Theda
Type Locality: Petropolis, Brazil.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5951
Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 420 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

Additional Eeference: Schaus, William, 1920, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 176
(Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes gentilla a synonym of atrox Butler.)

gertschi dos Passes, Cyril E., Pleheius saepiolus

Type Locality: Cedar Breaks, near Cedar City, Utah, July 6, 1931.
Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1938 (March), Can. Ent., vol. 70, no. 3, p. 46, pi. 2,
figs. 5, 6, 7, 8 (Orillia, Ontario).

getus Fabricius, Johann Christian, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1787, Mantissa Insect., vol. 2, p. 66 (Hafniae).
Additional Eeferences: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 386 (London). (Makes getus a synonym of caranus
Cramer.) Goodson, F. W., 1945 (December), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 186
(London). (Considers getus a distinct species from caranus Cramer.)

Note: getus is a substitute name for pelops Cramer (1781) by original
reference, but pelops Cramer (1781) (Lycaenidae) is a homonym of Papilio
pelops Cramer (1777) (Eiodinidae).

Synonyms: petus Fabricius.

giapor Schaus, William, Theda

Type Locality: Sao Paulo, S. E. Brazil.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5921.

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 407 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

Additionl Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepidop-
tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 787, pi. 145-1 (Stuttgart).

gibherosa Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: New Grenada.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 85,
vol. 2, pi. 33, figs. 48, 49 $ (London).

gihboni Gunder, Jean D., Lycaena dione tr. f.

Type Locality: Maniota, Manitoba.

Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, Ottawa.

Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 284, pi. A,
fig. 13 (Orillia, Ontario).

118

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

gigantea Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Para, Brazil.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 83,
vol. 2, pi. 32, figs. 43, 44 $ (London).

giganteus Bober, J., Eumaeus
Type Locality: Macas, Ecuador.

Location of Type: Niepelt Collection.

Original Description: 1927, Intern. Ent. Zeit., vol. 21, p. 105, pi. opp. p.
182, fig. 5 $ type (Guben).

gillottae Eiley, N. D., Erora

Type Locality: Exposed summit above Eio Eeventado, on Mt. Irazu, 2
miles North of Cartago, Costa Eica, 5100 ft., December, 1922.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1924, Entomologist, vol. 57, p. 88 (London).

gispa Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1865, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 75,
vol. 2, pi. 30, fig. 25 $ (London).

gizela Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Bolivia.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.
1, p. 197, vol. 2, pi. 78, figs. 631 632 ^ (London).

glaucon Edwards, William H., Lycaena

Type Locality: Nevada {$, $) collected by Henry Edwards).

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1871 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3,
p. 210 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeferences: Barnes, W. J. and J. H. McDonnough, 1916, Con-
tributions to the natural history of the Lepidoptera of North America, vol.
3, no. 2, p. 117 (Decatur, 111.). (Suggest that a glaucon female from
Nevada in the American Museum of Natural History collection is probably
one of the original types.) Mattoni, Eudolph, H. T., 1954 (June), The
Lepidopterists’ News, vol. 8, nos. 1-2, p. 8 (New Haven, Conn.). (Makes
glaucon a synonym of hattoides Behr.)

Subspecies: centralis Barnes and McDonnough, mtermedia Barnes and
McDonnough, malcolmi Guilder syn.

gloriosa Lathy, Percy I., Theda

Type Locality: Colombia. Choco, Eio Micai-Joly. 23:V-18.VI, 1924.
1 ^ , Collector Werner Hopp.

Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris.

Original Description: 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 134, pi.
9, fig. 5 (London).

June, 19G0]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

119

gnosia Hewitson, W. C,. Theda
Type Locality : ?

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop-
tera in the British Museum, p. 9 (London).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Ulus, of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 150, vol. 2, pi. 59, figs. 386, 387 $ (London).

godarti Field, William D,, Strymon falacer

Type Locality: Rosement, Teller County, Colorado, June 30, 1936.
Location of Type: W. D. Field Collection, United States National
Museum?

Original Description: 1938 (October), Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., vol. 11,
no. 4, p. 129 (McPherson, Kansas).

godartii Boisduval, Jean A., Eumenia
Type Locality: Central America.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1870, Considerations sur des Lepidopteres Envoyes
due Gutemala a M. de I’Orza, p. 13 (Rennes).

Synonyms: costaricensis Draudt.

godmani Goodson, F. W., Theda

Type Locality: Chisoy Valley, Guatemala (1 $).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1945 (November), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 169
(London).

Note: Goodson remarks that: “This species is figured by Godman and
Salvin in Biol. Cent. Amer. on pi. 48, figs. 20, 21, as the $ of nohilis

H. -Schaffer, but nohilis H. -Schaffer is the $ of ganimedes as is fig. 22,
G. and S.”

goleta Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: New Granada.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.

I, p. 203, vol. 2, pi. 81, figs. 666, 667 ^ (London).

goodsoni Clench, Harry K., Theda

Type Locality: Tegucigalpa, Honduras.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1946 (August), Entomologist, vol. 79, p. 186 (Lon-
don).

gorgon Boisduval, Jean. A., Polyommatus
Type Locality: Mountains of California.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p.
292 (Paris).

Additional Reference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 40, pi. 236, figs. 1929 $ ,
1930 $ (Rennes) .

120

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

gorgonioi Gunder, J. D., Phaedrotes piasus catalina ab. $

Type Locality: San Gorgonio Mts., San Bernardino County, California,
June 13, 1921.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1925 (January), Ent. News, vol. 36, p. 4, pi. 1,
fig. P (Philadelphia, Pa.).

gossei Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Theda acis

Type Locality: Don Christopher’s Cove, St. Ann, Jamaica, B. W. I.,
March.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol.
45, p. 67, pi. 1, fig. 3 $ (New York, N. Y.).

gottsdialki Clark, Austin H. and Lelia F. Clark, Strymon cecrops ab.

Type Locality: Fort Lewis Mountain, Eoanoke County, Virginia, August
11, 1937, $.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 52256.

Original Description: 1938, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 51, p. 3 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

goBora Boisduval, Jean. A., Lycaena
Type Locality: Honduras.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1870, Considerations sud des Lepidopteres Envoyes
du Guatemala a M. de I’Orza, p. 17 (Rennes).

Additional References: Draudt, Max, 1921, The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 818 (Stuttgart). (Considers gozora the southernmost
form of pseudargiolus Boisduval and LeConte.) McDunnough, J. H., 1938,
Check list, pt. 1, p. 29, no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places gozora as a
subspecies of pseudargiolus Boisduval and LeConte.)

grata Kohler, P., Itylos

Type Locality: “Primer Pino,” Departamento Las Lajas, Argentina,
1600 m., December, 1932.

Location of Type: Alberto Breyer Collection.

Original Description: 1934 (May), Rev. Soc. Ent. Argentina, vol. 6, p.
39, figs. 1, 2.

gravenotata Klots, Alexander B., Lycaena lieteronea

Type Locality: Plainview, Jefferson County, Colorado, Alt. 6783 ft.
Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1930 (June), Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 25, p.
163, figs. 1-4 (Brooklyn, N. Y.).

grayi Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Eumaeus atala
Type Locality: Miami, Florida.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol.
45, p. 60 (New York, N. Y.).

June, 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

vn

greppa Dyar, Harrison G., Theda

Type Locality: Misantla, June, 1911; Santa Eosa, V. C., May and August,
1906, Mexico.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 14,279 (3 ^ $).
Original Description: 1912, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 42, p. 42 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

Additional Eeferences: Schaus, William, 1920, Ent. News, vol. 31, p.
176 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes greppa Dyar a synonym of philinna
Hewitson.) Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 787 (Stuttgart). (Makes greppa a subspecies of philinna
Hewitson.

Note: greppa appears to us to be a good species.

griqua Schaus, William, Lycaena

Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5919.

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, 6. 407 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

grisea Dufrane, Abel, Theda melimus.

Type Locality: Trujillo, Peru.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1939 (August), Bull. & Ann. Soc, Ent. Belgique,
vol. 79, p. 290.

Synonyms: nigriplaga Dufrane.

grunus Boisduval, Jean. A., Theda
Type Locality : California.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p.
289 (Paris).

Additional Eeference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidoterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 40, pi. 235, fig. 1923 (Eennes).
Subspecies: herri Field, lorquini Field, chloris Field syn,

gryneus Hiibner, Jacob, Lycus
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 74,
no. 732 (Augsburg).

Note: This is a new name for damon Cramer and a synonym by refer-
ence.

guacanagari Wallengren, H. D. J., Theda
Type Locality: Puna Island, Ecuador, March.

Location of Type: Stockholm Museum.

Original Description: 1860, Wiener Ent. Monat., vol. 4, p. 37 (Wien),

guadala Schaus, William, Theda

Type Locality: Guadalajara, Mexico.

122

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIll

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5947.

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 418 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

guapila Schaus, William, Theda

Type Locality: Guapiles, Costa Bica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1913 (September), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p.
354, pi. 52, fig. 1 $ (London).

guayra Jorgensen, Pedro, Theda

Type Locality: Villarrica, Paraguay, April.

Location of Type: Museo Argentine de Ciencias Naturales, Buenos Aires.
Original Description: 1935, An. Mus. Argent. Cien. Nat., vol. 38, p. 93,
pi. 2, fig. 5.

gnnderi Budkin, C. N., Lycaena xanthoides tr. f.

Type Locality: Bouquet Canyon, Los Angeles County, California, July
16, 1932.

Location of Type: Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. (One
pair paratypes in American Museum of Natural History).

Original Description: 1933, Ent. News, vol. 44, p. 97 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

gundlachianus Bates, Marston, Strymon

Type Locality: Oriente (Sierra Maestra, 1000 ft.), Cuba.

Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology. Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts.

Original Description: 1935 (February), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 78,
no. 2, pp. 195-196 (Cambridge, Mass.).

Additional Bef erence : Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943
(December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci. vol. 45, p. 89 (New York, N. Y.).
(Make gundlachianus a subspecies of hazochii Godart.)

guzanta Schaus, William, Theda

Type Locality: Jalapa, Orizaba, Mexico.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5952.

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 420 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

gyas Edwards, William H., Lycaena
Type Locality: Arizona.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1871 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3,
p. 210 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Deference: Nabokov, V., 1945, Psyche, vol. 52, p. 51, pi. 4
(Cambridge, Mass.). (Places it as a subspecies as Hemiargus ceraunus
Synonyms: astragala Wright, florencia Clemence.
gyas Edwards.)

[To be continued]

I

( 1 ■ /

' > t

-V

. /

\ 'v: ' -'"k

(

r\^

_■ ■/'

J/ ' - l - '

JOURNAL

of the '

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly for the Society" by Business Press, InCj^, Lan-
caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for
the Journal should be sent to the Editor, William S. Creighton, City
College, Convent Ave., & 139th St., New York 31, N. Y.; all sub-

C: scriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New

i York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History,
79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society
has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be
responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of
address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, |8!00 per year,Cnet to the Society, strictly
in advance. Single copies, as issued, $2.00 each.

Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York

Entomological Society.

.V

\\

I

/ i

■ ' i

)

7 / C

n.

■! \

^ /
4^

Y -

■

'■'i i

■i-:.

-■ \

f ' '

Contents

Harold R. Hagan, 1886-1960

By Wm. S. Creighton

r~. •

63

Note on the Natural Longevity of Fertile Females of
Aphaenogaster picea

By Caryl P. Haskins

/

Paul Ehrlich Collection

By Frederick H. Rindge

The Troglobitic Milliped Genus Zygonopus (Chor-
deumida, Conotylidae, Trichopetalinae)

By Nell B. Causey

66

68

69

Note on Colony Size and Activity in Pogonomyrmex
occidentalis (Cresson)

By Robert M. Chew f..... 81

The Tephritidae and Otitidae of the Bahama

Islands (Dipt era)

■( By Richard H. Foote ...', 83

Henry Bird Collection of Lepidoptera

By Frederick II. Rindge , 100

Collecting Diurnal Lepidoptera in the Lesser Antilles

By Raymond Brush

101

Book Review: Insects of Hawaii

By Alexander B. Klots 103

An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera,
Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere ^

[Continued]

By William Phillips Comstock and

Edgar Irving Huntington 105

NOTICE: No. 1 of Volume LXVIII of the Journal of the
New York Entomological Society^ was Published on

March 17, 1960

Published Quarterly for the Society
By Business Press, Inc.

Lancaster, Pa.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Hubernian, American
Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y.

'.r'u

ts //Oi-J 0

Vol. LXVIII

September j 1960

No. 3

Journal

of the

Devoted to Entomology in General

-iS

Edited by WM. S. CREIGHTON

Publication Committee

*f( 9

FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ

PETER FARE

■ ' i '

Subscription $8.00 per Year

imxni

r'- .. -r^

/ } /

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

,'-J

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History,
79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. _

Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.

Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer.

I . . r

Officers for the Year I960

President, NICHOLAS SHOUMATOFF . . . , Bedford, N. Y.

Vice-President, BERNARD HEINEMAN 175 W. 72 St., N. Y. 25, N. Y.

SecTe/tfr3»r RAYMOND BRUSH 1 University Place, N. Y. 3, N. Y.

Assistant Secretary, ROBERT BLOCH 442 Atlantic Ave., Brooklyn 17, N. Y.

Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN .i American Museum of Natural History

Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE American Museum of Natural History

Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS . Highland Park, N. J.

Editor, DR. WM. S. CREIGHTON ... City College, Convent Ave., at 139th St., N. Y. 31, N. Y.

-)=-

TRUSTEES

Herbert F. Schwarz Dr. A. B. Klots

E. Irving Huntington , Dr. Jcjhn Schmitt

_ PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

Frank A. Soraci Herbert F. Schwarz Peter Farb

Raymond Brush

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

Bernard Heineman

Dr. A. B. Klots

FIELD COMMITTEE

Dr. John B. Schmitt

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Dr. Lucy Clausen

Journal of the

New York Entomological Society

VoL. LX VIII September No. 3

OBSERVATIONS ON THE NESTING BEHAVIOR OF
THREE SPECIES OF THE GENUS CRABRO
(HYMENOPTERA, SPHECIDAE)

By Howard E. Evans
Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

Crahro is a genus of predominantly Holaretic distribution con-
taining approximately 70 species, about half that number Nearc-
tic. In much of the older literature, the generic name Thyreopus
is used for these wasps. The nesting behavior of only one Nearc-
tic species, cingulaius (Packard), has been described, but several
of the European species have been studied. Although I have
rarely found wasps of this genus nesting, in the summer of 1958
I had the unusual experience of finding three ditferent species
nesting, each in a different area. Although none of my observa-
tions are especially detailed, they do afford a better insight into
the ethology of the genus as well as into the types of specific dif-
ferences to be expected.

I am indebted to Karl V. Krombein for his assistance in iden-
tifying the three species of Crahro, to W. L. Downes for deter-
mining the dipterous parasites, and to J. G. Chillcott, R. H. Foote,
P. C. Harmston, L. L. Pechuman, C. W. Sabrosky, and W. W.
Wirth for determining the dipterous prey. Numbers in the text
refer to field notes which, together with specimens of wasps and
prey, have been placed on permanent file at Cornell University.
Larvae of all three species were collected, and these have been
described elsewhere (Evans, 1959).

Crabro advenus Smith

During early July, 1958, several wasps of this species nested

124

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

around my home two miles south of Ithaca, N.Y. Most of the
observations were made on one individual (No. 1546) which was
nesting in a bare place among tomato plants in my garden. The
soil here is a rather hard clay-loam containing many stones. This
individual was first seen on the evening of July first, a very hot
day. She brought prey into her nest from 8 :10 until 8 :30 P.M.,
by which time the sun had set and it was getting rather dark.
The nest entrance was a simple vertical hole in the ground, with
no surrounding rim of soil. On the following day she was again
observed bringing in prey 7 :00-8 :30 P.M. ; on this date there
was a small rim of fresh soil around the entrance, indicating fresh
digging inside the nest. On July 3 there appeared to be further
activity in the afternoon and evening, but the wasp was not
actually seen. July 4 was a rainy day, and the nest was closed
from inside all day. July 5 was also rainy, but during a period
of partial clearing in the afternoon the wasp was very active,
bringing prey at 3:55, 4:00, 4:08, 4:10, 4:12 P.M., and doubtless
at other times before and after this. Each time she remained
within the nest from 30 seconds to two minutes. On July 6 at
9 :00 A.M. she was seen making a final closure of the nest. Earth
was loosened with the mandibles from the nest opening, both in-
side and out, and scraped into the burrow. At intervals the wasp
backed into the burrow and packed the soil with the tip of her
abdomen. When the filling was nearly complete, the wasp was
captured and the nest dug out.

When bringing prey, the wasp entered the nesting area about
20-30 cm. high, flying very swiftly, then plunged headlong into
the burrow. Only by covering the nest entrance artificially was
I able to observe that the fly is held venter-up against the abdo-
men of the wasp, grasped by the wasp ’s middle legs. It appeared
to be held somewhat more loosely than in the bembicine wasps,
and it is probable that it is held by only one of the middle legs.
The burrow entrance is always left open during provisioning,
but it is closed with a plug of earth during the night and periods
of inclement weather. My impression is that the wasp makes this
plug from the inside and spends these periods inside the nest,
but I have no actual data on this point.

The nest of this individual was found to contain eight cells
which varied in depth from 6 to 12 cm. (Pig. 1, No. 1546). These
cells appeared to be arranged along two major branches of the

Sept., 1960]

Evans: Nesting Behavior of Genus Crabro

125

10 cm.

1548

Fig. 1. Nests of three species of Crabro. Burrows indicated by dashed
lines had been filled with soil and could not be traced exactly. The letter x
indicates a place in the burrow where flies were found. The two branches
of nest no. 1544 (monticola) actually formed about a 30° angle with one
another; in the drawing this angle has been increased to 180° in order to
avoid the need for a three-dimensional drawing.

126

Neav York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

burrow. From their contents it could be deduced that the wasp
had prepared the first cell at the bottom of the burrow, then three
additional cells back toward the entrance ; she had then filled up
this portion of the burrow and dug another branch which even-
tually contained four more cells, again with the first one deepest,
the others progressively back toward the entrance. For example,
cell 0 contained a fully grown larva, cell d a smaller larva, cell f
a very small larva, and cells g and h eggs. In cells a, h, and e no
egg or larva was found; cell h contained a small carabid larva,
and this or another predator may have destroyed the egg or larva
in these cells. The cells were broadly elliptical, nearly horizontal,
measuring about 14 mm. long and 7 mm. in diameter. Bach cell
was packed tightly with flies, most of which were venter-up ;
however, the first fly placed in the cell (which bore the egg)
tended to be placed obliquely against the deep end of the cell,
while the last fly placed in the cell was often venter-down. The
number of flies per cell varied from four to seven, and all ap-
peared to be dead. The egg was found to be about 2 mm. long,
whitish and slightly curved. One end of the egg is glued to the
back of the head ventrally, while the other end extends obliquely
backward over the venter of the thorax. The larva apparently
begins feeding through the membranous areas about the mouth-
parts or in the neck region. The larva reaches maturity after
only flve days of feeding.

Only one other nest in this immediate area was marked and dug
out ; this nest (No. 1547) contained but a single cell, at a depth of
5 cm. Another nest was found on July 6 on the edge of the
lawn, about 30 meters away and again in rather hard soil (Fig.
1, No. 1548). This nest was found to contain two cells which
were widely separated, one 3 and one 3.5 cm. deep ; the burrow
had been closed and presumably two was the full complement of
cells in this nest. This individual, like the others, was most active
in the evening, although at least one fly was brought in at 10 :00
A.M.

The 43 flies taken from the various cells of the three nests be-
longed to six species of as many families. Individual cells usually
contained a mixture of species, although a few contained nothing
but Fannia. The following is a list of the flies and the numbers
of each :

Sept, 1960]

Evans: Nesting Behavior of Genus Crabro

127

RHAGIONIDAE : Chrysopilus proximus (Wlk.) 2

TABANIDAB : Chrysops univittata Macq 1

OTITIDAE ; Genus and species? 1

MUSCIDAE: Fannia scalaris Fabr 22

CAhhlFnOmBAE : Pollenia rudis (Fabr.) 12

SARCOPHAGIDAE : Opelousia ohscura Tns 5

Patton (1897) reported briefly on the biology of this species.
He found the species forming “small hillocks under the shelter
of shade trees late in August, in Connecticut.” He found the
prey to consist of Musca domestica L., Sarcophaga sp., and Bel-
vosia unifasciata Desv. The last-named fly is a tachinid which
attacks the armyworm, and Patton therefore described Crahro
advenus as “a protector of the army worm” and suggested de-
stroying it by “ pouring strong alkaline washes into the burrows. ’ ’

Crabro monticola Packard

On June 28, 1958, while collecting insects in flat, open sandy
country at North Haven, Conn., I discovered three nests of this
larger species of Crabro. The nest entrances stood out very
prominently, as each was surrounded by a mound of sand about
2 cm. high and 10 cm. in diameter, with the nest entrance in the
center. No activity was observed at any of the nests ; two of them
had the entrance open, the third closed. I dug out the one with
the closed entrance and found the female deep in the nest, 40
cm. from the entrance, and captured her for identification.

This nest contained a total of 15 cells which varied in depth
from 7.5 to 17.5 cm., in distance from the entrance from 25 to
45 cm. (Fig. 1, No. 1544). The burrow, although long, obviously
did not penetrate the soil deeply. At the end of the burrow was
a single paralyzed fly; nearby was a cluster of four cells, all
packed with flies, three containing eggs and one (the terminal
one) a small larva. The remaining 11 cells were arranged in such
a manner that they had obviously been constructed off from an-
other major branch of the burrow which had since been filled.
The five deepest cells contained cocoons, the next four large
larvae, and the last two smaller larvae. Clearly this species, like
advenus, builds its cells progressively back toward the entrance
and may construct a second major branch of the burrow when
the area around the first is used up.

128

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

The cells of this species were found to measure about 8 by 17
mm. ; they are broadly elliptical and nearly horizontal. No cells
were found in series, but some were no more than 2 cm. apart.
The flies were packed in the cell venter-up, the last one sometimes
venter-down. The number of flies per cell varied from 3 to 5.
The egg is laid on the first fly placed in the cell ; one end of the
egg is glued to the middle of the back of the head, the remainder
of the egg extending laterad between the eyes and the prothorax
ventrally. The newly hatched larva first feeds through a hole cut
through the membranous parts of the mouthparts. Only five
days are required for the larva to reach maturity.

All flies taken from cells appeared to be dead. The following
three species of flies were represented in the numbers stated :

TABANIDAE : Tabanus lasiophthalmus Macq 25

Chrysops celer O.S 1

THEREVIDAE : Thereva sp 1

With the exception of one specimen of Tabanus lasiophthalmus,
all of these flies were males. The cells containing large larvae or
cocoons also contained the remains of many additional specimens
of T. lasiophthalmus.

A second nest (No. 1545), only about two meters away, was
also dug out. The entrance to this nest was open, but no adult
was found in association with the nest. This nest contained 11
cells which varied in depth from 11 to 20 cm. Ten of these cells
contained cocoons, the eleventh only decomposed flies. Each co-
coon was surrounded by the wings of flies, and all the wings no-
ticed appeared to be those of Tabanus lasiophthalmus.

The cocoons of this species are broadly elliptical and measure
about 6.5 by 15 mm. They are fragile, consisting of little more
than a single layer of sand grains which have been cemented to-
gether. Prom the outside they appear rough, since the sand
grains differ in size and shape. Prom the inside, the wall of the
cocoon is smoother and distinctly shining, as if coated with brown
shellac ; it is somewhat translucent as a result of light passing
through the sand grains. There is little evidence of silk in the
walls of the cocoon, although there may be some fibers in the
matrix between the sand grains.

On July 28, 1959, Dr. and Mrs. Henry Dietrich of Cornell Uni-
versity found a large nesting aggregation of Crabro monticola at

Sept., 1900]

Evans: Nesting Behavior of Genus Crabro

129

Echo Lake, Mt. Desert Island, Maine. There were perhaps as
nianj^ as 100 nests, all in flat sandy soil and most of them in a
well-traveled path. Each nest entrance was surrounded by a
prominent mound of sand. Although the wasps usually entered
their nests very quickly with their flies, on many occasions the
nest entrances were damaged or covered by persons walking along
the path. Wasps which could not gain entry into their nests
frequently left their flies on the ground and did not touch them
again. The Dietrichs caught several of the wasps and picked up
several of the flies from the ground. The flies, all males, be-

longed to two species :

TABANIDAE : Stonemyia tranquilla O.S 2

Tahanus microcephalus O.S 8

It is interesting to note that both Tahanus microcephalus and
T. lasiophthalmus are hairy-eyed species (subgenus Hyhomitra) .
It is also interesting that in two widely separated localities male
tabanids were used almost exclusively. Presumably the hunting
behavior of Crahro monticola is such that males of this group of
tabanids are encountered more than any other flies.

Crahro argus Packard

During the period July 9-August 16, 1958, I found this species
nesting in considerable numbers in a sand-bank near Six-mile
Creek, Ithaca, N. Y. About 25 nests were marked during this
period, and 13 of these were eventually dug out; however, the
total number of nests was probably in excess of 50. Individual
females appeared to make a series of successive nests, spending
only a few days with each. All nests were constructed in rather
fine-grained sand on the two sides of a small erosional draw in
the sand-bank ; the slope of the sides varied from 20 to 80 degrees,
and there seemed to be no particular preference for any special
degree of slope. The nests tended to be widely scattered over the
available space, and in only a few cases were active nests found
closer together than half a meter.

One female (No. 1569) began a nest at 11:00 A.M. on August
2. Selecting a place where the slope was about 40°, this female
began loosening earth with her mandibles and pushing it out
with her legs. By twisting the body first to one side and then
the other, and sometimes assuming an inverted position, she suc-
ceeded in boring into the bank at about a 90° angle with the slope

130

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

of the bank. Five hours later fresh sand was still being pushed
out the entrance, indicating that several hours are required to
complete the burrow. The sand which is pushed out merely ac-
cumulates at the entrance or rolls down the bank ; it is not leveled
by the wasp. The entrance to the nest is never closed at any time
by the wasp, although it sometimes becomes blocked by the slip-
page of sand from above, particularly following a rain.

Having completed the burrow, the female captures a number of
flies which are stored in the burrow (usually at the bottom).
Only after the accumulation of a number of flies is a cell con-
structed and the flies placed in it. For example. No. 1559 was
observed bringing flies into a relatively new nest on July 25.
When this nest was dug out it was found to contain five fresh
flies at the bottom of the burrow, but no cells. No. 1570 was ob-
served bringing in flies during the morning and afternoon of
August 2; when this nest was dug in the evening it was found
to contain one fully provisioned cell plus one additional fly in
the bottom of the burrow. No. 1573 (see fig. 1) was found to
have four fully provisioned cells; there were five fresh flies in
the burrow which had not yet been placed in a cell.

Provisioning may occur at any time of day, occasionally as late
as 7 :00 P.M., but is at its peak on sunny days between 10 :00 A.M.
and 1 :00 P.M. Females enter the nesting area only 15-30 cm.
high with a flight characterized by rapid side-to-side undulations.
As they approach the nest their forward flight slows down and
the swerving from side to side becomes more marked ; once over
the entrance they plunge rapidly into it. The fly is held tightly
beneath the body, probably by both middle legs. When pursued
by miltogrammine flies, females laden with prey back up in
flight slowly, with pronounced side-to-side movements. Some-
times they back up several meters, the miltogrammine following,
face-to-face with the wasp. Eventually the wasp darts forward
very quickly and regains the nesting area, only to back up again
if the miltogrammine is still in pursuit. The miltogrammine
flies in question all belonged, I believe, to the genus Senotainia
(see further discussion of parasites below).

The burrow of Crabro argus is very small, only about 3 mm.
in diameter, and is generally at about a 90° angle with the sand
surface. Most burrows are nearly straight at least for a con-
siderable distance from the nest entrance ; at the bottom there

Sept., 1960]

Evans : Nesting Behavior of Genus Crabro

131

may be various kinks and side-burrows associated with the cells.
Cell depth (measured from the entrance rather than from the soil
directly above) varied from 18 to 35 cm. (average 27 cm.). The
cells are very small, measuring about 6 by 9 mm. Most of the
nests dug out contained but one cell, but three contained two and
one contained four. In the nest containing four cells (No. 1573 ;
fig. 1) the female was apparently preparing a fifth cell; there
were several flies in the burrow at x which would presumably
have been used to provision the fifth cell. No. 1583 (also figured)
is a typical two-celled nest ; in this nest there were also flies in
the burrow at x, indicating that a third cell would eventually
have been prepared. However, it is probable that the total num-
ber of cells per nest is never very large. Of the nests that were
marked, only one was still active after as long a period as four
days. Some tendency was noted for cells to be constructed pro-
gressively back toward the entrance, as in advenus and monticola.
For example, in nest No. 1573 (see figure) cells a and h appeared
to be older cells (each contained maggots of miltogrammine flies)
while cells c and d appeared to be fresh cells (each contained a
wasp egg). Within a given nest, the cells tended to be separated
by from 2 to 4 cm. Since the burrow and cells are very small
in relation to their depth, it was often difficult to determine the
exact relationship of the cells to one another; in fact, a number
of cells were undoubtedly overlooked in my excavations.

The number of flies in fully provisioned cells varied from 10
to 19 (average 15) ; needless to say the number of flies was re-
lated to the size of the flies, since the wasp merely packs the cell
full. Most of the flies are placed in the cell venter-up, but the
top few flies may be on their sides or even dorsum-up. The egg
was invariably found on the fly deepest in the cell. The egg is
about 2.3 mm. long, and is laid with its anterior end pressed
against the ventro-posterior part of the fly’s head, the remainder
of the egg extending free.

Seventy-nine flies taken from cells or from wasps were found
to represent 15 species belonging to three families. In some cases
the flies in individual cells were well mixed, in other cases they
represented one or a few species. The following is a list of flies
found to be used as prey by this wasp :

DOLICHOPODIDAE
Argyra albicans Lw.

2

132

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

A. calceata Lw 1

Dolickopus coercens Wlk 1

Z>. gladius VanD 1

Hercostomus l>arl)atulus Lw 3

H. crassicauda Lw 6

H. frequens Lw 8

H. ornatus VanD 13

Liancalus genitalis Lw 3

Plastoneurus vagans Lw 17

EPHYDLIDAB

P ary dr a hituherculata Lw 10

P. l)orealis Cr 1

P. hreviceps Lw 4

MUSCIDAE

Lispe albit arsis Stein 7

L. nasoni Stein 2

Crahro argus was attacked by two miltogrammine flies in this
area. The flies which were commonly seen pursuing provisioning
wasps appeared to belong to the genus Senotainia. One which
was captured was identified as S. sp. nr. trilineata Wulp. There
were four maggots in cell b of nest No. 1573 which may have
represented this species, although they were not reared success-
fully. Cell a of this same nest contained a single large maggot
which, in a rearing tin, actually moved about very actively and
devoured a medium-sized Crabro larva in a neighboring cell.
This maggot was successfully reared and the adult identified as
Phrosinella ffumosa Allen. Allen (1926) says that dissections
of one species of this genus ‘‘indicate that they deposit large,
active maggots. The female of this species [fulvicornis Coq.]
has also been observed digging a pit in the sand near the burrow
of fossorial Hymenoptera, for which its flattened fore tarsi are
admirably adapted. Larvae were deposited in the pit. It seems
probable that from this point, they burrow through the soil to the
cell of their host. ...”

Published information on Crabro argus consists of two host
records. Hartman (1905) remarks that this species confines itself
to a single species of the genus Dolichopus. Dow (1930) records
a specimen from White Plains, N.Y., taken with the dolichopodid
fly Rhapkium vanduzeei Curran.

Sept., 1960]

Evans : Nesting Behavior of Genus Crabro

133

Discussion

Obviously there are too many unanswered questions regarding
the nesting behavior of these three species to permit a detailed
comparison. There are, however, several gross differences which
deserve consideration (Table I). It should be pointed out that in

TABLE I

A COMPARISON OF SOME ASPECTS OF THE NESTING BEHAVIOR OF THREE

species of Crabro

Cells
per nest

Distance of

Species

Nesting site

Type of prey

Cell size

cells from
entrance

advenus

Flat, heavy

Chiefly

Several

7 X 14 mm.

6—12 cm.

soil

Muscoidea

(2-8)

monticola

Plat sand

Chiefly

Many

8 X 17 mm.

25-45 cm

Tabanidae

(11-15)

argus

Sloping

Chiefly

Few

6x9 mm.

18-35 cm.

sand-banks

Dolichopodidae,

Ephydridae

(1-5)

each case (if one includes published records) the generalization
regarding type of prey is based on populations from more than
one locality. It can hardly be doubted that these species hunt for
flies in different ecological situations. They also nest in different
situations, and here again (except for argus) there are records for
more than one locality. Differences in nest depth, as is generally
the case, reflect differences in soil type and in size of the wasp.
The manner of flight of provisioning females of argus seems to be
distinctive, and this species appears to grasp the prey more tightly
than does advenus, though these points need further study.

Otherwise, one finds these wasps to be very similar in their
nesting behavior. The flies are apparently killed by the sting of
the wasp. They are carried to the nest beneath the body of the
wasp, apparently held by one or both of the wasp ’s middle legs.
Generalizing about the British species, Hamm and Richards
(1926) state that ‘Gn flight the prey, with its ventral surface
uppermost, is gripped round the neck by the right or left middle
tibia; as the Crahro enters its burrow the prey is passed back
to the hind legs and held by the spurs at the end of the tibiae.”

134

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

Whether this statement is generally applicable to the American
species is uncertain.

All three species leave the nest entrance open during periods
of provisioning, and plunge headlong into it with their flies.
Two of the species (and probably all three) store the flies in the
burrow before preparing a new cell and placing them in it. The
egg is always laid on the throat of the first fly placed in the cell.
Iwata (1942) terms this the ^^Cra&ro-type” of oviposition and
presents several figures (46-50) which closely approximate the
manner of oviposition of the three species under consideration.

The Raus (1918) studied another North American species of
Crabro, cingulatus Packard, in Missouri. This species resembles
argus in that it makes long, slender burrows in sand-banks and
preys on Ephydridae. As in other species of the genus, the prey
is killed by the sting. The nest entrance is left open during pro-
visioning, and the flies are allowed to accumulate in the burrow
before being placed in a cell. They found from two to eight cells
per nest, each cell containing from 11 to 20 flies. Hamm and
Richards (1926) present a review of the species occurring in
Britain, crihrarius Fabricius, peltarius Schreber, and scutellatus
Fabricius. These three species all nest in flat sand, the first two
preying chiefly upon Muscoidea, the last upon Dolichopodidae ; in
most details they closely resemble the North American species.

Literature Cited

Allen, H. W. 1926. North American species of two-winged flies belong-
ing to the tribe Miltogrammini. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 68(9) : 1-106.
Dow, E. 1930. Notes on the prey of wasps. Psyche. 37: 181-182.
Evans, H. E. 1959. Studies on the larvae of digger wasps (Hymenoptera,
Sphecidae). Part V: Conclusion. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 85:

137-191.

Hamm, A. H. and O. W. Eichards. 1926. Biology of British Crabronidae.

Trans. E. Ent. Soc. London. 74: 297-331.

Hartman, C. 1905. Observations on the habits of some solitary wasps of
Texas. Bull. Univ. Texas, no. 65. 72 pp.

Iwata, K. 1942. Comparative studies on the habits of solitary wasps.
Tenthredo. 4: 1-146.

Patton, W. H. 1897... Thyreopus advenus (Sm.), Pack., a protector of
the army worm. Canad. Ent. 24: 248.

Eau, P. and N. Eau. 1918. Wasp Studies Afield. Princeton Univ. Press,
pp. 96-101.

Sept,, 1960] Alexander: Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies

135

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF CRANE-FLIES FROM
THE HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS (TIPULIDAE,

DIPTERA), V*

By Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts

The preceding part under this general title was published in
the Journal of the New York Entomological Society, 67:
223-235. Virtually all of the species here considered were taken
in the western Himalayas, in Kumaon, Uttar Pradesh, India, by
Dr. Fernand Schmid, to whom my sincere thanks are given for
this cooperation. A few other species or records are acknowl-
edged in the text. Types of the novelties are in my private col-
lection of crane-flies.

NeolimnopMla bifusca new species

Size medium (wing of male 7 mm.) ; general coloration of head and
thorax gray, the praescutum with four poorly indicated brown stripes;
wings whitish subhyaline, suffused with brown in the costal field and over
the basal half of cell Cu ; macrotrichia of veins sparse, lacking on 8c and
■^2+5+4? shortly beyond the fork of -^2+5+4’ i^i^le hypopygium with

two subbasal spines on the basistyle, slender and only slightly unequal
in size.

Male. Length about 6 mm.; wing 7 mm.

Eostrum and palpi black. Antenna black throughout. Head gray; an-
terior vertex broad.

Pronotum gray. Mesonotal praescutum gray, clearer laterally, with four
poorly indicated brown stripes, the intermediate pair more widely sep-
arated behind; posterior sclerites of notum gray, the scutal lobes vaguely
patterned with brown. Pleura gray. Halteres pale yellow. Legs with
coxae yellow, the bases of the fore and middle pairs slightly darkened;
trochanters yellow; remainder of legs brownish black, the femoral bases a
little paler. Wings whitish subhyaline, cells C and 8c and the basal half
of cell Cu weakly infuscated; veins yellow, a little darker in the clouded
parts. Veins ~R^, distal section of and all outer branches of M with
sparse but long macrotrichia, these lacking on 8c, Es and the Anal

veins. Venation: /Sc^ ending shortly beyond the fork of Es, 8c ^ near its
tip; E^ shortly beyond the fork, leaving a short element E^^^’ cell about
two-thirds its petiole; cell 1st long and narrow; m-cu about one-half
its length beyond the fork of M.

* Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massa-
chusetts.

136

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium with two strong spines near
base of the basistyle, longer and more slender than in some allied species;
outer spine only a trifle shorter and smaller than the inner one.

Holotype, ,J', Gangrea, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 7500-10,000
feet, June 15, 1958 (Schmid).

Neolimnophila hifusca is quite distinct from N. genitalis
(Brunetti) in the patterned wings. In the latter feature it agrees
more closely with other central Asian species, as N. fuscinervis
Edwards and N. picturata Alexander, differing in the wing pat-
tern and triehiation. It is certain that important characters are
available in the vein triehiation in this genus.

Crypteria basistylata new species

Size small (wing 5.5 mm. or less) ; thorax uniformly light yellow, ab-
domen brownish black, basal sternites obscure yellow; halteres and legs
white or pale yellow; wings milky white, veins basad of cord very pale;
male hypopygium with the basistyles very long, arcuated or bent at near
midlength; dististyles terminal, very small, the outer with appressed teeth
on margin Jbef ore the long terminal spine.

Male. Length about 3-3.5 mm.; wing 5-5.5 mm.

Rostrum brownish yellow; palpi brown. Antennae short; scape obscure
yellow, remainder of organ dark brown to brownish black ; fusion segment
elongate, involving five segments, without constrictions or incomplete sub-
segments. Head light gray; anterior vertex broad.

Pronotum slightly infuscated above. Mesothorax uniformly light yellow;
vestiture of pronotum and praescutum long but very sparse. Halteres long,
white. Legs very pale yellow, outer tarsal segments darker. Wings milky
white; most veins beyond cord weakly darkened, the remainder concolorous
with the ground and scarcely visible in balsam slide mounts. Microtrichia
of cells exceedingly reduced in size, visible only under vory high magnifica-
tion; long but sparse macrotrichia on several veins beyond^ cord, including

Ej^, E^, all outer medial branches and the distal section of Cu^. Venation:

ending about opposite or beyond two-thirds the length of
arcuated, closely ajDproaching E^, as in the genus; basal section of E^
shortened in some specimens, in cases r-m before the fork of Es ; cell
subequal to or longer than its petiole; m~cu at or close to fork of M; vein
^nd A relatively short, ending about opposite the origir of Es.

Abdominal tergites and hypopygium brownish black ; basal sternites
obscure yellow, outer segments darkened. Male- hypopygium with the
basistyle very long, strongly bent to weakly hinged at near midlength.
Dististyles terminal, very small in comparison with the basistyle ; outer
style slender, only slightly arcuated, terminating in a long straight point,
the outer surface with appressed spines, the outer one longer and more
conspicuous; inner style pale, arcuated, the apex slightly bilobed, with
delicate setulae and fewer scattered punctures. Phallosome small and
simple; gonapophyses appearing as simple slender black rods, narrowed to
acute tips, in slide mounts decussate across the midline.

Sept., 1960] Alexander: Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies

13;

Holotype, Tapoban, Pauri Garbwal, Kumaon, 7300 feet,
August 2, 1958 (Schmid). Allotopotype, pinned with type.
Paratopoptypes, 2 J'J' ; paratypes, Dakwani, Pauri Garhwal,
9300-11,000 feet, August 5, 1958; J', Kulara, Pauri Garhwal,
12,000 feet, August 4, 1958 (Schmid) ; Yadang, Sikkim, 10,600
feet, June 9, 1959, in Rhododendron area (Schmid).

The only previously described regional species is Crypteria
claripennis (Brunetti) , described from the northeast Indian fron-
tier, quite distinct from the present fly in the coloration of the
body and legs. Edwards later examined typical material and
reported claripennis as being very close to the genotype, C. lim-
nophiloides Bergroth, of northern Europe. The present fly and
the one next described are more nearly allied, differing very evi-
dently in the structure of the male hypopygia. The great re-
duction in size to virtual loss of the wing microtrichia in the pres-
ent fly is noteworthy.

Crypteria haploa new species

Size medium (wing of male to 7 mm.) ; general coloration of thorax
yellow, praescutum with ill-defined slightly darker stripes; antennae brown-
ish black; wings whitish subhyaline, the veins comprising the cord slightly
darker ; male hypopygium with the basistyle relatively short and stout,
bearing strong apical and basal lobes, the latter with three powerful
bristles; two dististyles, the outer blackened, scabrous; gonapophyses ap-
pearing as smooth blackened horns.

Male. Length about 4.5-5 mm. ; wing 6.5-7 mm. ; antenna about
1.1-1. 2 mm.

Female. Length about 6 mm. ; wing 6 mm.

Eostrum testaceous yellow, palpi dark brown. Antennae brownish black;
fusion segment involving six segments; outer segments longer than their
verticils. Head light gray; anterior vertex very broad.

Pronolum brown. Mesonotal praescutum obscure yellow with ill-defined
slightly darker stripes; scutal lobes similarly weakly darkened; posterior
sclerites of notum and the pleura clear light yellow. Halteres elongate,
pale yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; remainder of legs
obscure yellow, the outer tarsal segments passing into black. Wings whitish
subhyaline, very difficult to see in balsam mounts; veins pale yellow, those
comprising the cord infuscated and more evident; in the Sikkim paratype,
the ground color slightly darker. Microtrichia of membrane very small
but evident under high power. Scattered macrotrichia on veins beyond
cord; sparse scattered trichia on outer ends of veins M, Cu and the Anals.
Venation: Veins 72^ and approximately narrowing cell as in the

genus; cell longer than its petiole; m-cu close to fork of M- vein 2nd A
of moderate length, ending shortly beyond the level of origin of Bs.

Basal abdominal segments light brown, terminal segment black. Male

138

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

hypopygium with the basistyle relatively short and stout, bearing a large
apical lobe that is provided with long yellow bristles; a second smaller lobe
on mesal face at base, narrowed outwardly, its apex directed caudad, the
margin with three powerful fasciculate bristles additional to normal setulae
and smaller setae. Two dististyles, an outer straight blackened blade that
narrows to an acute point, its surface microscopically scabrous; inner style
larger, flattened, produced into a slender point. Phallosome small, in-
cluding the small triangular aedeagus and larger paired smooth black
gonapophyses.

Holotype, c?, Kulara, Panri Garhwal, Kumaon, 12,000 feet,
August 3, 1958 (Schmid). Allotopotype, 5, pinned with type.
Paratopotypes, with the types; paratypes, 2 Dakwani,
Pauri Garhwal, 7300-11,000 feet, August 5, 1958; J', Tapoban,
Pauri Garhwal, 7300 feet, August 2, 1958; J', Thomphyak, Sik-
kim, 12,800 feet. May 29, 1959 (Schmid).

The most similar related species is Crypteria basistylata new
species, from the same general area of the Himalayas, readily
told by the quite different male hypopygium.

Trentepohlia (Mongoma) argopoda new species

Size medium (wing of male about 6 mm.) ; general coloration of
mesonotal praescutum light brown, posterior sclerites and pleura brown-
ish yellow; legs light brown, tips of tibiae and the tarsi snowy white; fore
and middle femora with sparse small spinoid setae; wings tinged with
gray; cell 1st of moderate size, not exceeding the distal section of vein

Male. Length about 5-5.2 mm.; wing 5.8-6 mm.

Female. Length about 5.5-6 mm.; wing 6-6.6 mm.

Rostrum brown ; maxillary palpi brownish black, mouthparts yellow.
Antennae brownish black; flagellar segments long-oval, exceeding the ver-
ticils. Head brownish black, carinate; anterior vertex narrow.

Cervical sclerites and pronotum dark brown medially, paler on sides.
Mesonotal praescutum light brown, only slightly darker medially; scutal
lobes light brown, the central area yellowed ; posterior sclerites of notum
obscure brownish yellow. Pleura yellow to brownish yellow. Halteres with
stem dirty white, narrowly yellowed at base, knob iiifuscated. Legs with
coxae and trochanters testaceous yellow; femora and tibiae light brown,
the latter paling outwardly to snowy white, on the posterior legs including
about the distal fifth or sixth ; tarsi snowy white ; fore and middle femora
near bases with a few small erect spinoid setae, lacking on posterior legs;
a conspicuous black seta at tip of posterior tibia; a grouping of darkened
suberect setae at proximal end of posterior basitarsus, less conspicuous on
the middle legs. Wings tinged with gray, stigma small, barely indicated;
veins brown. Very sparse scattered trichia on distal section of vein
Venation: E^ at or shortly before the fork; cell 1st of moderate length.

Sept., 1960] Alexander: Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies

139

subequal to or shorter than the distal section of apical fusion of veins
Cu^ and 1st A short to punctiform.

Abdominal tergites and hypopygium brown; basal sternites light yellow,
at about niidlength of abdomen in male passing into brown, in female,
sternites more extensively yellow.

Holotype, Gwaldani, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 6000-6400
feet, August 26, 1958 (Schmid). Allotopotype, pinned with
type. Paratopotypes, 2 1 5, August 24-26, 1958 ; paratype

2, Tarak Tal, Pauri Garhwal, 7940 feet, August 14, 1958
(Schmid) .

The nearest regional ally is Trentepohlia (Mongoma) hom-
bayensis Edwards, from lowland west India, which has the tips
of the tibiae and the tarsi pale but not whitened and with cell
1st M2 elongate.

Trentepohlia (Mongoma) horiana new species

Size large (wing of female over 8 mm.) ; general coloration pale yellov
to yellowish brown, unpatterned ; halteres and legs yellow throughout ; vein:
Cu^ and 1st A narrowly separated at wing margin.

Female. Length 9—11 mm. ; wing about 8.2-9 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brownish yellow. Antennae relatively long, if ex
tended backward reaching to beyond the Aving root, brownish yellow
flagellar segments subcylindrical, longer than the verticils. Front and orbit
light gray, vertex brown.

Mesonotum almost uniform pale yelloAvish brown to yellow, the praescutui
unpatterned, pleura somewhat clearer yellow. Halteres yellow. Legs yelloA
throughout. Wings subhyaline; veins yellow, faintly distinguishable again?
the ground. Veins beyond cord Avith abundant macrotrichia. Venation
Vein connecting with R^^j^ at the fork or on vein R^ immediately beyon
base to form a very short vertical element ; cell 1st relatively large
about equal to vein ; veins Cu^ and 1st A narrowly separated on win
margin; cell 2nd A very broad.

Abdomen pale yellow to light broAvn, in the latter case the color pre
sumably abnormally darkened. Ovipositor Avith the cerci long and slendei
gently upcurved.

Holotype, 5, about Hurst Cottage, Bakrota Hill, Dalliousie
Punjab, Pakistan, Station M, 7000 feet, May-June 1927 (S. L
Hora), at light; in collection of Zoological Survey of India
Paratypes, 2 5?, Khuniyara, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 4300-500<
feet. May 4, 1958 (Schmid).

Named in honor of the collector, Dr. Sunder Lai Hora, distin
guished former Director of the Indian Museum. The closest rela
tive is the much smaller Trentepohlia {Mongoma) fiava (Brn

140

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

netti), which has cell Cii of the wing*s even more widely open at
the margin. It is further told by the darkened femoral tips and
by the reduction in number of macrotrichia of the wing veins.

Trentepohlia (Mongoma) varipes new species

Size relatively large (Aving of male 9 mm.) ; general coloration of entire
body yellow ; moutliparts, antennae and halteres yellow ; legs with femora
yelloAV, tips conspicuously blackened, tibiae dark broAvn, tarsi broAvnisli
black ; wings yellow, the costal region and stigma more saturated yellow ;
apical fusion of veins Cu ^ and 1st A very short.

Male. Length aliout 10 mm. ; wing 9 mm.

Rostrum and palpi pale yellow. Antennae light yellorv, the outer flagellar
segments a trifle darker; flagellar segments subcylindrical, exceeding the ver-
ticils in length, outer segments progressively lengthened. Head yellow.

Thorax yellow throughout. Halteres yellow. Legs with the coxae and
trochanters pale yellow; femora yellow, tips conspicuously blackened, the
amount subequal on all legs, on posterior pair including about the outer
tenth; tibiae dark 1)rown, darker outwardly; tarsi brownish black. Wings
yellow, the costal region and stigma more saturated yellow ; veins deeper
A^elloAv. No macrotrichia on Bs or basal half oi B. ^ macrotrichia on
B ,, B, and distal section of flf, Venation: Basal section of B^ short,
sidiequal to basal section of B^ at fork of faint; m-cu at

fork of M ] apical fusion of veins Cu^ and 1st A very short.

Abdomen fulvous yellow, including the hypopygium, sternites someAvhat
clearer yelloAV.

Holotype, Gawana, Teri Garhwal, Kumaon, 6020 feet, May
24, 1958 (Schmid).

Trentepohlia {Mongoma) varipes is quite distinct from all
other generally similar regional species in the striking pattern of
the legs. The closest allies include T. (M.) hutleri Alexander,
T. (M.) kempi (Brnnetti) and T. {M.) splendida (Brnnetti).

Trentepohlia (Trentepohlia) camillerii new species

Size small (wing of male 5 mm.) ; head and thoracic dorsum yellow, pleura
darkened dorsally, forming a broad stripe that is continued backAvard onto
the postnotum ; antennal flagellum and legs yellow ; knobs of halteres in-
fuscated; wings Avhitened, with three irregular broAvn crossbands, the outer
two variegated by large ground areas; abdominal segments pale, more dark-
ened basally, subterminal segments dark brown, hypopygium yelloAv.

Male. .. Length about 4.8 mm. ; wing 5 mm.

Rostrum yellow, palpi black. Antennae Avith scape and pedicel broAvn,
flagellum yellow; flagellar segments elongate-subcylindrical, with short
verticils. Head light yellow in front, more brownish yellow on posterior
vertex and genae.

Cervical region darkened. Pronotum and mesonotum light yelloAv, un-

Sept., 19(50] Alexander: Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies

141

patterned. Pleura light yellow, with a broad brown dorsal stripe, widened
behind, passing beneath the halteres onto the postnotuin. Halteres with
stem light yellow, knob infuscated. Legs light yellow. Wings with the
ground whitened, the base and costal region light yellow; a conspicuous
brown pattern, arranged chiefly as three bands that are separated by broad
complete ground areas ; basal band narrow, postarcular, crossing the wing
from C to tip of vein .2nd A ; second band broad, extending from origin of
Rs to fork of Sc, paler behind but reaching the posterior border in the
outer third of cell 1st A, interrupted by large quadrate ground areas in
cell Rj beyond origin of Rs and near outer ends of cells R, M and Cu; outer
band slightly more extensive, extending from the outer forks to before the
wing tip, interrupted by ground areas in cells R^, R^, R^ and M^; wing tip
pale; veins in the interspace pale yellow and inconspicuous, darker in the
patterned areas, especially the outer section of vein R^. Venation: Basal
section of subequal in length to distal section of vein M; cell R^

about four times its petiole ; apical fusion of and 1st A relatively ex-
tensive, about one-third m-cu.

Holotype, Saint Marys College, Kiirseong, Darjeeling Dis-
trict, West Bengal, India, 5455 feet, September 5, 1958, at light
(Camilleri) .

I am pleased to name this attractive fly for Father Aloysius
Camilleri, S.J., to whom we are indebted for several interesting
Tipnlidae from the vicinity of Knrseong. The most similar
regional speckles include Trentepohlia (Trentepohlia) hellipennis
Alexander, T. (T.) ornatepennis Brnnetti, and T. (T.) suavis
Alexander, all readily distinguished among themselves by the
nature of the Aving pattern. The present fly has the ground inter-
spaces broader than in the other species, snbeqnal in area to the
darkened bands.

Teucholabis (Teucholabis) diversipes new species

General coloration of body purplish black, polished ; rostrum long ; knobs
of halteres yellow; all legs dilfering in color, fore femora chiefly black,
midfemora entirely yellow, posterior femora yellow, the tip narrowly black ;
wings tinged with yellow, very restrictedly patterned with brown, including
the darker stigma; Sc long; ovipositor with basal shield yellowed, cerci
long and slender.

Female. Length about 7 mm. ; wing 6.8 mm.

Rostrum black, elongate, only a little shorter than the remainder of head ;
palpi black. Antennae with basal segments brownish yellow, flagellum light
brown, the outer segments darker; segments oval, shorter than the verticils.
Head black.

Cervical region and extreme anterior end of the pronotal scutum black-
ened, the remainder of pronotal scutum yellow, scutellum and pretergites
black. Mesonotum polished black, with vague purplish reflections ; scutellum

142

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

light yellow. Pleura polished black, with purplish reflections, dorso-
pleural membrane more yellowed. Halteres with stem blackened, knob
yellow. Legs with all coxae and trochanters yellow ; remainder of all legs
differently patterned ; fore femora black, its jiroxinial third yellow, tibiae
brownish black, tarsi black, the proximal third of basitarsi brownish yel-
low ; middle femora and tibiae entirely yellow, basitarsus yellow, the tip
narrowly blackened, remainder of tarsi black ; posterior femora light yellow
with about the outer fifth abruptly black, tibiae yellow, the base narrowly
blackened, tarsi brownish yellow, outer segments broken but presumably
blackened. Wings tinged with yellow, costal region clearer yellow, es-
pecially at near midlength of wing ; a restricted brown pattern, including
the darker elongate stigma and a narrow seam over the anterior cord; cells
B ^ to Cu vaguely washed with light brown ; veins brown, darker along cord,
light yellow in the brightened costal field. Veins of outer two-thirds of
wing with abundant macrotrichia, including most of Es, outer two-thirds
of 1st A and virtually all of End A ; M with the trichia very small, widely
separated on basal half of vein. Venation: Sc long, Sc^ ending about op-
posite two-thirds Es, Sc^ at near one-fourth the length of this vein; E^
subequal to cells 1st and End subequal in length; m-cu

about one-third its length beyond the fork of M.

Abdomen black. Ovipositor with the basal shield yellowed; cerci long
and slender, brown.

Holotype, Binaik Chatti, Paiiri Garliwal, Knmaon, 7000-
7500 feet, June 16, 1958 (Schmid).

Teucholahis (Teucholabis) diver sipes is most similar to T. (T.)
assamensis Brmietti, differing evidently in the coloration of the
wings and legs.

Rhabdomastix (Rhabdomastix) himalayensis new species

Size large (wing of male about 7 mm.) ; antennae of male very long, ex-
ceeding three times the body or wing ; general coloration of thorax dark
grayish brown ; femora oliscure yellow, narrowly darkened at tips ; wings
very weakly darkened, mipatterned except for the darker brown stigma ;
veins unusually glabrous; Sc long, Aual cells very broad; male hypopygium
with the interbase elongate, narrowed very gradually into a hairline point.

Male. Length about 7 mm. ; wing 7.2 mm. ; antenna aliout 26 mm.

Rostrum very reduced, yellow ; palpi black ; ventral part of head yellow,
greatly produced. Antennae of male very long, exceeding three times the
wing; scape yellow basally, darkened at tip, pedicel brown, flagellum dark
brown; flagellar segments very long, especially the outer ones; vestiture ex-
cept on basal segments very reduced to virtually lacking. Head above
gray ; anterior vertex very liroad.

Pronotum l)rownish gray, lateral ends of scutellum more yellowed. Meso-
notum almost uniformly dark grayish brown, the praescutal stripes only a
trifle darker than the gray interspaces. Pleura dark grayish brown.
Halteres oliscure lirownish yellow, base of stem narrowly yellow. Legs

Sept., I960] Alexander: Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies

M3

with fore coxae brown, remaining coxae yellowed; trochanters yellow, fore
and middle pairs very long ; femora obscure yellow, narrowly darkened at
tips; tibiae brown, tips darker; tarsi broAvn, more intensively so oiiUvardly.
Wings very Aveakly darkened, unpatterned except for the darker brotvn
stigma ; veins dark brown, some heavier and more distinct. Veins, Avith the
exception of costa, glabrous. Venation: Sc relatively long, Sc^ ending
shortly before level of fork of tlie long Bs, Sc^ near its tip ; vein B , slightly
oblique, about equal in length to the costal distance betAveeii it and ;
basal section of very short, m correspondingly lengthened; vein Cu
conspicuously shirred at m-cu- Anal cells very broad.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, dark liroAvn. Male hypopygium Avith
the basistyle simple, narrowed oiitAvardly. Dististyles terminal, united at
base ; outer style a gently curved club, scabrous on outer half, terminating
ill a recurved yelloAv spine ; inner style a little longer, very strongly nar-
rowed on outer fourth. Phallosome Avith a black rodlike structure on either
side, articulated Avith the unusually long iiiterbase, this enlarged on proxi-
mal third, thence narroAved very gradually into a hairlike point.

Holotype, Salkhola, Paiiri Garhwal, Kimiaoii, 4240 feet,
Aiigiist 22, 1958 (Schmid).

Rhahdoniastix (Bhahdomastix) liimcdayensis is very different
from the two previously described Indian species of the typical
snbgenns, R. {R.) nUgirica Alexander and R. (R.) schmidiana
Alexander, the latter differing in the venation, the former in its
conspicnonsly patterned wings. The nnnsnallj^ glabrons wing
veins of the present fly are noteworthy.

Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga) almora© new species

Size small (Aving 4 mm. or less) ; general coloration of head and thorax
gray, the praescutum Avith indications of a pair of pale broAvn stripes; legs
brownish black ; wings relatively narrow, membrane Aveakly darkened ;
macrotrichia of veins reduced in numljer; Sc relatively long, cell ^nd A
narroAv; male hypopygium Avith the outer half of the interbase a long
pale blade.

Male. Length about 3.5 mm.; Aving 3.8 mm.

Feaiale. Length about 4-4.2 mm. ; Aving 4 mm.

Rostrum gray ; palpi black. Antennae black, short ; flagellar segments
oval, a little shorter than their verticils ; in the type male the antennae are
broken, mounted on a microscope slide, the proximal three flagellar seg-
ments incompletely fused. Head gray.

Pronotum and mesonotum clear light gray, the praescutum Avith vague
indications of tAvo pale broAvn intermediate stripes. Pleura gray, dorso-
pleural membrane paler. Halteres with stem dusky, knobs more whitened.
Legs with coxae and trochanters brownish yellow ; femora dark broAvn,
restrictedly paler at bases ; tiliiae and tarsi broAvnish black ; tibia Avith an
unusually long and stout apical seta that strongly simulates a tibial spur.

144

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIIl

Wings relatively narrow ; membrane weakly darkened, the prearcular and
costal fields more brownish yellow ; stignial region vaguely more darkened ;
veins brown, those at wing base slightly more yellowed. Macrotrichia of
veins sparse, with a few scattered trichia on outer two-thirds of and
none on E or Sc. Venation: Sc relatively long. Sc ending nearly
opposite midlength of Es, Sc apparently lacking; E about one-fourth
longer than the gently arcuated E , ; m and basal section of M subequal
or the latter shorter; m—cu at near midlength of vein Cu^ extending

to some distance beyond m-cu ; cell £nd A relatively narrow.

Abdomen dark brown, in the male the ninth segment still darker, styli
brown. Ovipositor with cerci very long and slender, the outer third gently
upcurved. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle relatively slender,
apical point stout; appressed spicules over most of outer surface; inner
style very broad, the short narrow apex with a single long bristle, with
shorter setae on disk and outer margin. Interbase a little longer than the
outer dististyle, constricted beyond base, the outer half slightly expanded
into a long pale blade, the tip acute.

Holotype, J', Bagheswar, Almora, Kumaon, 3200 feet, Septem-
ber 23, 1958 (Schmid). Allotopotype, 5? paratopotype, 2,
pinned with type.

Rhahdomastix (Sacandaga) almorae is generally similar to
other small-sized regional members of the subgeniis, including
R. (S.) eniodicola Alexander and R. (S.) teriensis Alexander,
and in the details of structure of the male hypopygium, particu-
differing in the narrow darkened wings, with narrow cell 2nd A,
larh^ the interbase.

Sept, 1960] Foote : Species of Genus Neotephritis Hendel

145

THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS NEOTEPHRITIS
HENDEL IN AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO
(DIPTERA, TEPHRITIDAE)

By Richard H. Foote

Entomology Research Division, ARS,

U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

No previous attempt has ever been made to summarize infor-
mation of the species comprising the New World genus Neo-
tephritis Hendel. In the present paper I bring together the im-
portant taxonomic literature pertaining to finalis (Loew) and
inornata (Coquillett) , the species previously known to occur
north of Mexico. I also present a short discussion of the host
relationships of finalis and describe a new species, rava, at pres-
ent known only from Arizona.

The following individuals furnished specimens for study :
Marian Adachi, University of Arizona, Tucson; R. S. Beal, Jr.,
Arizona State University, Tempe ; F. L. Blanc and P. H. Arnaud,
Jr., California Department of Agriculture, Sacramento; R. R.
Dreisbach, Midland, Michigan; B. A. Foote, University of Idaho,
Moscow; R. C. Froeschner, Montana State College, Bozeman;
A. T. McClay, University of California, Davis; R. L. Post, North
Dakota Agricultural College, Fargo ; H. G. Rodeck, University of
Colorado Museum, Boulder; C. W. Sabrosky, U. S. Department
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. ; and G. Wallace, Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. Collections in the U. S. National Mu-
seum are also included in this study.

Genus Neotephritis Hendel

Neotephritis Hendel, 1935, Konowia 14: 54. Type-species: Trypeta finalis
Loew, 1862 ; by original designation.

Generic diagnosis. — Three pairs lower fronto-orbitals; two pairs upper
fronto-orbitals, the posterior pair reclinate, not convergent; ocellars at least
as long as posterior lower fronto-orbitals. No presutural dorsocentrals ; one
pair postsutural dorsocentrals, situated closer to transverse suture than to
supra-alars; two pairs scutellars. Wing pattern primarily a dark field with
rounded hyaline or yellowish-hyaline spots, those immediately distad of
stigma close together and forming an inverted triangular area extending
from costa to vein R^; vein R^ bare at node and beyond.

146

New York Entomological Society

I VOL. LXVIII

Discussion. — The genus Neotephritis is closely allied morpho-
logically to the following seven genera, all comprising the typical
tribe of the subfamily Tephritinae : Euarestoides Foote, Euaresta
Loew, Tephritis Latreille, Paroxyna Hendel, Oxyna Robinean-
Desvoidy, Tnipanea Gnettard, and Dyseuaresta Hendel. Of
these genera, Euarestoides, which has three pairs of lower fronto-
orbitals, two pairs of upper fronto-orbitals, and two pairs of
scntellars, is perhaps most closely related to Neotephritis. The
two genera may be differentiated by the wing pattern, that of
Euarestoides having a combination of the dark pre-apical starlike
pattern typical of Tnipanea and lighter basal wing field mark-
ings, and that of Neotephritis with hyaline spots scattered over a
dark field. Euaresta, Tephritis, and Paroxyna, all having hyaline
spots in a dark field, may be distinguished by the presence of only
two pairs of lower fronto-orbitals, and Oxyna by the presence of
only one pair. Trupanea and Dyseuaresta have only one pair of
scntellars.

With the unaided eye, species of Neotephritis can be recognized
by the large, inverted hyaline triangle based on the costa at the
middle of the Aving, on each side of which is an oblicpie dark area.
These dark marks have the gross appearance of a Y, with the
triangle situated betAveen its arms. This Y mark and hyaline
triangle are less CAddent upon magnification, howcA^er, because
of the presence of other hyaline spots in the wing disc.

Key to the Species of Neo tephritis Occurring North of Mexico

1. Two light spots in cell immediately anterior to vein M^^^ 5 ovipositor

sheath darkened at apex finalis (Lw.)

Three to five light spots in cell immediately anterior to vein ^ 5
ovipositor sheath darkened only at base or unicolorons 2

2. Mesonotnm and abdominal terga grayish ; flattened ovipositor sheath

about 1.5 times as long as width at base ; wing grayish, hyaline spots
with distinct margins inornata (Coq.)

Mesonotnm and abdominal tergites gray with a distinct yellow cast;
ovipositor sheath not longer than width at base ; hyaline spots of light
brown wing Avith indistinct margins rava, ncAV species

Neotephritis finalis (Locav)

(Fig. 1)

Trypeta finalis Locav, 1862, Berk Ent. Ztschr. 6 : 222; 1864, Cent.
II: 92. Locav, 1873, Smithsn. Misc. Collect. 11(256) : 296;
pi. XI, fig. 4.

Sei)t., 19(30 J Foote : Species of Genus Neotephritis Hendel

147

Tephriiis finalis: Loew, 1873, Smithsn. Misc. Collect. 11(256) :
297, 330. Snow, 1894, Ivans. Univ. Quart. 2: 172. Doane,
1899, Jonr. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 7 : 188. Cocinillett, 1899, Jonr.
N. Y. Ent. Soc. 7 : 264. Johnson, 1903, Trans. Anier. Ent.
Soc. 29 ; 106. Snow, 1903, Ivans. Univ. Sci. Bnl. 2 : 219.
Snow, 1904, Ivans. Univ. Sci. Bnl. 2 : 345. Aldrich, 1905,
Smithsn. Misc. Collect. 46(1444) : 611. Cresson, 1907, Trans.
Amcr. Ent. Soc. 33 : 101. Cole and Lovett, 1921, Proe. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., 11 : 326. Janes and Thomas, 1932, Utah

Right wing, dorsal view. Fig. 1, Neotephritis finalis (Lw.) ; fig. 2,
N. inor7iata (Coq.) ; fig. 3, N. rava, neAv species.

148

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIll

Acad. Sci. 9: 104, Bissell, 1936, Gardeners’ Chron. Amer.
40 : 233. Phillips, 1946, Amer. Eiit. Soc., Mem. 12 : 79, 123 ;
pi. IV, %. 34; pi. VII, fig. 78; pi. XI, fig. 143.

Trypeta {Tephritis) finalis: Osten Sacken, 1877, Bui. U. S. Geol.
and Geogr. Surv. 3(2) : 346. Osten Sacken, 1878, Smithsn.
Misc. Collect. 16(270) : 193.

Eurihia finalis : Hendel, 1914, Arb. Berk Mus. Dresden 14(3) : 67.

Aczel, 1949, Acta Zool. Lilloana 7 : 184.

Neotephritis finalis: Hendel, 1935, Konowia 14 : 54, Quisenberry,
1951, Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc. 24: 59. Aczel, 1951, Acta Zool.
Lilloana 12 : 119.

Tephritis afifinis Snow, 1894, Kans. Univ. Quart. 2: 172; pi. VII,
fig. 12. Cocpiillett, 1899, Jonr. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 7 : 264.
Aldrich, 1905, Smithsn. Misc. Collect. 46(1444) : 611. Quis-
enberry, 1951, Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc. 24: 59 (syn.).

Material examined. — Types (J' and J on one pin) with the
following labels: “Cala.,” ‘‘Loew Coll.,” finalis Lw.,” and
‘‘Type 13314.” In the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-
bridge, Mass. Over 1,000 specimens from about 175 localities
were examined for this study. The data below summarize the
distribution of finalis and indicate for each state the inclusive
dates of capture, regardless of year, and the inclusive years in
which the dates for each state occurred. ARIZONA : 2. II to 4.XI,
1911-1958. CALIFORNIA: l.III to 29.VII, 1916-1955. COLO-
RADO : 24.IV to 27.IX, 1900-1952. GEORGIA: 9.VII to 19.X,
1935-1936. IDAHO: 6.IV to 3.X, 1925-1953. KANSAS: 13.IX
to 13.x, 1930-1934. MISSOURI : 26.VIII to 18.X, 1927-1938.
MONTANA : 29.IV to VIII, 1933-1956. NEBRASKA : 29.VI to
2.IX, 1904-1958. NEVADA : 12 to 17.VII, 1911. NEW MEX-
ICO: 25.VII to 29.VIII, 1894-1952. NORTH DAKOTA:
24.VIII, 1924. OREGON: 4. VI to 8.VIII, 1897-1950. SOUTH
CAROLINA: 1932. SOUTH DAKOTA: no data. TEXAS:
18.III to 19.IX, 1905-1958. UTAH : 24.V to 14.VIII, 1911-1956.
VIRGINIA: 1930. WASHINGTON: 30.III to 3.IX, 1901-1947.
WYOMING : 20.VI to 22.VII, 1895-1941.

Hosts. Bissell (1936) describes an infestation by finalis of
dahlias grown in a 1935 trial planting at the Georgia Experiment
Station. The flies were seen laying eggs between the sepals and
petals just as the flowers were beginning to open. The larvae
worked down through the petals and congregated on the disc,

Sept., 19G0I Foote: Species of Genus Neotephritis Hendel

149

where they caused rapid destruction of the ovaries and other
flower parts. No mention is made of seed infestation, but seed
production must have been affected seriously.

N. finalis has been reared in Oregon from Eriophyllum lanatum
(Cole & Lovett, 1921), in Utah from seeds of Helianthella uni-
flora, and in Texas from seeds of a plant doubtfully identified as
Actmomeris sp. Phillips (1946) has called it the sunflower mag-
got because of its predilection for that plant ; adults have been
reared from heads of various species of Helianthus in many parts
of the United States.

Adults have been collected from a number of plants : Artemisia
tridentata, Baccharis sarothamnae, Circiiim. sp., Encelia cali-
fornica, Englemannia ^pinnatifolia, Lupinus sp.. Primus vir-
giniana, Sa.lsola parviflora, S. pestifer, Solanuni eleagni folium,
Valciana edulis, and Wyetkia any ustif olia. They have also been
found on artichoke, corn, cotton, alfalfa, peaches, potatoes, and
spinach.

Discussion. N. finalis is one of the most commonly encoun-
tered tephritids in North America. It is easily distinguished
from the following two species by the presence of only two round
hyaline spots in cell Rs immediately anterior to vein M1+2, and
by the longer ovipositor sheath which is about half again as long
as its width at the base and always and distinctly darkened at
its tip. A. finalis resembles inornata closely except for its larger
size and the characters discussed under the latter species. For
characters distinguishing finalis from rava, n.sp., see the dis-
cussion of that species.

Neotephritis inornata (Coquillett)

(Fig. 2)

Tephritis inornata Coquillett, 1902, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 10:
181. Aldrich, 1905, Smithsn. Misc. Collect. 46(1444) : 612.
Cresson, 1907, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 32: 104; pi. I, fig. 5.
Neotephritis inornata: Quisenberry, 1951, Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc.
24: 59.

Material examined. Holotype male with the following labels :
‘‘Las Vegas H. S., N. M., 2-YIII,’’ “H. S. Barber, Collector,”
“Type No. 6638, U.S.N.M. ” [in red], and Tephritis inornata
Coq. ” In the U. S. National Museum, Washington. ARIZONA :
1 5, Chiricahua Mts., 9.VIII.58 ; 1 $, Huachuca Mts., 30.X.37 ;

150

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. Lxvrii

2 4 52, Portal, 7.VIII.58 ; 6 3 55, 5 mi. W. of Portal,

13.VIII.58 ; 1 c?. Rustler Park 6.VIII.58. COLORADO : 1 2,
Colorado Springs, 5915 ft. alt., VII1.08; Ft. Collins, 19.VII1.06
(1 2) and 11.VIII.34 (,^5, 2 22); 1 .J', ‘OTiiiversity Campus.’’
NEW MEXICO: 1 2, Cline’s Corners, Albuquerque, 25.VIII.40;
Las Vegas Hot Springs, 5. VIII (12) and 9. VIII (1 2) ; 1 c?,
Raton.

Hosts. No information available.

Discussion. Coquillett’s description (1902, p. 181) of this
small, rare species depends upon wing characters to distinguish
it from finalis. In nearly all specimens of inornata I have seen,
a small hyaline area of varying extent is present near the apex
of the stigma (see fig. 2), and without exception cell Rs contains
three small hyaline spots in a row immediately anterior to vein
Mi^2- All hyaline spots tend to have less distinct margins than
those of fifialis, and the spots forming the hyaline triangle im-
mediately distad of the stigma are much more closely fused than
in that species. The body color of inornata is darker gray with
less yellow, and the ovipositor sheath, although of about the same
proportions as that of finalis, is brownish yellow and darkened
basally but not apically. Adults of inornata are usually smaller
than those of finalis, but an occasional female may be compar-
able in size with an average finalis male. For characters distin-
guishing inornata from rava, n.sp., see the discussion of that
species.

Neotephritis rava, new species
(Fig. 3)

A large Neotephritis, comparable in size to fi^ialis (Lw.), having lirown-
isli wings with indistinctly margined hyaline spots and a short, yellow, un-
marked ovipositor sheath.

Head. Frons brownish yellow, as wide as distance from occiput to
liiniile, at occiput 1.2 times as wide as one eye; parafrontal with silvery-
white pollen in certain lights ; in profile face concave immediately above
oral margin; eye 1.2 times as high as wide; cheek 0.12 times as higli as eye;
antenna yellowish with short black hairs ; lower fronto-orbital, anterior
upper fronto-orbital, ocellar, and vertical dark lirown to lilack; posterior
upper fronto-orbital. ocular, and genal pale brown to brownish yellow.

Thorax. Sternopleuron and metanotum dark gray with thin golden
pollinosity ; humeri, mesonotum and scutellum so heavily golden pollinose
that the black ground color is almost completely obscured; entire thorax,
especially mesonotum and lateral borders of scutellum, with short, blunt,
yellowish hairs in addition to the longer dark brown to Idack bristles.
Ijegs brownisli yellow with thinly scattered gray to silver pollinosity, ap-
pearing almost as a bloom; bristles dark brown or black. Halter yellow.

Sept., 19(50] Foote: Species of Genus Neotephritis Hendel

151

Dark marking of wing as in fig. 3, definitely brown with pattern of hyaline
spots typical of the genus ; hyaline areas with quite indistinct margins ;
most hyaline areas distinctly yellowish and represented by fused spots con-
taining various degrees of brown color ; basal two-thirds to three-fourths
of cell 1st Mg almost completely yellowish hyaline because of the presence
of two rows of fused spots ; proportion of length to width of stigma as
13 : 5 ; dark areas in cells Rg and Rg with numerous, very small, yellowish
hyaline spots.

Abdomen. Tergites grayish yellow, subshining, without pattern, cov-
ered with black hairs ; sternites subshining but with denser gray pollinosity
than tergites. Ovipositor sheath shining brownish yellow, completely cov-
ered with short, black hairs, flattened sheath almost exactly as long as width
at base. Male terminalia shining brownish yellow.

Types. Holotype female, Rustler Park, Portal, Arizona, alt.
8200 ft., 3.VIII.55, R. R. Dreisbach. U. S. National Museum
Type No. 64827. Paratypes (all Arizona) : 3 2 22? same

data as type (1 1 2? U. S. National Museum; 2 1 2, Dreis-

bach Collection) ; Chiricahua Mts., 12. VIII. 37 (1 2? Univ. Ari-
zona, Tucson) ; 7. VIII. 55 (1 ij', 2 22? U. S. National Museum;
2 c?c?? ^ ?2? Univ. Arizona, Tucson) ; 1 2? 5 mi. W. of Portal,
Cochise Co., 28.VIII.57 (Univ. Arizona, Tucson) ; 2 J'J' Rustler
Park, 25. VI. 53 (U. S. National Museum) ; Santa Rita Mts.,
15. VI. 24 (1 2, Univ. Arizona, Tncson) ; 25.X.36 (1 2, Calif. Acad.
Sci., San Francisco).

Hosts. No information available.

Discussion. Neotephritis rava may be distinguished easily
from finalis by the yellowish gray color of the body, the brown
color of the dark areas of the wing disc and the yellow cast of
the hyaline areas, and the shorter, unicolorous ovipositor sheath.
Unlike the preceding two species, the hyaline spots in the wing
of rava are indistinct and tend to fuse with each other in areas
where they are close together. The dark areas of cells R3 and R5
contain numerous small hyaline spots ; these are not present in
the other two species of the genus.

Literature Cited

Bissell, T. L., 1936. Dahlia insect pests. Gardeners’ Chronicle of Amer.
40: 233, 248; illus.

Cole, F. R. and A. L. Lovett, 1921. An annotated list of the Diptera
(flies) of Oregon. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., 11: 197-344- illus.
COQUILLETT, D. W., 1902. Ne\v acalypterate Diptera from North America.

Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 10: 177-191.

Phillips, V. T., 1946. The biology and identification of trypetid larvae.
Amer. Ent. Soc., Mem. No. 12, 161 pp. ; illus.

152

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIll

A POSTSCRIPT ON THE ITHOMINE TRIBE

TITHOREINI

By Richard M. Fox

Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

Since the publication of a Monogra/pli of the Itliomiklae
(Lepidoptera) : Part I (Fox, 1956) reviewing the systematics of
the tribe Tithoreini, several new matters pertaining to these in-
sects have come to my attention. This information is presented
here in order to complete the record to date.

Genus Patricia Fox

During a short visit to the British Mnseum (Natural History)
in 1957, I had the opportunity to examine the type specimens of
names applying to this genus and to dissect and compare male
genitalia. As a result, an additional subspecies was found and
some of the previously published synonymy must be revised.

I had recorded {op. cit.) as synonyms, P. oligyrtis and P.
deniylus, with the observation that the original descriptions were
misleading in that they did not touch on points in common, but
that the photographs of the type specimens appeared to be of
the same species. Examination of the specimens themselves,
however, revealed that in oligyrtis there is a series of translucent
white snbmarginal spots placed in the distal ends of the cells
next to the opaque black borders, but that these are not present
in deniylus. I must conclude that two different species are in-
volved and that the names are not synonyms.

Srnka (1885) noticed that Hewitson (1872 (1852-1876)) had
illustrated two different insects as dercyllidas ; he renamed the
second figure hewitsonii. Accordingly, the original of Hewitson ’s
figure 2, plate 9 of volume 5 {op. cit.) became the type of the
Srnka name. This specimen, through oversight, was not set
aside in the collection as a type. It is identical with the type of
d,emylus Godman and Salvin (1879) and lacks the translucent
white spots of oligyrtis.

Genitalia were dissected of the type of hewitsonii, a male,
and of a male ‘‘cotype” (paratype) of deniylus. These were

Sept., 1960]

Fox: Ithomine Tribe Tithoreini

153

found to be identical and are exactly like the male genitalia
figured (Fox, op. cit. fig. 44) for P. hewitsonii. The male geni-
talia for the new subspecies described below also are like this
figure ; in fact, the specimen in the Museum of Comparative Zool-
ogy, which I had previously identified as hewitsonii hewitsonii,
is a paratype of the new subspecies. The only specimens of
oligyrtis I have seen are females, so the same criteria could not
be applied.

Since three members of the genus fly together in Eastern Ecua-
dor, P. dercyllidas hazelea, P. demylus demylus and P. oligyrtis,
it seems clear that there must be at least three species. The new
subspecies is from Bolivia.

Fig. 1. Patricia demylus gemellus new subspecies. Holotype male from
Taunas, Bolivia, in the British Museum (Natural History).

Patricia demylus gemellus new subspecies

(fig. 1)

Patricia oligyrtis hewitsonii, Pox 1956 (not Srnka, 1885).
Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist., Ill: 36, 38 (part) ; fig. 44; plate
2, fig. 6.

The pattern resembles that of P. demylus demylus except that
the black opaqne bands are wider and darker so that the cross
bars in R-Mi and M1-M2 of the fore wing and the postmedian
band of the hind wing are as wide as or even wider than the

154

New Yoiik Entomological Society

[VoL. Lxvin

adjacent black borders. The translucent snbmarginal series of
spots on the hind wing are very little if any wider than the black
postmedian band or the opaque border and they are of a hue little
differing from that of the discal area. Furthermore, in P. d.
demylus the opaque cross bars of the fore wing and the post-
median band of the hind wing are narrower and often are thinl^^
scaled in part ; thus the translucent series of snbmarginal spots
on the hind wing are very much wider than the border or than
the postmedian band, and they are obviously more orange-hned
than is the hind wing discal area.

The male genitalia agree with those of demylus and were pre-
viously figured (Fox, op. cit.; fig. 44). They differ from the
genitalia of P. dercylUdas especially in the armament at the end
of the valves.

Type Material; Holotype male from Tannas, Bolivia, 5400
feet; Adams bequest 1912-397, in the British Museum (Natural
History). A male paratype from Farinas, La Paz, Bolivia, 1500
meters; Joicey bequest 1934-120, in the British Mnsenm (Natural
History). A male paratype from Coroico, Bolivia; A. G. Weeks
collection in the Mnsenm of Comparative Zoology (identified as
P. liewitsonii Srnka by Fox, 1954).

The key to the species and subspecies of the genus Patricia
must be revised to read as follows ;

1. Cell Mg-Cu^ of fore wing entirely black, this coloring continuous with

the discocellular band (P. dercylUdas) 2

Cell Mg-Cu^ of fore wing translucent, only the veins black 3

2. Transparent snbmarginal spot in as long, or nearly so, as the

black oblong just proxiinad of it P. d. liazelea

Transparent snbmarginal spot in of fore wing less than one third

the size of the black oblong just proxiinad of it P. d. dercylUdas

3. Translucent areas with a greenish hue; nearly all the costal margin of

the under side of the hind wing greenish white (P. demylus) 4

Translucent areas with a blue-white hue ; a series of translucent white
submarginal spots present at the distal ends of the cells against the
opaque border ; hind wing with only the hnmeral angle and the proxi-
mal one third of the costal margin anterior of Sc greenish white
P. oUgyrtis

4. Dark cross bands in and of the fore wing and the dark post-

median band of the hind wing decidedly narrower than the marginal

color nearest each P. d. gemellus new subspecies

Dark cross liands R-M^ and R^-M., of the fore wing and the dark post-
median band of the hind wing decidedly narrower than the marginal
color nearest each P. d. demylus

Sept, 1960]

Fox: iTHOMiNE Tribe Tithoreini

155

The locality records of the series in the British Museum (Natu-
ral History) are of interest:

P. d. dercyllidas. Venezuela: Merida (1 1 ?)• Colombia:

Manizales (1 J', 1 ?) ; Bogota (holotype 2) ; Rio Meta (1 c?) ; Rio
Chile (1 2); ‘interior” (1 Ecuador: Chimba (1 ; en-

virons of Ambato (2 J', 4 2)-

P. d. hazelea. Ecuador: Sarayacu (1 J', 1 2) ; Banos (2 J',
12); environs of Ambato ( 6 J', 6 2 ) •

P. demylus demylus. Ecuador: Zamora (1 J') ; Sarayacu
(holotype J', allotype 2) ; Loja (2 J') ; general (3 J', including
holotype of hewitsonii, 2 2)- Peru: Chanchapoyes (1 c?? ^ 2) ;

‘ ‘ northern ” ( 2 ) .

P. demylus gemellus. Bolivia: Taunas (holotype ; Farinas
(paratype ,c?).

P. oligyrtis. Ecuador : Sarayacu (12); general (32 including
holotype).

Genus Tithorea Doubleday

Bryk (1953) presented a bulky list of neotropic butterflies in
which he described some thirty-one new Ithomines. One of them
is Tithorea pinthias melini (Bryk op. cdt., 25). The authori-
ties at the Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm, very
kindly lent me Bryk’s type specimens for study. Tithorea pin-
thias melini is an absolute synonym for Tithorea tarricina honita
Haensch. :

Zikan (1940-1942) described twenty-five Ithomines, all from
Brazil. Ferreira d ’Almeida (1956) discussed these names, hav-
ing the Zikan collection available in the Brazilian Museu Na-
cional, and figured many of them. Two are Tithorea. Hirsutis
harmonia sulphurata Zikan {op. cit., p. 15) is from Sao Gabriel
and Cucui, Rio Negro, in the Amazon valley, d ’Almeida (1956)
believed it to be an aberration of T. h. harmonia, which conclusion
agrees with expectancy based upon distribution. The name falls
as a synonym, therefore.

Tithorea harmonia caissara (Zikan)

Hirsutis caissara Zikan, 1941, p. 14, fig. 10 ; Espirito Santo and
Itatiaia.

Tithorea caissara d ’Almeida, 1956, p. 2, fig. 1.

d ’Almeida illustrated a male from Serra da Cantareira, Sao

156

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIIl

Paulo. Both this and the type locality are well eastward of any
record I have seen for T. Ji. pseudethra and well southward of
the Amazon valley fauna. Evidently caissara is the subspecies
inhabiting southeastern Brazil. In my key (1956, pp. 47-49),
caissara runs to couplet 19 with cuparina and harmonia. This
couplet should be modified to read as follows :

19. Apical spots of fore wing minute, the yellow spot in the anal angle
isolated; the yellow streak over Cu^ pointed, not strongly T-shaped

T. h. cuparina

Apical spots of fore wing small; the yellow spot in the anal angle
isolated; the yellow streak over Cu^ strongly T-shaped T. Ji. caissara
Apical spots of fore wing larger, narrowly separted from each other
by black veins ; the yellow spot in the apical angle not usually
isolated; the yellow streak over Cu^ T-shaped T. h. harmonia

REFERENCES CITED

d^Almedia, R. Ferreira. 1956. Notas sinonimicas sobre Ithomiidae.
(Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) . Bol. Mus. Macional, Rio de Janeiro,
Zoologia, 143: 18 pp., 21 fig.

Bryk, Felix. 1953. Lepidoptera aus dem Amazonasgebiete und aus Peru
gesammelt von Dr. Douglas Melin und Dr. Abraham Roman. Arkiv
for Zoologi, 5 (1) : 1-268.

Fox, Richard M. 1956. A monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera).
Part 1. Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist., Ill (1) : 1-76, 9 plates.
75 figs.

Godman, F. Du Cane and Osbert Salvin. 1879. Descriptions of new
species of Rhopalocera from Central and South America. Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, pp. 150-155, pi. 14.

Hewitson, William C. 1852-1876. Illustrations of new species of exotic
Lepidoptera. London, privately printed, 5 vols.

Srnka, Anton. 1885. Neue sudamerikanische Danaidae und Heliconidae.

Berliner Ent. Zeitschr., 29: 121-130, 1 pi.

ZiKAN, Josef Franz. 1940-1942. Beschreibungen neuer neotropischen
Papilionidae, Pieridae, Danaidae und Satyridae. Ent. Zeitschr.
Frankfurt, 54: 147-151, 154-159, 205-208 (1940) ; 245-254. 55: 13-16,

19-24, 81-84, 107-111 (1941); 269-278 (1942); 35 figs.

Sept., 1960]

Brown: Correspondence

157

THE CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN
WILLIAM HENRY EDWARDS AND
SPENCER FULLERTON BAIRD

PART IV
1867-1868

Annotated by P. Martin Brown^ '

Sometime during October, or probably November, 1866 Ed-
wards’ fifth paper describing new species was published. This
was ‘‘Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOP-
TERA from within the limits of the United States and British
America. No. 5”. It appeared in the October, 1866, issue of
the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia
on pages 200 through 208. In it he described as new eight species
and at the very end listed thirteen species he had received from
Arizona. This material from Arizona had reached Edwards
through Baird and had been collected by naturalists attached
to Army units in the state. The source can be traced in the
Annual Report for 1866, p. 46, where, among others assigned
to Edwards for study, are noted “Lepidoptera collected ... by
Drs Cones & Palmer in Arizona.” Palmer was the entomological
collector of this team. The collections were made in the vicinity
of Port Whipple, near Prescott. [Por Elliot Cones, (1842-1899)
see Hume, 1942, pp. 52-89; for Edward Palmer, (1821-1911)
see Popular Science Monthly, 78; 341-354, 1911.]

8878

[Ecd Dec 4 1866]

282

NeAvburgh, N. Y.

2 Dec 1866

Prof. Baird

Washn.

Dear Sir

I reached home from West Va. last eveg. I found the box from Sumi-

1 With the agreement of Mr. P. Martin Brown, the editor assumes re-
sponsibility for the modification of Mr. Brown’s article. Certain letters
have been omitted, others have been extensively edited. A considerable por-
tion of Mr. Brown’s annotation has also been deleted. The Journal has now
published all parts of this article submitted before 1960. — W.S.C.

158

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. Lxvin

chrast here, and have just gone over its contents. It is not worth while for
him to send me any more insects so miserably put up, and of such common
species. I enclose / one of the Sphinges as a sample of the whole (20 or
so in all.) Not a decent one among them. There were about 80 butterflies,
nearly all yellow ones, which are the commonest of the order. Some of the
butterflies are in good order. But not one of the Sphinges. Mr. S. ought
to know how to protect his collections by camphor or similar means. But
he uses nothing. I had offered a large price for good Sphinges &
several of us co anted on getting a valuable set from him this season. It
would be better for the Sphinges to be pinned & spread, if he could also
guard the bodies by pins from danger of being shaken off. The butterflies
may do well in papers. I will do what I can with these things. But I want
no more unless he can send in good / condition.

I sent you the money for the first lot just as I went West, in Oct.

I have a letter from Bernard Boss, at Rupert Fort,i3i saying that if I
will send you nets etc he will collect for me next year. Also that he has
some now which he will send to me through you. What books can I send
to Mrs. Ross that would be of interest to her?

Yours truly

W. H. Edwards

8925?

[Red. Dec. 11, 1866]

Newburgh, New York
10 Dec. 1866

Prof. S. F. Baird
Washn.

Dear Sir.

Your two letters of 4th & 6th are duly reed. I return the German letter.
I do not know any one who wishes European butterflies.

I will send a box to you for Ross in a few days, so soon as I can get
together the articles for him.

I find the greatest difficulty in getting the / figures drawn of my butter-
flies (on stone). I have had four plates made, but 2 are imperfect and will
have to be done over again. The artists do not understand drawing for
coloring, which is quite different from drawing where no color is to be
applied. I have found a good colorist in Mrs. H. P. Gray, wife of the
artist, 132 in New York. Except for the difficulty named, I should have
issued No. 1, 5 plates of the Argynnides before this.i3s i have half a mind
to send the insects to Robinsoni34 of London, the B [ritish] Mu-/ seum

131 Rupert House is on the east shore of Rupert Bay on the south side of
the mouth of Rupert River, 51° 29' N. Lat., 78° 46' W. Long, in the
province of Quebec. It has long been a headquarters for the Hudsons Bay
Company in the Hudsons Bay region.

132 Henry Peters Gray (1819-1877): (National Academy 1842, president
1869)

133 The first fascicle ultimately was issued in June 1868.

134 Edward William Robinson (1835-1877): steel-engraver and artist,

Sept., 1960]

Brown : Correspondence

159

artist. He works for 5 shillings per figure, & does his work well.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

12163 ? 418

Washington Dec. 11, 1866

My Dear Mr Edwards,

I have yours with samples of plates. I wish you could find the right man
to draw. Why not try Richards, our former artist. He would do the work
much better and is one of the best colorists in the country. His address
is J. H. Richards, Fall of Schuylkill, Phila.

Yours truly
Spencer F. Baird

W. H. Edwards
Newburgh.

89—

[Red Dec 14, 1866]

284

Newburgh, New York
Dec. 14, 1866

Prof. Baird.

Dear Sir.

I will communicate with the artist at Schuylkill. Much obliged to you.
Will you give me an opinion upon the following case, from the usual
proceedure among ornithologists & Mammalogists.

Perhaps you recollect Lycaena Comyntas, a small purplish butterfly
abounding in the north. It expands 1 in. Wherever we find that we find
a minute species, expandg 7/10 inch (the smallest Lycaena known) marked
precisely like it, & of same color. Dr. Harrisi^s had a mind to call the
little one a species. The other day I met J. P. Giraudise on the ears, &
talking / over various matters with him I spoke of this ease. He said that
Ornithologists would of course, make the smaller a distinct species, & men-
tioned “the lesser Tern”, and “the lesser Marmot” in Mammalia.

What say you? If you say make a distinct species, give me one or two
examples among Birds so that when I describe it I may refer intelligently
to them.

Do you know whether the common field mouse makes any noise? I have

often employed by the British Museum (N. H.). Obituary in Ent. Mo.
Mag. 14: 118-119. 1877.

135 E(Jwards Doubleday Harris (1839-1919), an entomological enthusiast
living in the New York area. (See Carpenter, 1945, pp. 42-43.)

136 Jacob P . Giraud ( - ) : A New Yorker who had col-

lected birds in Texas in 1838. He was an early (1844) member of the
Lyceum of Natural History of New York, the forerunner of the American
Museum of Natural History.

160

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

a singing mouse in a cage, caught in a trap in my bed room. It makes a
noise, sometimes like a cricket (somewhat) & sometimes like bubbling of
water. Have had him two months, when he sings his throat moves like a
bird’s. He has a / more pointed nose than a house mouse. So is lightest
on the belly. I have in mind to send it to you alive. Before I caught it,
it would keep me awake for an hour together by its stridulous noise. In
the cage he may sing occasionally. But Avhen he is able to get out of the
cage So run about the room, he sings all the time.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards.

12235 444

Wash. Dec. 15, 1866

My Dear Mr. Edwards,

I would not call the small Lycaena a new species. I would call it var.
“nana” or something of that kind so that if the specific value should at
any time be established this var. name might be taken up. If absolutely
similar except for size it would be rather difficult to establish a species.

Perhaps your mouse is a Dear Mouse or White-footed Mouse. The field
mice proper all have very blunt noses.

Sincerely yours

W. H. Edwards S. F. Baird

Newburgh.

9000

285

Prof. S. F. Baird Newburgh, New York

22 Dec 1866

Smithsonian Ins.

Washn. D. C.

Dear Sir

I send today by express a package addressed “Smithsonian Ins.” Under
the outer wrapper, it is addressed “Bernard E. Eoss” etc. It contains cork,
pins, rings & netting So poison, So some of my published plates. The direc-
tion on the package is from his own letter. I should infer from his letter
to me of 12 Aug. that he wd collect a little this summer, & send me the
results thru’ you.

I fear I have lost the mouse. He got out of the cage and has sung no
more that I have heard.

Truly yours
W. H. Edwards

[Ecd Feb. 7, 1867]

212

Newburgh, New York
5 Feby, 1867

Prof. Baird

Smithsonian

Washn.

Dear Sir.

I wrote Francis Walker to learn what the artist of the B. [ritish] Museum

Sept, 1960]

Brown ; Correspondence

161

wd draw on stone my Argynnides for. He replies for 70 or 100is7 per figure
& will furnish one colored copy. He does his work well, as we know by 3
plates of our sphinges. The only doubt I have is any to his damaging my
specimens. I should be sorry to / send those fine things over there & have
them come back ruined. If I have him draw the figures, I will have a certain
no. struck off there, say 250 to 500, as I dare venture.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

Do you get no butterflies from the far West now-a-day?

[Ecd May 7, 1867]

213

Coalburgh, Kanawha Co.
West Virginia
3rd May, 1867

Prof. S. F. Baird
Smithsonian

Washington.

Dear Sir

I should have sent you Ten Dollars which I received for Sumichrast’s in-
sects last winter, before I left New York. But it escaped me and I now en-
close same. The insects were in miserable condition and, as I thought,
worth nothing, but I sold the lot for Ten Dollars.

I have been kept out here longer than usual and am likely to remain
most of the season. Have already taken a great many butterflies the last
month.

If there is any chance to secure me any butterflies from Eussian
Americaiss or the Eocky Mtns. dont forget me.

I expect through you the insects promised by Eoss this season.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

I have lately had a handsome plate of Argynnis Diana $ $ , four figures on
one plate, by Weist [sic]i39 of Phila.

But this is the / last he can make this year he says.

137 The artist in question is Eobinson (see note 134). The price quoted is
in cents (gold) and more reasonable than Edwards was able to find in this
country.

138 See note 113. The American group was operating in Eussian America
under the scientific leadership of Eobert Kennicott. Upon his death the
leadership was transfered to William Healey Dali (1845-1927) (DAB 5:
35-36, 1930). The materials collected were shipped to the Smithsonian as
a depository. Ownership was retained in them by the Expedition and the
final disposition up to Kennicott, Most of the material collected went to
Chicago and was destroyed by fire.

139 1). — Wiest: lithographer, living in the Philadelphis area who took
over the task of preparing the stones for Edwards’ plates. He was suc-
ceeded by an anonymous artist working for Cassin in the Bowen plant.

162

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

13667

Washington, May 7, 67

Dear Mr. Edwards

I have yours with 10.00 for Summichrast [sic].

We have a very large collection of handsome butterflies from Bogota just
brought by our late Minister. At least a pack of papers enclosing specimens
and apparently in good condition. We are to have a series ourselves and
distribute a few sets: the rest to be returned named. Do you want to take
and name, for a series ? and when.

Yours truly
S. F. Baird

W. H. Edwards

Coalburgh, Kanawha Co.
Va.

[Red. June 3 1867]

Phila. Sundy. 2 June 67

Prof. Baird

Smithsonian

Dear Sir.

I found I could not go on to Washington without losing tomorrow as
well as today, and I have not the time, which I regret much. My family
have just returned from St. Augustine from 3 months absence, & are waiting
impatiently my arrival in New York. If possible I will come & see you
yet before I go back to Kanawha, 1 July. You may send the butterflies to
me at 40 Wall & I will have / them duly attended to & returned according
to instructions.

I learn here that an expedition is started for the far West, in which the
Smithsonian are [sic] interested.i^o I hope you will reserve me some of
the Butterflies from that source.

I find that the artist, who drew my 3 plates of Argynnis, is willing to go
ahead, and I will therefore have 2 more drawn and issue as soon thereafter
as / I can get the first number of 5 plates of the Avork. Hope I can ac-
complish it this year, and initiate a creditable work.

My address will be 40 Wall, N. Y. I dont know that I Avill be at New-
burgh this season.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

Most of the plates prepared by Wiest were later redrawn by Mrs. Mary
Pert. The only ones remaining in the final edition of the first part of
Edwards’ Butterflies of North America are those for Argynnis cyhele and
Argynnis aphrodite. Only the plate of Argynnis atlantis survived of those
done by Cassin’s man. The plate of Argynnis diana noted here was with-
drawn after publication and replaced by one done by Mrs. Pert. An earlier
plate of diana is noted in footnote 108.

140 This was Clarence King’s expedition to make a geological survey along
the 40th parallel. The naturalist for the party was Robert Ridgeway.

Sept, 1960]

Brown: Correspondence

163

14077

281

Washington, June 3 1867

My Dear Mr Edwards,

The butterflies went yesterday. They were collected by Hon. A. A. Burton,
IT. S. Minister to Colombia, principally about Bogota. Some from the
Magdalena Eiver.

The specimens are Mr. Burton’s. He however gives us a series (which
please keep for us) and wants a private series selected and named for
himself. If series can be supplied with advantage to any public Museums,
especially Chicago, he wishes to do so. Any residuum after / these selections
he wishes to use as presents to personal friends.

Of course you will have a series for your labor. Mr. Burton might be
friendly, I suppose, to suggestion that you will select a series for us to
send Mr. Osbert Salvin.

As for selections, I suppose the great bulk will consist of a few species.

Where I had each in a separate box each paper numbered. Number

to correspond to names of them on a list.

I will do what I can to get what you want of NW specimens.

Truly yours
S. F. Baird

W. H. Edwards
40 Wall St.

N. Y.

10344

[Ecd. June 12, 1867]

Newburgh, New York
10 June 67

Prof. Baird
Smithsonian
Washington
Dear Sir.

The contents of the package astonished me. On opening the tin box and
looking over the papers, I should say there were nearly a bushel of same,
and at least 2000 to 3000 specimens. I wish I had time to attend to the
naming & distribution of them, but, with my press of business, it is im-
possible. I did not imagine the undertaking to be of such magnitude. So
far as I opened the papers the specimens are good ones, and well put up.
I saw no sign of dermestes. There are evidently many duplicates.

The only man who can name these things is Mr. Eeakirti^i of Phila. if
he has the time to apply to it. If it is agreeable to you I will send them
to him with your instructions. I will wait to hear from you in reply /
before doing anything about it.

141 Tryon Eeakirt ( - ) : merchant and avocational entomologist,

who was living in Philadelphia at the time of this letter and later in Wil-
mington, Delaware. Some time before 1878, Ferdinand Heinrich Herman
Strecker (1836-1901) purchased Eeakirt’s butterflies. They now are with
the Strecker Collection at the Chicago Museum of Natural History.

164

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

I have Glover’si42 plates, just sent by him & am much pleased with them.
If he lives long enough to make a tolerably complete collection of figures,
it will be very valuable & immortalize him.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

14165 343

Washington, June 12, 1867

Dear Mr. Edwards

It will be perfectly agreeable to us to have Mr. Reakirt name the ’flies.
Find whether he would like to do so and we will write him. How about
Grote and Robinson of N. Y.

W. H. Edwards
N. York

Yours truly
S. F. Baird

10478

[Red. June 22, 1867]

217

Newburgh, New York
19 June 1867

Prof. Baird
Washn.

Dear Sir.

I enclose Mr. Reakirt’s letter & I will forward the butterflies to him
today. You can write him directions. His address is 355 North 3rd St.
Phila.

You inquired in your last about Grote & Robinson,i43 that is as to their
knowledge in naming butterflies. Mr. Grote is the active & Robinson the
moneyed partner I believe. Mr. G. must be well acquainted with our moths.
Quite lately he has turned his attention to / Diurnals, and they have been
buying specimens from all countries. But it is not possible that they could
have yet attained much knowledge of the Diurnals.

142 Townsend Glover (1812-1883) : entomologist, the first man employed
as entomologist by the U. S. Department of Agriculture retiring in 1878.
(see DAB 7:333-334.) The plates alluded to here were the first of those
issued for what was to be an iconography of American insects. They were
printed from copper engravings made by Glover. The work was never com-
pleted nor was it published although sets of the plates may be found in a
few libraries. In 1877 some of the original plates acted as the drawings
upon which were based the lithographic illustrations in Glover’s “Manu-
script Notes from my Journal or Entomological Index to names, etc, in
Agricultural Reports . . . .” Transfered to and printed from stone by F. C.
Entwisle, Washington, D. C., of which only fifty copies were prepared.

143 Coleman Townsend Robinson (1838-1872): stockbroker in New York,
who with Grote published numerous papers about lepidoptera, mostly moths.
Robinson himself published several papers, mostly devoted to microlepidop-
tera. (See Carpenter, 1945, p. 86).

Sept, 1960]

Brown: Correspondence

165

Eeakirt has a Miscellaneous Collection altogether of Diurnals, & knows
more of them than any one we have, that is, foreign species — for I wont
allow that any one knows more of U. S. species than myself.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

[Red. Oct. 15, 1867]

[Red. Oct. 20, 1867]

219 I

Phila. 13th Oct. 1867

Prof. Baird

Dear Sir.

I am sorry I had not the pleasure of seeing you in New York, but I was
in town only during business hours & for two days. I am on my way to
Kanawha. I mean to make arrangements for living there with my family
after this winter.

I find that I can go ahead with two plates of the Argynnides during this
winter. The first 5 will then be complete & I shall take measures to issue
the first number as / soon thereafter as I can have the letter press attended
to.

I saw Reakirt yesterday. He is working at the Bogota butterflies. Finds
several new species, one of which is a large and handsome Papilio.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

11435

and 37495

[Red. Dee 14, 1867]
221

Newburgh, N. Y.,

12 Dec. 1867

Prof. Baird.

Washn. D. C.

Dear Sir.

Yours of the 8th was duly reed., and yesterday I got the box from Akhurst.
The insects from Sumichrast are in better order than usual. There were 5
or 6 Sphinges and for once they were not eaten up. I will sell the butter-
flies - 3 or 40 [sic] - & send you for him the proceeds of the whole. There
was another box labelled from Monterey — I suppose from Cala — The con-
tents were broken and worthless any how — except one $ Colias,i44 which
singularly enough was the only unbroken specn. What it is I don’t yet
know, but it looks like a new species. The rest were common — such as
Danais Archippus, Melitaea Chalcedon, etc.

144 There are two possibilities for this : It may have been what Edwards
described as ariadne in the Transactions of the American Entomological
Society, vol. 3, p. 12, 1870; or, it may have been a much more distinctive
insect that was named Colias harfordi by Henry Edwards in 1877 in the
Proceedings of the California Academy of Natural Sciences, p. 9. I can
find no evidence that Edwards ever used this specimen as the type for a new
name.

166

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

I dont want the Guatemala butterflies, but perhaps Reakirt will & as I
am writing him today will mention the matter.

I expect to sell my place here very shortly & after this to make my head
quarters at Coalburgh, Kanawha Co. W. Va. Articles for me will be sent by
express to Cine. & I will give you my address in due time. I shall be here
till 25th inst. at any rate.

I believe I have 5 plates^^s of the Argynnides now drawn ready for color-
ing, and I have nearly prepared the text to accompany them. I propose to
put out a number with 5 plates. The size will be that of Hewitson’s Exotics,
or say Kirby, books which you have. If I can get Weist [sic] to proceed
with drawing I will put in his hands 5 more. At first I thought I would
publish only the Argynnides but as there are several new large species of
other genera — Limenites, etc, etc, — I intend to publish any thing and let
the numbers run along as I have time till I make a volume. Now what
shall I call it, “Illustrations of the Butterflies of U. S. & B. Ama.” or what?
And shall I say anything of the habits, / localities where I am able from
personal observation, or confine myself strictly to desen. ?

And where 2 sp. have been generally confused, shall I explain at length
& rectify the matter, or would this properly come into such a publication as
the Phila. Transactions Ent. Soc. & not into such a work as I propose?
Give me the benefit of your experience.

I see that I have named more than 70 speciesi^e pj, s. & B. Ama. butterflies
& in all probability 150 sps. / have been described since the rush to Califa.
in 1849, none of which are anywhere figd. except in the small publications
of the Ent. Soc. Phila., & two or three in New York.

I mean to go to the end of the Pacific RR., Colorado, next summer, &
from thence will bring back plenty of material.i^^

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

15379 433 & 434

Washington, Dec. 15, 67

My Dear Mr Edwards

I have your letter of 12. and hasten to answer. I was glad to learn that
Sumichrast’s collection “panned out” better than usual. The Monterey was
California, collector. Dr. C. A. Canfield, who should be credited in description.

By all means save for us all good fossils you can raise: we want them
very much.

I would publish all the species of butterflies refered to, adding a part
time after time as new material comes in. The whole ought to form a
good volume.

145 The five plates figured these species: I diana, II cyhele, III aphrodite,
IV noTcomis and V atlantis.

146 By actual count Edwards had described 71 species by December 1867.

147 Edwards did not make this trip. His only trip into Colorado was made
in 1894 when he and David Bruce stayed at Glenowwod Springs, Garfield
County. In 1867 “head of rail” was Denver.

Sept., 1960]

Brown: Correspondence

167

As to title: 148 i would say “North America” instead of U. S., British
America. One day it will be all United States, and United States will be
North America. The Smithsonian version of North America means north
of Mexico. “Middle America” is from north line Mexico to Atrato Eiver.i49
Lower California is North America.

LEPIDOPTERA

of

NORTH AMERICA
ILLUSTRATED

By W. H. Edwards
Figures (or Illustrations)
of

North American Lepidoptera

ILLUSTRATIONS

of

LEPIDOPTERA (or Butterflies)
of

NORTH AMERICA

It will make an awkward title to have region take too much space./

I would add all I know as to localities, habits, etc. You will even then
hardly have enough text to balance the plates and make a good volume.
No more appropriate place. I would also give list of all described N. Am.
species of the different genera figured and even Synopsis. All these points
add greatly to the value of such works and increase the demand. Make
the whole as complete as you can.

You should by all means have a publisher whose imprint may be affixed:
as B. Westermanns, & Co. or somebody else: perhaps Hurd & Houghton.iso

Yours truly
S. F. Baird

W. H. Edwards
Newburgh

N. Y.

148 The title settled upon by Edwards “The Butterflies of NORTH
AMERICA” seems to have been based upon Baird’s third suggestion. In
the original letter the words I have capitalized are written in upper and
lower case but marked for full capitals.

149 This division of the Americas into three regions is in essence that ac-
cepted today. Biologically North America extends southward and takes in
most of Mexico, Middle America now is considered to find its southern
boundary in Darien, south of the Panama Canal Zone but not so far south
as the Rio Atrato in Colombia.

150 The second and third volumes and the reprinted text of the first volume
of The Butterflies of North America were published by Houghton, Mifflin
and Company of New York, New York, the work being done at The River-
side Press of Cambridge, Massachusetts. Hurd & Houghton was the fore-
runner of Houghton, Mifflin & Co.

168

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

11582

144

Jan. 11, 1868

Prof. Baird
Washn.

Dear Sir.

I go West next Wedy. & shall be at Coalburgh, Kanawha Co., W. Va.
My express direction will be “Care of J. D. Hunt

36 Walnut St.

Cincinnati.”

When Ross’s insects come send them on.

I have made full / arrangements for the issue of No. 1 of the “Butterflies
of N. Ama.” about 1st Apl. & No. 2 3 or 4 months later.isi

Instead of giving it to a publishing house I propose to issue it from the
Ent. Soc. of Phila,i52 & have the printing done on the premises. Cassin
advises me to do so, and it saves me a vast deal of trouble as I can have
Cresson attend to printing & all / other matters pertaining to the issue.

Grote reports — after a visit to the Ent. Collections of London, Paris,
Vienna, Berlin, etc, etc, [-] that our species are not known much, & all
Amn. Collections in very bad order. Moreover naturalists there in ignorance
of what we are doing all working on same species.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

The following undated draft by Baird for a letter to Edwards
to be signed by Prof. Henry, the Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution, seems best placed here. There is an hiatus in Baird’s
letters at this point.

678

Sir,

We beg to enclose herewith sundry Lepidoptera collected by Mr. Robert
Ridgeway under command of Mr. Clarence King with the request that you
will add them to the others in your charge belonging to this Institution.
You are at liberty to describe any new species under the usual conditions
of mentioning them as derived and belonging to the Smiths.

151 The first fasicle was issued in June 1868, on or before the 5th of the
month.

152 At the meeting of February 25, 1861, the members of the Philadelphia
society accepted the proposal of one of the organizational members, John
Meichel, that, if the Society acqnired a hand press and type, he would
attend to the composition and presswork. Whether or not Meichel was re-
sponsible for setting and printing Edwards’ first volume I have been nn-
able to learn.

Sept., 1960]

Brown: Correspondence

169

We are about sending to Mr. Eeakirt for examination and report a small
collection of Lepidoptera of Yucatan.

W. H. Edwards
Coalburgh
Kanawha Co.

Va.

38702

140

Prof. S. F. Baird
Smithsonian, Washn.

Dear Sir.

I reed today a letter from Prof. Henry of 31 Jan. saying that a lot of
butterflies had been forwarded. Your hand seems to have addressed a note
that they were sent with others from Sumichrast. I hope they were sent to
J. D. Hunt, 36 Walnut St., Cine. (See on this paper above). If so shall
soon get them. They were “Collected by Clarence King”. Who is he and
where are they from?i53

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

I have a few dollars for Sumichrast proceeds of last small lot. I sold
the butterflies for 10 c gold cash, amt to $3.60 & will pay for the Sphinges
that I kept myself.

11920

[Kcd. March 4, 1868]

138

[Coalburgh, W. Va.] 25 Feby, 1868

Prof. Baird, Smithsonian Ins.

Washn.

Dear Sir.

The butterflies from Somichrast [sic] came today from Cine. They are
the best lot I have ever seen from him. There were 8 or 10 only eaten by
insects, and throwing them out, there are 158 specimens for which I will
duly send you 10 cents ea. in gold. When you write him, tell him to send
all of the species of Theda he can find. And tell him to make an effort
to collect Sphinges again this season, & when collected to get them here in
good condition. If he will nse creosote or other powerful odor, I think he
will save them. He had better put them in paper (although I once sent
him word not to) as they break less than when he pins them, and probably
are more easily protected against insects.

As to the insects from Califa, which I had expected to be something
fine from Prof. Henry’s official notice of them and charge to take care of
them, they are worthless, all common species & all eaten by insects. I
enclose one that you may see & the rest I shall burn up.

You advised me to publish a Synopsis of IsT. An. species in my Butter-
153 Apparently Henry modified the draft letter written by Baird. From
Baird’s draft we know that the material was collected by Eidgeway.

170

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

flies.154 I can commence this in the 2nd or 3rd number. Should I adopt
all of the new genera of Tom, Dick & Harry, or have I discretion to do as
I think best about that? Somebody has cut up Argynnis and made a new
genus Brenthis of part of it. Now Argynnis was not a crowded genus,
and the difference between Brenthis and the rest of the genus, is not greater
than between what Boisduval calls groups. For instance, there are many
groups of Papilio, whom no one yet ventures to subdivide, but which could
as properly be as Argynnis. I detest this genus making, in the spirit in
which it is ground out.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

3907. .

[Kcd. March 16, 1868]

139

Coalburgh, Kanawha Co.
W. Va. 11 Mar 68

Prof. Baird

Smithsonian Ins.

Washington
Dear Sir.

Yours of 4th just comes to hand. Of course I want you to send me every
butterfly, good and bad, that comes along. I usually have not reed letters
from Prof. Henry, in form, in the receipt of an invoice, but have once or
twice, as on this late occasion, and it gave me the impression that he thought
I had heretofore reed & was now receiving insects of value for which I might
be called to account some day. I wished to show you in time what sort / of
an invoice the present one was. All right, let me have good and bad.

I enclose (or direct our bank at Charleston to) for Sumichrast a draft
for $30.88 with account, & a letter telling what I want.

I am glad you counsel me to use my judgment about admitting new
Genera. There is a fashion among German Lepidopterists of magnifying
Hubner who made as many genera as species, and as Boisduval shows in the
Intro, to Spec. Genl, page 184, in a most ridiculous manner. Some of our
writers affect to follow Hubner & the Germans and I dispise the lead.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

39864

[Ecd. May 12, 1869]

135

Coalburgh, Kanawha Co.
West. Va.

4 May 68

Prof. S. P. Baird
Washn.

Dear Sir.

I send you a proof of the first sheet of Part 1 of the Butterflies of. N. A.

154 This was done and the Synopsis constitutes an addendum to Volume I
of ^'Butterflies of North America'".

Sept., 1960]

Brown: Correspondence

171

& hope you will be pleased with its appearance.i^s Cassin is doing his best
with the plates, & the number will be ready for delivery in a fortnight. I
suppose we may reckon the Smithsonian as a subscriber. You will have it
in your power to show the work occasionally to gentlemen who desire to
encourage the fine arts. I / will tell Cresson to send you Part I for your-
self. Note the woodcut of a fossil butterfly similar to Diana.ise

I wish we might hear from Boss. If you write him this year, urge him
to do what he can for us. I will have all my numbers sent to him as they
appear. I rely on him for several new species.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

The following draft by Baird, without date, apparently was
prepared for Henry ’s signature :

17406

We have much pleasure in sending you by mail for inspection a small
collection of Lepidoptera just received from Dr. G. Lincecum, Washington
Co., Texasi57
W. H. Edwards

Coalburgh, Kanawha Co.

West Virginia

. . . .369
12374

[Coalburgh, W. Va.]

June 5 1868

Prof. Baird

Smithsonian, Washn.

Dear Sir.

I have received from the Smithsonian a package of insects from Texas
and a letter from Prof. Henry mentioning sending same.

I have your letter of 20th May, came in my absence to Cine. Part I of
butterflies is issued.iss i wrote Cresson to send you a copy with my compli-

155 The first signature of four pages was devoted to Argynnis diana.

156 This is Vanessa pluto Heer from the Miocene beds of Croatia.

157 The title “Doctor” was acquired by Gideon Lincecum (1793-1874)
through his unaided study of medicine. His formal schooling was no more
than five months in a backwoods Georgia school. He did not serve the usual
apprenticeship with a recognized medical man but “read medicine” with
no preceptor. From 1848 to 1867 he lived near Long Point, Texas. Later
he migrated to Tuxpan, Vera Cruz, Mexico, where he lived the rest of his
life. An autobiography of Lincecum was published in 1904 in Volume 8
of the Mississippi Historical Society Publications.

158 This letter places the date of issue for Part I between the 1st and 5th
of June 1868. The species figured are Argynnis diana, cyhele, aphrodite,
noTcomis and atlantis.

172

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

ments & an other for the Smithsonian to subscribe for. The number actually
cost more than the price charged, viz $2. The coloring alone was 1.50.
Science has hard times has she not? I can’t find the letter from you men-
tioning names of one or more magazines in Europe I think to which you
advised sending. Please write Cresson / about that, & he will send then
as you suggest.

He has the prospectuses ready for you & probably has sent them.

There was nothing valuable in Lineecum’s collection. Half was made up
of our common Papilios & Danais Archippus. There are a lot of moths
which I will return to you as some other collecter may like them.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

17205

June 13, 1868

Dear Mr. Edwards

I have yours of Inst. The copy of “Butterflies” came all right for which
I much obliged. The bundle for distributionis9 also has. We will forward
duly as desired and send list hereafter. The prospectuses are all here and
will be attended to.

We are arranging with Sumichrast to go to Western Mexico for a year
or two: I suppose you will take a series of his butterflies.

Sincerely yours
S. F. Baird

W. H. Edwards
Coalburgh

40853

[Red July 21, 1868]

132

New York, 40 Wall St.

20 July 68

Prof. Baird

Smithsonian Ins.

Washington
Dear Sir.

I reached this city on Saturday from Kanawha, & at Cine on my way I
found the box of insects, part of them from Sumichrast. I will see them
duly sold & remit you proceeds. If he goes to the West Coast he might get
some valuables. I will take one set, & I can dispose of probably all he will
send, if sent at first to me. I usually examine the packages for Califa or
U. S. insects,i6o which are all I care for.

159 The bundle contained 10 copies of Part I to be strategically distrib-
uted in Europe. The prospectuses were more widely dispersed by Baird.

160 Like many modern collectors of “North American” butterflies, Edwards
was quite willing to include in his collection Mexican specimens of species
that occur or stray north of the border but unwilling to build a collection of

Sept., 1960]

Brown: Correspondence

173

I wish I could get in- / sects from New Mexico or Arizona. There are
hundreds of undescribed butterflies I am confident in that section. If I
can raise the money next year I believe I will send a collector on my own
account. But you may do something for me.

My book is taking well I believe, & appears to be appreciated. Cassin
thinks we will get a circulation of 500 before we get to the end of the 1st
volume.

Subscribers come in from the most out of the way places, in Minnesota,
Ky., Missouri etc etc. Several go to Canada.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

41901

[Coalburgh, W. Va.] 9 Sept. 1868

Prof Baird Smithsonian
Washington

Dear Sir

I venture to write though I doubt if you have retd from the North. I
shall have some money for Sumichrast to send you when I hear of your
return. My last letter from Bernard Boss was dated Eupert House 12 Aug
1866, & he therein says he will send me a package of insects in the first
box he send to the Smithsonian, & expressed a wish for pins, etc. I sent
on nets, pins, etc through you & he ought to have reed them in June 1867.
Do you know anything of him later than the letter he wrote me. I am
exceedingly anxious to get the butterflies of that region, as there should be
several new & rare species from there. I would send / Parts 1 & 2 of the
Butterflies to him by mail if they wd go that way. But I doubt they would.
What do you think of it. Otherwise they would have to go via London, per
packages.161

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

Although the cover for part 2 of Butterflies of North America is
dated August 1868 Edwards stated in the appendix to Volume I
that it was issued in October of that year. It contained the plates
and text for Argynnis callippe, Argynnis kesperis, Colias alex-
andra, Colias chippewa (as kelena), Colias hehrii, Colias Chris-
tina and Apatura alicia.

Mexican material. It is interesting to see that Edwards, after twenty years,
was still thinking of California as outside of the United States.

161 Eupert House had two routes of contact with the outside world at this
time. Letters could be carried over the canoe route via streams and lakes to
Moose Factory on James Bay and from there across the bay to Eupert
House by cutter. Any bulky shipment had to go to London and then by
the yearly supply ship to Hudsons Bay where the ship visited the posts to
drop supplies and pick up furs.

174

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVITI

42061

[Red Nov 16 1868]

62 Coalburgh, West Va., 10 Nov. 68

Prof. Baird

Smithsonian

Washn

Dear Sir.

Yours of 3rd came this morning, with Texas butterflies enclosed. I keep
a few and return the rest as you request. Why cannot Lincecum put up
good specimens as easily as poor ones. Of a lot sent last summer (or spring)
there was scarcely a decent one, because all were worn out before they were
caught. Perhaps he sells the good ones and sends you the refuse.

The balce due Sumichrast is $15.37 for 116 specimens with gold at
1321/^.162 I shall be in Charleston within a week & will send you draft for
same. /

We never have heard from the copies of Part 1, Butterflies sent to Europe
thru’ you. If you see any friendly notices of them let us know.

I wish to write Bernard Ross & to send the parts as published. Had I
better send then to you, to go to London. If they cannot leave London
before next Spring, there will be 4 parts ready.

Is his post address as it was last year, Rupert House, care H. Bay Co.,
Fort William, Ottawa River ?i63

I am troubled about the expense I am put to to get my drawings made
and colored. Cassin charges $30 per plate for the drawing, and 30 cents per
sheet for coloring (including paper & printing). That makes an edition
of 150 copies cost $375. for those items only & nothing to say about paper,
printing, electrotyping & binding. For the whole edition I get $300. & then
booksellers sell copies 10 or 20 per c off that. That is rather severe and I
shall have to find other artists. Do you know any who will undertake the
work & do as well at less charge to me. The drawing shd be but $15 per
plate & coloring not over 20 c.

Yours truly
W. H. Edwards

The November issue of the Transactions of the American En-
tomological Society (2: 207-210, 1868) carried Edwards article
‘‘Notes on a remarkable variety of PAPILIO TURNUS, and
descriptions of two species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA.”
The turnus was a female, one side of which was the dark form

162 The rate of “exchange” between the gold dollar and the “greenback”
dollar, i.e. at this time one gold dollar was worth 1.32 “greenback” dollars.

163 A. letter from Mr. Clifford P. Wilson, editor of “The Beaver," house
organ of the Hudson’s Bay Company states: “The address you have for him
[Ross] at Rupert’s House, refers to Fort William on the Ottawa not at the
head of Lake Superior. The route would be up the Ottawa, across to the
Abitibi and so down to Moose Factory and across to Rupert’s House.”

Sept., 1960]

Brown: Correspondence

175

glaucus, the other the black and yellow form turnus. It was re-
ceived by Edwards on the first of September 1868 ‘‘from a young
friend in this neighborhood [Coalburgh, West Virginia].”

Late in 1868 (November or December) there appeared the first
issue of a new journal devoted to entomology, “T/ie Canadian
Entomologist/^ At present among North American entomologi-
cal journals it is second only to the Transactions of the American
Entomological Society in longevity. On page 22 of the initial
number {Can. Ent. 1: 22, 1868) is a contribution from W. H.
Edwards “Papilio Machaon in British America.” This was the
first of over 170 papers from Edwards’ pen to appear in the
journal.

176

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. Lxvin

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA: RHOPALOCERA) OF THE
WESTERN HEMISPHERE

By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington

Continued from LXVIII (2), p. 122

hadros Cook, John H. and Prank E, Watson, Incisalia
Type Locality : Houston, Texas.

Location of Type: Type destroyed. (Paratypes in American Museum of
Natural History; United States National Museum.)

Original Description: 1909 (June), Can. Ent., vol. 41, p. 181 (Guelph,
Ontario) .

Additional Eeference: Holland, W. J., 1931, The Butterfly Book, Devised
Edit., p. 226, pi. 64, fig. 46 ( ^ paratype) (Garden City, N. Y.).

Jiag7nanni Eober, J. Eumaeus
Type Locality: Obidos, Brazil.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1923, Ent. Zeit., vol. 84, p. 95 (Stettin).

Note: Probably synonym of Eumaeus minijas Hiibner.

hahneli Staudinger, Otto, Theda

Type Locality: Upped Amazon and Iquitos, Peru.

Location of Type: Staudinger Collection.

Original Description: 1888, Exotische Schmetterlinge, vol. 1, p. 286, vol.
2, pi. 97 (Bayern).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H. 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, p. 614 (London). (Makes hahneli a synonym of centoripa Hewitson.)
Note: We recognize hahneli as being distinct from centoripa.

halala Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 7 (London).

Additional Eeferences: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Hlus. of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 175, vol. 2 pi. 69, figs. 508, 509 $ (Lon-
don). Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 591 (Lon-
don). Makes halala a synonym of leucophaeus Hiibner.)

halciones Butler, A. G. and Herbert Druce, Tmolus
Type Locality : Cartago, Costa Eica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1872 (July), Cistula Entomologica, vol. 1, p. 108
(London) .

Sept, 1960]

Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae

177

Additional Eeferences: Butler, A. G., 1873 (October), Lepid. Exot.,
p. 161., pi. 57, fig. 9 $ (London). Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887
(August), Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera,
vol. 2, p. 61, (London). (Make lialciones a synonym of empusa Hewitson.)

Jialesus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Virginia, U. S. A.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1777, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde, vol. 2, p. 3, pi. 98, figs. B, C (Amsterdam).

Synonyms: dolicJios Hiibner, juanita Scudder.

Subspecies: corcorani Gunder, estesi Clench syn.

hamila Jones, E. Dukinfield, Theda

Type Locality : Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Location of Type: Jones Collection.

Original Description: 1912, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 896, pi. 97, fig. 1
(London).

hamo Lucas, P. H., Lycaena
Type Locality: Havana, Cuba.

Original Description: 1857, in Sagra, Historic physique, politique et
naturelle de Tile de Cuba, vol. 7, p. 612 (Paris).

Additional Eeference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943
(December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 57 (New York, N. Y.).
(Eemoved hamo from synonymy of hanno Stoll but did not recognize the
species.)

hanno Stoll, Caspar, Papilio

Type Locality : “Surinam and the Cape of Good Hope.”

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1790, in Cramer, Papillons exotiques des trois
parties du monde. Supplement, p. 170, pi. 39, figs. 2, 2b (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeferences: Hiibner, J., 1812, Sammlung exotischer Schmet-
terlinge, vol. 1, pi. (98), figs. 1-4 (Augsburg), d’ Almeida, E. F., 1933,
Lambillionea, vol. 33, pp. 230-236 (Paris). Comstock, W. P. and E. I.
Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 104
(New York, N. Y.).

Subspecies : watsoni Comstock and Huntington, ceraunus Fabricius,

antibubastus Hiibner, pseudoptiletes Boisduval and LeConte, syn., hogotana
Draudt, filenus Poey, astenidgs Lucas syn., astenidia Draudt, syn.

harietta Draudt, Max, Theda (not Weeks) Misspelling of harrietta Weeks.
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1919 (November), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 750 (Stuttgart).

harrietta Weeks, A. G. Jr., Theda

Type Locality: Near “Corioco,” Bolivia, April 19, 1899.

178

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. Lxviri

Location of Type; Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 16,673.

Original Description: 1901 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 33, p. 294 (Lon-
don, Ontario).

Additional References: Weeks, A. G. Jr., 1905, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepi-
doptera, p. 45, pi. 11, fig. 2 (Boston, Mass.). Draudt, Max (as harieita),
1919 (November), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 750
(Stuttgart). (Makes harrietta a subspecies of paupera Felder.)

Synonyms : harietta Draudt.

hassfln Stoll, Caspar, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1791, in Cramer, Papillons Exotiques des trois
parties du monde. Supplement, p. 168, pi. 38, figs. 4, 4D $ (Amsterdam).

Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C. 1877 (January), Ulus, of

Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 202 (London). (Makes hassan Stoll
synonym of jfmias Cramer.)

havila Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: New Granada.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1865, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 76,
vol. 2, pi. 30, figs. 23, 24 ^ (London).

heathii Fletcher, James, Theda

Type Locality: Long River valley, near Cartwright, Southern Manitoba,
July.

Location of Type: United States National Museum.

Original Description: 1903, Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, Section 4, p. 211,
fig. (Ottawa).

Additional References: Fletcher, James, 1904 (May), Can. Ent., vol.
36, no. 5, p. 125, pi. ( $ ) (London, Ontario). Stallings, Don B. and J. R.
Turner, 1943, Ent. News, vol. 54, p. 131, pi. 2 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Places
heathii as an aberration of falacer Godart.)

hehraeus Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Bahia.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). (Boisduval
Collection.)

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 104,
vol. 2, pi. 43, figs. 165, 166 $ (London).

hecale Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda Misspelling of hecate G. & S.
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1887 (October), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera- Rhopalocera, vol. 3, pi. 58, figs. 15-17 (London).

hecale Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Jalapa, Mexico.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Sept., 1960]

Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae

179

Original Description: 1887 (October), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-
secta, vol. 2, p. 98, vol. 3, pi. 58, figs. 15, 16 ^,17 9 (as hecale) (London).
Synonyms : hecale Godman and Salvin.

helenae dos Passos, Cyril F., Incisalia augustus
Type Locality: Doyles Station, Newfoundland.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1943 (June), Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1230,
p. 2 (New York, N. Y.).

hellos Edwards, William H., Lycaena
Type Locality: California.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1871 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol.
3, p. 208 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 455 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places helios as a subspecies of icarioides
Boisduval.)

Synonyms: helius (Zool. Eecord).

helius, Lycaena Misspelling of helios Edwards
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1873, Zool. Eecord, vol. 8, p. 365 (London).

helloides Boisduval, Jean A., Polyommatus

Type Locality: Neighborhood of San Francisco, California.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p.
291 (Paris).

Additional Eeference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 40, pi. 236, figs. 1927 $
1928 $ (Eennes).

Synonyms: castro Eeakirt, sternitzTcyi Gunder, williamsi Guilder.
Subspecies: florus Edwards, hulhirti Field syn.

heloisg Moschler, H. B., Theda

Type Locality: Paramaribo, Surinam (1 9 )•

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1883, Verb. Zool.-bot. Ges., vol. 32, p. 309, pi. 17,
fig. 2 (Wien).

hemon Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties dii
monde, vol. 1, p. 30, pi. 20, figs. D, E (Amsterdam).

Synonyms : acmon Cramer.

hena Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Nicaragua.

180

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 171, vol. 2, pi. 67, figs. 486, 487 $ (London).

Note: Hewitson, ibid, makes mena a synonym of coelicolor Butler and
Druce.

henrici Grote, Augustus E. and Coleman T. Eobinson, Theda
Type Locality: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1867 (July), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 1, p.
174 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Subspecies: margaretae dos Passos, solatus Cook and Watson, turneri
Clench.

henry ae Cadbury, John W. 3rd, ChrysopJianus snowi

Type Locality: Caribou Pass, British Columbia, alt. 5200 ft., July 26,
1932.

Location of Type: Academy of Natural Science, Philadelphia, no. 7779

(1 $).

Original Description: 1937, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., vol. 89, p. 409,
pi. 16, fig. 9 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

heodes Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Uramarca San Marcas $, Dept. Ancachs, North Peru.
Location of Type: H. J. Adams Collection.

Original Description: 1909 (September), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p.
437, pi. 11, figs. 10 ^,11 9 (London).

heradides Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Cache, Costa Eica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 71, vol. 3, pi. 56, figs. 26, 27
(London).

heraldica Dyar, Harrison G., Theda
Type Locality: Porto Bello, Panama.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 15,761.

Original Description: 1915, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 47, p. 151
(Washington, D. C.).

herii, Lycaena amyntula var. Misspelling of herrii Grinnell
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1902, Zool. Eecord, vol. 38, p. 207 (London).

hermes Edwards, William H., Chrysophanus
Type Locality: California (1 $, 1 $).

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1870 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3,
p. 21 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Synonyms: del sud Wright.

Sept., 1960]

Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae

181

herodotus Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia

Type Locality: “In Indiis”.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, p. 286
(Hafniae).

Additional Eeferences: Donovan, Edward, 1800, Ins. India, p. 42, pi. 39,
fig. 2 (London). Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepi-
doptera, vol. 1, p. 205, vol. 2, pi. 82, fig. 680 (London). Godman, F. D.
and O. Salvin, 1887 (May), Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepi-
doptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 33, vol. 3, pi. 52, figs. 3, 4 $, 5 $ (London.

Synonyms : lucania Hewitson.

herri Field, William D., Habrodias grunus

Type Locality: McKenzie (Sister’s) Pass, Oregon, August 28, 1936.
Location of Types: United States National Museum? William D. Field
Collection.

Original Description: 1938, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 37, pt. 1, p.
29 (Los Angeles, Calif.).

herrii Grinnell, Fordyce Jr., Lycaeng amyntula var.

Type Locality: Cochise County, Arizona, July, 1899 and September, 1900.
Location of Type: Grinnell Collection?

Original Description: 1901 (July), Can. Ent., vol. 33, p. 192 (London,
Ontario).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 477 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places herrii as a subspecies of comyntas
Godart.)

Synonyms: arizonensis Gunder, herii (Zool. Eecord), jemezensis Gunder.

hesperitis Butler, A. G. and Herbert Druce, Bithys
Type Locality: Cartago, Costa Eica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). (Druce Col-
lection.)

Original Description: 1872 (July), Cistula Entomologica, vol. 1, p. 107
(London).

Additional Eeference: Butler, A. G., 1873 (October), Lepid. Exot., p.
159, pi. 57, fig. 14 (London).

Synonyms: perdistincta Kaye, lugubris Mdschler, cabiria Hewitson syn.

hesseli Eawson, George W. and J. Benjamin Ziegler, Mitoura

Type Locality: Lakehurst, Ocean County, New Jersey, May 1, 1949.
Location of Type: United States National Museum.

Original Description: 1950 (June), Jour. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 58,
p. 74, pi. X, figs. 5-9 (Lancaster, Pa.).

hesychia Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Thecla
Type Locality: Eio Sucio, Costa Eica.

182

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol, 2, p. 87, vol. 3, pi. 57, figs. 32, 33
$ (London).

heteronea Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena

Type Locality: Mountains of Northern California, June.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description : 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. Prance, Series 2, vol. 10, p. 298
(Paris).

Additional Eeference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 41, pi. 237, figs. 1946 ^ ,
1947 $ (Eennes).

Synonyms : colorodensis Guilder.

Subspecies: gravenotata Klots, Motsi Field.

hewitsoni Kirby, W. F., Theda
Type Locality: Mexico.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepi-
doptera, p. 386, no. 117 (London).

Note : A new name for Theda ira Hewitson.

Synonyms: ira Hewitson.

hicetgs Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Cordova, Mexico.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 87, vol. 3, pi. 57, figs. 34, 35 $
(London).

hilda Grinnell, Joseph and Pordyce Grinnell, Jr., Cupido

Type Locality: Upper cienega at the head of the South Fork of the Santa
Ana, 8,500 ft., June 27-28, 1905.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1907 (March), Jour. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 15,
no. 1, p. 46 (Lancaster, Pa.).

Additional Eeferences: Coolidge, Karl E., 1911 (May), Pomona College
Jour. Ent., vol. 3, no. 2, p. 512 (Claremont, Calif.). (Makes hilda a synonym
of daedalus Behr. This is incorrect.) McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check
list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 453 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places hilda as a sub-
species of saepiolus Boisduval.)

Synonyms : garthi Gunder.

hirsuta Prittwitz, O. V., Theda

Type Locality: Corcovado, Eio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1865, Stettin Ent. Zeit., vol. 26, p. 321 (Stettin).

Sept., 1960]

Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae

183

hishon Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda

Type Locality: $ Central Guatemala, $ Costa Rica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-

secta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 17, vol, 3, pi. 49, figs. 4, 5 ^ , 6 $
(London).

Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1919, The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 749 (Stuttgart). (Makes hisbon a synonym of Hsus Stoll.)

homoperplexa Barnes, William and F. H. Benjamin, Callophrys apama
race

Type Locality: Golden, Colorado, May 24-30 .

Location of Type: Barnes Collection, United States National Museum.
(Paratype in American Museum of Natural History.)

OrTginal Description: 1923, Contributions to the natural history of the
Lepidoptera of North America, vol. 5 p. 68 (Decatur, 111.).

hosmeri Weeks, A. G. Jr., Theda
Type Locality: Suapure, Venezuela.

Location of Type : Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Original Description: 1906 (June), Ent. News, vol. 17, p. 198 (Phila-
delphia, Pa.).

Additional Reference: Weeks, A. G. Jr., 1911, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepi-
doptera, vol. 2, p. 5, pi. 3, fig. 3 (Boston, Mass.).

hostis Schaus, William, Theda

Type Locality: Nova Friburgo, Brazil.

Location of Type : United States National Museum, no. 5950 ^ .

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 420
(Washington, D. C.).

hugo Doubleday, Edward, Theda Misspelling of hugon Godart
Type Locality: Brazil.

Location of Type :

Original Description; 1847, List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects
in the collection of the British Museum, pt. 2, p. 32 (London).

Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De-
cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 54 (New York, N. Y.).
(Consider hugo a misspelling of hugon Godart, and a synonym of endymion
Fabricius.)

hugon Godart, J. B., Polyommatus
Type Locality:

Location of Type: Paris Museum. (Photograph in American Museum
of Natural History.)

Original Description; 1822, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, p. 640
(Paris).

Additional References: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September),
Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p.
75 (London). (Said: “The Florida form T. hugon of Godart, having

184

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

scarcely any blue at all on those (secondary) wings.” They made it a
form of heon Cramer, probably based on the supposed Paris type which
might be heon according to the photograph in the American Museum of
Natural History.) Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December),
Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 54 (New York, N. Y.). (Place hugon
as a synonym of endymion Eabricius.)

huguenini Gunder, J. D., Glaucopsyche xerces mertila $ ab.

Type Locality: San Francisco, California, April 24, 1917.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1925 (January), Ent. News, vol. 36, p. 3, pi. 1,
fig. O (Philadelphia, Pa.).

hulMrti Field, William D., Lycaena dorcas race florus 5 f.

Type Locality: Broadwater County, Montana, July 30, 1930.

Location of Type: William D. Field Collection. United States National
Museum ?

Original Description: 1936, Jour, of Ent. Zool., vol. 28, p. 25 (Claremont,
Calif.).

liumber Schaus, William, Theda
Type Locality: Cucuta, Venezuela.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5957 $.

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 422 (Wash-
ington, D. C.) .

humuli Harris, Thaddeus William, Theda
Type Locality: Massachusetts.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1841, Eeport on the Insects of Massachusetts In-
jurious to Vegetation, p. 215 (Cambridge, Mass.).

Additional Keference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 24,
no. 373 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places humuli as a synonym of melinus
Hiibner.)

huntingtoni Eindge, Frederick H. and William P. Comstock, Echinargus
Type Locality: Hololo Mountain Eoad, St. Ann’s, Trinidad, B. W. I.,
March 21-31, 1929.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1953 (June), Jour. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 61,
p. 99 (Lancaster, Pa.).

hyacinthus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: ‘Tndes Occidentales”.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde, vol. 1, p. 59, pi. 36, fig. E (Amsterdam).

hyas Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda

Type Locality: Mexico, Guatemala (Vera Paz), Costa Eica, Panama
(Chiriqui).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Sept, 1960]

Comstock and Huntington : Lycaenidae

185

Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera-Rliopalocera, vol. 2, p. 27, vol. 3. pi. 51, figs. 5 $ , 6,
7 $ (London).

Additional Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1919 (December), The Macro-
leipdoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 753, pi. 149-b (Stuttgart). (Makes
liyas a form of tolimides Felder.)

TiyMa Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Ecuador.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 578, pi.
33, fig. 4 ^ (London).

hyccarp, Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 7 (London).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C,, 1873 (February), Ulus, of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 145, vol. 2, pi. 57, figs. 361, 362 ^ (London).

hygela Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: None given.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 30 (London).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Ulus, of
Diurnal Lepodoptera, vol. 1, p. 146, vol. 2, pi. 58, figs. 367, 368 ^ (London).
Brazil.

hyllus Butler, A. G., Chrysophanus (not Cramer).

Type Locality: Coldwater near Orilla, Canada West.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1870, Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera Described
by Fabricius in the Collection of the British Museum, p. 173 (London).
Note: This is a misidentification by Butler of thoe.

hyperici Boisduval, Jean A. and John LeConte, Theda
Type Locality: Georgia and Florida.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1833, Historic Generale et iconographie des Lepi-
dopteres et des chenilles de I’Amerique Septentrionale, p. 90, pi. 28 (Paris).

Note: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887, Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 92 (London), make hyperici
a synonym of milinus Hiibner.

Additional Eeference : Oberthiir, Charles, 1920, Etudes de Lepidopterologie
Comparee, fasc. 17, p. 15, pis. p. 7, pi. DV, fig. 4208 (Eennes).

hyprocrita Schaus, William, Theda

Type Locality: Tuis, Juan Vinas, Costa Eica.

186

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1913 (September), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 352,
pi. 52, fig. 6 $ (London).

hypophlaeas Boisduval, Jean A., Polyommatus

Type Locality Northern California and Northern United States.
Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description : 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p.
291 (Paris).

Synonyms: neiii Pummel, oMiterata Scudder, octomaculata Dean, adrienne
Maynard, americana Harris, hacchus Scudder, 'banlcsi Watson and Com-
stock, caeca Reiff, fasciata Strecker, fulliolus Hulst, fulvus Pummel, })ulbus
(Zool. Record).

Subspecies: arethusa Wolley Dod, feildeni M’Lachlan.

hypoxanthe Kirby, W. F., Chrysophanus
Type Locality: Polish Ukraine.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description : 1862, Manual European Butterflies, p. 91, fig. 11 $
(London).

Additional References: Kirby, W. F., 1871, Synonymic Catalogue of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 343, no. 22 (London). (Questions the Ukraine
locality). McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 26, no. 434 (Los
Angeles, Calif.). Places hypoxanthe in the synonymy of epixanthe Bois-
duval and LeConte.)

hypsea Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Chiriqui, Panama-
Location of Type : Staudinger Collection.

Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta,
Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 38, vol. 3, pi. 52, figs. 20, 21 $ (London).

I. -

Kr

■ y

: I y :

, ii'i

■ ■' \ ^ /

■y-

r

■ } . i

•i

i

:-./ /v ■ -i' y‘ - '••*

‘A

..y-- ' ■

v"' >, z

JOURNAL

of the

o:/

\ '■
' J

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

/'iV

Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan-
caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for
the Journal should be sent to the Editor, William S. Creighton, City
College, Convent Ave., & 139th St, New York 31, N. Y.; all sub-
scriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New
York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History,

1 -
i - y.

■ ■■ ' 4 A

79th St & Central Park West^\ New York 24, N. Y. The Society

i

has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be
r responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of
address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $8.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly
; in advance. / Single Copies, as issued, $2.00 each.

^ Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York
^ Entomological Society. y^

•V /

A'A , 'A y

;f:,y y ^ 1 C z- ,

' y

\ . -yri

r'r y4'_^ A/ j

4''

'T'a

.aY ••

rr'- ■ -,L

Ay . y

'A

X

'iy-

' - i '

,c

4

: J

I v;

' r

14 ' i::

/•

A- < J

A:

4

■y'

! - A .. ■ '

■A

'! ('

44

'■V'.

■M ■ '■

A

' y'V>

yj A

4 ; A /,

V' ■/' 0.' /■ :-> / ■'

',■•■ .'C'-.i ,.V'-,:. ,, '.L
■ ■ /■'•’i - f-"-

n

/ K

-) '■

/V'ifS

m

::}■/

I-

i ,

'/ ' ; I / ■ V V '

'i

i I

■■ , A ' /

\,

I

'/,

Contents

V ^ >x%

M'

m

il \ ' 'X''

' X' d r: ' iX-d'

i‘,!

v'l

\

’V,

¥||

f!' :A'

->- 11- A'.

' ■'■ ' ■)' I ,

Observations on the Nesting Behavior of Three Species
of the Genus Crabro

By Howard E. Evans i . . .r v... k 123

ii

-/ X'

d.

^ i.

.. I

u' I

Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya
^ j Mountains

By Charles P. Alexander .135 ' ^

The Species of the Genus Neotephritis Hendel in
America North of Mexico

.L A

A

'if- -51

A\i,

Jx ''

I-; A''- , ''''IrA

By Richard A. Foote : a . 145

'ii'l

A '/ A Postscript on the Ithomine Tribe Tithoreini

By Richard M. Pox 152

' 1.^

The Correspondence Between William Henry Edwards >

/ ^ ^ and Spencer Fullerton Baird (Part IV)

By F. Martin( Brown 157 J Y

' A ' I'd'

An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera,
Rhopalocera)^ of the Western Hemisphere

V

IV -

(Continued)

By William Phillips Coaistock and

V

Edgar Irving Huntington 176

A

; \

L ,

} 'X

^ r

■\|!

NOTICE: No. 2 of Volume LXVIII/of the Journal of the
New York Entomological Society was Published on
( May 24, 1960

/ T.

dMdf!

'/■

T

rd

h . -A'

■ J

ddX,

xd‘-d

'' /'A rXll/d -V' X

/ i}'i{ w ; A Publi^ed^Quarterly for the Society

■/ } /, '

By Business Press, Inc.

Lancaster, Pa. ^

Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American
Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y.

f- ;

vi

■ I

■X-

u,

.',1 ■

r 7;

Vol. LXVIII

No. 4

5<^ S, ?6C>1
Xnsects

December, 1960

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS

Edited by WM. S. CREIGHTON

«tr- ‘

Publication Committee

FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ

PETER FARE

Subscription $8.00 per Year

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — ^Incorporated February 2S, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History,
79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.

Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.

Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer.

Officers for the Year 19^0

?resident, NICHOLAS SHOUMATOFF Bedford, N. Y.

Vice-President, BERNARD HEINEMAN 175 W. 72 St.. N. Y. 23, N. Y.

Secretary, RAYMOND BRUSH 1 University Place, N. Y. 3, N. Y.

Assistant Secretary, ROBERT BLOCH 442 Atlantic Avc., Brooklyn 17, N. Y.

Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN American Museum of Natural History

Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE American Museum of Natural History

Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J.

Editor, DR. WM. S. CREIGHTON .... City College, Convent Ave., at 139th St., N. Y. 31, N. Y.

TRUSTEES

Herbert F. Schwarz
E. Irving Huntington

Dr. a. B. Klots
Dr. John Schmitt

Frank A. Soraci

PUBUCATION COMMITTEE

Herbert F. Schwarz

Peter Farr

Raymond Brush

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

Bernard Heineman

Dr. a. B. Klots

FIELD COMMITTEE

Dr. John B. Schmitt

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Dr. Lucy Clausen

The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the
Society by Business Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pennsylvania. Second class postage paid at
Lancaster, Pennsylvania.

BOOI^s^E VIEWS

Klot^>Alexander B. Insects of Hawaii, Vol. 7 Macrolepi-
doptemy-sYol, 8 Lepidoptera, Pyraloidea by Elwood C.
Zimmerma^N^ 103

223

Journey Into Summer by: Edmn Way Teale 221

Creighton, W. S. Womder Workers of the Insect World by

Hiram J. Herbert

X;

V.

Of Nature, Time and Teale bXEdward H. Dodd, Jr 221

Collection Notes'" \

Rindge, Er^derick H., Paul Ehrlich Collecd^kii^ 68

Heilry Bird Collection 100

HERBERT EERLANDO SCHWARZ

Journal of the

New York Entomological Society

VoL. LXVIII December No . 4

HERBERT FERLANDO SCHWARZ
1883-1960

With the death on October 2, 1960, of Mr. Schwarz, the New
York Entomological Society suffered the grievons loss of one
of its best loved and most inflnential members; and the world
lost a distingnished entomologist, natnralist, explorer, and writer.

Herbert Feiiando Schwarz was born September 7, 1883, on
Fire Island, New Lork. lie received his secondary schooling at
Phillips Exeter Academy, and went on to Harvard, which gave
him an A.B. in 1904 and an A.M. in Philosophy in 1905. In 1907
Columbia University awarded him an A.M. in English and Com-
parative Literature.

But by this time his interest in scientific exploration was
asserting itself. In 1904 he made a trip to New Mexico to visit
and study the Indians of that region. Returning west in 1905
to Walpi, Arizona, he witnessed the Hopi Indian Antelope and
Snake dances. Subsequently he visited the Navajos on tlieir
reservation. He made extensive notes on his observations, but
in later years we could rarely draw him out of his great personal
modesty to tell ns any of his stirring adventures.

In 1910 he married Dorothy Constable, who survives and is
living in their apartment on Park Avenue. They have four
daughters : Mrs. Barbara French, Mrs. Eleanor Stock, Mrs. Doro-
thy Hines, and Miss Marjorie Schwarz. Mrs. Schwarz always
took an active interest in all of her husband’s many interests,
sometimes going with him on trips or to scientific meetings.

From 1909 to 1919 Mr. Schwarz was associated with G. P.
Putnam & Sons as head of their Editorial Department and mem-
ber of the board. His work involved the supervision of some of

188

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

the books being prepared for publication. One of these books
changed his entire life. This was The Field Book of Insects by
Dr. Frank E. Lutz, then Curator of the Entomology Depart-
ment at the American Museum of Natural History. It fell to
Mr. Schwarz to work with Dr. Lutz in the book’s preparation.
The two became so intrigued with their work that a life-long
friendship developed. Their collaboration resulted in one of
the finest handbooks on insects, which after forty years is still
the outstanding book of its kind. It has undoubtedly started
more people toward an acquaintance with insects than any other
one book. It also brought to the American Museum of Natural
History a man who for many years to follow, and until his death,
was to be an outstanding figure in the activities of the Museum.

In 1919 Mr. Schwarz spent three months in parts of Colorado
and adjacent states as a volunteer assistant to an expedition from
the Museum’s Entomology Department. In 1921 he was ap-
pointed a Research Associate to the Department, an appointment
which he retained until his death. In 1921 and continuing to
1925 he was editor of Natural History Magazine, and did much
to make this popular publication what it is today.

Now began a long series of trips to various parts of the country
to collect insects for the Museum. These trips were sometimes
made alone, but more frequently with Dr. Lutz and Mr. Irving
Huntington. In 1923 he was in southern Florida ; in 1925, the
Brownsville region of Texas ; in 1930, Barro Colorado Island and
the Canal Zone, to which he returned in 1938.

In 1935 he visited the Cauca Valley in Colombia for an exten-
sive collecting trip, during which he studied the biology of the
Hymenoptera, particularly of the stingless bees. In pursuit of
this special interest Mr. Schwarz went to central Mexico and
Yucatan in 1946, and to southern Mexico the next year. He also
visited natural history museums in various parts of the world.

After the death of Dr. Lutz in 1943, Mr. Schwarz was ap-
pointed Acting Chairman of the Entomology Department, where
he served very ably, making himself beloved by all who worked
with or met him.

Herbert Schwarz joined the New York Entomological Society
in 1919, serving on many committees, and as Vice President in
1933 and President in 1935. He took a keen interest in the So-
ciety, and on numerous occasions helped it out financially.

Dec., 1960]

Pallister: Herbert F. Schwarz

189

He also gave generously of his time and money to other scien-
tific interests. From 1925 to 1936 he was Editor of Publications
for the New York Academy of Science. He was a long-time
Fellow of this organization and on its Council for many years.
He also served on the Plan and Scope Committee of the National
Audubon Society.

Fond of horse-back riding he was long a member of Squadron
A, with headquarters in the Old Armory. Although very modest,
this was one phase of his life that he enjoyed reminiscing about.
Since Squadron A was frequently called out for parades and other
occasions, amusing things were certain to happen. A long period
of inactivity might be followed by a long parade. Then, stiff
and sore and even blistered, they would still have to clean and
curry their horses, clean the leather and polish the brass, all under
the sharp eyes and sharper tongue of their commanding officer.
As might be expected, Mr. Schwarz served in the First World
War in the Field Artillery.

Another of his very great interests was the Explorers Club
which he joined in 1921. Here too, he served on many commit-
tees, especially on the Admissions Committee, of which he was
chairman for many years ; and on the board, where his able judg-
ment, keen mind, and courteous manner made him one of the
most respected men around the Club.

Two other clubs of which he was a proud and interested mem-
ber were the Harvard and the Century Association.

In his earlier years he also found time for numerous business
connections. One of these was the F.A.O. Schwarz toy company,
which had been founded by his father, and of this he remained a
director until his death.

Mr. Schwarz wrote extensively, both scientific and popular
material. He has over 60 titles to his credit ; most of the later
publications on stingless bees. His scientific studies culminated
in a monumental work, Stingless Bees (MeUponidae) of the
Western Hemisphere, published in 1948.

All who speak of Herbert Schwarz remark on his kindness, his
gentleness, his generosity. He was a gentleman of the old school.
We shall miss him. — John C. Pallister, American Museum of
Natural History.

190

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

NOTES ON STRYMON CARYAEVORUS
McDUNNOUGH (LEPIDOPTERA,
LYCAENIDAE)

By Alexander B. Klots

The City College of New York and The American Museum
OF Natural History

Ever since its recognition and naming (McDnnnongh, 1942)
Strymon caryaevorus has remained little known and less under-
stood. The original specimens were reared from larvae from
Merivale, Ontario (the type locality) and Aylmer, Quebec.
Since the larvae were not recognized as something new or im-
portant, no detailed information was recorded about them or
the pupae. The original description stated merely that ‘ ‘ the hick-
ory feeders were more evenly pale green without much trace of
darker dorsal or lateral markings, ” the comparison being with
larvae of S. falacer (Godart). The implication was also made
that the larvae of S. falacer feed only on oak, those of S. caryae-
vorus on hickory {Cary a). The distinctiveness of the male geni-
talia was mentioned but not described.

In 1942 Michener and dos Bassos corrected the implication
that 8. falacer is not a hickory feeder, and also mentioned the
^A*ather constantly smaller stigma of [the male] caryaevorusC’
In both of these matters they were correct. They recorded speci-
mens of caryaevorus in the American Museum collection from
Jefferson Lake, Lesueur Co., Minnesota, and Johnstown, New
York, and figured the male genitalia.

In 1950 Clench recorded the capture in Michigan of adult
caryaevorus flying in company with falacer, visiting various
flowers {Daucus carota and Asclepias sp.) and resting on leaves.
To anticipate, in 1958 Clench recorded caryaevorus from the
Powdermill Nature Reserve in western Pennsylvania.

In 1951 Klots briefly characterized caryaevorus and distin-
guished it from other eastern North American Strymon, figuring
an adult male and summarizing what was known about the species.

In 1952 Klots and Clench, in naming Strymon kingi and dis-
cussing its genitalic characteristics, briefly described the distinc-
tive features of the male and female genitalia of caryaevorus.

Dec., 1960]

Klots; Strymon caryaevorus McDunnough

391

LIFE HISTORY NOTES

On 31 May 1959, at the Fairchild Botanic Garden of the Andii-
bon Society Nature Sanctuary near Greenwich, Fairfield Co.,
Connecticut, during a New York Entomological Society field
trip, the writer found five Strymon larvae. These were on a small
hickory about five feet high that was identified as Carya glabra
(Mill.) Spach. by Mr. Lester Bradley, the Audubon Society
botanist. One larva was in bad condition, appearing to have
been punctured or parasitized (perhaps the victim of canni-
balism) and soon died. The other four were successfully reared
through, pupating 7 June (J' no. 1), 7 June {.^ no. 2), 6 June
(2 no. 1) and 7 June (2 no. 2) ; and emerging from the pupae
14 June (J' no. 1), 15 June (J' no. 2), 13 June (2 uo. 1) and 14
June (2 no. 2). The genitalia of all have been checked, so that
their identification as caryaevorus is certain. Fortunately the
larvae were recognized as distinctive, so that descriptions and
color photographs were made of them and the pupae. The larval
description that follows is something of a composite of all four
specimens; but they showed extremely little variation. Very
likely they were siblings.

Last Instar Larva (fig. 2). Head green; clypeiis, labrum, a small patch
surrounded by the ocelli, and mouthparts, brown. (In Scudder’s key to
Theda (i.e. Strymon) larvae (Seudder, 1889, p. 874) these larvae would
run on the head coloration to calanus (i.e. falacer). Prothorax green with
vague, faint darker and lighter markings, the “bald patch” concolorous.
General ground color of thorax and abdomen yellowish-green. Prom an-
terior edge of mesothorax to end of abdomen a broad, dark green, mid-
dorsal line, with little change in width throughout its length, through which
the “heart” shows plainly. On either side of this a whitish, sub-dorsal line,
half as wide. On mesothorax, metathorax and abdominal segments 1-6,
markings on each side going laterad and ventrad, as follows: laterad of the
whitish sub-dorsal line a narrower, yellow-green line; then a whitish-green
line which, near the posterior edge of each segment, bends and slants ven-
trad to the edge of the segment, and is much thicker just posterior to the
middle of each segment ; then a prominent, dark green, diagonal line ; then
a greenish-Avhite diagonal line (especially prominent on meso- and meta-
thorax) narrowing toward the posterior edge of each segment; then a dark
green diagonal line, not cpiite reaching the posterior edge of the segment
because the greenish-white line above it runs down there ; then an indistinct,
more yellowish-green line, scarcely diagonal, in which are the whitish
spiracles; below this a narrow, darker green, longitudinal line; beloAV this,
along the lateral edge of the body, a light line that is yellowish on the
anterior segments and becomes broader and whitish posterad. This light

192

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

lateral line continues posterad and runs almost around the posterior edge
of the abdomen. Below it the ventral surface, leg bases and prolegs are
dark green. The honey gland opening is plainly visible as a dark, transverse
slit on abdominal segment 7. No papillae or other special structures were
seen associated with the honey gland opening.

When found, one of the larvae was in a slight, irregular, silken
web that loosely bound together a couple of leaflets ; but this may
have been only incidental, and the web the product of a pyralid
larva that was common on the same plant. In captivity the larvae
fed chiefly on the lower surfaces of leaves. When found they
were feeding on small, very immature leaves; but these were the
only leaves available at that time, and they showed no such pref-
erence later in captivity. The pupae were formed attached to
leaf surfaces by both a posterior silk pad and a slight girdle.

The most outstanding differences between this larva and that

1. Mature larva, Strymon falacer (Godart) ; anterior end to right.
Fairchild Botanical Garden, Greenwich, Conn., 18 May 1957.

2. Mature larva, Strymon caryaevorus McDunnough; anterior end to
left. Fairchild Botanical Garden, Greenwich, Conn., 2 June 1959.

3. Pupa, Strymo7i caryaevorus, the same individual as the larva of
Fig. 2.

4. Adult male, Stryinon caryaevorus, the same individual as the larva
and pupa of Figs. 2 and 3.

Ttre plrotographs of S. caryaevorus are not equally magnified.

Dec., 1900]

Klots: Strymon caryaevorus McDunnough

193

of 8. falacer concern the mid-dorsal space and the snb-dorsal
lines bordering* it, and the lateral diagonal markings. In falacer
(Fig. 1) the snb-dorsal lines tend to diverge strongly from each
other toward the posterior edge of each segment, so that the
mid-dorsal space tends to be a series of isosceles trapezoids with
their broader bases posterad ; while in caryaevorus the mid-dorsal
space tends to be relatively parallel-sided, even in width and
continnons throughout its entire length. In some falacer larvae
the mid-dorsal trapezoids are all filled in with brownish, as in
the specimen figured ; but in others only one or more of the an-
terior and of the posterior ones are thus dark, the middle ones
being concolorous green. The writer has seen only one (of some
fifteen) falacer larvae that had no dark mid-dorsal spots.

The diagonal lateral markings of car'yaevorus are more promi-
nent than those of falacer, particularly the diagonal dark green
lines about midway between the sub-dorsal line and the lateral
edge ; and, especially on the meso- and metathorax, the greenish-
white diagonal lines laterad of these. Critical comparisons of
many more larvae of various genetic strains and from other locali-
ties will eventually have to be made. It may be noted that in
McDunnough ’s original characterization the caryaevorus larvae
were mentioned as lacking dark dorsal and lateral markings as
compared with those of falacer.

The pupae of even the commonest species of Strymon are so
poorly known in detail that the writer hesitates to attempt to
characterize those of caryaevorus. The four pupal and last
larval exuvia are preserved for future reference in the collection
of the American Museum. In Scudder’s very incomplete key
(^.c., p. 874) they would run to “ calanus’’ (e.g. falacer), having
relatively short body hairs, and at least many tiny, wart-like
elevations at the junctions of the raised ridges that form a fine
network on the body.

ADULT CHARACTERIZATION

Because of individual variation (chiefly of falacer) it is not
always possible, for the writer at least, to feel sure of identifica-
tions of adult caryaevorus by color and pattern. In this connec-
tion 54 caryaevorus and more than 400 falacer were studied ; all
of the caryaevorus, and all of the falacer about which there was
any doubt, were checked by genitalic examination. The char-

194

jNTew York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

acters discussed below should serve for the distinction of 80 to
90 percent of all specimens of both species ; but all about which
there is the least doubt should be checked by the genitalia, which
offer completely reliable diagnostic characters.

On the dorsal surface of the wings the stigma at the end of the
discal cell of the male is slightly more slender and distally taper-
ing in caryaevorus ; in falacer its distal end is more broadly
rounded.

On the ventral surface of the wings (Fig. 4) are a number of
important characters. In caryaevorus the spots of the post-
median row are wider (at least costad), better developed, and
form a more broken and ‘ ‘ offset ' ’ line than in falacer. Occasional
aberrant falacer, however, show much widening and irregularity
in this line. In caryaevorus the three most costad large spots,
in cells Rs Mi and M2 (there is a trace of a still more costad spot
in cell R4) are usually much wider than the succeeding ones
toward the inner margin. These three spots form one group ; the
two in cells M3 and Cui form another group ; and finally the two
fused spots in cell Cu2 (+1A) form a third group. In caryae-
vorus these groups tends to be offset, breaking the smooth con-
tinuity of the row : the lower spot of the first group is often dis-
placed half or more its width marginad than the upper one of the
second group ; and the lower spot of the second group is similarly
displaced more marginad than the fused spot below it. In falacer
this row is usually much more even in width and less broken and
offset. In caryaevorus the basad white borders of these spots
are more often present, and the spots often contain a very faint,
central shade of a slightly more orange brown. The submarginal
spots of the fore wing tend to be slightly more prominent in
caryaevorus, sometimes even showing a faint trace of a light
distal edge.

On the hind wing of caryaevorus the most costad of the post-
median row of spots tends to have its basal and distal edges
curved, concave distally ; and to occupy an almost median posi-
tion between the base and margin of the wing. In falacer this
spot tends strongly to have straighter basal and distal edges and
to lie relatively more toward the outer margin, so that it seldom
overlaps the double discocellular spot below it. The large, blue
patch in cell C112 tends to be relatively longer baso-distally in
caryaevorus, a feature that is especially noticeable in its relation
to the continguous, orange and black spot in cell Cui, which tends

Dec., 1960] Klots: Strymon caryaevorus McDunnough

195

to be smaller baso-distally. In caryaevorus the white inner edge
of the blue spot • usually touches vein Cu2 considerably basad of
the point where the white inner edge of the orange and black
spot touches the same vein ; while in falacer the white inner edges
of the two spots may touch vein Cu2 at almost the same point,
that of the blue spot seldom being more than two or three scale-
rows more basad. This very useful distinguishing character was
pointed out to me by Gordon Small Jr., after his study of the
very fine series of caryaevorus taken by him at Riverside, Con-
necticut (see below).

It must be stressed again that, because of the considerable
amount of individual variation in caryaevorus and falacer y par-
ticularly in the latter, none of the pattern characters is as com-
pletely trustworthy^ as those of the genitalia.

GENITALIC CHARACTERS

Fortunately there are easily seen and completely reliable char-
acters for distinguishing caryaevorus and falacer in both the
male and female genitalia. The female genitalia can be distin-
guished without dissection by merely brushing away the vestiture
at the end of the abdomen. The most distinctive character of the
male genitalia can be seen on most specimens only on dissection ;
but it is rendered plainly visible if the genitalia of a fresh speci-
men are gently grasped with fine-pointed forceps and pulled out-
ward so as to be mostly visible. Carefully done, this harms the
specimen not at all, and is a procedure that enables quick, positive
identification of many hairstreaks.

The most distinctive feature of the caryaevorus male genitalia
(fig. 5 and 5a) is the possession of a pair of prominent, small-
spined, processes that project mesad from the ventro-caudal
angles of the tegumen, lying ventro-caudad of the valvae and
aedeagus and meeting in the mid line or overlapping. In falacer
there are only slight rudiments of these processes. They are well
developed, but not as large as in caryaevorus, in Strymon liparops
(Boisduval & Leconte) . In comparison with falacer, caryaevorus
has the arms of the gnathos (Halces”) somewhat stouter, the
valvae more slender and the saccus narrower and more tapering.

The most distinctive feature of the caryaevorus female geni-
talia (fig. 6) is the possession of a flat, heavily sclerotized, promi-
nently projecting, toothed process on either side of the ostium
bursae. Sometimes these are merely simply pointed ; but usually

196

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

they bear several teeth. There is nothing at all like this in falacer,
which has merely a simple, slightly projecting, curved ridge
(lamella postvaginalis) at the caudal edge of the ostium. In
addition, in comparison with falacer, caryaevorus appears to

5. Male genitalia, Strymon caryaevorus, ventro-eaudal aspect, aedeagus
removed. Jefferson Lake, Lesueur Co., Minn., 14 July 1915.

5a. Aedeagus of same, lateral aspect.

6. Female genitalia, Strymon caryaevorus, ventral aspect. Greenwich,
Conn., reared on Carya glahra, ex pupa 13 June 1959.

Dec.', 1960] Klots : Strymon caryaevorus McDunnough 197

have the papillae anales slightly more slender, the ductns bursae
a little stouter, and a more heavily sclerotized, complex cervix
bursae that bends strongly dorsad so as to make the corpus
bursae lie far in the dorsal part of the abdomen. It is worth
noting that the male genitalia, while giving no very definite evi-
dence, are in general more like those of falacer (and edwardsii
(Saunders)) than of any other ‘Eiastevn Strymon. Although the
spinous processes of the tegumen might indicate a relationship
to liparops, the writer feels that they probably arose indepen-
dently. The female genitalia, in the proportions of the ductus
bursae and the structures of the cervix bursae, seem to indicate
a fairly close relationship to falacer (and edwardsii) .

GEOGRAPHIC RANGE

8. caryaevorus is known from several localities in central and
eastern Ontario and Quebec, Vermont, Minnesota, Michigan,
Pennsylvania, New York, Connecticut, New Jersey and Kentucky.
Its distribution seems largely to coincide with that of the biotic
formation variously known as the Great Lakes forest ; the Great
Lakes-St. Lawrence region ; the Upper Transition Zone ; or as an
ecotone between the deciduous and the boreal, needle-sclerophyll
forests. It would be interesting to know if it occurs in the more
or less isolated area of this formation between the western end
of Lake Superior and Lake of the Woods. The records in the
New York City-Connecticut region and southward are somewhat
more to the south of this biotic formation, being in what is essen-
tially an ecotone between the northern deciduous forest and the
Mississippi Valley or the coastal plain. The writer has seen but
one New Jersey specimen, a female from Newton, Sussex Co., 27
June, 1959, leg. Gordon Small, Jr. This specimen was taken in
an “old field” environment where a colony of Lephelisca horealis
(Grote & Robinson) also occurred. About eighty other New Jer-
sey specimens examined were all falacer. Two specimens from
Mt. Vernon, Rockcastle Co., Kentucky, 13 June, 1959, leg. L. J.
Sanford, have been checked by genitalia; so has one from near
Mt. Equinox, Vermont, 5-6 July 1959, leg. C. F. dos Passes. The
writer has heard of records from Maryand, Ohio and Indiana
which there is no reason to doubt, but has not seen the specimens,
r In June, 1959, Gordon Small Jr., collected over 30 specimens
of caryaevorus at Riverside, Fairfield Co., Connecticut, only a few

198

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

miles from Greenwich. The writer has checked the genitalia of
about a dozen of these, confirming Mr. SmalPs identification of
them. The coincidence of the simultaneous discovery of the
species in 1959 in southern Connecticut and New Jersey led at
first to the belief that caryaevorus had made a sudden, great
extension of its range southward. However, the recognition of a
hitherto misidentified specimen of caryaevorus in the American
Museum collection from Yonkers, New York, July, 1934 (ironi-
cally, collected by the writer) shows that caryaevorus has been
in the New York City region for a long time, and that 1959 was
merely an unusually good year for it (and for collectors). Yet,
such extremely thorough local collectors as Cook, Watson, W. P.
Comstock and Buchholz never found it! It is certainly very
‘‘local,” occurring in small, probably widely separated colonies.
Collectors will do well to keep this in mind, and never to take
for granted that caryaevorus does not occur in any suitable
locality where Carya grows.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The writer is greatly indebted to Messrs. F. M. Brown, R. L.
Chermock, Harry Clench, C. P. dos Passes and Gordon Small, Jr.
for the loan of many of the specimens studied ; and to Mr. Small
for the gift of a set of the Connecticut caryaevorus, and of the
NeAv Jersey specimen, to the American Museum.

Literature Cited

Clench, Harry K. 1950. Notes on Michigan Ehopalocera [in Field Notes].
Lepidopterists News 4: 14.

1958. The butterflies of Powdermill Nature Eeserve. Eesearch

Eeport No. 1, Powdermill Nature Eeserve, The Carnegie Museum, Pitts-
burgh.

Klots, Alexander B. 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton
Mifflin Co., Boston.

Klots, Alexander B. & Harry K. Clench. 1952. A new species of Strymori
Huebner from Georgia. American Museum Novitates, No. 1600.
McDunnough, J. 1942. A new Canadian Strymon. Canadian Entomolo-
gist 74: 1.

Michener, C. D. & Cyril F. Dos Passos. 1942. Taxonomic observations
on some North American Strymon, with descriptions of new subspecies.
American Museum Novitates, No. 1210.

Scudder, S. H. 1889. The butterflies of the eastern United States and
Canada with special reference to New England. Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts.

Dec., 1960]

Marks: Publication of the Parts of Iris

199

THE DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE PARTS

OF “IRIS”

By Louis S. Marks

Biological Laboratories
Fordham University

The proper dating of an original description and other lesser
citations whether to establish priority or to insure bibliographic
accuracy is a major function of a working taxonomist.

Much pioneer work has been done in this country by the re-
searches of Comstock, Brown and dos Bassos. In England, the
work of Hemming and Griffiths in this field has been noteworthy.
The number of misdated works is much larger than is usually
imagined and each year brings more examples to light. It is
impossible to do precise and accurate taxonomic work until these
discrepancies have been cleared.

While searching for and verifying the original descriptions of
the Papilionidae of New Guinea, especially those described by
Hans Fruhstorfer, it became necessary to examine the journal

Iris* ^ in some detail.

started publication as the Correspondenz-Blatt des
Entoniologischen Vereins zu Dresden. Its first volume

was published in leisurely fashion covering the years 1884r-1888.
It became necessary to reprint No. 1 of Volume 1 and this reprint
appeared on November 15, 1888. The first volume and the re-
print part were all printed in Dresden. The title of Volume 2,
No. 1, is Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift herausgegehen
von der Gesellschaft Iris’* in Dresden in VerMndung mit der
Deutscher Entoniologischen Gesellschaft. And VoL 2, No. 2,
adds after the Gesellschaft, zu Berlin. From Vol. 2 on, the
printing was done in Berlin and the famous book-selling firm of
Friedlander seems to have taken on the responsibility of publica-
tion. Its correct citation is the Deutsche Entomologische Zeit-
schrift “Iris**. It is, however, very often cited as just “Iris**.

It soon became apparent that of the 53 volumes of “Iris**, 35
of these volumes had portions which were misdated. This stems
from the fact that like many journals which are organs of socie-
ties, is cited by “Jahrgang”. And the assumption is

200

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

always made that the ‘‘Jahrgang” coincide with the volume.
This is not so in the case of sixty percent of the time.

While this is the major problem, there are many others such as
the assignment of particular pages to a particular date and the
assignment of plates to a particular date.

The editors of were of uneven caliber, although this

seems to have plagued the journal all through its existence.
During its existence Iris’'' had 11 editors (Table 1).

EDITOBS

Vol. 1, No. 1
Vol. il, No. 2 and 3
Vol. 1, No. 4 and 5
Vol. 2— Vol. 10
Vol. 11

Vol. 12— Vol. 25
Vol. 26— Vol. 27
Vol. 28— Vol. 38
Vol. 39— Vol. 41
Vol. 42— Vol. 49
Vol. 50— Vol. 53

Stoehr

C. A. Hamann
Dr. Erich Haase
Dr. O. Staudinger
H. Calberla
Carl Eibbe
Dr. P. Denso
Dr. Hans Walther
Dr. K. M. Heller
Dr. Fritz van Emden
Dr. K. Gunther

TABLE I

The problem is particularly important in correctly dating the
publications of Hans Fruhstorfer. Fruhstofer published a mini-
mum of 53 papers in this journaT alone. He had the very bad
habit of publishing descriptions purported to be the original de-
scription in two journals at the same time, and it is very im-
portant to be able to date the descriptions as accurately as possi-
ble.

^^Iris” contains many papers on Lepidoptera which are mono-
graphic or revisional in scope. The information herein should
enable the taxonomist to properly date any descriptions, cita-
tions or plates in

Fortunately, the American Museum of Natural History pos-
sesses a complete run in the binding of which the wrappers have
been included. This was the set that was examined in great de-
tail.

The author wishes to acknowledge with thanks the permission
of the Trustees of the American Museum of Natural History for
the privilege of using the library and the collections of that in-
stitution. He is especially grateful to Dr. Frederick H. Rindge,

Dec., 1960] . MARK&; Publication OF . THE Paets OF Iris 201

Associate Curator of Lepidoptera at the Museum f o;* many help:
ful suggestions and for critically reading the manuscript.

THE DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE PARTS OP “IRIS”

VOL.

Jahr-

GANG

Part

Pages

Plates

Date

Notes

1

—

1

1-16

—

Oct. 1, 1884

1,2

1

—

2

17-32

I

May 1, 1885

1

—

33-110

II-V

Mar. 1, 1886 ,

1

—

4

111-206

VI-IX

June 15, 1887 ,

1

—

5

207-340

X-XII

July 1, 1888 ,

2

1889

1

1-186

I-IV

Aug., 1889

3,4

2

1889

2

187-282

V

Mar., 1890

4

3

1890

1

1-208

I, II

Sept., 1890

5

3

1890

2

209-338

III, IV

End of Dec., 1890

4

1891

1

1-192

I, II

End of July, 1891

4

1891

2

193-348

III, IV

Mid. Feb,, 1892 ^

5

1892

1

1-272

I

End of June, 1892

5

1892

2

273-464

II-VII

End of Dec., 1892

6

1893

1

1-144

I-III

July 8, 1893

6

1893

2

145-382

IV-VII

Jan. 3, 1894

7

1894

1

1-192

I-IV

July 14, 1894

7

1894

2

193-376

VIII, IX

Jan. 5, 1895

7

1894

— -

—

V-VII

Before July 15,, 1895

8

1895

1

1-288

I-III, map

July 15, 1895 'i

8

1895

2

229-387

IV-VIII

Jan. 2, 1896

6 .

9

1896

■J ^'1 ,

1-224

I, II

July 18, 1896 ,

9

1896

:2

225-405

III-VIII

Jan. 9, 1897

10

1897

^ 1

1-184.

I-VI

July 27, 1897

10

1897

, 2

,185-412

VII-XII

Jan. 12, 1898

11

1898

1

rl-208

IV

Aug. 10, 1898

11

1898

; 2

209-410

I-III, V,
VI, map

Feb. 10, 1899

7-

12

1899

1 ,

1-268

I-IV

Sept. 15,; 1899

12

1899

2:

269-418

V-IX

Mar. 25, 1900

7

13

1900

1

1-160

I-IV

Aug. 15, 1900 .

7 ■

13

1900

2

161-362

V-VIII,

portrait

Feb. 20, 1901

7

14

1901

'. iCl ^

1-195

I-III

Oct. 5, 1901 i ;:

-■■r

14

1901

■m2j

197-393

IV, V

Mar. 1, 1902 >

7,- 8

15

1902

1

1-181

I-III,

V-VII

Sept., 1902

■ ’>

15

1902

: ■ 2 ,

183-360

IV

May 1, 1903 :

16

1903:

1'^

1-246 .

I, II

Oct. 1903 r r : r

16

1903

n-: ^ -

•247-398

III-VI

Mar. 20, 1904 :

■■■•

17

1904

. 1

1-168

I-IV

Oct. 5, 1904 y:

17

1904

M"2

169-323

V-IX

July 25, 1905

18

1905

; V a -

1-236

I-II

June 1,:1905

202

VOL

18

19

19

19

19

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

22

22

22

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

Kew York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

Jahr-

GANG

Part

Pages

1905

2

237-332

1906

1

1-48

1906

2

46-98

1906

3

97 (sie!)-
134 (sie!)

1906

4

145-250

1907

1,2

1-140

1907

3

141-255

1907

4

257-295

1908

1

1-80

1908

2

81-176

1908

3

177-240

1908

4

241-330

1909

1

1-74

1909

2,3

75-202

1909

4

203-314

1909-

1912

1

1-96

1909-

1912

o

97-146

1909-

1912

3,4

147-395

1910

1

1-16

1910

2

17-26

1910

3

27-58

1910

4

59-74

1910

5

75-104

1910

6,7

105-154

1910

8,9

155-182

1910

10

183-208

1910

11, 12

XIII-XXIV

1911

1

1-8

1911

2

9-24, 1-IV

1911

3

25-40

1911

4

41-56

1911

5

57-72

1911

6

73-80

1911

7,8

89-101

1911

9

101-112

1911

10, 11

113-126

1911

12

127-140

1912

1

1-101

1912

2

103-138

1912

3

139-189

1912

4

191-235

Plates

Date

III-X

Mar. 6, 1906

—

May 10, 1906

I-II

July 1, 1906

III-IV

Sept. 15, 1906

V-VIII

May 15, 1907

I-IV

Aug. 1, 1907

VI, VII

Get. 12, 1907

—

Feb. 26, 1908

I

Apr. 1, 1908

II, III

June 1, 1908

—

Sept. 10, 1908

IV-VI

Apr. 14, 1909

—

Apr. 1, 1909

—

Sept. 15, 1909

I-XXVIII

Jan. 1, 1910

A-D

July 20, 1909

—

Nov. 5, 1910

I, II

Feb. 29, 1912

I

Jan. 1, 1910

— ,

Feb. 1, 1910

—

Mar. 1, 1910

II, III, IV

Apr. 1, 1910

—

May 1, 1910

—

June 6, 1910

V-XIII

July 15, 1910

—

Aug. 15, 1910

XIV

Jan. 20, 1911

—

Jan. 20, 1911

—

Feb. 1, 1911

—

Mar. 1, 1911

—

Apr. 1, 1911

—

May 1, 1911

___

June 1, 1911

—

Aug. 1, 1911

—

Sept. 1, 1911

—

Nov. 1, 1911

Jan. 15, 1912

I-V

Apr. 23, 1912

—

June 29, 1912

—

Oct. 8, 1912

VIII, VI

Jan. 14, 1913

Notes

9

10

11

12

11

13

14

11

15

11

11

11

16

11

17

18

Jahr-

GANG

1913

1913

1913

1913

1914

1914

1914

1914

1915

1915

1915

1916

1916

1916

1917

1917

1918

1918

1919

1919

1920

1920

1921

1921

1922

1922

1923

1923

1924

1924

1924

1925

1925

1925

1926

1926

1926

1927

1927

1927

1927

Marks: Publication of the Parts op Iris 203

Part

Pages

Plates
(sic!), VII

Date

Notes

1

1-45,

I-IV

I, II

Apr. 9, 1913

19

2

47-110,

V,VI

—

Aug. 20, 1913

3

111-145

VII-X

—

Oct. 14, 1913

19, 20

4

145-178,

VII-XXIII

—

Jan. 31, 1914

20

1

1-80

I-III, map

Mar. 31, 1914

21

o

lU

81-176

—

June 30, 1914

3

177-272

IV

Sept. 30, 1914

4

273-290

— -

Dec. 31, 1914

1

1^8

—

May 10, 1915

2,3

49-184

—

Oct. 1, 1915

11

4

185-208

—

Jan. 10, 1916

1

1-96

—

May 1, 1916

22

2, 3

97-152

—

Sept. 1, 1916

11

4

153-222

I, II

Mar. 1, 1917

1,2

1-68

—

July 1, 1917

11,21

3,4

69-144

—

Feb. 1, 1918

11,21

1,2

1-94

I-III

Sept. 1, 1918

11, 21

3,4

95-139

IV, 3 maps

Feb. 15, 1919

11,21

1,2

1-64

—

June 1, 1919

11,21

3,4

65-146

—

Dec. 31, 1919

11,21

1,2

1-180

—

June 30, 1920

11, 21

3,4

181-274

—

Dec. 15, 1920

11,21

1,2

1-86

—

Apr. 30, 1921

11, 21

3,4

87-191

—

Dec. 15, 1921

11,21

1,2

1-44

I-XVII

May 15, 1922

11,21

3,4

45-109

—

Nov. 30, 1922

11,21

1,2

1-51

—

June 15, 1923

11,21, 23

3,4

53-92

—

Dec. 31, 1923

11,21

1

1-57

—

June 15, 1924

21

2,3

59-222

—

Nov. 1, 1924

11,21

4

223-280

—

Jan. 15, 1925

21

1,2

1-64

—

Apr. 1, 1925

11, 21

3

65-180

—

Aug. 1, 1925

21

4

181-246

—

Dee. 1, 1925

21

1

1-68

—

Mar. 15, 1926

21

2,3

69-154

—

July 15, 1926

11, 21

4

155-220

—

Dec. 15, 1926

21

1

1-82

—

Apr. 15, 1927

21

2

63-172

—

July 1, 1927

21

3

173-204

—

Sept. 1, 1927

21

4

205-239

—

Dec. 15, 1927

21

?G4

yORK ENTOMOLOGICALt

Society. - [Von.iLXym

yoL.

Jahr-

GANG

Part.

Pages

Pistes i

; , Date '

" "Notes

42

1928

1

1-80

« —

Mar. 28, 1928

42

1928

-.2 :

81^248

I-V

June 27, 1928

42

1928

3

249-296

vi-vni

Sept. 25, 1928

42

1928

4

,297-338

IX

Dec. 15, 1928

43

1929

1

1-48

I, II

Mar. 27, 1929

43

1929

2,.:

49-96

—

June 15, 1929

... .

"43

1929

3

97-144

— ■

Sept. 25, 1929

43

1929 ,

4

145-198

iii-y

Jan. 15, 1930

■' V

44

1930

1

1-48

Mar. 20, 1930

44 .

1930 .

2

49-r, 6 .

l''

June 16, 1930

44

1930

3;

97-144

—

“Oct. 8, 1930 „

44

1930

4

145-198

II, III

Dec. 31, 1930

45

1931 .

1

1-48

I, II.

Mar. 31, 1931

45

1931

2

49-112

—

June 26, 1931

• : r ■

45

1931

3

113-160

Ill

Sept. 15, 1931

24..:

45

1931

... 4..

161-214

—

Dec. 19, 1931

46

1932

1

1-48

—

. Apr. 20, 1932

46

1932

. ■.::2

. 49-96

—

July 9, 1932

46

1932

3

97-144

I, II

Oct. 12, 1932

46

1932

4 ■

145-198

—

Dec. 17, 1932

47

1933

1

1-48

Mar. 25, 1933

47.

1933

2

49-96

I

June 15, 1933

47

1933

3

97-144

—

Sept. 20, 1933

47

1933

4 .

145-198

II

Jan. 31, 1934

48

1934

1

1-48

—

Apr. 7, 1934

.48

1934

2

49-96

—

June 30, 1934

25^

48

1934

3

97-144

I, II

Oct. 6, 1934

26

48

1934

4

145-198

III

. Jan. 12, 1935 .

■

49

1935

1

1-48

—

Apr. 12, 1935

49

1935

2

49-96

I

July 4, 1935

49,

1935

3

97--144

—

Oct. 5, 1935

49

1935

4

145-198

II

Feb. 1, 1936

50

1936

^ , 1 ,

1-48

I, II

May 9, 1936

50

1936

O

49-96

III

Aug. 8, 1936

.50

1936

3

97-144

—

Oct. 19, 1936

50

1936

4

145-198

IV

Jan. 30, 1937 ;

51

1937

1 f> q
J-, o

,1-136

—

July 31, 1937

:: 27,. •

51

1937

4

.137-198

—

Dec. 31, 1937 .

... 28:.-.^

52

1938

1

1-50

I

May 15,, 1938

52'

1938 •

o

50-98

—

Aug. 1, 1938

52

1938 .

3,4

99-192

—

Feb. 1, 1939 ■

11.:,

53

1939

i

1-48

; , ;

July 1, 1939

53

1939

- 2

49-88

—

Oct. 1, 1939

■■

NOTES

(1)

There

is no ‘

Jahrgang”

for Vol. I.

Dec», 19,60} MARJ^.S; PUBLJGA'J'ION: QF THE PART& OF IrIS 205

(2) : There; was a repriiit“secpn.d. edition, Nov. 15, 1888. r ; r ; ) . ; ; ?

(3) ., The break between Parts 1 and 2 can be deterniined by ..the footnote

on. Page 187. , ^ , ’.V- ,v;-;

(4’) The dates are determined: from the j>reserved wrapper.

(5) This is the first volume in which an editorial note on actual date
of publication of the various parts appears. It usually on the verso of the
table; of contents page issued ;to subscribers at the end of the year. Be:
cause of its inconspicuous- place, it may be easily overlooked.

(6) The Friedlander date at the foot of the wrapper is 1895 while the
publication date on the cover is clearly marked Jan. 2, 1896.

(7) The Friedlander date ;at the foot of the wrapper, is in. error. ■ . ;

(8) There is no Page 196. : - : . .

(9) The covers of Part 2 call for 10 plates; there are only 8.

(10) There are two pages marked “97 and two pages marked 98. Page
134 at the end of Part 3 should read. 144.

(11) Double number.

(12) There is no numbered Page 256, although the leaf is occupied by

a book review. :: .

(13) An examination- of the wrappers shows that all 28 color plates and
the four lettered double plates must be assigned to Part 4.

(14) The entire Volume 23 is Beitrage zu einer Lepidopteren Fauna

von Andalusian, The special parts are called “Beiheften” in contrast
to the “Heften” which make up the usual volumes of Volume 23 was

issued simultaneously with parts, of Volume 22, all of Volumes 24 and 25,
and part of Volume 26. • It; is .specified by the editor (Ribbe) that these
“Beiheften” are to be considered as Volume 23. The designation of page
numbers to the various parts of this volume is a difficult problem. There
is no indication on the wrappers or any editorial direction as to the pages
which comprise each part. The assignment of page numbers has been done
on the basis of internal textual evidence. Page 97 carries a 1910 citation.
This citation is in connection with an “Anmerkung” to a bibliography. It
is obvious, therefore, that the two sections of the bibliography were pub-
lished at different times. Page 225 carries a 1910 reference and therefore
must be in part 3-4. There are an unnsually high number of 1909 references
after Page 147 compared with the pages before. Page 147 has a reference
to a paper by Fruhstorfer published on October 17, 1908. It furthermpi'e
seems to be a natural “breakpoint” for this section because of the diagrams
of -the genitalia. ’

(15) The publication ; dates .of the KorrespoiidenzMatt in.

this volume to ‘‘Iris’" are always dated the first of the month. The w;rappers
tell a different story, and we can on the basis of the wrappers assign the
proper dates io Korrcspondenzhlatt, The first five numbers; give .no
trouble. / They were published in the first - five numbers of and the

dates coincide. Korrespondenzhlatt 6 was published with date June Ij
1910, in “Iris"^ 6, 7 dated June 6, 1910. Korrespondenzhlatt 7 was pub-
lished with date July 15 in “/ris” 8, 9. The date is correct. Korrespondenz-
hlatt 8 was published with date Aug, 1, 1910, in ‘‘Iris” part 10 which was
issued Aug. 15, 1910.

206

New Yore Entomological Society

(VoL. LXVIII

Numbers 9 through 12 give no indication on the wrappers of when they
were published or distributed. The possibility exists that they were mailed
separately to subscribers. This is possible, but not probable, in view of the
mode of issue of the first 8 numbers, i.e., attached to parts of "/m.”
Double part 11 and 12 contained only 13 pages of non-reading text-indices,
etc., and one plate (XIV). It seems reasonable to assume that the bulk of
the double number 11-12 was made up of Korrespondenzhlatt Nos. 9-12.
The correct date of publication for these parts is therefore Jan. 20, 1911.

(16) Dated from wrappers. No editorial information on the date of
publication.

(17) The wrappers disagree with the editorially assigned dates. The
wrapper dates: Part 1 — April 15, 1912; Part 2 — June 30, 1912; Part 3 —
September 30, 1912; Part 4 — Dec. 31, 1912. Inasmuch as the editor pre-
pared the title page for the volume after the issuance of the parts, the edi-
torial dates are the correct ones and are so designated in the text. This
was Dr. Denso’s first year as editor in place of Carl Eibbe, and this probably
accounts for the bibliographic problems posed by this volume.

(18) The numbering of the plates is inconsistent. The wrapper for Part
4 calls for Plates VII and VIII. In the copy in the Library of the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History, the plates are bound VIII, VI and the
color plate VII. Because of the great care taken in accurate binding and
collation at the Museum, it may reasonably be assumed that this was the
actual mode of issue. See Note 17 above for the probable explanation.

(19) The wrappers disagree with the editorially assigned dates. The
wrappers date Part 1 — March 31, 1913 ; Part 3 — September 30, 1913. The
reasons given in Note 17 indicate the reason for the use of the date in the
text.

(20) Page 145 which originally had as its verso Page VII (a book review)
is a cancelled page. Because of the excellent policy at the Library of the
American Museum of Natural History of preserving things of this nature,
we can see that the text of the cancelled Page VII and its replacement differ.
Page 145 is the recto of Page VII. The text differs on Page VIII but not
on Page 145. This was Dr. Denso’s last year as editor.

(21) While the dates for the publication of the parts are given in the
usual editorial note, the pagation of the parts is not given. This has been
deduced from the wrappers.

(22) The single title page is dated March 1, 1917, which is the date of
Part 4. The wrappers have therefore been used to date the individual parts.

(23) The wrapper gives the date as June 30, 1923, the editorial note at
June 15, 1922. The latter obviously is a typographical error for the year
date.

(24) Plat© III exists in two states. This was announced to subscribers
on a small orange slip asking for an extra remittance if they desired Part 3
with the hand-colored plate. This slip is preserved in the bound volume in
the Library of the American Museum of Natural History. The wrapper of
Part 3 has a note indicating the two states of the plate. The copy in the
American Museum of Natural History has the bLack and white plate.

Dec., 19«0]

Marks: Publication of the Parts of Iris

207

(25) The editorial note in error cites this as Part 3.

(26) Plate I exists in two states. Subscribers were charged an extra
fee for the hand-colored state. The copy in the American Museum of Na-
tural History Library is a black and white one.

(27) A triple number.

(28) The copies of Volumes 51, 52 and 53 exist only in wrappers in the
American Musuem of Natural History.

208 New York Entomological Society [Vol, lxviii

NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL ARADIOAE Xl

(HEMIPTERA)

By Nicholas A. koRMiLEv . . n- . -

Brooklyn, N.Y., U.S.A.

Through the kind offices of Dr. Carl J. Drake, Washington,
D.C. ; Dr. Halaszfy Eva, Budapest ; Mr. Fritz Plaumann, Nova
Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil ; and Dr. Reece I. Sailer, Wash-
ington, D.C., I had an opportunity to study a certain number of
Neotropical Aradidae, among which were found a few new
species, and one new genus, described below. I express to them
my sincere gratitude.

Subfamily MEZIKINAE Osliauin, 1908
Genus Bergroihiessa XJsinger & Matsuda, 1959
Bergrothiessa plaumaimi, new species

Male. Allied to Bergrothiessg intermediaria (Kormilev), 1953, but
slightly bigger, tergum is more convex, not so flat; the whole upper surface
of the body, with exception of the pronotum, is roughly punctured. Ap-
terous.

Head. As long as wide through the eyes (male 28:29, female 30:30);
anterior process strong, with parallel sides, anteriorly deeply cleft, jugae
being much longer than the tylus, reaching to the middle of the first antennal
segment. Antenniferous tubercles strong, dentiform, barely divaricating,
reaching to % of the first antennal segment. Eyes relatively small, exerted ;
postocular border rounded, and with a small, round tubercle in the middle.
Vertex with “V”-form granulate carinae. Antennae strong, more than twice
as long as the head (male 60:28, female 63:30). Proportions of the anten-
nal segments (1-4) are: male 17:10:24:9. female 18:11:24:10. Eostral
groove is deep and narrow, posteriorly closed; rostrum does not reach the
hind border of the same.

Pronotum. Subpentagonal, shorter than wide across the humeri (male
17:42, female 20:47). Collum fine, anteriorly cut out; antero-lateral angles
form a slightly obtuse angle; lateral borders straight, divergent backward,
and carinate ; posterior border subangularly protruding backward ; disc
with a “T"-shaped median sulcus, which occupies the hind % of the median
line; laterad of it run two (1-f-l) feebly marked longitudinal carinae,
evanescent before reaching the fore, and hind, borders of the pronotum;
laterad of them are situated two (1 + 1) blurred longitudinal carinae, and
between the latter and the carinate lateral borders are placed two (1 + 1),
rather deep, longitudinal furrows.

Dec., 1960]

Kormilev; Notes on NEO'rROPiCAL Aradidae

209

Mesonotum. In the form of a broad “V,” much shorter than wide (male
14:53, female 15:62); median line with two parallel longitudinal carinae;
the disc slightly inflated on both sides, and roughly punctured; laterally, at
a certain distance from the lateral border, with a longitudinal furrow, pro-
longation of that of the pronotum.

MetanotumI Very short in the middle (male 4:56, female 5:65) ; inflated,
and roughly punctured laterally, somewhat elevated at the median line.

Abdomen. Longer than wide (male 74:62, across segment V, female
90:82, across segment IV) ; tergum I clearly separated from the metanotum
and CDP (central dorsal plate, in this genus formed by segments II to VI) ;
the disc of CDP inflated; depressed on both sides of the median line on
tergum III, with a rounded median elevation, or tumor on tergum IV, and
with a spearhead-shaped elevation on terga V and VI. Tergum VII raised
backward for the reception of the hypopygium in the male; raised and de-
pressed in the middle in the female. Connexivum is broad, with carinate
exterior borders, which are more or less straight, only PE-VII (postero-
exterior angles) are with a small, round tubercle. Spiracles II to V ventral,
placed far from the border; VI sublateral, not visible from above, VII
sublateral, but visible, and VIII lateral. Hypopygium of the male is
semiglobose, rounded posteriorly, and with a triangular elevation at the
base, reaching to % of the median line, tapering backward. Lobes of VIII
almost reach to the tip of the hypopygium. In the female, lobes of VIII
are triangular, reaching to % of IX, the latter incised in the middle pos-
teriorly.

Color. Piceous; spearhead elevation of CDP, and connexiva partly, pale
yellow; antennae II and III, and tibiae, reddish brown; scent gland open-
ings, rostrum, and coxae brown; tarsi yellow.

Total length. Male 4.73, female 5.16 mm.; width of the pronotum:
male 1.4, female 1.6 mm.; width of the abdomen: male 2.07, female 2.73 mm.

Holotype : male, Itayuba, S. Catarina, Brazil — F. Planmann
coll. IV, 58 ; deposited in the collection of the author.

Allotype : female, collected with the holotype ; in the collection
of Mr. F. Planmann.

It is a pleasure to dedicate this species to Mr. Fritz Planmann,
who had collected so many new species of Aradidae.

Key to the species of Bergrothiessa.

I. Males. 1. Hypopygium is pyriform B. rufa Kormilev

Hypopygium is globose, or sub globose 2

2. Hypopygium is very large, wider than the head through

the eyes B. grossa Kormilev

; . . - Hypopygium is smaller, narrower than the head, wide

. j > - through the eyes 3

, ; 3. Hypopygium with a triangular elevation at the base,

reaching to % of the median line; exterior borders of
connexivum VII straight B. plaumanni new species

New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxviii

Hypopygium with a transverse sulcus at the middle of
the upper surface; exterior borders of coimexivum VII

roundly cut out B. intermediaria (Kormilev)

Lateral borders of the pronotum form an obtuse angle;
lateral borders of mesonotum with a round lobe

B. usingeri (Wygodzinsky)
Lateral borders of the pronotum straight; lateral borders

of mesonotum without lobe 2

Lobes of VIII are large, triangular, reaching to the tip
of IX; exterior borders of connexiva VI and VII with-
out tubercles B. grossa Kormilev

Lobes of VIII do not reach the tip of IX; at least con-

nexivum VII with a small, round tubercle 3

Only coimexivum VII has a round tubercle, placed at
PE-angles; the tip of IX with a single angular notch

B. plaumanni new species
Connexiva VI and VII with small, sublateral, round
tubercles; the tip of IX with double notch

B. intermediaria (Kormilev)

I could not exainiue the male of B. usingeri (Wygodzinsky) ;
the female of B. rufa Kormilev is unknown yet.

Halaszfya, new genus

Closely allied to C olohorrliynus Bergroth, 1906, the main dif-
ference being in straight, heavily incrustated, hairs forming
fringes on different parts of the body. In the keys for Mezirinae
of Usinger & Matsuda (1959 : 200) it runs to Colohorrhynus also,
but as I had never seen, or heard, that the species with fringes
of heavily incrustated hairs, and without them, belong to the
same genus, at least in Aradidae, I decided to describe these two
curious species, and establish for them a new genus.

Small, ovate. Head slightly shorter, or as long as wide through the eyes.
Anterior process long and broad, apically cleft, laterally with a fringe of
heavily incrustated bristles, which make it look much wider than it is ;
similar bristles, but shorter, and dispersed, are also on the upper surface of
the process; process reaches to % of the first antennal segment. Antenni-
ferous tubercles flat, apically pointed. Eyes relatively big, exerted, almost
globose; postocular tubercles small dentiform, do not reach the outer border
of the eyes. Infraocular carinae with a row of incrustated bristles; vertex
with a quadruple row of similar, erect bristles; lateral shelves naked. An-
tennae short, less than twice as long as the head ; the first segment clavate,
and covered with dispersed, inclined bristles, but without incrustation; the
2d more, the 3d less, widening toward the tip; the 4th pyriform; the first
and the 3d subequal in length, the 4th a little shorter, the 2d the shortest, %

210

II. Females. 1.

2.

3.

Dec., 1960] Kormilev; Notes on Neotropical Aradidae

211

times as long as the first. Eostral atrium slightly open ; rostral groove wide,
very deep, and posteriorly closed; rostrum tiny, does not reach the hind
border of the groove.

Pronotum. About half as long as wide across the humeri; collum dis-
tinctly separated from the pronotum ; the fore lobe of the pronotum slightly
narrower, and lower than the hind lobe ; antero-lateral angles regularly
rounded, and with a horizontal fringe of long, incrustated bristles; fore
disc Avith tAvo ( 1 -1 1 ) anteriorly convergent callous spots, only at their fore
l)Order provided with short, erect, incrustated bristles; laterad of them
with two (1 + 1) curved ridges, provided with a double, or triple, roAv of
erect bristles. Interlobal depression with a deep and narrow sulcus. Hind
disc with a dispersed, rough granulation ; the hairs on the granules are very
short. Lateral borders of the hind disc subparallel between themselves,
convergent anteriorly; hind border slightly and Avidely cut out.

Scutellum. Triangular, shorter than wide at the base; rimmed from
all sides; median ridge narrow and granulate; disc transversely rugose in
the hind % of its length.

Hemelytra. Complete, reaching (female) to the fore border of tergum
VII. The baso-lateral borders of corium straight, slightly reflexed, and
divergent backward; postero lateral borders narrowly rimmed, and roundly
cut out; disc with granulate A*eins; apical angle of the corium angularly
rounded; apical border slightly convex, and barely cut out interiorly. Mem-
brane big, with somewhat obsolete A’enation.

Abdomen. Ovate, longer than wide. Connexivum Avide, covered Avith a
Avhitish incrustation; all segments clearly separated from each other, and
from midlateral area; ev-ery connexivum with two, round, callous spots sur-
rounded Avith A^ery short, erect, incrustated bristles, looking as granules.
PE-angles (postero-exterior) not salient; PE-VII AAudely rounded; posterior
border of segment VII in the females widely cut out; paratergites (lobes)
of VIII are rounded, almost reaching the tip of IX, the latter is also
rounded.

Pro-, meso-, and metasternum glabrous; mesosternum slightly depressed
in the middle. Propleura on the hind lobe with rather long, erect, incrus-
tated bristles; meso- and metapleura, with sparse, granulation-like short, in-
crustated bristles, and roughly rugose. Scent gland openings small, triangu-
lar. Venter roughly punctured; posterior borders of sterna III to V straight,
that of VI roundly cut out in the middle; genital plates rather big, rugose,
and granulate. Spiracles II to IV ventral, placed far from the border;
those of V to VIII lateral and visible from above.

Legs. Unarmed, but femora and tibiae with setigerous granulation ;
trochanters relatively very long and naked; claws with arolia.

Genotype : Halaszfya ovata, new species

It is a pleasure to dedicate this curious genus to Dr. Eva
Halaszfy, Budapest, by whose courtesy I had the privilege to
study the very rich material of Aradidae in the collections of
the Hungarian National Museum, Budapest.

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

Fig. 1. Halaszfya ovat,a n.g., n.sp., female^ head and pronotum.
Fig. 2. Halaszfya ovata n.g., n.sp., female, the tip of abdomen.

Dec., I960] Kormilev: Notes on Neotropical Aradidae

213

Hala^fya ovata, new species
Figs. 1-2.

Female. Testaceous, but the head, fore lobe of the pronotum, and
eonnexivum on both sides, are covered with whitish incrustation, and are
lighter. Membrane brown.

Biometrical measures: head 20:24; antennae — : — (two seg-

ments are lacking); pronotum 25:(40):50; scutellum 20:27; abdomen
82:66. First figures indicate length, second width; figures in parenthesis
indicate the width of the fore lobe of the pronotum.

Female. Total length 5.13 mm. ; width of the pronotum 1.67 mm. ; width
of the abdomen 2.2 mm.

Holotype: female, Bello Horizonte, Minas Gerais, Brazil —
0. Monte coll. ; deposited in the collection of the author.

Halaszfya elongata, new species

Female. Closely allied to the previous species, but a little smaller, and
particularly narrower. The head almost as long as wide through the eyes
(22:23); antennae 10: 7%: 10:9; pronotum 25: (40): 47; scutellum 20:26;
abdomen 76:59.

On the fore lobe of the pronotum, at the fore border of the callous spots,
are placed two (1-f 1) strong, long erect setae, which are without incrusta-
tion, and twice as long as incrustated bristles, placed near them; on the
outer carinae are placed six ( 3 + 3 ) similar setae. These setae are lacking
in S. ovata new species.

Apical angle of the corium is sharper, angular; fringe of incrustated
bristles on the veins relatively higher. Lobes of VIII are angular, rounded
in H. ovata. Spiracles II to IV ventral, placed far from the border, but
those of V are ventro-lateral, and not visible from above (ventro-lateral,
but slightly visible in H. ovata).

Color. As in K. ovata.

Holotype : female, Peru ; deposited in the Hungarian National
Museum, Budapest.

Genus Pictinvs Stal, 1873
Pictinus fictus Kormilev, 1959

Picti/nus fictus Kormilev, 1959. Eev. Soc. Urug. Ent. ; 3:29.

Fig. 3. Mezira minor n.sp., male, head and pronotum.

Fig. 4. Mezira minor n.sp., male, the tip of abdomen.

Fig. 5. Mezira minor n.sp., female, the tip of abdomen.

Fig. 6. Aphlehoderrhis alata n.sp., male, pronotum.

Fig. 7. Aphlehoderrhis alata n.sp., male, the tip of abdomen.

Fig. 8. Aneurus holivianus n.sp., female, head, pronotum, and scutellum.
Fig. 9. Aneurus holivianus n.sp., female, the tip of abdomen.

214

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

This species was based only on the male, noAV I am able to give a brief
description of a female.

Female. Similar to the male but much bigger; abdomen is wider, with
more convex borders. Stridulation apparatus present also in the female.

Biometrical measures: head 19:23i/^; antennae 8:61^:7%:10; pro-
notum 21:(33):43; scutellum 14:23; abdomen 56:55 (across segment IV).

Color: head, pronotum, and scutellum, dark piceous to black; hemelytra
pale brown with reddish brown veins; membrane dark brown with whitish
base; connexivum reddish brown with outer borders piceous, and posterior
borders pale brown; tibiae brown with wide pale brown basal ring; tarsi
testaceous.

Female. Total length 3.75 mm.; width of the pronotum 1.5 mm.; width
of the abdomen 1.9 mm.

Allotype : female, Nova Teutonia, S. Catarina, Brazil — F.
Plaumanii coll. — VTT — 1959; deposited in the collection of the
author.

Genus Kotapictinu^ Usinger & Matsuda, 1959

Notapictinus paramaculatus, new species

Male. Allied to Notapictinus maculatus (Kormilev), 1959, but the head
is relatively longer (male — 21:22, female — 23:24); antennae also relatively
longer, more than twice as long as the head wide through the eyes (53:22),
less than twice as long in N. 'maculatus (39:21i/^); proportions of the
antennal segments (1-4) are: male — 12:10:19:12, female — 13:10:21:12%;
pronotum is differently shaped: the antero-lateral angles are almost rec-
tangular, with a slightly obtuse tip; measures of the pronotum: male-
27: (36) :48, female — 31:(43):58; scutellum: male — 15:25, female — 20:30;
abdomen: male — 71:59 (across IV), female — 82:70. Paratergites of the
female (lobes of VIII) are relatively shorter, and not so sharply pointed.

Color. Lighter : light f errugineous on the head, pronotum, and scutellum ;
yellow and f errugineous on the connexivum; membrane white, slightly in-
fuscate in the middle.

Spiracles: II to V ventral; VI sublateral, barely visible from above;
VII and VIII lateral and visible.

Total length: male — 4.57, female — 5.3 mm.; width of the pronotum:
male — 1.6, female — 1.93 mm.; width of the abdomen: male 1.99, female —
2.33 mm.

Holotype : male, Chapada, Brazil, Acc. No. 2966 ; deposited in
tlie U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.

Allotype : female, collected with the male ; in the same museum.

Genus Mezira Amyot & Serville, 1843
Mezira minor, new species
Figs. 3-5

Male. Very similar to Mezira argentineims Kormilev, 1953, but smaller

Dec., 1960] Kormilev: Notes on Neotropical Aradidae

215

and narrower; antennae relatively longer, ratio between the length of the
antennae and the width of the head through the eyes being 38:28, whereas
in M. argentmensis it is 38%:31i/^. The color is lighter. Other characters
as in M. argentmensis.

Biometrical measures: head: male — 25:28, female — 25:29; the propor-
tions of the antennal segments (1-4) are: male — 10:7:11:10, female —
10:7:12:8; pronotum: male — 23:(45):52, female — 25:(45):52^; scutel-
lum: male — 20:25, female — 22:25; abdomen: male — 76:59, female — 81:58.

Total length: male — 4.9, female — 5.16 mm.; width of the pronotum:
male — 1.73, female — 1.75 mm.; width of the abdomen: male — 1.96, female —
1.93 mm.

Holotype: male, Haquaquecetaba, Brazil — H. L. Parker coll.
XII — 1941 — I. 1942 ; deposited in the Drake collection, U.S.
National Museum, Washington, D.C.

Allotype : female, collected with the holotype ; in the same col-
lection.

Paratypes : female, collected with the holo- and allotype, and
a male collected in Montevideo, Uruguay — H. L. Parker, II. 2.
1942 ; in the collection of the author.

I would consider this species only as a subspecies of M. argen-
tinensis, but the finding of another male in Uruguay makes it
impossible to consider it as a geographical subspecies,

Mezira cubana, new species

Female. Eloiigately ovate. This species stays rather apart from all
other North and Central American species of the genus Mezira A.S. It has
no closer allies among South American species either.

Head. Almost as long as wide through the eyes (23:22) ; anterior process
long, with parallel sides, anteriorly deeply cleft, jugae being much longer
than the tylus, dentiform, and declivous, similar to the tusks of a Dyno-
therium, reaching to % of the first antennal segment. Antenniferous
tubercles dentiform, acute, and divergent, reach to of the first antennal
segment. Eyes large, exerted, semiglobose; postocular tubercles dentiform,
acute, do not reach the outer border of the eyes; infraocular carinae prac-
tically lacking; vertex convex, finely granulate, as other parts of the head,
but without characteristic, rough, granules, regularly forming “V”-shaped
figure in other species. Rostrum short, does not reach the hind margin of
the rostral groove. Antennae slender, and short, less than twice as long
as the head (41:23) ; the first segment narrow, fusiform; the 2d sub-
cylindrical, the 3d cylindrical, the fourth pyriform; proportions (1-4) are:
11:9:13:8.

Pronotum. Flat, rather short (20:43); its fore lobe is much narrower
than the hind lobe (32:43); collum slender; antero-lateral angles rounded,
and slightly expanded, reaching the fore border of the collum; lateral
borders of the hind lobe parallel between themselves, convergent anteriorly;

216

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

lateral notch forms an obtuse angle. Fore disc with four (2 + 2) rather
obliterated ridges, sparely granulate around the latter, and along the fore
border. Hind lobe rather flat, with sparse granulation on the fore half.
Hind border slightly cut out in the middle.

ScuTELLUM. Shorter than wide at the base (20:24); lateral borders
straight, and rimmed; median carina thin, and rather low; disc granulate
on the hind %ds.

Hemelytra. Eeach to the fore border of tergum VII ; baso-lateral
borders of the corium slightly reflexed; apical angle of the same rounded;
apical border convex exteriorly, straight interiorly.

Abdomen. Much longer than wide (77:54), laterally slightly convex;
connexivum very finely granulate; PE-angles not protruding; PE-VII
rounded; paratergites (lobes of VIII) long, and rounded, reach to the
middle of the long IX; the latter slightly notched at the tip. Spiracles
ventral from II to VII, placed far from the border; lateral and visible from
above on VIII.

Color. Testaceous; antennae f errugineous ; sternum, and venter, yellow-
brown to orange, with exception of the genital, and subgenital plates.

Female. Total length 7.2 mm.; width of the pronotum 2.15 mm.; width
of the abdomen 2.7 mm.

Holotype: female, Cayamas, Cuba — E. A. Schwarz coll. 10.5;
deposited in the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.

' Genus ApJileboderrhis Stal, 1860

, Aphleboderrhis alata, new species

Figs. 6-7. ^

Male. Closely allied to A. comata Champion, 1898, but differs from it
by the different proportions of the antennal segments, the 3d segment being
as long as the first, where as in A. comata it is distinctly longer; by the
different shape of the fore lobe of the pronotum, which is produced laterally
in the shape of obliquely elevated “wings,” and not in the shape of inflated
“hemispheres,” as is the case in A. comata] by the PE-angles of connexiva
VI and VII, in the males, with high, erect, apically rounded, tubercles, par-
ticularly high on the PE-VII; and by relatively shorter hairs on the head,
pronotum, connexivum, antennae, and legs. Other characters as in A.
comata. Spiracles from II to VII ventral, placed far from the border, those
of the lobes (VIII) terminal.

Biometrical measures: head 23:28; antennae 23:13:23:-— (the 4th is
lacking); pronotum 32:(56):62; scutellum 22:32; abdomen 85:71.

Color: dark brown to piceous.

Male. Total length 5.03 mm; width of the pronotum 2.07 mm.; width
of the abdomen 2.37 mm.

Holotype : male, Santarem Brazil, Acc. No. 2966 ; deposited
in the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.

Decr, 1960] Kormilev: Notes on Neotropical Aradidae

217

Subfamily ANEUEINAE Douglas & Scott, 1865
Genus Aneurus Curtis, 1825
Aneurus bolivianus, new species
Figs. 8-9.

Female. Elongately ovate, flat, shiny.

Head. As long as wide through the eyes (15:15) ; anterior process taper-
ing, anteriorly rounded, scarcely produced beyond the tip of the first an-
tennal segment; antenniferous tubercles short, truncate; antennae slender;
the first segment stout, cylindrical; the 2d and 3d slightly tapering toward
the base, covered with whitish bristles; the proportions (1-4) are: 5:7:7: —
(the 4th lacking); eyes moderately prominent; postocular tubercles angu-
larly rounded, rather large, but not produced beyond the outer margin of
the eyes ; vertex with two ( 1 1 ) ovate, infraocular, callous spots ; between,

and behind them transversely rugose. Eostrum short, does not reach the
hind margin of the rostral groove, the latter is wide and shallow, trans-
versely striate.

Pronotum. Shorter than wide across the humeri (16:36); fore lobe
much narrower than the hind lobe (25:36); collum indistinct; fore border
emarginate; antero-lateral angles produced forward as small tubercles;
lateral borders of the fore lobe slightly, those of the hind lobe strongly,
rounded; interlobal notch distinct; interlobal depression feebly marked.
Fore disc with a short median furrow, not reaching the anterior border of
the lobe; laterad of it with four (2 + 2) obliterated elevations. Hind disc
transversely rugose in the middle; hind border subtruncate.

ScuTELLUM. Shorter than wide at the base (12%: 20); borders parallel
apically rounded, and finely rimmed.

Hemelytra. Eeach to the middle of tergum VII; corium very short,
obliquely truncate, its outer angle reaches to the middle of the scutellum.

Abdomen. Ovate ; its maximal width across segment IV ; connexivum
VII almost touches the segment VIII; paratergites (lobes of VIII) very
short, rounded, reach to the middle of IX; the latter posteriorly truncate.
Spiracles II, VII, and VIII lateral, and visible from above, others ventral,
and not visible.

Color. Eeddish brown, membrane darker; rostrum, sternum, trochanters,
and tarsi, yellow brown.

Female. Total length 6 mm. ; width of the pronotum 1.8 mm. ; width of
the abdomen 2.5 mm.

Holotype : female, Coroico, Yungas, Bolivia ; deposited in the
Drake collection, IJ.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.

Paratype: one female, collected with the holotype; deposited
in the collection of the author.

Aneurus bolivianus new species is allied to A. subdipterus
Burmeister, 1835, but differs from it by: more elongate body,
more robust antennae, antero-lateral angles of the pronotum

218

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

produced forward as small tubercles, more rounded scutellum,
not subtriangular as in A. suhdipterus, etc.

Aneunis barberi, new species

Female. Closely allied to A. minutus Bergroth, 1886, differing from it
by: the head is relatively longer, distinctly longer than wide through the
eyes; anterior process also relatively longer, slightly produced beyond the
tip of the first antennal segment (only reaching in A, minutus) ; antennae
relatively longer and stouter, the 2d segment being slightly shorter than the
first, or the 3d; pronotum and scutellum are relatively wider, particularly
the latter is relatively shorter and wider; abdomen is more elongate, shorter
and narrower, the outer borders of connexivum more finely granulate; para-
tergites of the female (lobes of VIII) reaching the tip of the IX (almost
reaching in A. minutus). Spiracles in both species have the same distribu-
tion: III to V ventral, II, VI and VII lateral and visible from above, VIII
terminal.

Biometrical measures: head 35:33; antennae 10:9:10:22; pronotum
27:(49):67; scutellum 27:48; abdomen 112:87.

Color: yellow brown to brown, membrane dark brown.

Female. Total length 3.4 mm. ; width of the pronotum 1.11 mm. ; width
of the abdomen 1.45 mm.

Holotypc: female, St. Lucia, B.W.I. — Quilesse — R. G. Fennah
coll. 2.22.41; deposited in the U.S. National Museum. Deter-
mined by H. G. Barber as Anenrus sp. ?

This species is dedicated to the memory of the late Mr. H. G.
Barber, an eminent American hemipterologist, with whom I was
in correspondence during many years. His recent death was a
great loss to the American hemipterology as the whole.

Aneurus fritzi, new species

Male. Elongately ovate, flat, shiny.

Head. Slightly shorter than wide through the eyes (male — 21:23, female
— 23:24) ; anterior process stout, but short, anteriorly rounded, jugae being
slightly shorter than the tylus, reaches to the tip of the first antennal seg-
ment ; antennif erous tubercles short and blunt ; eyes moderately large,
semiglobose ; postocular tubercles angular, apically rounded, and finely
granulate, reac.hing, or almost reaching, to the outer border of the eyes;
lateral shelves with two (1 + 1) ovate, callous spots; postocular part of the
head roughly, transversely rugose. Antennae long, more than twice as
long as the head (male — 16:21, female — 49^:23). The first segment
ovate, the 2d fusiform, the 3d tapering toward the base, the 4th elongately
fusiform, all covered with fine bristles. Proportions of the antennal seg-
ments (1-4) are: male — 7:8:10:21, female — 7%:9:11:22). Eostrum very
short, by far does not reach the base of the head.

Pronotum. Less than half as long as wide across the humeri (male —

Dec., 1960] Kormilev: Notes on Neotropical Aradidae

219

22:(37):53, female — 22;(40):55)j eollum obsolete; fore border cut out in
the middle; antero-lateral angles regularly rounded; fore disc with four
(2 + 2) almost obliterated (inner ones), or obliterated (outer ones), callous
spots, and with an “X”-shaped median sulcus between the former; outside
the callous spots finely granulate; interlobal depression broad, and trans-
versely rugose. Lateral borders of the hind lobe rounded, finely rimmed,
and convergent anteriorly; hind border slightly cut out in the middle; hind
disc with two (1 + 1) slightly elevated, transverse, callous spots, longi-
tudinally striate laterad of the latter.

Scutellum. Almost semicircular, shorter than wide at the base (male —
20:32, female — 21^:36) ; in the middle of the disc, near the base, with a
callous spot, and concentrically striate around the latter.

Hemelytra. Eeach to the middle of tergum VII in both sexes; corium
relatively long, its postero-exterior angle reaches to the tip of the scutellum ;
the baso-lateral border of the corium is narrowly rimmed, and slightly re-
flexed.

Abdomen. Ovate, much longer than wide (male — 107:73, female — 112:
80). Connexivum wide, shiny; every segment but II with two callous
spots; tergum VII triangularly produced laterally on each side, reaching
to the outer border of the abdomen, and separating connexivum VII from
paratergites in the male, and from tergum VIII in the female respectively.
Hypopygium of the male is big, produced backward, and apically rounded;
paratergites long, flat, apically dilated and truncate, reaching to % of the
hypopygium. In the female paratergites are very short, rounded, reaching
to the tip of the very short segment IX. Spiracles III to VI ventral and not
visible from above, II and VII internal and visible, VIII terminal.

Color. Dark piceous; femora and tibiae slightly lighter; rostrum and
tarsi yellow brown; connexivum and tergum chestnut brown; female with
two (1 + 1) dark spots on tergum VII.

Total length: male — 5.73, female 6.00 mm.; width of the pronotum:
male — 1.77, female — 1.83 mm.; width of the abdomen: male — 2.47, female —
2.67 mm.

Holotype: male, Sihuenkas, Yungas de Totora, Bolivia — M.
Fritz coll. XI. 56 ; deposited in the collection of the author.

Allotype : female, collected with the holotype ; in the same
collection.

Paratypes : 1 male and 7 females, collected with the holo- and
allotypes; in the same collection.

It is a pleasure to dedieate this species to its collector, and my
friend, Mr. Manfredo Fritz, from Buenos Aires.

Aneurus fritzi new species is allied to A. hurmeisteri Bergroth,
1886, but differs from it by: bigger size; relatively longer an-
tennae, the 4th segment being three times as long as the 2d;
relatively wider scutellum, etc.

220

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

BIBLIOGRAPirY C^TED

Bergroth, E. 1886. Zur Kenntnis der Aradidenj Verb. Zool. Bot. Ges.
Wien; 36 (1): 53-60, t.II.

. 1906. Canad. Ent. ; 3: 21-22, 1 pi.

Burmeister, H. 1835. Hand. Ent., Rhynchota II (1) : 253—257.
Champion, G. C. 1898. Biol. Centr. Amer., London, Heteropt. II: 65-117,
3 pi.

Kormilev, N. a. 1953. Aradidae (Hemiptera) Argentinae II; Ac. Zool.
Lilloana; 13: 207-256, 3 pi.

. 1953. Notes on Neotrop. Aradidae III (Hemiptera) ; On some

apterous Mezirinae from Brazil; Dusenia; 4: 229-242, 1 pi.

. 1959. Notas sobre Aradidae Neotrop. V, (Hemipt.) ; Eev. Soc.

Uruguaya Ent. ; 3: 21-33, 1 pi.

Dec., I960] -

P>o.OK Reviews

221

BOOK REVIEW

Journey l7ito Summer by Edwin Way Teale. Dodd, Mead &
Company, N.Y., 366 pages, 53 photographic illustrations. Price
$5.95. Published October 1960.

The completion of a new book by Edwin Way Teale is always
a notable event. It seems certain that the publication of his
Journey Into Summer has been anticipated with unusual eager-
ness, for the appearance of the first two volumes in the ‘ ‘ Seasons ’ ’
series gave sure promise of more good things to come. There will
be no disappointment on this score, although the Society may
admit to a touch of jealousy that the ever-broadening interests
of its best-known member have caused an ecdysis which has trans-
formed him from an entomologist into a naturalist of unusual
distinction. In point of fact, insects have a rather small part in
Journey Into Summer, although when they appear they are
treated in Mr. Teale ’s inimitable fashion. His description of the
mayfly swarms around Kelleys Island will be recognized as letter-
perfect by anyone who has witnessed the prodigious flights that
occur in the Great Lakes region.

But mainly Mr. Teale has occupied himself with other things
and the scope of his interest is astonishing. To his customary
charming accounts of the doings of animals he has added equally
attractive discussions of the zonation of plants, the mechanics of
meteors, the characteristics of dust storms and the behavior of
sand dunes. Mr. Teale ’s concern for accuracy is proverbial but
his accurate presentation of facts is not enough to account for the
popularity of his writings. Nor is it the admirable style in which
these facts are presented. The world is full of able reporters
whose work is both accurate and highly literate, but few of them
are able to rouse in their readers a pleasant glow of response.
This is Teale ’s great gift and he has used it well in J ourney Into
Summer. To read this book is a heart-warming experience, par-
ticularly so if one has travelled the roads which Teale took in his
journey.

Teale ’s writings show his personality so clearly that it must
have taken considerable courage on the part of Edward H. Dodd,
Jr., to prepare the brief biographical sketch. Of Nature, Time

222

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

and Teale, which Dodd, Mead & Co. published last spring. For
the ardent Teale enthusiast is apt to take the view that no one
can explain Teale better than he has explained himself. Never-
theless, this slender volume of sixty-three pages contains many
revealing touches. The section which deals with Mr. Teale ’s
meticulous writing techniques is especially interesting. There
are those who believe that when a gifted writer picks up a pen,
felicitous phrases immediately flow from it. Such people will be
shocked to learn of Teale ’s prolonged, systematic and arduous
labors over his books. They may even conclude that their idol
has feet of clay. The perceptive reader will take a sounder view.
He will realize why Teale has reached the unique position that
he occupies, for such a fortunate fusion of patience, pertinacity
and literary acumen is rare indeed. — W.S.C.

Dec., 1960]

Book Reviews

223

BOOK REVIEW

Wonder Workers of the Insect World by Hiram J. Herbert, 160
pages, 16 plates of illustrations, E. P. Dutton & Co., Inc., New
York. Published September 1960. Price $3.00.

The volume carries a foreword by Dr. Lucy Clausen. It con-
sists of fifteen chapters, a ‘‘bibliography’^ and an index. The
subject matter deals with both insects and spiders with the former
predominating. Three of the chapters are devoted to the habits
of wasps. Others deal with the habits of dragonflies, fireflies,
mantids, grasshoppers, butterflies, moths, antiions and mosqui-
toes.

Mr. Herbert’s book adds another title to the growing list of vol-
umes which attempt to popularize insect habits. The mention of
such a book is usually enough to make the trained entomologist
groan, for he knows before he opens the cover what he will find
in it. The author will be coy, both with his readers and with the
insects he is introducing to them. In Mr. Herbert’s volume this
is carried to the extreme of having the insect speak to the reader.
There is certain to be overdramatization, often accompanied by
needlessly lurid prose. The attack of a pompilid wasp on a spider
is sufficiently savage to need no literary embellishment, yet Mr.
Herbert is not content to report the facts, the wasp must scream
during the attack. Perhaps Mr. Herbert has confused the wasp
with the reader in this case, for the reader certainly has good
justification for screaming.

One of the most disturbing features of Mr. Herbert’s work is
his lack of consistency in the terminology applied to the stages
of insect metamorphosis. Much of the time he seems to be un-
certain of whether he is dealing with a larva, a nymph or a pupa.
We cannot suppose that Mr. Herbert has followed the obsolete
practice of applying the term ‘ ‘ nymph ’ ’ to the pupal stage ; he
knows the term “pupa” and sometimes uses it correctly. But
at other times he fails to do so with harrowing results. Thus in
his chapter on Vespa (page 69) Mr. Herbert states that in a nest
which he had been watching ‘ ‘ the larvae began cutting their way
out of their n3unphal chambers.” This was reported as a first
hand observation, a fact which makes Mr. Herbert’s other pur-

224

New York Entomological Society

[Vol.LXVIII

ported observations highly suspect. For if Mr. Herbert had ob-
served the emergence of the young wasps he would have known
that the adult emerges from the pupal cell. Since he correctly
records (page 20) that the larva of Pompilus pupates and later
emerges as an adult, his confused account of Vespa becomes even
more inexplicable. Nevertheless, there is a perverse skill in it,
for Mr. Herbert has achieved the unenviable distinction of in-
cluding three major errors in a statement nine words in length.

It is unfortunate that someone with entomological training
was not secured to help the illustrator, Robert Gartland. Mr.
Gartland evidently has the knack of instilling life into his draw-
ings. But it is equally evident that he knows nothing about in-
sects and the structures which he portrays are often so grossly
inaccurate that one loses sight of the liveliness of his drawings.
There has been overdraniatization here also, for no other inter-
pretation can be put on the illustration opposite page 130, where
a colossal, one-eyed mosquito, whose wings are attached to the
metathorax, gazes from what appears to be the flight deck of an
aircraft carrier at its prospective victim.

At a time when it has been clearly shown that the general pub-
lic accepts and enjoys authoritative scientific articles, when these
are clearly written and presented without condescension or coy-
ness, it is difficult to see why Mr. Herbert ’s book should have been
considered for publication. It is neither original, authoritative
nor written in a pleasing literary style. It does not seem too
much to ask that both the publishers and the writers of ‘‘popu-
lar’^ scientific books wake up to the fact that the general reader is
not a feeble-minded idiot. — W.S.C.

Dec., 1960]

Euckes: New World Hyaline Pentatomids

225

THREE NEW NEW WORLD HAL VINE PENTA-
TOMIDS (HEMIPTERA; PENTATOMIDAE)

By Herbert Ruckes

Eesearch Associate, the Department op Insects and Spiders,

THE American Museum op Natural History and Propessor
Emeritus, the City College op New York

The following three new species of pentatomids have been
culled from the collections of undetermined material in the United
States National Museum and the American Museum of Natural
History. One represents a new genus as well as a new species ;
the other two are new examples of Brochymena, which now bring
the total number of species in that genus to thirty.

The various numerical ratios given in the descriptions are
dimensions measured through a binocular microscope, with the
use of a X 2 objective and a x 9 ocular fitted with a micrometer
scale divided into 200 linear units (at this magnification equiva-
lent to 5.0 mm.) ; they are not in terms of millimeters except as
specified for holotypes and allotypes.

Subfamily PENTATOMINAB StM
Tribe Halyini StM

Genus Brochymena Amyot and Serville

Brochymena enigmatica, new species

Form. Oval, oehraceous above with more or less uniform and densely
distributed fuscous punctures.

Head. Slightly longer than the medial pronotal length (150x 132) and
almost twice as long as wide between the eyes (150 x 78) ; vertex distinctly
convex; anteocular margins thickish and gradually converging to an acute,
equilateral triangular apex; juga equally as long as the tylus, subpical teeth
very acute, their adjacent sinuses likewise acute. Antennae long and slender,
fuscous to piceous, the segments very narrowly pale only at their bases;
segmental ratios: 40/60/80/100/100, i.e., segments I to IV progressively
elongating by a regular increment, segments IV and V equal and longest.

Pronotal surface. Somewhat feebly undulant, with six larger, irregular,
laevigate oehraceous callosities in the vicinity of the cicatrices ; anterolateral
areas fuscous, feebly tumid, their margins provided with four well-spaced,
acute conical denticles ; antehumeral sinuses pronounced, the humeri piceous,
very strongly produced, somewhat stump-shaped, their lateral extension
greater than their anterior-posterior diameter, their apical teeth acute, not

226

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

strongly divergent. Scutellum about one-fourth longer than wide at the base
(230 X 180) ; basal third mildly convex and weakly elevated, disc more laevi-
gate there than on the remaining portions ; basal angles with a small piceous
pit or fovea adjacent to a small ochraceous callus. Hemelytra very densely
and somewhat congestedly punctured; vermiculations on the membrane fer-
ruginous brown and very strongly defined. Connexivum well exposed, dis-
tinctly alternated black and orange or ochraceous, the piceous areas forming
broad bands on each side of the segmental sutures; segmental apical angles
rectilinear and weakly produced.

Ventral surface. Essentially ochraceous, thickly covered with a farin-
aceous bloom which obscures the color design. Eostrum reacliing the base of
the fourth abdominal sternite. Abdominal venter shallowly furrowed through
the fourth segment ; the lateral margins of each segment provided with well-
defined castaneous lunes as is common in many allied species. Ostiole of
metasternal gland inconspicuous, and devoid of an auricle or canal. Legs
flavescent, badly damaged in this unique specimen; femora with broad
apical and subapical fuscous annuli; tibiae wdth subbasal and subapical
fuscous or castaneous annuli, the broad pale area between the annuli pro-
vided with a small, central, fuscous or castaneous square blotch; anterior
tibiae feebly clavate apically; proximal and distal segments of the tarsi
castaneous, the middle one concolorous yellow.

Male. Genital segment somewhat depressed, cup-shaped, transversely
elliptical ; widely open posteriorly, the contents totally visible ; apical margin
thin and weakly reflected, the ventral margin feebly trisinuate, the superior
margin provided with a thin brush of declivent golden hairs; parameres
stout, their heads subpyramidal or wedge-shaped, their inner surfaces diver-
gent from the base, roundly triangular in outline, the outer surfaces provided
with a blunt forward projecting lobe that reaches the inner wall of the cup ;
ventral margins of the heads thin, and slightly overhanging the inferior
(ventral) margin of the segment; proctiger pyriform in outline, its crest
obtuse.

Described from one specimen.

Holotype: Male: 16.0 mm. long; 8.75 mm. wide across the tips
of the humeral lobes. Vera Cruz, Mexico, 1896. H. Heyde, col-
lector. From the collection of C. F. Baker. Deposited in the
United States National Museum.

This new species belongs to that subgeneric complex of Bro-
chymena which includes forms with quadrangular humeri and in
which the metasternal ostiole is devoid of an auricle or lateral
canal, the male genital capsule is widely open posteriorly so that
the contents are totally visible and the head of the claspers over-
hangs the ventral lip of the genital segment. No other species of
Brochymena known to me has parameres like those found in this
species. There is no doubt that it belongs close to such other spe-
cies as arhorea, haedula, aculeaia, poeyi, etc., but the differences

Dec., 1960]

Euckes: New World Hyaline Pentatomids

227

exhibited in the head shape, antennal proportions, the conical den-
ticles on the anterolateral margin of the pronotum, as well as the
form of the parameres however, set it aside. The quadrangular
humeri are most like those in poeyi, while the weakly clavate fore-
tibiae closely resemble those found in aculeata.

Brochymena exardentia, species

Narrowly oval, semiglossy, brownish gray, punctures fine, dense, regularly
distributed, more or less uniform in size, only a few coarser ones on the
pronotum and scutellum ; somewhat depressed above, moderately convex
beneath.

Head. As long as the median length of the jjronotum (150x150) and
twice as long as wide between the eyes (150 x 75); juga subequal to the
tylus; subapical teeth small, acute and meeting the margins of the juga
at right angles; predenticular portion of the head triangular, half as long
as wide between the teeth, the apex acute; anteocular margins up to the
subapical teeth feebly concave and subparallel; punctures dense, the im-
punctate areas forming a fine, irregular, ochraceous reticulum. Antennae
long, stoutish, reaching to about the middle of the scutellum; basal three
segments reddish fuscous, terminal two segments almost piceous; segmental
ratios: 40/80/80/80/73, i.e., segments II, III, IV equal, segment V shorter.

Pronotum. Two and one-third times as wide as long medially (350 x 150) ;
humeri not at all prominent, acutely rounded, apically, with a few reduced
denticles on their anterior margins; antehumeral sinus shallow, inconspicu-
ous, marginal teeth six to nine in number, small, acute, triangular to sub-
conical; surface moderately undulant, the majority of the punctures small,
dense, and rather regularly distributed; some sparsely distributed, coarser,
piceous punctures occurring in two widely separated irregular patches across
the posterior portion of the pronotum, some of the punctures coalescing, the
patches about as far apart as each is distant from the adjacent humerus;
the anterior half of the disc provided with a vague median ochraceous
linea. Scutellum long triangular, the lateral margins feebly sinuate at the
point where the frenum ends, the postfrenal margins rapidly converging to
a narrowly rounded but not acute apex; basal angles deeply foveolate,
piceous, followed posteriorly by a short submarginal patch of enlarged and
coalescent piceous punctures, a few (8 to 10) other coarse punctures scat-
tered irregularly over the disc; most punctures small, uniform in size and
regularly distributed; a large basal, somewhat flat-topped, triangular area
and a posteriorly continued obtuse ridge on the disc weakly elevated, the
median line ochraceous. Hemelytra very densely, finely and regularly punc-
tured, without evidence of any coarser punctures; a small pale, impunctate,
discal spot present; veins and vermiculations of the membrane rich ochrace-
ous brown, tending to fade centrally. Connexivum well exposed, vaguely
differentially colored, almost coneolorous dark reddish-brown-gray, densely
punctured, only the elevated margins of the segmental sutures laevigate
ochraceous; apical segmental angles rectilinear and not at all produced.

228

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

Venter. Entirely inf u seated, without the benefit of piceous lunate mark-
ings commonly found near the lateral margins of the abdominal segments
in allied species ; punctures dense, fine and covering nearly the entire ventral
surface. Eostrum long, reaching the middle of the fourth abdominal ster-
nite ; abdomen deeply furrowed through the fifth segment ; segmental ratios :
60/120/110/80, i.e., segment II longer than segment III. Auricle of the
metasternal ostiole small, thin, spatulate, well elevated and without a spiral
twist to it. Femora reddish, conspurcated, with an incomplete subapical
pale annulus; tibiae dark reddish brown with a broad flavescent annulus at
the middle, provided with a centrally placed, vague dark spot on the middle
and hind tibae; tarsi concolorous fuscous.

Male. Genital segment subglobular, smallish, totally fuscous to piceous;
lateral apical lobes obtuse and somewhat retrorsely produced, the apical
margin of the segment (ventral aspect) broadly U-shaped; heads of the
claspers small, half -moon shaped in ectal or ental aspect, wedge shaped from
the posterior or anterior aspect; proctiger oblong, feebly tumid at its crest.

Described from two specimens.

Holotype : Male: 16.0 mm. long; 8.75 mm. wide across the
humeral angles ; Madera Canyon, Davis Mountains, Texas. July
20, 1950. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural His-
tory.

Paratype : Male : Some data as above, August 11, 1958, W. P.
Barr, collector. Deposited in the University of Idaho, Moscow,
Idaho.

The shape of the head, the small, fine denticles on the antero-
lateral pronotal margins and, most importantly, the form of the
male genital segment and its wedge-shaped, semilunate claspers
indicate very close affinity between this species and Brochymena
cariosa, Brochymena lineata, and Brochymena parva, probably
closest to Brochymena lineata. The distinguishing characteristics
are primarily found in the scarcity of coarse punctures on the
body, the more or less concolorous connexivum, the dirty ashy-
gray color, the long rostrum, the heavily infuscated venter, and
the subdepressed form.

Orbatina, new genus

Obovate, moderate to large, 14.5 to 17.0 mm. long; mildly convex above,
very strongly so beneath, especially the abdomen; head and anterior half
of pronotum very weakly declivent; densely but irregularly punctured.

Head. (Excluding eyes) subelliptical, about three-fourths of the medial
pronotal length, margins very gently convergent ajjically and very shallowly
sinuate at the middle; juga narrowly rounded apically, subequal to the
tylus or very slightly longer, in which case there is a small emargination
there; eyes subglobular, protuberant and extending the anterior width of the

Dec., 1960]

Euckes: New World Hyaline Pentatomids

229

pronotumj ocelli about three times as far apart as distant from the eyes and
lying in line with the posterior margins of them; antennal tubercles stout,
unadorned and totally visible from above; antennae mutilated, segment I
exceeding the apex of the head.

Pronotum. Subhexagonal in outline, somewhat more than twice as wide
across the humeral angles as long medially, the posterior and posterolateral
margins very broadly and obtusely confluent so that the posterior angles
are obsolete; anterior margin shallowly excavated centrally to receive the
head, then truncate behind the eyes; anterolateral margins thinly subcal-
loused, shallowly and broadly concave near the middle, each margin termin-
ating anteriorly in a denticle or minute lobe behind each eye; humeri
prominent but not strongly produced, their apical angles acutely rounded;
disc shallowly impressed behind the central portion of the anterior margin,
otherwise only feebly undulant. Scutellum longer than wide at the base,
the frenum ending at or just behind the middle, the postf renal portion mod-
erately broad, slightly more than half as wide as the width at the base,
its margins subparallel, the apex subtriangularly rounded, reaching onto
the fifth abdominal tergite, the apical and subapical margins sometimes nar-
rowly and feebly reflexed. Connexivum narrowly exposed, segmental angles
not strongly produced.

Eostrum. Eeaching the fourth abdominal sternite, segment I exceeding
the bucculae, segments II and III subequal. Abdomen quite convex, shal-
lowly and broadly furrowed to the fifth sternite, the trichobothria trans-
versely placed and lying completely ectad of the line of spiracles. Meso-
stemum and metasternum provided with a very thin, low, longitudinal
Carina, the metasternum not at all elevated. Mesocoxae and metacoxae
mutually equidistant. Metasternal orifice provided with a long stout, digiti-
form, elevated lobe or auricle (without a canal) which ends abruptly near
the middle of the supporting plate; evaporatorium rugulose and elevated
as a thin disc. Legs proportionately slender, the femora more or less uni-
form in diameter and only slightly stouter than the tibiae ; the tibiae broadly
and shallowly sulcate on their upper surfaces ; dorsal surface of the terminal
segment of the hind tarsi distinctly depressed or concave.

Type species: Orbatina fuligina, new genus, new species.

This new genus is apparently related to Ochlerus Spinola and,
in the phytogeny of the tribe, should be placed near by. How-
ever, such great dilferences occur in the composition of the male
and female genitalia that segregation of the two is strongly war-
ranted. The distinguishing characters of Orhatina are found in
the shape of the head, the slightly prominent humeri, the propor-
tionately long rostrum, and the stouter scutellum with its decli-
vent postf renal portion.

Orbatina fulig^ina, new species

Matte above and beneath ; sordid tan and fuscous above, producing some-
what of a two-toned sooty appearance, reddish fulvous and fuscous or piceoujg

230

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

beneath; punctures fuscous or darker, densely and irregularly distributed
above, more regularly so beneath; setae short, fine and reduced to a mini-
mum.

Head. Lightly infuscated, half again as long as wide between the eyes
(120x80), surface somewhat irregular, punctures piceous, dense and tend-
ing to become congested; margins feebly ampliate just before the eyes, then
very shallowly sinuate and continued apically by gradually converging to a
rounded apex, which is sometimes incised; entire tylus and bases of the
juga transversely rugose ; vertex flattish and irregularly rugose. Eyes
fuscous, ocelli topaz, prominent, about one-third of the diameter of the e^'e.
Antennal tubercles piceous; antennae apparently five-segmented, concolor-
ous dark tan or lightly infuscated (only three segments preserved), segment
I exceeding the apex of the head by one-third of the segmental length, seg-
ment II slightly shorter than segment I and half as long as segment III.
Other features as described for the genus.

Pronotum. About two and one-fourth times as wide across the humeral
angles as long medially (380 x 170), lightly infuscated except for the areas
around the cicatrices which are paler, and the humeral angles, the posterior
humeral margins, and the anterior apical lobules which parts are flavescent;
surface irregularly transversely rugose, except for the apical area, the
rugae most prominent across the center and on the posterior portion of the
disc; punctures of two sizes, larger piceous ones somewhat irregularly dis-
tributed but densest around the periphery, interspersed with numerous ex-
tremely fine ferruginous or light brown ones; anterolateral margins slightly
roughened, very shallowly sinuate in an obtuse angulated form near the
middle. Scutellum weakly convex at the base but not elevated above the
level of the pronotum, somewhat impressed on each side near the basal
angles, there piceous and finely punctured; ground color sordid yellowish
tan; a broad intramarginal band of fuscous or piceous punctures on each
side which become less dense and spread mesally beyond the end of the
frenum, leaving a broad median area of the ground color exposed, through
the center of which extends a line of wider-spaced fuscous punctures; a
large number of finer ferruginous or light brown punctures interspersed with
the larger fuscous ones; the apical and subapical margins narrowly fuscous,
interrupted at the extreme apex by a fiavescent spot (in the female these
margins are weakly refiexed) ; posterior half of postf renal portion weakly
declivent. Hemelytra sordid yellowish tan, the main veins conspicuously
pale, the punctures fuscous, finer and denser on the embolium, those on the
corium tending to congest into a small dark cluster near the middle; free
apical margin of the corium feebly sinuate, the external apical angle acute
and barely extending beyond the apex of the scutellum; membrane trans-
parent flavescent, infuscated basally, the veins colorless, numerous and
subparallel. Connexivum narrowly exposed, sordid, yellowish tun, the seg-
mental sutures bordered by broad fuscous or piceous patches, the discs
coarsely punctured, the apical segmental angles ivory colored, minutely
globular and slightly produced.

Under surface of the head piceous except for the juga and a narrow band
across the base which areas are impuuctate and flavescent; punctures deep

Dec., 1960]

Euckes: New World Hyaline Pentatomids

231

and dense. Thoracic pleura extensively overlain and suffused with fuscous
except for the submarginal band on the pronotum which is usually yellowish ;
punctures deep and dense. Auricle of the metasternal ostiole flavescent,
evaporatorium piceous. Abdomen fulvous to reddish fulvous, very densely
covered with fine, shallow, fuscous or piceous punctures except submarginally
which axea is narrowly sordid yellow, and where the segmental sutures are
bordered on each side with a fuscous patch. Eostrum medium brown, only
the extreme tip piceous; segment I reaching the margin of the prosternum,
segment II attaining the mesocoxae, segment III slightly exceeding the
metacoxae, the apex of segment IV reaching the anterior margin of the
fourth abdominal sternite; segmental ratios: 65/110/110/80, i.e., segments
II and III equal. Legs concolorous medium brown, the tibiae and tarsi a
little paler.

Male. Genital segment ovoidal, about half again as long as wide; apical
margin (ventral aspect) in the form of a broad and deep U-shaped emargina-
tion; lateral apical lobes stout, retorsely produced somewhat, their apices
acutely rounded, their inner and outer margins (dorsal aspect) strongly ele-
vated (the inner margin carina-like in form) so that their upper surfaces are
deeply concave; parameres vertically lamellate, posteriorly convergent, api-
eally dilating into concave heads, which when seen from the posterior aspect
are vertically obpyrif orm in outline ; proctigei* very broadly rhomboidal, and
so thinly sclerotized as to be almost transparent, taking on the appearance
of a partially defiated balloon, only the lateral margins are reinforced. Basal
plates of the female genital valves, when taken together, form a broad cres-
cent or lune, the ends of which are obtusely rounded; the inner margin of
each plate is slightly elevated so that the two combined form a dual or
pseudocarina ; the median plate deeply sulcate longitudinally; apical plates
contiguous in the midline, their apices not exceeding the posterior margin
of the abdomen.

Described from two specimens.

Holotype: Male: 14.5 mm. long; 8.0 mm. wide across the
humeral angles. Palmira, Colombia. May 3, 1935. Deposited
in the American Museum of Natural History.

Allotype: Female: 17.0 mm. long; 9.5 mm. wide across the
humeral angles. Rio Huallaga, Peru. February 29, 1932. H.
Bassler, collector. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural
History.

Since this is a new species in a new genus there is as yet no
known affiliate. The most striking feature of this species lies in
the almost membranous condition of the proctiger in the male
and in the longitudinally sulcate median plate of the genital
valves in the female.

232

New York Entomolooical Society

[VOL. LX VIII

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA: RHOPALOCERA) OF THE
WESTERN HEMISPHERE

By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington

[Continued]

iavibe Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: San Francisco, Costa Eica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 86, vol. 3, pi. 57, figs. 28, 29
$ (London).

Synonyms: jamhe Draudt.

ianthe Edwards, William H., Chrysophanus
Type Locality : Nevada ( ^ , $ ) .

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1871 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3,
p. 211 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 26,
no. 431 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places ianthe as a synonym of nivalis
Boisduval.)

icarioides Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena

Type Locality: Mountains of California, June.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p.
297 (Paris).

Additional Eeference : Oberthiir, Charles, 1913, Etudes de Lepidopterologie
Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 41, pi. 237, fig. 1943 $ (Eennes).

Synonyms : daedalus Behr, fiilla Edwards, maricopa Eeakirt, windi Gimder
syn., mintha Edwards, mincha Kirby syn., phileros Boisduval, spinimaculata

Gunder .

Subspecies: montis Blackmore, moroensis Sternitzky, pemhina Edwards,
ardea Edwards, hlackmorei Barnes and McDonnough, huchholzi dos Passes,
evius Boisduval, helios Edwards, helius (Zool. Eecord) syn., lycea Edwards,
rapahoe Eeakirt, syn., missionensis Hovanitz.

ilavia Beutenmiiller, William, Theda
Type Locality: Texas.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1899 (December), Jour. New York Ent. Soc. voL 7,
p. 254 (New York, N. Y.).

Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 24,

Deo., 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidea

233

no. 376 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places ilavia as a subspecies of autolycus
Edwards.)

Synonyms: mirdbelle Barnes.

illex Seliaus, William, Theda
Type Locality: Colombia.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5949
Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 419 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

imma Prittwitz, O. V., Theda

Type Locality: Corcovado, Eio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1865, Stettin Ent. Zeit., vol. 26, p. 322 (Stettin).
Synonyms: innua (Zool. Eecord).

immaculata Cockle, J. W., Theda iroides var.

Type Locality: Kaslo, British Columbia, May, 1897.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1910 (June), Can. Ent., vol. 42, p. 204 (London,
Ontario).

immficulata Guilder, Jean D., Satyrium fuUginosa tr. f.

Type Locality: McGee’s Creek, near Mammoth, Mono County, California,
June 20, 1926.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 283, pi. A,
fig. 6 (Orillia, Ont.).

immaculata Chermock, F. H., Pleheus lupini ab.

Type Locality: Gold Lake District, Sierra County, California.

Location of Type: Chermock Collection?

Original Description: 1929, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 24, p. 20
(Brooklyn, N. Y.).

immaculata Lathy, Percy I., Trichonis
Type Locality : ?

Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris.

Original Description: 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 78, jd.
133 (London).

Note: Lathy refers to Hewitson’s figure of theanus, Illus. of Diurnal
Lepidoptera, vol. 2, pi. 29, fig. 2 $ , as illustrating his new species, saying
that the figure is that of a male.

immaculosus Comstock, William P., Strymon titus var.

Type Locality: Provo, Utah, July 27, 1909 (collector T. Spalding).
Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1913 (February), Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 8,
no. 3, p. 33, pi. 11, figs. A-H (Brooklyn, N. T.).

234

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

imperialis Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
vol. 1, p. 120, pi. 76, figs. E, F. (Amsterdam).

Synonyms: venus Fabricius.

improba Eeed, E. C., Cupido
Type Locality: Chile.

Location of Type: Museo Nacional.

Original Description: 1877, Una Monografia de las Mariposas Chilenas,
p. 67 (Santiago de Chile).

Additional Eeference: Butler, A. G-., 1881, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p.
467 (London). (Places improba as a synonym of adonis SchifPermuller and
Denis which is a Palaearctic species.)

inachus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio

Type Locality: ‘Tndes Occidentales.”

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
vol. 1, p. 58, pi. 36, fig. D (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diur-
nal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 183, vol. 2, pi. 72, figs. 557 558, 559 9

(London) .

Synonyms: baeton Sepp.

Subspecies: carpophora Hewitson.

inaequalis Tutt, J. W., Celastrina argiolus ab.

Type Locality: Brooklyn, New York.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1908, Nat. Hist. British Lepidoptera, vol. 9, p. 416
(London).

Additional Deferences: Edwards, W. H., 1884, Butterflies of North
America, vol. 2, p. 10, pi. 2, fig. 24 Lycaena (Boston, Mass.). McDun-
nough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 29, no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.).
(Places inaequalis as an aberration of pseudargiolus Boisduval and LeConte.)

inconspicua Lathy, Percy I., Theda

Type Locality: Petropolis, Brazil, August 28, 1872, 1 $.

Location of Type: Fournier Collection.

Original Description: 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 136, pi.
9, fig. 15 $ (London).

Note: “This species is closely allied to basglides Hiibner, but may be
distinguished by the absence of spots near the base of the hind wing below.”

inconspicua Draudt, Max, liylos

Type Locality: Cuzco, Peru, 3600 meters.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1921 (January), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 822, pi. 144-m (Stuttgart).

t

Dec., 1960] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidea 235

indigo Druce, Hamilton H., Theclg

Type Locality: Chapada Campo, Brazil, January.

Location of Type: Godman Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 609
(London).

Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepi-
doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 794 (Stuttgart). (Considers indigo a sub-
species of vitruvia Hewitson.)

ines Edwards, W. H., Theda

Type Locality: Southern Arizona, October.

Location of Type: Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania (Carnegie Museum).

Original Description; 1882 (February), Papilio, vol. 2, p. 25 (New York).
Additional References: Holland, W. J., 1931, The Butterfly Book, 2nd
Edition, p. 240, pi. 29, fig. 35 (type) (New York, N. Y.). (This probably
fixes the lectotype.) Barnes, William J. and J. H. McDunnough, 1912
(July), Contributions to the Natural History of the Lepidoptera of North
America, vol. 1, no. 4, p. 57, pi. 27, figs. 5, 6, 7 (Decatur, Illinois). Stallings,
D. B. and J. R. Turner, 1947 (February), Ent. News, vol. 58, p. 39 (Phila-
delphia, Pa.). (Places ines as winter form of leda Edwards, therefore a
synonym).

infrequens Weeks, A. G., Jr., Theda

Type Locality: Cusilluni, Bolivia, May, 1899. Three specimens, no type
selected.

Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts.

Original Description: 1901, Ent. News, vol. 12, p. 265 (Philadelphia, Pa.).
Additional References: Weeks, A. G., Jr., 1905, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepi-
doptera, p. 37, pi. 6, fig. 3 (Boston, Mass.). Comstock, W. P. and E. I.
Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 88
(New York, N. Y.). (Remark that infrequens is probably not a synonym
of hazochii Godart as stated by Draudt (1920, The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 810).

ingae Sepp, Jan, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description; 1848, Surinaamsche Vlinders, vol. 1, p. 41, pi. 17
(Amsterdam).

Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, p. 631 (London). (Makes ingae a synonym of eryx Cramer.)

innua, Theda. Misspelling of imma Prittwitz
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description; 1866, Zool, Record, vol. 2, p. 599 (London).

inoa Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Jalapa, Mexico.

Location of Type; British Museum (Natural History).

236

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXVIII

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali-Americajia,
Inseeta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, yoI. 2, p. 88, vol. 3, pi. 58, figs. 18, 19 $
(London).

inorata Grote, Augustus R. and Coleman T. Eobinson, Theda
Type Locality: New York.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1868 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 1,
p. 323 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Reference: Barnes, W. J. and J. H. McDunnough, 1916, Con-
tributions to the Natural History of the Lepidoptera of North America, vol.
3, no. 2, p. 104 (Decatur, Illinois). (Indicate that inorata is a synonym of
calanus AxictoYnm = falacer Godart.)

inorata Lathy, Percy I., Theda

Type Locality: Eio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris.

Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Jiouvier,
p. 229, pi. 8, fig. 3 (Paris).

insignis Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Chiriqui, Panama.

Location of Type: Staudinger Collection.

Original Description: 1887 (October), Biologia-Centrali- Americana, In-
seeta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 99 (London).

Described from a single female. Similar to schausi.

instita Druce, Hamilton II., Theda

Type Locality: Chapada Campo, Brazil (January and March).

Location of Type: Godman Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 618 (Lon-
don).

insulanus Blackmore, E. H., Pleheius saepiolus
Type Locality: Victoria, B. C., May 24, 1916.

Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Canada.
Original Description: 1919 (March), Proc. Ent. Soc. British Columbia,
no. 14, p. 8, pi. 1, fig. 7 (Victoria, B. C.).

intermedia Strecker, Herman, Lycaena lucia ab. $

Type Locality: Virginia.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1878, Butterflies and Moths of North America, A
Complete Synonyniical Catalog, p. 95, no. 136 (Reading, Pa.).

Additional Reference: Barnes, W. J. and F. H. Benjamin, 1926 (March),
Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 25, p. 20 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (List
intermedia as a female form of pseudargiolus Boisduval and LeConte.)

intermedia Barnes, W. J. and J. H. McDunnough, Philotes hattoides
Type Locality: Shasta County, California, third week in July.

Location of Type: United States National Museum (Barnes Collection).

Dec., 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidea

237

Original Description: 1917 (March), Contributions to the Natural His-
tory of the Lepidoptera of North America, vol. 3, no. 4, p. 214, pi. 16, figs.
4-6 (Decatur, HKnois).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28,
no. 466 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places intermedia as a subspecies of glaucon
Edwards.)

Synonyms : malcolmi Gunder.

intermedia Chermock, F. H., Glaucopsyche xerces var.

Type Locality: Lone Mountain, San Francisco, California.

Location of Type: Chermock Collection?

Original Description : 1929, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 24, p. 20 (Brook-
lyn, N. Y.).

Additional Eeference : McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Cheek list, pt. 1, p. 28,
no. 474 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places intermedia as a synonym of xerces
form antiacis Boisduval.)

invisus Butler, Arthur G. and Druce, Herbert, Tmolus
Type Locality: Cartago, Costa Eica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1872, Cistula Ent., vol. 1, p. 108 (London).
Additional Eeferences: Butler, A. G., 1874, Lepidoptera Exotica, p. 160,
pi. 57, fig. 12 (London). Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diur-
nal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 159 (London). (Makes invisus Butler a synonym
of mulucha Hewitson.).

inyoensis Gunder, Jean D., Pleheius melissa tr. f.

Type Locality: Olancha, Inyo County, California, July 2, 1925.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 281, pi.
A, fig. 1 (Orillia, Ontario).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 450 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places inyoensis as an aberration of melissa
Edwards.)

iodinus Kaye, W. J., Tmolus

Type Locality: Port of Spain, Trinidad.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1914 (1913), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pt. Ill, p.
569, pi. 30, fig. 12 (London).

ion Druce, Hamilton, H., Theda

Type Locality: Interior of Colombia.

Location of Type : Druce Collection ( ^ ) .

Original Description: 1890, Ent. Mo. Mag., Series 2, vol. 1, p. 151 (Lon-
don).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, p. 576, pi. 32, fig. 7 ^ (type) (London).

Subspecies: extrema Draudt.

238

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

iopas Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality; Chontales, Nicaragua.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description; 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopaloeera, vol. 2, p. 65, vol. 3, pi. 56, figs. 4, 5 ^
(London).

ira Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Mexico.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description; 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 89,
vol. 2, pi. 35, figs. 81, 82 $ (London).

Additional Eeference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 386, no. 117 (London). (Eegards ira Hewitson as
a homonym of irus Godart and makes a new name viz. hewitsoni Kirby.)

irioides Seudder, Samuel H., Incisalia (not Boisduval), Misspelling of
iroides Boisduval
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1876 (April), Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3,
p. 104 (Buffalo, N. Y.).

iris Morris, John G., Theda (not Godart) Misspelling of irus Godart
Type Locality:

Location of Type;

Original Description; 1862, A Treatise on some of the insects of New
England which are injurious to vegetation, p. 97 (Washington, D. C.).

iroides Boisduval, Jean A., Theda
Type Locality: California.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p.
289 (Paris).

Additional Eeference: Oberthiir, Charles 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc, 9, pt. 1, p. 40, pi. 235, fig. 1924 (Eennes).
Synonyms: immaculata Cockle, irioides Seudder.

Subspecies: annettae dos Passes.

irus Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus
Type Locality: America?

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1822, Encyclopedic M4thodique, vol. 9, p. 674
(Paris) .

Additional Eeference: Boisduval, Jean A. and J. LeConte, 1833, His-
toire Generale et iconographie des Lepidopteres et des chenilles de TAm^rique
Septentrionale, p. 101, pi. 31 (Paris).

Synonyms: arsace Boisduval and LeConte, halteata Seudder, iris Morris.

Dec., 1960]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidea

239

ismarus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: ?

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1777, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde, vol. 2, p. 123, pi. 76, fig. P (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p.
568 (London). (Did not recognize the species.)

isobeon Butler, A. G. and Herbert Druce, Tmolus
Type Locality: Cartago, Costa Eica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History) (Druce Collection.)
Original Description: 1872, (July), Cistula Entomologica, vol. 1, p. 108
(London).

Additional Eeferences: Butler, A. G., 1873 (October), Lepidoptera
Exotica, p. 161, pi. 57, fig. 2 (London). Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887
(September), Biologia Central!- Americana, Inseeta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalo-
cera, vol. 2, p. 74 (London). (Make isobeon a synonym of beon Cramer.)

isola Eeakirt, Try on, Lycaena

Type Locality: Vera Cruz, Mexico.

Location of Type : Strecker Collection (1 5 ) .

Original Description: 1866 (November), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel-
phia, p. 332 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeferences: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (October),
Biologia Centrali-Americana, Inseeta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p.
104, vol. 3, pi. 58, figs. 33, 34 ^,35 $ (London). Comstock, W. P. and
E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45,
p. 102 (New York). Comstock, W. P., 1944 (October), Scientific Survey of
Porto Eieo and the Virgin Islands, vol. 12, pt. 4, p. 498, pi. 9, fig. 14 $
(New York).

Note: Godman and Salvin make the female of zachaeina Butler and
Druce the female of isola.

Synonyms: alee Edwards, ny agora Boisduval.

isophthalma Herrich-Schaffer, G. A. W., Lycaena
Type Locality: Cuba.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1862, Corresp.-Blatt Zool.-Min. Ver. Eegensburg,
vol. 16, p. 141 (Eegensburg).

Additional Eeference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De-
cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 110 (New York). (Make
isophthalma a subspecies of exilis Boisduval.)

istapa Eeakirt, Tryon, Theda

Type Locality: “Mexico near Vera Cruz”.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1866 (November), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel-
phia, p. 339, $ (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeferences: Field, William D., 1940, Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull.,
vol. 26, p. 346 (Lawrence, Kansas). (Makes istapa a subspecies of columella

240

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LX VIII

Fabricius.) Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann.
New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 83, pi. 1, fig. 11 $ (New York).

itys Edwards, William H., Theda
Type Locality: Prescott, Arizona.

Location of Type: Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Original Description: 1882 (February), Papilio, vol. 2, p. 23 (New York).
Additional Eeference: Holland, W. J., 1931, The Butterfly Book, 2nd
Edition, p. 238, pi. 29, fig. 17 9 (type) (Garden City, N. Y.). (This proba-
bly fixes the lectotype.)

ivelia Gosse, Philip Henry, Theda

Type Locality: Paraguay (North bank of Parang Eiver, October).
Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1880 (September), Entomologist, vol, 13, p. 205,
pi. 2, fig. 3 9 (London).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, p. 577 (London). (Said that the female type is in bad condition,
Gosse’s figure bad, but it is undoubtedly the female of Theda thara Hewit-
son, and therefore a synonym.)

ixion Fabricius, Johann Christian, Papilio
Type Locality: “In India.”

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1775, Systema Entomologiae, p. 523 (Fiensburgi) .
Additional Eeferences: Fabricius, Johann Christian, 1793, Entomologica
Systematica, vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 265 (Hafniae). (Includes ixion with mars
Fabricius.) Butler, A. G., 1870, Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera De-
scribed by Fabricius in the Collection of the British Museum, p. 190 (Lon-
don). (Says that ixion was distinct from mars Fabricius.) Druce, H. H.,
1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 568 (London). (Says that two
British Museum specimens determined as ixion by Butler are doubtfully
distinct from T. m-album Boisduval and LeConte.)

Note: We cannot identify ixion.

Synonyms : euripides Fabricius, euripedes Kirby.

Dec. I960]

Index to Volume LXVIII

241

INDEX OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES

Generic namea begin with capital letters. New names are printed in
italics. This index does not include names published in the list of Lycaenidae
(E-I).

Acinia fueata, 86
Acrosticta apicalis, 99
Acrotaenia trisignata, 87, 88
Aerotoxa otopappi, 89
testudinea, 89
Actinomeris sp.j 149
Agapostemom, 13, 17, 19
angelicus, 15
melliventris, 16, 17, 19
texanus, 14

Anastrepha mombinpraeoptans, 85
oeresia, 85
suspensa, 85
Andrena, 13
Aneurus harheri, 218
holivianus, 213, 217
burmeisteri, 219
fritzi, 218, 219
minutus, 218
subdipterus, 217, 218
Antigonum, 18

Aphaenogaster lamellidens, 66
picea, 66

Aphleboderrhis, 45, 216
alata, 213, 216
comata, 216
Apis, 17

Apodanthera undulata, 14, 16
Argema mittrei, 48
Argynnis

aphrodite, 162, 166, 171
atlantis, 162, 166, 171
eybele, 162, 166, 171
diana, 162, 166, 171
nokomis, 166, 171
Argyra albicans, 131
calceata, 132

Artemisia tridentata, 149
Ascia monuste, 102
Aselepias sp., 190

Baccharis sarothamnae, 149
Banksiessa, 40
Belvosia unifasciata, 127
Bergrothiessa grossa, 209, 210
intermediaria, 208, 210
plaumanni, 208, 209
rufa, 209, 210
usingeri, 210
Bombus sonorus, 19
Broehymena aculeata, 225, 226, 227
arborea, 226
cariosa, 228
enigmatica, 225
exardentia, 227
haedula, 226
lineata, 228
parva, 228
poeyi, 226, 227

Carica papaya, 84
Carventus australis, 36
Carya glabra, 191, 196, 198
Caupolicana yarrowi, 18
Chapadia, 42

alata, 39, 42, 43, 44
Chelymorpha eassidea, 18
Chloralictus (Sphecodogastra) tex-
anum, 18

Chrysopilus proximus, 127
Chrysops celer, 128
univittata, 127
Circium sp., 149
Colias ariadne, 165
liarfordi, 165
Coloborrhynus, 210
Crabro, 123, 125, 126, 132, 133, 134
adveiius, 123, 125, 127, 131, 133
argus, 125, 129, 130, 132, 133, 134
eingulatus, 123, 134
cribrarius, 134

242

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LX VIII

monticola, 125, 127, 128, 129, 131,
133

peltarius, 134
scutellatus, 134

Crypteria iasistylata, 136, 138
claripemiis, 137
haploa, 137
limnophiloides, 137
Cucurbita, 13, 14, 15, 16
digitata, 14, 16
foetidissima, 14, 16
maxima, 14
pepo, 14
pereiinis, 13

Cyclocephala (Dicliromina) dimi-
diata, 19

Crystineura sp., 101

Danaus glippus bernice, 102
plexipus, 102

Datura (Solanaceae) 18, 19
Daucus carota, 190
Diadasia, 18
Dioxyna picciola, 90
Diphyllonotus, 43
brachypterus, 43, 44
explaiiatus, 44
Dolichopus coercens, 132
gladius, 132
Drosophila, 9, 10, 12
Dry as julia, 102
Dyno thorium, 214
Dyseuaresta, 146
mexicana, 92

Encelia calif ornica, 149
Englemannia pinnatifolia, 149
Erebia, 68

Eriophyllum lanatum, 149
Euaresta, 93, 146
bella, 92

Euarestoides, 146
Eumetopiella varipes, 98
Euphoria basalis, 18
kerni, 18

Eurema gratiosa, 101
venusta, 101

Eustera argiphontes, 48
trogophylla, 48
Euxesta abdominaUs, 94
anuonae, 94
basalis, 95
eluta, 96
juncta, 95

luteocesta 84, 88, 95, 96
notata, 96
quadrivittata, 97
quaternaria, 96, 97
scoriacea, 97
stigmatias, 98

Faniiia, 126
scalar is, 127
Forficulassa, 40

lohulata, 39, 40, 42

Glyptocoris verus, 37

Halaszfya elongata, 210, 213
ovata, 211, 212, 213
Helenus, 47

Heliaiithella uniflora, 149
Helianthus, 149
Heliconius charitoniua, 102
Hemiargus hanno watsoni, 102
Hercostomus barbatulus, 132
crassicauda, 132
frequens, 132
ornatus, 132
Herina narytia, 99
Ilesus, 47

Heterotheca subaxilaris, 81
Ilirsutis harmonia, 155
sulphurata, 155
Hylaphela phleus, 101
Hylephila phleus, 102

Icterica atacta, 89
Ipomoea, 17, 18

(Convolvulaceae) leptophylla, 17,
18

Junonia sp., 101
Lagenaria sieeraria, 14

Dec. 1960]

Index to Volume LXVIII

243

Larrea divaricata, 18
Lasioglossum lustrans, 13
Lephelisea borealis, 197
Leptotes cassino cassias, 101
Liancalus genualis, 132
Lispe albitarsis, 132
nasoni, 132
Lupinus sp., 149

Mantis reUgiosa, 7, 8, 11
Melilotus alba, 18
Melitoma, 17, 18
grisella, 17
taurea, 17

Metriona bicolor, 18
Mezira argentinensis, 214, 215
cuhana, 215
minor, 213, 214
Miorrhynchus, 46, 47
Musca domestica, 127
Myopites, 92

Nauphoeta cinerea, 5
Neolimnophila hifusca, 135, 136
genitalis, 136
fuscinervis, 136
picturata, 136
Neophylarcha, 23
Neotephritis, 145, 146
abstersa, 94
finalis, 145-151
inornata, 145-150
rava, 145, 146, 147, 150, 151
Notapictinus, 37, 40
maculatus, 214
paramaculatus, 214
parvulus, 37

Notogramma purpurata, 99

Ochlerus, 229
Oenothera, 18
Opelousia obscura, 127
Orhatina fuUgina, 228, 229
Oxyna, 146

Papaipema, 100
harrisi ab. mulieris, 100
Papilio machaon, 175

Parahesus, 46, 47
truncatus, 39, 46, 47
Parastagmatoptera unipunctata 4
Paroxyna, 92, 146
sororcula, 92

Parydra bituberculata, 132
borealis, 132
breviceps, 132
Patricia, 152, 154
demylus, 152-155
gemellus, 153-155
dercyllidas, 152, 154, 155
liazelea, 153-155
liewitsonii, 152-155
oligyrtis, 152-155
Peponapis, 13, 15, 16, 17
pruinosa, 14-17
Phoebis sennae, 102
Phrosinella fulvicornis, 132
ffumosa, 132
Pictiuus beckeri, 40, 213
brachypterus, 40
derivatus, 40
fictus, 40, 213
fronto, 40
luteoincrustatus, 40
maculatus, 40
martinez, 40
nanus, 40
pilosulus, 40
rutilus, 40
sanmigueli, 40
stali, 40
wittmeri, 40
Placogenys, 43, 44
brachypterus, 44
explanatus, 44
Plastoneurus vagans, 132
Pogonomyrmex oceidentalis, 81, 82
Pollenia rudis, 127
Popillia japonica, 33
Prunus virginiana, 149
Psorosoma, 40
Ptilothrix sumichrasti, 17

f

Rhabdomastix (Bhabdomastix)
alayensis, 142
nilgirica, 143
schmidiana, 143

244

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXVIII

(Sacandaga) alTUorae, 143
emodicola, 144
teriensis, 144
Eliaphium vanduzeei, 132
Ehodendron, 137
Ehopalosetia, 23

Salsola parviflora, 149
pestifer, 149
Santaremia, 44

roJjusta, 39, 44, 45
Sarcophaga sp., 127
Scoterpes, 69-73
Seiiotainia trilineata, 130, 132
Solanum eleagnifolium, 149
Spliaeralcea, 18
Spirostrephon copei, 70, 73, 76
Stagmonantis Carolina, 9
Stenomyia tenuissima, 98
Stonemyia tranquilla, 129
Strymon calanus, 191, 193
caryaevorus, 190-198
edwardsii, 197
falacer, 190-197
liparops, 195, 197
kingi, 190

Stylia bidentis, 91, 92
Syncamaris, 21, 23
argophthalma, 21-24
Svastra, 18

Tabanus lasiopbtlialmus, 128, 129
microcephalus, 129
Tapinodoxa autonephes, 25, 26
Teiiebrio molitor, 27, 33
obseurus, 27, 33, 34
Teiiodera angustipennis, 5, 11
aridifolia sinensis, 7-12
Tephritis, 146

Teucholabis (Teucliolabis) assa-
mensis, 142
diver sipes, 141

Theda beon-cecrops complex, 102
bnbastus ponce, 101
spurina, 101
Thereva sp., 128
Thyreopus, 123
Tithorea, 155

harmonia, 156
caissara, 155, 156
cuparina, 156
pseudethra, 156
pinthias melini, 155
tarricina bonita, 155
Toxotrypana curvicauda, 84
Trentepohlia (Mongoma) argopoda
138

bombayensis, 139
butleri, 140
flava, 139
lioriana, 139
kempi, 140
splendida, 140
varipes, 140

(Trentepohlia) bellipennis, 141
camillerii, 140
ornatepennis, 141
suavis, 141

Trichopetalum, 70, 71
lunatum, 72
Trupanea, 146
actinobola, 93
dacetoptera, 93

Urbanus dorantes, 102
proteus, 101

Urophora trivirgulata, 88, 89

Valciana edulis, 149

Wyethia angiistifolia, 149

Xanthaciura connexionis, 85
insecta, 85
tetraspina, 86
Xenoglossa, 13-17
fulva, 14
patricia, 14-17
strenua, 14, 16

Xylocopa californica arizonensis, 19

Zygonopus, 69, 70, 71, 72, 80
TcreTceleri, 69, 71, 72, 73, 78, 79
packardi, 69, 71, 72, 73, 75, 77, 78
weyerien&is, 69, 70, 71, 73, 74, 75,
77, 79

whitei, 69, 70, 71, 73, 74, 75, 76

JOURNAL

of the 7 i

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

1. ■

Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan-
caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for
the Journal should be sent to the Editor, William S. Creighton, City
College, Convent Ave., & 139th St, New York 31, N. Y.; all sub-
scriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New
York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History,
79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society
has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be
responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of
address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $8.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly
in advance. Single copies, as issued, $2.00 each. '

Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York
Entomological Society. ,,

Contents

Herbert F. Schwarz

By John C. Ballister 187

Notes on Strymon caryaevorus McDunnough,

(Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae)

By Alexander B. Klots 190

The Dates of Publication of the Parts of “IRIS”

By Louis S. Marks 199

Notes on Neotropical Aradidae XI (Hemiptera)

By Nicholas A. Kormilev 208

Book Reviews:

Journey Into Summer by Edwin Way Teale 221

Of Nature, Time and Teale by Edward H. Dodd Jr 221

Wonder Workers of the Insect World by Hiram J.

Herbert 223

Three new New World Hyaline Pentatomids
(Hemiptera)

By Herbert Ruckes i 225

An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera,
Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere

[Continued]

By William Phillips Comstock and

Edgar Irving Huntington 232

Index of Authors 241

Index of Scientific Names 244

NOTICE : No. 3 of Volume LX VIII of the Journal
of the New York Entomological Society
was published on September 20, 1960

Published Quarterly for the Society
By Business Press, Inc.

Lancaster, Pa.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American
Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y.

Joiirmal

of the

New

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Devoted to Entomology in General

VOLUME LXIX

Published by the Society
New York, N. Y.

Business Peess, Inc.
Lancaster, Pennsylvania

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Alexander, Charles P.

Undescribed species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya
Mountains (Diptera, Tipulidae) VI 121

Chew, Robert M.

Ecology of the Spiders of a Desert Community 5

Cress Y, Roger P.

Additional Records of New England Siphonaptera 1

Forbes, James

New Journal Editor 119

Forbes, James and McFarlane, August Martin

The Comparative Anatomy of Digestive Glands in the F^e-
male Castes and the Male of Camponotus pennsylvan-
nicus DeGeer (Pormicidae, Hymenoptera) 92

Gohla Kurt B.

Pictorial Evidence of Interspecific Breeding of Pieris
protodice Boiduval and Le Conte and Pieris rapae Lin-
naeus (Lepidoptera, Pieridae) 145

Gray, P. H. II.

Forms and Arrangements of Scales in Species of Colias
(Lepidoptera, Pieridae) 201

Gregg, Robert E.

The Status of Certain Myrmicine Ants in Western North
America with a Consideration of the genus Paramyrmica

Cole (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) 209

iii

Huntington, Edgar Irving and William Phillips Comstock
An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera, Rho-
palocera) of the Western Hemisphere 54, 105, 157, 191

Kaston, B. J.

Spider Gynandromorphs and Intersexes 177

Klots, Alexander B.

T oxorhynchites rutilis and Anopheles harheri in New York
City (Diptera, Culicidae) 104

Kormondy, Edward J.

Territoriality and Dispersal in Dragonflies (Odonata) 42

Krivda, Walter V.

Notes on the Distribution and Habitat of Chilostigma
areolatum (Walker) in Manitoba (Trichoptera, Lim-
nephilidae) 68

Linsley, E. Gorton

The North and Central American Species of Euryptera
and a Belated New Genus (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae) 131

Prota, Carl D.

Enz3rmes in the Hemolymph of the Mealworm, Tenehrio
molitor Linnaeus 59

Bawson, George W.

The early Stages of Brephidium pseudo fea (Morrison)
Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae) 88

Bindge, Frederick H.

A New Species of Melanchroia (Lepidoptera, Geometri-
dae) from Jamacia 142

IV

A Synopsis of the Genus Nycteola from North America,
Including a new species from Arizona (Lepidoptera,
Noctuidae) 203

Ruckes, Herbert

Notes on the Mecistorhinus-Antiteuchus Generic Complex
of Discocephaline Pentatomids (Heteroptera, Pentato-
midae) 147

ScHERBA, Gerald

Nest Structure and Reproduction in the Mound-Building
Ant Formica opaciventris Emery in Wyoming 71

Book Reviews

Ruckes, Herbert CYNIDAE OP THE WESTERN
HEMISPHERE by Richard Froeschner 53

Foote, Richard H. INSECTS OP HAWAII, Volume 10,
Nematocera-Brachycera by D. Elmo Hardy 207

THE DIPTERA OR TRUE PLIES OP CONNECTI-
CUT by Lawrence W. Quate 207

PROCEEDINGS of the JOURNAL OP THE NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 221

V

t

4

Vol. LXIX

No. 1

7^673 March, 1961

XnS^

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS

Editor WM. S. CREIGHTON
Associate Editor JAMES FORBES

Publication Committee

FRANK A. SORACI E. IRVING HUNTINGTON

"" BERNARD HEINEMAN

iHiSB*

IMS-

Subscription $8.00 per Year

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 2 5, 1893
Rcincorporatcd February 17, 1943

The meetings of the Society arc held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural FIistory,
79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.

Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.

Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer.

Officers for the Year 1961

President, Dr. John B. Schmitt . / Dept, of Entomology, Rutgers University

New Brunswick, N.J.

Vice-President, Dr. Elsie B. Klots 215 Young Ave., Pelham, N.Y,

Secretary, Raymond Brush 1 University Place, N.Y. 3, N.Y,

Assistant Secretary, Peter Dix 525 West 113 St., New York 25, N.Y.

Treasurer, J. Huberman American Museum of Natural History, N.Y. 24, N.Y.

Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie . . American Museum of Natural History,

N.Y. 24, N.Y.

Editor, Dr. Wm. S. Creighton City College, Convent Ave. at 139 St., N.Y 31, N.Y.

Associate Editor, Dr. James Forbes Fordham University, N. Y. 58, N.Y.

Trustees

E. Irving Huntington

Dr. John B. Schmitt

Dr. A. B. Klots

Publication Committee

Frank A. Soraci

Bernard Heineman

E. Irving Huntington

Nicholas Shoumatoff

Executive Committee

■!

Dr. Daniel Ludwig

Lucien Pohl

Dr. John B. Schmitt

/ L Dr. Asher Treat

The Journal of the New York Entomolt^ical Society is published quarterly for the
Society by Business Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pennsylvania, Second class postage paid at
Lancaster, Pennsylvania. •

Journal of the

New York Entomological Society

VoL. LXIX March No. 1

ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF NEW ENGLAND

SIPHONAPTERA

By Roger F. Cressey
Department op Biology, Boston University

During the years 1955-1959 fleas were collected from various
small mammals throughout New England. In addition to my
own collections, Dr. Kerwin Hyland of the University of Rhode
Island has given me permission to include certain records of
fleas identifled by me collected in a recent Rhode Island mammal
survey. These two sources have provided the basis for this paper.
All fleas cited have been identified by the author.

Family PULICIDAE Stephens 1829

Xenopsylla cheopis (Rothschild 1903). MASSACHUSETTS:
Boston, October 25, 1959 off Battus norvegicus and November
3, 1959 off Mus musculus.

Hoplopsyllus glacialis lynx (Baker 1904) . NEW HAMPSHIRE :
Coos Co., November 25, 1950 off Lynx canadensis.

Cediopsylla simplex (Baker 1895). MASSACHUSETTS: Box-
ford, October 6, 1957 off Sylvilagus transitionalis ; Cotuit, May
23, 1959 off Sylvilagus floridanus. RHODE ISLAND : Hop-
kinton, April 1 and April 14, 1957 off Sylvilagus floridanus.
South Kingstown, November 29, 1955 off same host. East
Greenwich, January 21, 1957 off same host. Narragansett,
May 1, 1956 off same host. Exeter, October 27, 1955 off Vulpes
fulva. Hopkinton, October 27, 1955 off same host. Charles-
town October 7, 1955 off Urocyon cinereoargenteus.
Ctenocephalides felis (Bouche 1835). The many records of cat
and dog infestations in New England by this flea are not re-

iJMITHSONIAN ABB - .

!l^tSTITUTI0^4 APR I 418S1

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

9

corded here, since it is generally agreed that this flea is wide-
spread on these two hosts. This flea Avas also collected, how-
ever, from Procyon lot or in Warwick, Rhode Island, September
29, 1956 and July 12, 1957.

Family HYSTRICHOPSYLLIDAE Baker 1905

Saphiopsylla Ushopi (Jordan 1933). MASSACHUSETTS:
Ilingham, October 21, 1959 off Microtus pennsylv aniens,
RHODE ISLAND : Foster, April 24, 1957 off same host.

Stenaponia americana (Baker 1898). MASSACHUSETTS:

Billerica, December 7, 1958 off Peromyscus leucopus. Hollis-
ton, November 29, 1959 off same host. RHODE ISLAND :
West Greenwich, December 27, 1956 off Cletlirionomys gapperi.

Epitedia wenmanni (Rothschild 1904). MASSACHUSETTS:
Canton, November 23, 1957 off Clethrionomys gapperi and
Peromyscus leucopus. Hingham, October 21, 1959 off Pero-
myscus leucopus. RHODE ISLAND: Coventry, November
16, 1956 off Microtus pennsylvanicus. West Greenwich, De-,
cember 27, 1956 off Clethrioriomys gapperi.

Ctenophthalmus pseudagyrtes (Baker 1904). MASSACHU-
SETTS: Canton, July 28, 1957 off Tamias striatus. RHODE
ISLAND: Foster, August 16, 1956 off Clethrionomys gapperi.
East Greenwich, October 30, 1956 off same host. Charlestown,
November 10, 1955 off Microtus pennsylvanicus. Dutch Island,
June 14, 1956 off same host. Scituate, August 28, 1956 off
same host. Newport, December 20, 1956 off same host. North
Kingstown, March 12, 1957 off same host. Gloucester, June 17,
1957 off same host. West Warwick, November 24, 1956 off.
Blarina hrevicauda. Westerly, November 30, 1956 off Pity my s
pinetorum. North Smithfield, August 10, 1956 off same host.
South Kingstown, March 14, 1957 off Sylvilagus floridanus.

Doratopsylla hlarinae Fox 1914. MASSACHUSETTS: Hing-
ham, October 21, 1959 off Blarina hrevicauda. RHODE IS-
LAND: West Warwick, November 24, 1956 off same host,
Coventry, April 17, 1957 off same host. Block Island, October
25, 1956 off Battus norvegicus.

Family CERATOPHYLLIDAE Dampf 1908

Oropsylla arctomys (Baker 1904). MASSACHUSETTS: Shir-
ley, August 23, 1958 off Marmota monax. Hingham, October

March, 1961] CRESSET: RECORDS OP NeW ENGLAND SiPHONAPTERA

3

15, 1959 off same host. RHODE ISLAND : The following col-
lection records are all from Marmota monax. Exeter, April
18, 1956, Richmond, April 18, 1956. North Kingstown, April
18, 1956. Hopkinton, July 14, 1956. Cumberland, July 25,
1956. Foster, April 22, 1956. Westerly, July 16, 1957. South
Kingstown, July 23, 1957.

Odontopsyllus multispinosus Baker 1898. MASSACHUSETTS s
Cotuit, May 23, 1959 off Sylvilagus floridanus. RHODE IS-
LAND : South Kingstown, November 29, 1955 off same host.
Hopkinton, April 1, 1957 off same host. Kingston, December
15, 1956 off same host. South Kingstown, March 30, 1957 off
same host.

Opisodusys pseudarctomys (Baker 1904). MASSACHUSETTS:
Hingham, October 5, 1958 off Glaucomys volans.

Orchopeas leucopus (Baker 1904). MASSACHUSETTS: This
flea was found on Peromyscus leucopus in numerous collections
in the eastern part of the state. From other hosts it was col-
lected in Massachusetts as follows: Westwood, October 18,
1957 off Clethrionomys gapperi. Canton, November 23, 1957
off same host. Canton, June 27, 1957 off Tamias striatus.
RHODE ISLAND : Block Island, October 25, 1956 off Microtus
pennsylvanicus and Battus norvegicus. South Kingstown,
September 13, 1956 off Battus norvegicus.

Orchopeas howardi (Baker 1895). MASSACHUSETTS: Ded-
ham, April 19, 1957 off Sciurus carolinensis. Canton, June 27,
1957 off Tamias striatus. RHODE ISLAND: Charlestown,
June 14, 1957 off Vrocyon cinereoargenteus. South Kings-
town, June 14, 1957 off Sciurus hudsonicus. The following
records are all off Sciurus carolinensis; Kingston, April 2, 1957.
South Kingstown, April 16, 1957. Warwick, May 15, 1957.
East Greenwich, November 5, 1957. Scituate, October 9, 1956.
Coventry, August 15, 1956.

Ceratophyllus galUnae (Shrank 1803). MASSACHUSETTS:
Falmouth, March 1, 1958 from nest of St emus vulgaris. Mash-
pee, March 31, 1958 from nest of Colaptes auratus. Barnstable,
May 5, 1957 from nest of Turdus migratorius. Dedham, May
8, 1957 from nest of Passer domesticus.

Megahothris asio (Baker 1903). MASSACHUSETTS: West-
wood, October 6, 1957 off Microtus pennsylvanicus.

4

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Monopsyllus vison (Baker 1904). NEW HAMPSHIRE: Gor-
ham, August 29, 1950 off Mustela vison.

Nosopsyllus fasciatus (Bose 1801). RHODE ISLAND: Dutch
Island, June 14, 1956 off Rattus norvegicus. Block Island,
October 25, 1956 off same host.

Peromyscopsylla hesperomys (Baker 1904). MASSACHU-
SETTS : Canton, July 8, 1957 off Peromyscus leucopus. West-
wood, September 29, 1957 off same host. Billerica, December
7, 1958 off same host. MAINE : South Portland, August 18,
1957 off same host.

Peromyscopsylla hamifer (Rothschild 1906). MASSACHU-
SETTS : Hingham, October 5, 1958 off Microtus Pennsylvania
cus.

One of these species of fleas has been found in New England
for the first time. Saphiopsylla hishopi has not previously been
recorded from this area, although Fuller (1943) noted that this
flea has been collected in New York state and anticipated the find-
ing of this flea in New England.

Of the twenty species of fleas recorded here the following are
reported for the first time in Massachusetts : Opisodasys pseu-
darctomys, Peromyscopsylla hamifer, and Saphiopsylla hishopi.
Recorded for the first time in Rhode Island Island are Cedio-
psylla simplex, Doratopsylla hlarinae, Oropsylla arctomys, Odon~
topsyllus multispinosus, Orchopeas howardi, Saphiopsylla
hishopi, Stenoponia americana, Epitedia wenmanni, and Cten-
ophthalmus pseudagyrtes. In New Hampshire Monopsyllus vison
is reported for the first time.

References

Fox, Irving 1940. Fleas of Eastern United States. Iowa State College
Press, pp. 1-191.

Fuller, H. S. 1943. Fleas of New England. Journal of the New York
Entomological Society 51 (1), pp. 1-12.

Holland, G. P. 1949. The Siphonaptera of Canada. Dominion of
Canada-Department of Agriculture, Publ. 817, Tech. Bull. 70, pp. 1-306.
Johnson, P. T. and R. Traub. 1955. Revision of the flea genus Peromy-
scopsylla. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. No. 123 (4), pp. 1-68.

March, 1961] Chew: ECOLOGY or SPIDERS OF Desert Community

5

ECOLOGY OF THE SPIDERS OF A DESERT

COMMUNITY^

By Robert M. Chew
Dept, of Biology^, IJniv. Southern California

Introduction

There has been only a moderate amount of work on the synecol-
ogy of spiders. As expected, the data that are available show
that this order of arthropods conforms to ecological principles
well demonstrated for other groups. For example: (1) Biotic
communities have distinct spider faunas, characterized by the
frequency and density of the component species, as very nicely
shown by Barnes (1953) for Spartina tidal marsh and Barnes
and Barnes (1955) for the Andropogon serai stage in oldfield
succession. Holm (1950) found characteristic spiders according
to biotopes in Swedish Lapland. (2) There is a distinct change
in spider fauna with succession (Gibson 1947, Lowrie 1948,
Dowdy 1950, Barnes 1953, Barnes and Barnes 1954). (3) Dif-

ferent spider populations within a community show both spatial
stratification (Elliott 1930, Lowrie 1948, Dowdy 1950, 1951,
Kuenzler 1958) and temporal stratification, the latter on a diel
rhythm (Muma and Muma 1949) and seasonal pattern (Gibson
1947, Pichter 1954, Barnes and Barnes 1955). (4) The inter-

action of the physical environmental factors of temperature and
humidity with the different temperature preferences, upper
limits of temperature tolerance, and rates of desiccation of dif-
ferent spiders, is very important in determining geographic,
microhabitat and temporal distributions of spider populations
(Lowrie 1942, Holm 1950, N0rgaard 1951, Nemenz 1954), (5)

Biotic factors also influence distribution, as stressed by Tretzel
(1955).

The present report is a part of a more comprehensive study of
the ecology of a desert shrub community dominated by creosote
bush {Larrea divaricata), the widespread dominant of the hot
deserts of southwestern North America. The spider populations
deserve special attention, since only one other work has dealt with

1 Contribution from the Southwestern Eesearch Station, American Museum
of Natural History, Portal, Arizona. Work supported by National Science
Foundation, Eesearch Grant G-5570.

6

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

the ecology of desert inhabiting spiders, that of Pautin (1946),
treating the ecology of communities in the northern cool deserts
of North America, dominated by Artemesia over wide areas.

Study Area and Methods

The present study was conducted on a fenced 22-acre plot lo-
cated in the San Simone Valley, 5 miles north of Portal, Cochise
County, Arizona (T17S-R31E-S3) . The plot, part of the Z-T
Ranch, was generously made available for unlimited use by the
owner, Mr. Herman Kollmar.

The desert shrub vegetation of this general region probably is
a grazing disclimax in an area formerly desert plains grassland.
In the study area, total shrub cover was 20.7 per cent, which was
almost entirely due to three species: Larrea divaricata (creosote
bush) 17.35 per cent cover, Flour ensia cernua (tarbush) 1.12 per
cent, and Parthenium incamim (mariola) 1.59 per cent. Herb
cover was very sparse and only temporary, reaching 1.48 per
cent in August, which is about its maximum development. The
most abundant herb was a grass, Muhlenhergia porteri (0.47 per
cent cover), which grew principally under the shrubs. The next
three herbs, in amount of coverage, were Bahia ah sinthi folia
(composite), 0.24 per cent, Tridem pulcJiellus (grass), 0.21 per
cent and Hoffmanseggia densiflora (legume), 0.17 per cent.

No long term weather data are available for the immediate
vicinity of the study plot, and because of irregularities intro-
duced by the proximity of the Chiricahua Mountains, data for
the nearest weather stations may not be very applicable. The
San Simone weather station, about 25 miles north of the study
plot records an average annual rainfall of 7.9 inches, more than
60 per cent of this coming in the period July through October.
April through June is practically without rain. The Portal
weather station, 5 miles to the south, but located in the mouth
of a canyon, records an annual rainfall of 18.9 inches, with the
same seasonal distribution as San Simone. San Simone records
show mean monthly temperatures ranging from a low of 7.0° C.
in January to 28.6° C. in July.

The arthropods of the shrub stratum in the study area were
collected by means of sets of 48-sweeps taken with an insect net
30 cm. in diameter. Usually each individual sweep was from a
different bush. Sweeps were taken at about monthly intervals,

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF Spiders of Desert Community

7

from September 1958 tlirough August 1959. Usually 4 sets of
sweeps were taken from creosote bush and 2 sets each from tar-
bush and mariola. For each set of sweeps, individual arthropods
were sorted and counted according to species, and fresh weights
were measured for species lumped together into certain taxonomic
groups.

Individual spiders were examined under a stereoscopic micro-
scope, and the total length of each was measured. Total length
was the most easily measured dimension, and in several large
samples it proved as reliable in size ranking of individuals as
cephalothorax width. Size frequency distributions were plotted
using a 0.04 mm. size group basis. The total collections involved
73 sets of 48-sweeps containing 817 individual spiders.

A standard set of 48-sweeps is generally considered to give a
sample of arthropods equivalent to that in the vegetation over
one square meter of surface. This calibration has been established
in the herb stratum in deciduous forest ( Shelf ord 1951) and the
same quantitative relationship has been assumed to hold for shrub
sweeps (as by Fautin 1946, and others). However the precision
with which shrub sweeps can be made is much less than that for
herb sweeps. The efficiency of sweeping also varies with the
sizes of the individual shrubs (as it limits the length of sweep),
and the flexibility of the leaved branches. The three shrubs in
the present study varied considerably in these respects. Creosote
bush, the largest and most flexible of the shrubs, was the most
efficiently swept, while tarbush, the most rigid, and mariola, the
smallest, were less effectively swept. In the present methods,
two short sweeps from small shrubs were counted as one sweep.

Obviously the most reliable use of 48-sweep data is as density
indices in particular shrubs. However, for means of comparison
and incorporation with other quantitative data, absolute densi-
ties of spiders were calculated in the present study, assuming that
48 sweeps = 1 M“.

Due to lack of time and of quantitative methods adequate for
a desert situation, the arthropods of the ground and subterranean
strata, and of the herbs, were not sampled. It is felt that the
spiders of these strata are quantitatively much less important
than those of the shrubs. Fautin (1946) studied the ground
stratum in sagebrush desert, but does not mention any spider as
being a significant part of the arthropod communities. In 17

8

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. tJLlX

TABLE 1. Average number of individuals per 48-sweeps, according to species op
SPIDER, KIND OF SHRUB, AND COLLECTION DATE. L =: creosote bush, Larrea divaricata, F = tarbushj i
Flourensia cernua, P = mariola, Parthenium incanum. Number in parentheses is number of

sets of 48-sweeps involved in average.

20 Sept.

20 Oct. 1958

2 Dec. 1958

4 Feb. 1959

L

F

L

F

P

L

F

P

L

F

P

(6)

(1)

(4)

(3)

(1)

(4)

(3)

(1)

(4)

(2)

(2)

THOMISIDAE

Misumenops spp. juv.

9.3

7.0

8.5

5.7

4.0

3.0

3.0

2.0

M. dubius
(Keyserling)
M. coloradensis

0.2(3"

0.2(3"

0.3 cf

Gertsch

Philodromus

0.3j

2.0j

infuscatus

0.2

Keyserling

0.3 9

0.7 9

1.0 9

Tmarus angulatus

0.8j

0.8j

1.3i

l.Oj

1.3j

2.0J

(Walckenaer)

Ebo albocaudatus n.sp.*

0.3j

2.0j

0.3 9

l.Oj

and E. parabolis n.sp.

SALTICIDAE

Sassacus papenhoei

3.3j

l.Oj

0.8J

0.3j

0.3j

0.5J

Peckham

Phidippus sp.

1.2j

0.3J

0.3j

Habronattus sp.

l.Oj

unidentified

0.2i

0.3J

l.Oj

l.Oj

0.3j

0.3j

ARGIOPIDAE

Metepeira arizonica

0.5j

0.3j

1.7j

0.3j

0.7j

1.0 d"

0.3J

2.0J

Chamberlin & Ivie

0.3 d"

Eustala sp.
Hamataliva grisea

0.2i

2.0j

0.8J

0.5j

Keyserling

DICTYNIDAE

Dictyna peon

l.Oj

1.0 d"

0.5J

Chamberlin & Gertsch

All species

Total individuals

16.7

7.0

12.3

11.0

12.0

6.3

6.7

5.0

1.3

3.0

2.0

Total biomass, mg.

43.6

35.5

44.5

46.2

40.9

11.8

14.3

12.5

5.7

1A

2.5

* descriptions of these new species are in manuscript, Dr. Robert Schick.

In addition to the above species, the following spiders were taken only once in sweep collections: DIGUETIDAE,
Diguetia canities (McCook), 1 individual on Larrea 27 Aug. 1959; OXYOPIDAE, Oxyopes sp., 1 individual on Par-
thenium 2 Dec. 1958; ARGIOPIDAE, Pemetia viridans Hentz, 1 individual on Larrea 2 Dec. 1958; SALTICIDAE,
Pseudicius piraticus Peckham, 1 cf on Larrea 23 June 1959; MICRYPHANTIDAE, Grammonota sclerata Chamberlin
& Gertsch, 2 individuals on Parthenium 4 April 1959; LINYPHIIDAE, Meioneta sp., 1 individual on Flourensia 2 Dec.
1958; CLUBIONIDAE, Chiracayithium inclususm Hentz, 1 individual on Flourensia 16 May 1959. Xysticus aprilinus
Bryant, THOMISIDAE, was taken in Gutierrezia 25 July 1959; this is the only time this shrub M'^as swept.

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF SPIDERS OP Desert Community

9

stomachs of lizards examined in the present study, there was only
one spider present in more than 1300 food items ; 3 scorpions and
1 solpugid were present in the same stomach contents. If these

4 April 1959

16 May 1959

23 June 1959

25 July 1959

27 Auf?. 1959

L F

P

L F P

L F P

L F P

L F P

(4) (2)

(2)

(4) (2) (2)

(4) (2) (2)

(4) (2) (2)

(6) (2) C2)

11.3

4.0

2.5 9.5

15.5

2.0

7.5

1.5

0.5

5.1

2.0

2.8

4.0

0.3 d'

Loci'

0.5 o'

0.3 d'

0.5 d*

3.3 cf'

1.0 cf

0.5 d'

0.3 cT

1.0 d'

0.8 9

0.5 9

1.3 9

0.5 9

2.5d'

0.5 cf

0.3 d’

0.5 d*

0.3 9

0.5 9

1.0 9

2.8j

9.0j

2.5j

2.5j

10.5j

4.8j
0.5 cf

4.0j

12.0j

0.8J

2.5J

0.3j

0.5i

0.3J

4.5J

1.3j

0,5j

0.8 9

0.5i

0.3J

0.5J

1.3j

l.Oj 3.8j 4.0j

2.0j

3.3j

l.Oj

0.3j
0.3 d"

0.5

0.5j

0.8 9

0.3 9

0.3j

i.oj

l.Oj

5.0j

0.5j 0.3j

0.5j

0.2j

0.3j

0.5j

l.Oj

0.3j

0.5j

0.3j

0.5J 0.5j

0.5J

0.3 9

q

q

0.5j

0.5j

0.5j

0.5j

0.3j

0.5J

0.5j

1.5J

1.5j

L5j

19.5

8.0

5.0

18.0

25.0

14.5

17.5

11.5

13.0

18.3

10.5

14.5

7.0

2.0

12.5

79.2

46.9

26.3

73.6

104.7

19.0

76.9

37.7

16.0

78.3

90.0

27.2

58.9

18.5

88.8

diurnal lizards {Cnemidophorus, Phrynosoma, Sceloporus) can
be assumed to be taking a random sample of arthropods present
in burrows and on the ground surface, a low density of spiders
in these strata is indicated. However, ground dwelling spiders
are probably principally active at night, and may not be ade-
quately sampled by lizards.

Acknowledgments. I gratefully acknowledge the assistance of

■l,

!■

•i.

1

. I

‘f .

’■ ' ' V-

C

I

%

I

i

K.

I

t

NE^v York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

TABLE 1. Average number of individuals per 48-sweeps, according to species

SPIDER, KIND OF SHRUB, AND COLLECTION DATE. L = creosote bush, Larrea divaricata, F = tarbnab
Flonrensia cemtia, P = mariola, Parthenium incanunx. Number in parentheses is number of
sets of 48-sweeps involved in average.

20 Sept. 20 Oct. 1968 2 Dec. 1958 ‘I Feb. 1959

L

(6)

THOMISIDAE
Miiumtnopi spp. juv. 9.3

M.dubiut 0.2 d'

(Keyserling)

M. coloradensit
Gertach
Philodromue

infuscatus 0.2 cf

Keyserling 0.3 9

Tmarus angvlatus 0.8j

(Walckenaer)

Ebo albocaudatua n.sp.*
and E. parabolie n.sp.

F L F P L

(1) (4) (3) (1) (4)

7.0 8.5 5.7 4.0 3.0

0.2 cf

0.3 cf

0.3j 2.0j

0.7 9 1.09

0.8j 1.3j l.Oj

0.3 9

0.3j 2.0j

F P L p p

(3) (1) (4) (2) (2)

3.0 2.0

1.3j 2.0j

l.Oj

SALTICIDAE

Saasacva papenhoei 3.3j l.Oj O.Sj 0.3j 0.3j 0.5j

Peckham

Phidippua sp.
fJabronaUua sp.

unidentiBed
ARGIOPIDAE
Melepeira arizonica
Chamberlin & Ivie
Eitalala sp.

HoTnalaliva Qriaea
Keyserling

DICTYNIDAE

Dictynavton j O;

Chamberlin A: Gertsch

AU species

Total individuaU 16.7 7.0 12.3 11.0 12.0 6.3 6.7 5 0 1.3 3.0 2.0

Total biomass, mg. 43.6 35.5 44.5 46.2 40.9 11.8 14.3 12.5 5.7 1A 2.5

* descriptions of these new species are in manuscript. Dr. Robert Schick.

In addition to the above species, the following spiders were taken only once in sweep collections: DIGUETIDAE,
Dxgiuha camtiea (McCook). 1 individual on Larrea 27 Aug. 1959; OXYOPIDAE. Oxyopea sp., 1 individual on Pat-
lhentum 2 Dec. 1958; ARGIOPIDAE. Peucelia riridana Henta, 1 individual on Larrea 2 Dec. 1958; SALTICIDAE,
Pa^dxetua piralxcua Peckham, 1 d on Larrea 23 Juno 1959; MICRYPHANTIDAE, Grammonola seferato Chamberlin
ParMenium 4 April 1959; LINYPHIIDAE, AUioneta sp., 1 individual on Flonrenew 2 Dee.
1958; CI^IONIDAE. Chtracanlhium incluauam Hentz, 1 individual on Flourenaia 16 May 1959. Xyaticua aprilinet
ryant, THOMISIDAE, was taken in GiUierrezia 25 July 1959; this is the only time this shrub wa.s swept.

1.2j

l.Oj

0.5j

0.2j

O.Sj

O.Sj l.Oj l.Oj

O.Sj

O.Sj

0.3j 1.7j 0.3j 0.7j l.Ocf 0.3j

0.3 c^’

O.Sj

2.0j O.Sj

March. 1001] Chew: Ecology of Spiders of Desert Community

stomachs of lizards examined in the present study, there was only
one spider present in more than 1300 food items ; 3 scorpions and
1 solpugid were present in the same stomach contents. If these

4 April 1959

t f

H) (2)

,13 4.0 2.6

0,3<? I-SO"

0,3j 0.5j

0.89

1.3)

0.3j l.Oj

0.3j
0,39

O.Sj

8.0 5.0

^^•2 46.9 26.3

16 May 1959
L F P

(4) (2) (2)

9.5 15.5 2.0

O.Scf

0.8 9

2.8j 9.0j

O.Sj 4.5j

O.Sj

4.0j 2.0j

O.Sj l.Oj

O.Sj

O.Sj

18.0 25.0 14.5

73.6 104.7 19.0

23 June 1959
L F P

(4) (2) (2)

7.5 1.5 0.5

0.3 0.5 cf

0.5 9

0.3 9

2.5j 2.5j 10.5j

1.3j

0.3j

3.3j l.Oj

l.Oj 5.0j O.Sj

0.3j O.Sj

O.Sj

0.3j

l.5j

17..'» 11.5 13.0

76.9 37.7 16.0

25 July 1959
L F P

(4) (2) (2)

5.1 2.0

3.3cf l.Ocf 0.5cT

2.5cf 0.5cf

0.5 9 1.0 9

4.8j 4.0j 12.0j

0.5 cf

O.Sj

0.3j

0.3 cf 0.5 cf
0.8 9

0.3j O.Sj

O.Sj O.Sj O.Sj

0.5j

1.5j

18.3 10.5 14.5

78.3 90.0 27.2

27 Auc. 1969

L F P

(6) (2) (2)

2.8 4.0

0.3cf lOcf

1.3 9 0.5 9

0.3 0.6 cf

O.Sj 2.5j

O.Sj

O.Sj

0.3 9
0.2j

0.5j
l.Oj l.Oj

O.Sj

l.5j

7.0 2.0 12.6

5S.9 18.5 88.8

l.Oj 3.8j

diurnai iizards (Cnemidophonis, Phrynosoma, Sceloporus) can
be assumed to be taking a random sampie of arthropods present
in burrows and on the ground surface, a iow density of spiders
in these strata is indicated. However, ground dweiiing spiders
are probabiy principaiiy active at night, and may not be ade-
quateiy sampied by iizards.

Acknowiedgments. I gratefuiiy acknowiedge the assistance of

10

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. L.XIX

Dr. Herbert Levi, Dr. Willis J. Gertsch and Dr. Robert Schick
ill making taxonomic determinations of the spiders collected.

Results

Density and biomass. Table 1 gives the density of spiders in
each of the shrub species for each collection. All individuals
were weighed together. Total spider density is plotted in figure
1. Densities in the different shrubs show two seasonal highs, one

Fig. 1. Seasonal variation in abundance of spiders in the different shrubs.
L = creosote bush, Larrea divaricata; P = mariola, PartJienium incanum;
F = tarbush, Flourensia cernua.

in the period from April through July, and the second in October.
The latter peak is much smaller and more limited in time, and
possibly does not occur for creosote bush, which may have only
one period of spider abundance, from April through September.
The patterns for the three shrubs are somewhat different. Densi-
ties in creosote bush remained at almost the same high level from
April through July ; the spring-summer plateau did not develop
ill mariola until May, but was sustained through August, while
tarbush showed a very sharp peak density, exceeding the other
shrubs, in mid May.

The standing biomasses of spiders per square meter of plant
cover are plotted for each collection period in figure 2, Figure
3A presents density and biomass per hectare of habitat, which
takes into account the relative coverages of the three shrubs.
The per hectare figures are therefore dominated by the density

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OP Spiders of Desert Community

11

values for creosote bush, which provides 83.8 per cent of the total
shrub cover, and Misumenops spp. which form 51.8 per cent of
the total spiders collected. The numerical dominance of Misum-

Fig. 2. Seasonal variation of biomass of spiders in different shrubs.
L r: creosote bush, P = mariola, P = tarbush.

Fig. 3A. Seasonal variations in habitat density and biomass of spiders,
and of Misumenops spp.

enops is shown by the curve for it alone; seasonal densities of
the other spiders are shown in figure 3B, using a magnified abun-
dance scale.

Certain anomalies between the density curve (figure 1) and

12

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

biomass curve (figure 2) are largely due to changes in the age
structure of the Misumenops populations, particularly the num-
ber of heavy adults in comparison to the lighter juveniles, and
to the plant distribution of the adults. For example : ( 1 ) For
creosote bush on 18 August, when density was high but biomass
only moderate, there were 54 juvenile Misumenops for each adult.
By 20 October, when density had declined though biomass was
almost unchanged, there were 28 juveniles : 7 adults. The decline
in numbers (of juveniles) was compensated by the greater weight
of the then more numerous adults. (2) The increase in the spider
biomass in mariola, which increased from a continuously low
level to a sudden maximum in August, was due to the presence

Fig. 3B. Seasonal variations in density of individual species of spiders.
Upper graph: E = F&o spp. ; 'M.-Metepeira arizonica; TL- Kamataliva
grisea. Lower graph : P = Philodromus infuscatus, S = Sassaciis papenhoei,
T Tmarus angulatus.

of adult Misumenops, not previously present in this shrub, al-
though present on the other two shrubs. The total biomass of
spiders (figure 3A) follows rather closely the total density.

Seasonal distribution and climatic factors. The minimum
density of spiders in the shrub stratum occurred in February,
coincident with the period of lowest air temperatures (figure 4).
The lesser depression in density, through August and into Sep-
tember came at the end of the period of sustained high summer

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF Spiders of Desert Community

13

temperatures, when air temperature was declining and air hu-
midity increasing. Highest temperatures and lowest humidities
occurred in early June.

Seasonal distribution and condition op the shrubs. The
periods of blooming and leaf bearing of the three shrubs, and the
seasonal variation in density of the three most abundant species
of spiders in these shrubs, are shown in figure 5.

Misumenops spp. are consistently present on the evergreen
creosote bush, except during the period of lowest winter tempera-
tures. The plateau density is established in April, at the time of
the spring blooming of the creosote bush. In tarbush the maxi-
mum Misumenops density is a very sharp peak, occurring in mid

TO
«0
SO

40

R.H.%

20-
10

sot
2s|-

20 I

iSr
to

S
0

TEMP. *0.

s o

1958

A M

1959

60

so

40

SO

20

to

r so
■ias
-f 20
■; IS

T 10
- 5

Fig. 4. Air temperature and relative humidity recorded in center of
study area.

June, in the first month of full leaf bearing of this deciduous
shrub. There is no significant response of density to the bloom-
ing period, October-November, of tarbush. For mariola the
highest densities are recorded in August and October (no collec-
tion in September), both within the blooming period. August
was the only time when mature Misumenops were found on
mariola, and then both species were present.

Philodromus was present abundantly only on mariola, and dur-
ing the first half of the leaf -bearing period. Density declined in
August during the period of blooming, when Misumenops became
abundant.

14

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. I^IX

Sassacus densities were highest, on all plants, in the period
April- June.

Distribution according to plants. An analysis of variance
of the densities of the more abundant spiders on the three species
of shrubs showed that there are significant differences attribut-
able to plant species. (1) The density of Misumenops spp. on
creosote bush is significantly greater than that on mariola. There
is no difference between creosote and tarbush, or tarbush and
mariola. (2) The abundance of Tmarus angulatus is highly sig-
nificantly greater on tarbush than on creosote bush (p. < 0.001),

ewaga m7rfarnrm>>mrirjrT7m

n WlUdMukll/muuinili

o=========.==,F

Fig. 5. Variation in abundance of three spiders in the different shrubs,
according to the development of these shrubs as shown in the upper bar
graphs. L = creosote bush, P = mariola, F = tarbush ; cross hatched bars =
time of blooming, dotted bar - time of development of leaves or shedding of
leaves, plain bar = period of full leaf, no bar = no leaves.

and it was never taken on mariola. ( 3 ) The abundance of Philo-
dromus infuscatus is significantly greater on mariola than on
creosote bush and tarbush. There is no difference between the last
two species. (4) Sassacus papenhoei and Phidippus sp. densi-
ties are not significantly different on different shrubs.

Simple inspection of the data in table 1 indicates that the orb-

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF SPIDERS OP DeSERT COMMUNITY

15

weavers, Metepeira arizonica and Eustala sp., are probably dis-
tributed independent of plant species, while Dictyna peon was
taken only on mariola, with one exception, and Hamataliva
grisea only on creosote bush.

Seasonal occurrence and insect biomass. The insect and
spider biomasses per 48 sweeps are given in Table 2, according to
species of shrub and time of collection. For creosote bush and
tarbush, the insect : spider biomass ratios are clearly highest dur-
ing periods of low spider biomass, and lowest during periods of
highest biomass. The largest ratios occurred in February, when
insects were still present in the shrubs, while spiders were largely
absent. In several cases the spider standing biomass equalled or
was larger than the insect biomass.

TABLE 2. Comparison of insect and spider standing crop biomasses
PER 48 sweeps of each shrub species. Biomass in mgm.

Insect biomass/spider biomass or prey /predator biomass ratio

Date

creosote bush

tarbush

mariola

18 Sept. 1958

142.4/43.6 = 3.3

274.4/35.5 = 7.7

20 Oct. 1958

147.0/44.5 = 3.3

184.6/46.2 = 4.0

162.7/40.9 =

4.0

2 Dec. 1958

36.8/11.8 = 3.2

250.4/14.3 = 17.7

96.3/12.5 =

7.7

4 Feb. 1959

1108.5/5.7 = 195

652.8/7.4 = 88.3

84.7/2.5 =

33.9

2 April 1959

171.0/79.2 = 2.2

723.0/46.9 = 15.4

46.9/26.3 =

1.8

16 May 1959

132.2/73.6 = 1.8

334.3/104.7 = 3.2

53.5/19.0 =

2.8

23 June 1959

107.0/76.9 = 1.4

130.6/37.7 = 2.8

15.6/16.0 =

1.0

27 July 1959

78.0/78.3 = 1.0

152.5/90.9 = 1.7

69.9/27.2 =

2.6

27 Aug. 1959

43.3/58.9 = 0.74

135.1/18.5 = 7.3

226.0/88.8 =

2.5

Development and Keproduction

1. Misumenops dubius and M. coloradensis. As shown in
figure 6, both these species had a maximum abundance of mature
individuals in late July. However, mature coloradensis occurred
only in June- July-August collections (except one individual in
October), while mature dubius were present April through Oc-
tober.

Since it is not possible to distinguish the juveniles of these
two species, all Misumenops are plotted together in the size dis-
tributions of each collection (figure 7A). This plot shows that:

16

New York Entomological Society

[ VoL. LXIX

(1) As indicated by the seasonal spread of mature individ-
uals, and the considerable size range in each collection, repro-
duction takes place throughout a considerable part of the year.
But, most breeding must have occurred in July and August when
mature individuals comprised 60 per cent and 56.5 per cent of
the total numbers respectively.

(2) Penultimate instar males, recognized by partial develop-
ment of the palpi, were present in October, April--June and
August, with the majority in April-June, i.e. preceding the ap-
pearance of most of the mature males. Penultimate instar fe-
males could not be recognized with certainty.

(3) Eggs were probably laid in late July and August. The

Fig. 6. Density of mature individuals of different spiders. A: V = Philo-
dromus infuscatus, ME — Metepeira arizonica, H — Habronattus sp. B : T
— Tmarus angulatus, ^ = Ebo spp., B-Sassacus pupenhoiei. C: M.D = Mi-
sumenops dub ius, M.C :=^ Misumenops coloradensis.

smallest individuals, of the 2nd and 3rd instars, were present in
numbers only in August-October.

(4) There was a gradual disappearance of Misiimenops from
the shrub stratum from November through January, until there
were none present in February. The disappearance probably is
a migration from the shrubs downward into sites of hibernation.
Misumenops overwinter as juveniles in various instars.

(5) Misume,nops suddenly reappeared in the shrub stratum in

xij J

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

:g.

at I

IS,

31] CheW: Ecology of Spiders op Desert Community

17

MISUMENOPS SPP

X

X

X

XX

XXX

xxx^

X

X

X

XX

X

XXX

K

xxx-M

XX

X

xxxx

XXX

X

xXXX

X

X

XXX

XX

J'

Ik

X

»

y<x-M

XXX

MX

XXX

XX

XX

XXX

X

XX

X

XX

X

X

X

9

V

XX

X

5“M

XXXXX

X

X

XXX

X

•

#

«

•

•

•

•

•

•

<o

X

•

••

•

•«>

X

m

X

•

•

•

«

•

•

•

X

XX

X

X

XX

*

r

X

X*

X

3v

4

9

•

’XX

if

m

$

4

n.9

X

xStf

• H
*4m

25“

lk4

xxxtftf

XX«V<^

.444

X4

X

XX

XX

%

99

Tk

XX .

XMXXatf-igi

¥

$

i9

i

XMIXM

XXXAff'

**

XXXX

X

X

*«

XXMA

XXXXX

X

r

»m444

X

49

3x

XX

<x

X

X

{XXv

X

X

XXX

ilx

K

X

X

XX

X

X

X

jr

XXX

»

X

XXX

X

XX

X

XX

8]K 20X 2XII 4]Y I6Y 233ZI 253ZI 272IIL

A. Size distribution of individuals of Misumenops spp. in the dif-
ollections. (No individuals taken 4 II). x = juveniles, d":! mature
i = penultimate males, • = mature females, o = penultimate females,
ie.

18

New York Entomological Society

[You LXIX

numbers in early April, with the mode of the populations being
about two instars larger than in November and December, prior
to their disappearance from the shrubs. There was then growth

!•

!Or.

d

8

7

X

j-

o 5

LU

4

3r

2F

««

« lu

PHILODROMUS

INFUSCATUS

<9

9

X

t

O M

xo

X

0

xxJ

1

xrf .
xxrf

XXXXXXXXXKX—|^

XXX

>e

XX

xxxx

4

»txx

xxxx

X

XXX

XX

XXX

M

XX

X

KXXXX

X

X

X

MXX

xxxxx

XXX

X

XX

X

1.

JL

I.

X

I8E 20X \6'^ 23m 25¥ir 27mH

Fig. 7B. Size distribution of individuals of Philodromus infuscatus in
the different collections. (No individuals taken in collections of 2 XII, 4 II
and 4 IV). Symbols as in fig. 7A.

and maturation, with little attrition of the populations, through
the penultimate instar to the mature instar in July and August.
When all individual Misumenops were placed together in a

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF Spiders of Desert Community

19

single frequency distribution plot, it was possible to recognize
what are probably instar groupings, as follows :

lustar

M. duhius

M. coloradensis

1st

spent in egg sac

spent in egg sae

2nd

1.13 mm.

1.01 mm.

3rd

1.42

1.30

4th

1.82

1.62

5th

2.23

2.02

6 th

2.83

2.51 (most mature here)

7th

3.65

3.16

8th

4.66

4.05 (most mature here)

Mature M. duhius were significantly larger than M. color adensis.

This instar reconstruction assumes that climatic conditions
and other factors that vary with the seasons have no effect on the
size of an instar, although they may influence the duration of the
instar. Jones (1941) found that temperature and humidity
changes had little effect on the length of cephalothorax of Agelena
naevia. The number of molts interpreted is more than to be ex=
pected in general for spiders of this size, and compares to 6 molts
for both males and females in Misumena vatia and M. aleatoria
(Bonnet, in Deevey 1949). However, the ratio of increase from
one instar to the next was 1.25-1.28, in agreement with Boden-
heimer (1933) and Jones (1941) for other species of spiders.

II. Philodromus infuscatus (figure 7B) shows a rather clear
picture of the simultaneous development of one generation per
year. The eggs were probably laid in September and October,
when mature individuals formed 2/3 rds of the total collections
of this species. Mature P. infuscatus persisted in numbers longer
than Misumenops duMus. P. infuscatus disappeared from the
shrub stratum for the extended period of November through
April, and may overwinter in the egg sac or as very young im
stars. Collections from May onward showed a steady increase in
the modal size of the population, with the first penultimate instar
individuals appearing in July. Penultimate females are recog-
nizable by the beginning development of a brown color pattern
on the grey dorsum of abdomen and thorax, which is only weakly
if at all present in mature males. In August only penultimate
individuals were present; apparently there was considerable
attrition of the population in the previous month. These indi-
viduals reached mature condition in the next two months.

20

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. I^IX

III. Sassacus papenhoei (figure 7C) shows a development
similar to Philodromus, but with certain important ecological
differences. Reproduction probably occurred in July and Au-
gust, as penultimate females and mature males were taken in
these months. From September through June there was a clear

SASSACUS

PAPENHOEI

••

X

X

K

CD

X

XX

h

X

XXX M

H

X

X

7

X

XX

X

X

?

XX

XXXV

X

X

6

X

XXXX{^

H

X

o

X

XX

Fx

LiJ

-J

5

IX

X

xvM

X

XX

xxxx

:x

X

Ixx

X

X

XX

.XX

X

4

:xxx

lx

.XX

X

X

^I8JX. 20Z 2XH 4E 16V 23VI 25331 2^^

Pig. 7C. Size distribution of individuals of Sassacus papenhoei in the
different collections. Symbols as in fig. 7 A.

linear growth of the individuals, with their continuing presence,
though in reduced numbers, through the winter.

Tmarus angidatus probably breeds in May, with the first indi-
viduals of the new generation appearing in June. Very few indi-
viduals were taken during the summer (none at all in July and
September). This may represent an estival migration from the

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF Spiders of Desert Community

21

shrub stratum, or the younger instars may have different eco-
logical preferences. Individuals of this species were present in
the shrubs all through the winter, as fairly large juveniles. Pen-
ultimate males were first present in May. The one mature female,
taken in December, is probably a post-reproductive survivor.

The size distribution and seasonal distribution of Phidippus
sp. and Hahrormttus sp. was very irregular and could not be in-
terpreted clearly. These may be primarily ground dwelling spe-
cies, which irregularly enter the shrub stratum.

Captures of a few mature individuals of other species suggests
(as plotted in figure 6) that Eho alhocaudatus and E. paraholis
and Habronattus sp. reproduce in April, while Metepeira ari-
zonica and Bictyna peon reproduce in late December.

Discussion

Nature op the fauna.

The spider fauna of the present desert shrub community is
clearly one that is dominated by only a few species of spiders
that ambush or actively hunt their prey rather than snare it.
Two species of the same genus, Misumenops, comprised 52 per
cent of the individuals collected, and 68.5 per cent of the calcu-
lated habitat densities. These species of Misumenops show the
characteristic of ecological dominants (within their size and
trophic groupings) of the longest persistence of numbers and of
reproduction throughout the year. The numerical sub dominants
were Philodromus infuscatus (16.7 per cent of collections), 8as-
sacus papenhoei (10.6 per cent) and Tmarus angulatus (4.7 per
cent). These five species thus formed 85 per cent of the total
number of individuals. Of the 20 species collected, only 11 ex-
ceeded one per cent of the collection ; 7 species were represented
by only 1 or 2 individuals. Web-spinning families (Argiopidae,
Dictynidae, Micryphantidae) comprised only 6.1 per cent of the
individuals and 6 of 20 species.

This fauna for a southern desert shrub community is quite
similar to that found by Fautin (1946) for several associations
of the northern desert shrub biome. Fautin found a total of 23
species in four different plant associations, but only 10-19 in any
particular association. Of these species, only 4 are mentioned as
being 'quantitatively important: Philodromus sp. wndi Misumen-
ops celer (Hentz) (Thomisidae), Bendr y pliant es sp. (Salticidae)

22

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

and Metepeira foxi Gertsch and Ivie (Argiopidae). There are
one species {Sassacus papenhoei) and 8 genera in common be-
tween these northern and southern collections; two of the com-
mon genera, Misumenops and Philodromus, are numerical domi-
nants in both situations. Fautin collected in both the ground
and shrub strata, but does not mention any spiders as being im-
portant parts of the ground level society of organisms. In
analyses of stomach contents of six species of lizards, he found
spider remains occurred with a frequency of 0 to 35.3 per cent,
and formed up to 6.6 per cent of the total volume.

The number of species found in these desert studies compares
with 17, 31 and 18 species respectively for the beach, foredune
and cottonwood serai stages of Lake Michigan sand dune vegeta-
tion (Lowrie 1948), 168 for oak subclimax and 122 for beech-
maple climax (Lowrie 1948), 39 species for the oak-hickory sere
(Dowdy 1950), 139 species (only 30 of which exceeded 1 per cent
of the collections) in oak-hickory river terrace forest (Gibson
1947), and an average of 23 species for stands of Andropogon
(Barnes and Barnes 1955). Direct comparisons of species num-
bers is impossible because of differences in intensities of collecting
and thoroughness of examining different strata in these studies,
but it is apparent that the richness of the spider fauna increases
with the plant density of the habitat and the degree of stratifica-
tion. The limited variety of the spider fauna of desert communi-
ties, and of the roughly analogous sand dune habitats, is probably
due to the low plant density and limited stratification in these
situations. A desert community lias only ground and shrub
strata, with a very temporary herb stratum.

Hunting versus web-spinning spiders. As has been nicely
shown by Lowrie (1948), hunting spiders predominate in the
early stages of succession in deciduous forest and gradually give
way to web-spinners towards the climax stage. In the sand dune
sere to beech-maple climax, hunting spiders decreased from 71
per cent to 52 per cent of the total species. Dowdy (1950) found
23 web-spinners to 16 hunting species in oak-hickory forest,
while Barnes and Barnes (1955) found a ratio of 3 hunting : 2
web-spinning species, and a ratio of 28 : 25 individuals in each
category, in the Andropogon serai stage of oldfield succession.
Desert communities show the most extreme ratio of any situation
yet studied (for herb, tree or shrub stratum) ; the present study

March, 1961] CHEW: Ecology of Spiders op Desert Community

23

shows a 15 : 4 species ratio and a 50 : 3 individual ratio, and
Fautin (1946) found a 16 : 7 species ratio.

In desert communities the low density of shrubs means that
there are few situations for web construction. Although desert
shrubs provide adequate scaffolding for webs, the windiness re^
suiting from daily extreme temperature changes makes webs very
temporary structures. The wind directly damages webs and
also destroys them by flexing the branches of the shrubs to which
the webs are attached. The branches of creosote bush are par-
ticularly flexible and this probably makes this species of shrub
least satisfactory, of the three species in the present study, for
web spinning. Although web spinning spiders may be conspicu-
ous in a desert community, such as Araneus carhonarius in sage-
brush (Fautin 1946), it may be that the inefficiency of the tem-
porary webs in capturing food permits the development of only
a low population density. It may also be that the predator pres-
sure of spider-hunting wasps may fall more heavily on the orb-
weaving spiders than on other types, particularly in habitats with
open vegetation (see Kau 1935).

Early stages of deciduous forest seres, like desert communities,
have a minimum plant density and stratification, and maximum
of air movement for all stages in the sere.

Geographical distribution of the abundant species

Of the five most abundant species, four are representatives of
genera which are strictly western hemisphere (Misumenops^
Sassacus) or predominantly so (Tmarus), with possible South
American origins; only one species is of a genus (Philodromus)
which is predominantly palearctic and eastern hemisphere in its
affinities.

Misumenops, as reviewed by Gertsch (1939), is a discrete genus
of the Misumeninae. None of the 11 North American species is
apparently congeneric with the species assigned to this genus
from the eastern hemisphere. The North American species tend
to be limited to southern United States, or at least are more abun-
dant towards the south, especially towards the southwest. Only
M, asperatus is an exception, being rarer towards the south.
Misumenops coloradensis Gertsch, 1933, has been reported only
from the southwestern states; M. duMus (Keyserling, 1880) has

24

New York Entomological Society

[VoL, LXIX

been reported all along the southern tier of states. No ecological
data are available for either of these species.

With regard to other species of Misumenops, M. asperatus was
found as a dominant in black oak forest (Lowrie 1942), and was
present in the herb and shrub strata of beech-maple forest (Elliott
1980) and all forested parts of an oak-hickory river terrace (Gib-
son 1947 ) . M. celer was found to be typical of the upper strata
of the same river terrace, and was present as a numerical domi-
nant in sagebrush (Pautin 1946). M. oMongus was found to be
typical of forest borders (Gibson 1947).

In. addition to the North American species. Bonnet (1957) lists
31 species from South and Central America which do not get into
southwestern United States.

Philodronms (148 species listed in Bonnet 1958) is found on
all continents, but principally in the nearctic and palearctic
regions. Gertsch (1939) gives 53 species as palearctic, 40 as
nearctic and 3 as holarctic.

l\ ' infiiscatus Keyserling, 1880, is generally distributed
throughout the United States and Canada, however there seem
to be no published observations on its autecology. Several other
species are also found in southwestern United States ; F. virescens
is common on sagebrush (Pautin 1946, Gertsch 1949). Species
of this genus are found only on, or predominantly on vegetation.
P. placidus was not found until the shrub subclimax stage in the
maritime communities of North Carolina (Barnes 1953).

Tmarus (103 species listed in Bonnet 1959) is found princi-
pally in South America, with only 6 nea;rctie and palearctic spe-
cies. Pive species are reported from the United States. Tmarus
angulatus (Walckenaer, 1837) is generally distributed through-
out the United States and into Mexico. Elliott (1930) reports
this species as a true forest form, in the herb and shrub strata
of beech-maple forest. T. ruhromacidatus is found in the shrub
subclimax of maritime communities in the southeast (Barnes
1953). The other United States species are southeastern in their
distribution.

Sassaciis (14 species listed in Bonnet 1958) is found only in
the western hemipshere. Of the 6 species reported for the United
States, only S. papenhoei Beckham, 1895, has a general distribu-
tion. Pautin (1946) reports it from the greasewood fasciation
of the northern desert shrub biome.

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF Spiders of Desert Community

25

Comparative abundance

In the present study, spider densities averaged 10.8 individuals
(range 1.2-25.0) per 48-sweeps, for all three species of shrubs
combined, and 13.0 per 48-sweeps of creosote bush only. Habitat
densities ranged through the seasons from 2800 to 36,300 spiders
per hectare, with an annual average density of 24,900 spiders per
hectare. These values are quite a bit higher than those found by
Fautin (1946) for communities within sagebrush desert, i.e. an-
nual average densities of 1.2-5. 4 spiders per 50-sweeps of shrubs,
or (calculated from his data) 1340 to 9740 spiders per hectare of
the diiferent habitats. Shrub coverages were almost the same
in these two desert areas.

As expected, these densities for desert communities, on a hec-
tare basis are lower than densities for more densely vegetated
communities. Fichter (1954) found densities, changing through
the seasons, of 0 to 250,000 spiders per hectare of the herb stratum
in upland true prairie. Weese’s data (1924) indicate about 58,-
000 to 165,000 spiders per hectare, for the lower strata (soil
through shrubs) of elm-maple forest. Bristowe (1939) found
280,000 to 918,000 spiders per hectare in undisturbed fields of
cock’s foot grass (Dactylis) .

Bristowe (1941) discusses the importance of habitat density
to success of mating in spiders.

There seem to be no comparative data in the literature on
biomass of spider populations.

Factors in seasonal changes in abundance of spiders

Low WINTER TEMPERATURES. All species showed a reduced
abundance in the shrub stratum in the winter months, January-
March, when air temperatures were the lowest for the year. This
undoubtedly represents a migratory movement out of the more
exposed shrub stratum into the soil litter (very sparse in the
study area) and into burrows and crevices in the soil. Such
migration is well established for spiders and other arthropods in
deciduous forest (Dowdy 1951), and has been attributed par-
ticularly to temperature changes (Elliott 1930). Misumenops
spp. and Philodromns infuscatus, the most abundant forms on an
annual basis, are completely absent from the shrubs in winter,
P. infuscatus for the extended period of November through April.

26

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Misumenops overwinter as juveniles, while Philodromus prob-
ably does so in the egg sac. Eho spp. and Hamataliva grisea are
also absent in the wintertime.

The other species persisted in the shrubs during the winter,
though at a reduced level, except Tmarus angulatuSj which
reached a seasonal maximum in December when air temperatures
were only slightly above the January-February minimum. Ap-
parently there are species differences in response to low tempera-
ture. Kuenzler (1958) found that several specis of Lycosa stay
in their burrows when the temperature is below 10° C., and are
less active after 2 a.m., possibly because of the lower temperatures
then.

Summer high temperature and low humidity. Maximum
air temperatures and minimum humidities coincided in June.
Humidity and temperature were moderated in July and August
by the occurrence of rains.

A depressing effect of this combination of temperature and
humidity may possibly be seen in the June depression of the
Misumenops populations, and the fact that the peak abundances
of other species occur either after (e.g. Philodromus) or before
(e.g. Sassacus) this time. Tmarus is the unusual exception in
that a peak of abundance was recorded for it in June.

Spiders are rather tolerant of high temperatures. Holm
(1950) found that the ground dwelling spiders in Swedish Lap-
land had thresholds of heat paralysis as follows: 5 species less
than 37° C., 11 species 37-38.9°, 16 species 39-40.9°, 14 species
41-42.9°, 11 species 43-45° and 15 species over 45°. Lowrie
(1942) found that two lycosids could tolerate 30 minutes on a sur-
face at 45° C. So, it is probable that the temperatures in the
present study area never exceeded the limits of tolerance of the
species. However, temperature responses and preferences may be
very important in determining microhabitat distribution, and the
effects of nonoptimum temperatures in altering activity and de-
velopment can be important in determining the success of differ-
ent species in a particular area.

N0rgaard (1951) found a very clear difference in the tempera-
ture preferences and tolerances of two lycosids of Danish sphag-
num bogs. Pirata piraticus, which stays within the sphagnum
mat, preferred temperatures of 18-24° C. and showed heat stupor
at 35.3°, while Lycosa pullata, which is active on the surface of

March, 1961] CHEW; ECOLOGY OP SPIDERS OF DESERT COMMUNITY

27

the mat, and in the sun, chose temperatures of 28-36° and did
not show heat stupor until 43.0° C. Holm (1950) found some
relationship between the biotope distribution of different species
and their temperatures of heat paralysis. Barnes and Barnes
(1954) found that the spider fauna of thick beach drift in Spar-
Una vegetated areas is characteristically quite different from that
in the thin drift on sand beaches ; this difference was attributed
to the relatively ‘ ‘ mesic ’ ' and ‘ ‘ xeric ’ ’ microclimatic conditions in
the two types of drift.

Response to humidity is insignificant in relation to the response
to temperature (N0rgaard 1951). In a limited number of ex-
periments with humidity gradients, Weese (1924) found only
weakly expressed preferences: Acrosoma spinea (Argiopidae)
and Dendry pliant es aestivalis (Salticidae) tended to select the
driest part of a wet-medium-dry gradient; Epeira gihherosn
(Argiopidae) selected the medium and wet part of the gradient;
and, Anyphaena sp. selected the wet.

Humidity is probably important only as it interacts with tem-
perature to influence evaporative water loss. Davies and Edney
(1952) found that spiders are not far behind insects in their abil-
ity to withstand desiccation, and probably have a wax waterproof
coating similar to that in insects. Water loss is reduced by
closure of the spiracles to the lungs for much of the time. Tem-
perature has little effect on evaporation, up to a critical tempera-
ture, when there is a sharp upward break in the rate of evapora-
tion curve. Critical temperatures found for four species, none
of which can be considered adapted to xeric conditions, were :
over 40-42° for Meta segmentata and Tegenaria derhami; ap-
proximately 40-42° for Lycosa amentata; and, approximately
34-36° for Zilla atrica. Clearly there are species differences in
the rate of desiccation, and possibly in the tolerance of desicca-
tion. N0rgaard (1951) found that Pirata piraticus died much
more quickly of desiccation than Lycosa pullata. Dolomedes
urinator dies without water in 4 hours, while Latrodectus mac-
tans can live on only the water in its prey (Lowrie 1942).
Nemenz (1954) measured the rate of evaporation at 25° C. and
30 per cent relative humidity, and found tremendous interspecific
differences, ranging from 2-5 per cent of the initial body weight
per day (usually after a higher loss the first day) in Agelena,
Tegenaria, Aranea and Theridion spp., to 12-28 per cent the

28 New York Entomological Society [ Vol, lxix

first day for Dolomedes fimhiatus ^ a,nd 30-80 per cent the first
day for Agryoneta aquatica. He concluded that water loss, in-
fluenced by a complex of microenvironmental factors, may well
influence the biotope distribution of spiders. In an overall study
of water balance, Nemenz (1954) found that: (1) no water vapor
is taken up through the body surface, (2) all spiders drink when
their water deficit becomes great enough, replacing 89-94 per
cent of their water loss, (3) the principal loss of water is through
the body surface, with loss from the lungs only l/70th to l/80tli
of total loss, (4) no hygrotaxis can be demonstrated, and in
gradient experiments there is a preference for intermediate
humidities.

Browning (1941), Jones (1941) and Weese (1924) give data
from experimental studies on the effect of humidity and tem-
perature on development.

Because of the general resistance of spiders to desiccation, and
the different rates of water loss in different species, it is probable
that desert environments are not too extreme for many species,
but the stress of desiccation, as it limits survival and reproduc-
tion, particularly when food (= water) supply is low, probably
is an important factor in determining the outcome of interspecific
competition.

Plant development. Presence and abundance of spiders in
the present study showed some relationship to the state of devel-
opment of the different slirubs, probably because of the effect of
the latter on the productivity of herbivorous arthropods, i.e. the
food supply of the spiders. (1) Misumenops showed the most
stable density in creosote bush, which is evergreen. A high
density was immediately established in this shrub as soon as the
winter temperatures began to moderate. This also was the time of
the spring blooming of this shrub, which would be advantageous
to an ambushing spider preying on insects attracted to flow-
ers. (2) Philodromus, which has a definite preference for mari-
ola, did not appear until May, when this shrub was beginning
to leaf out, after entirely shedding its leaves in the winter. (3)
The peak density of Misumenops in tarbush did not occur until
June, after these shrubs had reached full leaf. (4) Misumenops
did not have moderate or high densities in mariola except in
August to October, which is the period of blooming of this shrub.

Food supply. Amount. The relationship between the num-

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF Spidees of Desert Community 29

bers of arthropods and spiders has been reported in the literature
as follows : in shrub stratum of sagebrush deserts, spiders 2.4—8. 5
per cent of total arthropods (Fautin 1946) ; in meadow, spiders
17.1 per cent of total (McAtee 1907) ; in prairie, spiders 5. 8-7. 8
per cent of total (Muma and Muma 1949) ; in the herb stratum
of ebn-maple forest, spiders 10.2 per cent (Rice 1946) and in
maple-red oak sere, 13.9 per cent ( Smith-Davidson 1932).

Comparison of numbers of organisms in different trophic levels
is often not of much significance, if there are differences in their
size and productivity. However, for comparative purposes the
present data were calculated in this form. Spiders formed a
highly variable part of the total arthropod collections : for creo-
sote bush, 0.12-47.3 per cent, for tarbush, 0.03-37.9 per cent,
and for mariola, 0.92-49.8 per cent. The very low percentages
were due to large numbers of chermids and/or lace bugs present
in certain collections. Average percentages, excluding the latter
collections, were : creosote bush, spiders 26.6 per cent of total
arthropods, tarbush, 31.0 per cent, mariola, 39.7 per cent. These
values are considerably higher than any previously reported.

Assuming that insects are the only food supply of spiders, and
that all species of insects are potential prey (excepting those in-
dividuals too large for capture, which are omitted in the present
calculations), the predator/prey ratios in the present study are:
(1) for creosote bush, 36.3 per cent on the basis of individuals
and 47.2 per cent on a basis of biomass (from Table 2), (2) for
tarbush, 44.9 and 13.3 per cent, (3) for mariola 42.3 and 31.3
per cent. Biomass ratios are even higher if one uses only those
groups of insects that are the most likely prey of crab spiders and
jumping spiders.

Odum (1959) gives primary consumer/secondary consumer
biomass ratios of 8.3 to 36.4 per cent for various fresh water and
terrestrial communities. Since the efficiency of conversion from
herbivore biomass to carnivore mass is probably 10 per cent or
less in general, the herbivorous insects resident in the desert
shrubs must have a much higher rate of production than the
spiders, in order to serve as the food supply sustaining the latter.
The sedentary ambushing spiders in the present study {Misum-
enops spp.) must also benefit to some extent from insects at-
tracted to flowers of these shrubs, but not resident in the shrubs,
and thus poorly sampled in the sweeps.

TABLE 3. Analysis of arthropod biomass in creosote bush sweeps. Biomass as mg./48 sweeps, percentages as percent

of total insect biomass.

bC

3

(N

P-

(N

bo bb bc bb bb bb ti

a a a^a^a^a^a^

05C0»0i0»005Tt<OC0Oi0i0«-

00 CO CO o>
lO IM O

1— H ^3 T— i rH CO ^ O
<N 1-H

bO bfl bC hC

a a a ^ a ^

CO o o o o o

00 00

<-H o

rH (M Tt* CO

O

d

*

bb hb bb

a ^ a ^ a ^

CO 00 O 05 p

d d io CC5 05 d

o

d

o

d

O)

3

3

b^i

CO

(M

>1

oS

CO

a

(N

Si

O

o

05

Q

CN

o

o

o

s

bfl

bfl

a

05

a

a

<72

p

00

CO

cd

'■T

bC bfl bC bfl bO

aaa!3?as?ai^

ppppppt^pp

cdt^cooiiddi-3i-id
o ^ 1 00 00

bb hb bC bC bb

a a Sg^a ags

ppppp^OOpp

cocidcood^oiosd

1> CO CO (M CO lO CO

*

bb hb

s 6? a js

p p p p

ci c4 CO CO d

bC

a

bO

p p p p p
CO CO d
CO

tJD bC be

bC

bD

bX)

hC

a a a^a^a^a^a^

ppCOppprH'^_pppW

05 r-I 00 CO ^ CO uo CO M ^ (N*

O CO r-l csj

bb bb *

»0 00 rti CO CO
O CO 05

1— I o

bt)

bC

-■ ” t)^ *-• <5^ I

f !>• '— I P CO 05 1"
H lO CO ~j~

+

» ZD
f-i

CD o
T3 O

CQ

a o

(72 M

ai

t-c

05

a

o

o

-tJ

0)

w

c3

§■

05

3

Q

CCS

f-i

a

o

• pH

a

05

ft

05

a

• pH

Q

o3

t-i

05

■+-J

a

o

3

05

a

>>

ffi

o

d

bC bfl bfl bfl

a a M^a^a^^a^a^

l>.»0 3C^COpO'-jOpp’-jp
dodcocodddd

o

d

bb hb bb hb bb hb bb

a a a^a^a^a^a^

pppp-ppppT-npTj^pp

'-Hcd(oi(05cododcoi-IcO'-<cod

1-H CO (N *o ^ (N

bfl bfl hb bfl hb bfl bfl

a a a^a^a^a^a^

lOOlO'”<COpcOC01>;pT-J'^^P

■^‘t^ioodo5cocd'^’-Hi^(M’r4d

00 ^ CO (M ^

+

+

o

d

o

d

o

d

o

d

o

d

bfl

e 6?

p p p

*

hb

a ss

3 P

CO CO d

bfl

a 6?

00

c3

(h

05

a

o

.3

u

o

s3

t-i

s

a

o

(h

3

05

za

f-i

05

Si

O

bO

a

+ + present, but not weighed separately, included under “Others”

* excluding biomass of individuals too large to serve as food for spiders: 18 Sept. 49.4 mg. excluded, 2 April 65 mg., 23 June 13.8
;., 27 July 41.1 mg,, 27 Aug. 62.8 mg.

** Chermids were 1011 mg., 91.1%.

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF Spiders of Desert Community

31

Food supply, quality. The arthropod biomass taken in creo-
sote bush sweeps is itemized according to order in Table 3. Spec-
ulation on the relationships of the dominant spiders to this food
supply is very tenuous since there is no information on their
specific food habits. Bilsing (1920) and Bristowe (1941) give
general information on the feeding of spiders, and their conclu-
sions are the basis for most of the following speculations.

The insect biomass attained its highest level in February when
spiders were almost completely absent from creosote bush; this
peak was almost completely due to the flourishing of chermids,
which were almost completely absent from creosote bush except
in December, February and April (70, 1174 and 170 individu-
als/M.^ respectively) though present in other shrubs. Tarbush
seemed to be the preferred food plant of the chermids ; they were
most consistently present in numbers on this shrub, reaching
peaks of 1054/M.^ in February, 6160 in April and 925 in Sep-
tember. The chermid density for tarbush was roughly reciprocal
to spider density. This reciprocal relationship may be partly
due to predator pressure of the spiders on the chermids.

Homoptera, which are generally acceptable to spiders, and
hemiptera, which are usually rejected, make up the bulk of the
insect biomass in 2/3 of the samples. Chermids are probably a
very suitable food for all spiders, of all instars, because of their
small size and light chitinization. Diptera, which in general are
taken by spiders in larger numbers than any other order of in-
sects, were never present in large amounts (0-7.9 per cent of
insect biomass). Small flies were the most abundant forms, and
are probably an important food for Dictyna and small Misumen-
ops. The lepidoptera biomass was almost entirely composed of
larvae, which are generally not as acceptable to spiders as the
adults. Coleoptera, which were most abundant in two months,
generally do not form a large part of the diet of spiders, because
of the size, agressiveness, heavy chitinization and distastefulness
of many beetles. The last characteristic is particularly true of
Coccinellidae, which were one of the most abundant families in
the present collections. Bristowe (1941) found that coccinellid
larvae were refused by captive spiders. Hymenoptera were never
present in significant amounts ; they are generally distasteful to
spiders, though ants are less so to crab spiders. This order in-
cludes potential predators of spiders, particularly crab spiders.

32

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Auten (1925) found four species of hymenoptera and two species
of diptera as parasites in the egg sacs of Philodromus canadensis y
and one species each of neuroptera larva and reduviid adult as
possible predators. Misumenops duhius has been found exten-
sively in the brood chambers of mud daubers in southern Texas
(Gertsch 1939).

There is possibly some cannibalism among the species of spiders
in the present collections. Bilsing (1920) observed Phidippus
adax to feed on Philodromus and Xysticus. Bristowe (1941)
found, however that Thomisus onustus and Misumena calycina
refused spiders offered to them, possibly because they are adapted
to ambushing flying insects that come to flowers and do not rec-
ognize a crawling arthropod. The same may be true of species
of Misumenops,

Interspecific isolation

A most interesting aspect of the present study is the means
of coexistence of different spiders, particularly two of the same
genus, in the same area. Since spiders are carnivores with pre-
sumably fairly generalized food habits, one can expect consider-
able competition between even distantly related species. Tretzel
(1955) treats extensively the topic of intrageneric isolation and
interspecific competition among spiders. The present data are
in agreement with his major conclusion that closely related spe-
cies “live apart in space and time” but that complete isolation
is necessary only in specific situations. Interspecific competition
among spiders in the area studied is reduced in several fashions :
( 1 ) vertical separation of the shrub dwelling species from ground
dwelling species ; ( 2 ) horizontal separation of the shrub dwelling
species by their occurrence on different kinds of shrubs; (3) gen-
eral differences in the type of food, largely a result of differences
in behavior in capturing food; (4) seasonal differences in the
time of reproduction and time of maximum abundance.

Vertical stratification. Misumenops, Philodromus, Tmarus
and most of the other genera in the present collections, as far as
can be judged from the literature, are typically plant dwelling
spiders, and hence do not come into competition with the ground
dwelling forms. The extent to which the different jumping spid-
ers in the collections range onto the ground is not known. The
irregularity of the size frequency distribution of Phidippus in

March, 1961] CHEW: Ecoi^OGY OF SPIDERS OF Desert Community

33

the different shrub collections suggests that this species may in-
habit both the gi’ound and shrub strata, the latter possibly being
of secondary importance. The completeness of the developmental
record of Sassacus papenhoei in shrub sweeps (figure 7C) sug-
gests that it is primarily a shrub dwelling species.

Vertical stratification of spiders has been described in forest
communities. Such stratification has been attributed to tem-
perature differences, which are particularly distinct between the
soil stratum and overlying vegetation. This ground to shrub dif-
ference would be extreme in desert communities. Elliott (1930)
found no difference between the spiders of the herb and shrub
strata of deciduous forests and proposed that physical conditions
were not sufficiently different to cause stratification. Weese
(1924) emphasized the ‘‘narrowly limited” stratification of web-
spinners, in which temperature and humidity are less important
factors than suitable substratum. However, Lowrie (1942) con-
cluded that humidity is probably more limiting than special sub-
stratum for web-spinners. Kuenzler ( 1958 ) found vertical strati-
fication between three species of Li/cosa. Tretzel (1955) considers
that vertical stratification is secondary to horizontal separation,
and he is almost alone in emphasizing the importance of biotic
factors in such separations.

Horizontal separation. The basis for the clearly demon-
strated plant preferences — Misumenops spp. for creosote bush,
Philodromus for mariola, and Tmarus for tarbush, probably lies
in the advantage of the concealing coloration gained in these
combinations. Philodromus infuscatus has the same light gray
color as the leaves of mariola; the brown and gray mottled
Tmarus matches the stems of tarbush better than the other
shrubs; Misumenops show a range of colors, particularly of the
large abdomen-— brown, yellow-brown, yellow, yellow-green,
green, reddish, allowing them to blend with the live, green leaves
of creosote bush, with its yellow flowers, or with the yellows and
browns of dying leaves. Tmarus angulatus is also concealed by
its body shape, the posterior-dorsal projection of the abdomen;
at rest it clasps a twig with its legs, and by its form resembles a
bud or petiole stump (Comstock and Gertsch 1940).

The concealing coloration of these genera has been frequently
noted in the literature. For example: Philodromus virescens
has the same bluish-gray color as sagebrush, on which it is com-

34

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

monly found (Gertseh 1939). P. alascensis has a gray coloration
like the sand of the foredunes where it occurs (Lowrie 1942).
The red markings of Misumenops asperatus allow it sometimes
to resemble exactly the flowers of Rhus acetosella on which it
occurs (Lovell 1915).

The ability of Misumeninae to change color also has been often
remarked. Pearse (1911) found that 84 per cent of the white
individuals of Misumenoides aleatorius and Misumena vatiu were
collected from white flowers, while 85 per cent of yellow indi-
viduals were from yellow flowers. Gertseh (1939) found that
Misumenops asperatus is able to reversibly change its color.
Gabritschevsky (1927) studied this response in various instars
of Misumena vatia. He found that the white coloration is due
to permanent deposits of guanin pigment, and a pink pigment
also develops and accumulates with age. Yellow pigment, which
masks the white, is temporary and develops in response to re=
fleeted yellow light. Only mature spiders can form this yellow
pigment. The change from white — > yellow can be accomplished
in 1 to 10-20 days, and a return to white in 5-6 days.

Specific plant preferences have been noted for a few other
spiders. Fautin (1946) found Sassacus papenhoei in the shrubs
of the greasewood fasciation of sagebrush desert, but not in other
communities. Dowdy (1950) found Dictyna volucripes abund-
antly in Lespedeza, but rarely in Scirpus — Echinochloa only 45
yards away. There may also be a response to a habitat type rather
than plant species. Blake (1926) concluded that the simple pres-
ence of a forest cover was a major factor in the occurrence of
forest spiders. Of the 48 species classified as true forest spiders in
beech-maple forest, 46 also occurred in oak-hickory and 40 in
elm-maple (Elliott 1930).

Isolation by food and feeding habits. By their mode of life
and their hunting methods, different spiders tend to contact
particular kinds of insects and become adapted within wide limits
to capturing and feeding on these kinds (Bilsing 1920, Bristowe
1941). This seems to be the case for the crab and jumping
spiders of the present study.

No specific observations have been published on Misumenops^
but species of this genus are stated to aU be semisedentary and
ambushers of their prey, as are Misumena and Misumenoides
(Gertseh 1939) . Therefore, these spiders probably are dependent

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF SPIDERS OP DeSERT COMMUNITY

35

Oil insects that are attracted to flowers, such as various flies and
bees ; beetles coming to flowers may be fairly immune to capture.
Crab spiders more often attack and successfully capture prey
larger than themselves than do jumping spiders. Misumena
vatia sometimes makes no attempt to go after its prey, but waits
until an insect flies or walks into range of its elongate front legs.
As observed by Thomas (1952) the behavior of Misumena vatia
and several other ambushing crab spiders is adjusted to the kind
of prey, as if the spider were instinctively informed of the means
of defense of each kind of insect. These spiders were observed
to circle a bee until they had an opportunity to bite into the
back of the neck and quickly paralyze the large prey. If this
approach could not be made, the spider abstained from attacking.
Other approaches occurred only accidentally when the prey
moved suddenly. Flies and other unarmed insects were grasped
ventrally or in any chance position, and were not necessarily
paralyzed by a neck bite before feeding began. Bristowe (1941)
found that Misumena and Thomisus may ignore crawling in-
sects, possibly because they are instinctively accustomed to flying
forms.

Tmarus and Philodromus also probably largely depend upon
lying in wait for their prey, taking advantage of their concealing
coloration, but they frequently change their position, and thus
presumably encounter and capture insects that are not concen-
trated by the attraction of flowers, such as the different homoptera
and hemiptera that are sucking juices on various parts of plants.

Many jumping spiders, and presumably Sassacus papenkoei,
actively search for and pursue their prey. Because of their sup-
posed superior sight, and their extreme mobility, they may not
need the additional advantage of concealing coloration. The
abundant jumping spiders in the present study showed no plant
preferences. Bilsing (1920) found Phidippus feeding principally
on hemiptera, hymenoptera, orthoptera and diptera. No beetles
were observed to be taken. Insects’ immunity from attack from
these active hunting spiders depends on larger size, chitinization,
disagreeable odor or taste, and/or warning movements.

Dictyna are able to capture only very small insects, as flies,
which they can trap in their small webs. Argiopidae, such as the
Metepeira laibyrintJiea observed by Bilsing (1920) probably have

36

New York Entomological Society

( VOL. LXIX

the most diverse diets, i. e. anything palatable that blunders
into their extensive webs.

Peak of reproduction and abundance. Most of the spider
populations in the present study area had different times of maxi-
mum abundance (figure 3), except that most of them are over-
lapped by Misumenops^ and there is also a certain separation of
the times of reproduction, as estimated from the abundance of
mature individuals. Similar temporal separation of peaks of
abundance is seen in the graphs of Weese (1924), and the impor-
tance of temporal isolation of times of reproduction is stressed by
Tretzel (1955). Since a spider population’s food requirements
are greatest during its peak of abundance, and at the time of re-
production, any separation in time of these periods for different
species is advantageous in reducing competition and allowing a
more diversified group of species to fit together in a community.

Misumenops duhius versus M. color adensis. These two species
have their peaks of reproduction at the same time and have the
same plant preference. J udging from the numbers of mature in-
dividuals, duhius was somewhat more abundant. The copulatory
organs of the two species are quite distinct, and this is probably
the major barrier to their interbreeding. The period of abun-
dance of mature coloradensis is seasonally more limited than that
of duhiuSy and this is probably of secondary importance in repro-
ductive isolation of the species.

With the continuing faith in the “principle of competitive
exclusion”, or “one species to a niche” (Hardin 1960), it may be
assumed that there is some ecological difference yet to be dis-
covered between these two very closely related species that allows
them to coexist successfully. There are other instances of coexis-
tence of species of the same genus. Kuenzler (1958) in a studj^
of three species of Lycosa^ could find no apparent factors sepa-
rating two of them; the smallness of their home ranges and
certain differences in the way they wander over this area may be
important. Tretzel (1955) in an intensive study of 365 species
in the vicinity of Erlangen, Germany, found four pairs of species
coexisting, the members of each pair having apparently identical
ecological requirements and similar times of reproduction. How-
ever, all of these situations showed characteristics that may ex-
plain their coexistence. (1) All pairs lived in habitats with a
greater than average food supply, and showed considerable move-
ment between strata. Both of these conditions would reduce the

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF Spidees of Desert Community 37

importance of competition for food as can possibly be interpreted
for other situations reported in the literature, for example Ross
(1957) for coexistence of sycamore leaf hoppers. If there is a
surplus food supply for two species having the same food re-
quirements, and if other factors are operative to prevent their
increase to the point of full utilization of their food supply,
they may then coexist without competition. This can particularly
be pictured as happening in a habitat having physical con-
ditions considerably suboptimal for both species. (2) In three of
the four pairs, one species showed a peripheral abundance around
a center of distribution where it was less abundant, while the
other species was centrally abundant. This possibly represents
a situation where a horizontal ecological separation is developing.
One species with greater range of tolerance is moving out into a
peripheral region, initially less suitable, and gradually disappear-
ing from the central region where the other species has a slight
competitive advantage. That is, this is a situation where elimina-
tion of one of two species from the same niche is slowly in pro-
gress. It is not known whether either of these situations exists
with regard to M. duhius and M. coloradensis, but their example
supports Tretzeks conclusion that “the necessity for intragenerie
isolation is compelling only under entirely specific conditions’’.

Summary and Conclusions

1. The spiders of a southern desert shrub community were
studied by analysis of 48-sweep collections from the dominant
(Larrea divaricata) and subdominant shrubs {Flour ensia cernua
and Parthenium incanum).

2. The spider fauna of 20 species was dominated by Mis-
umenops duhius and M. coloradensis ^ with Philodromus infusca-
tus, another crab spider, and Sassacus papenhoei, a jumping
spider, as numerical subdominants. Only these four species ex-
ceeded 5 per cent of the total number of individuals ; 11 species
exceeded 1 per cent.

3. Spider abundance ranged from 2800 to 36,000 per hectare,
and biomass ranged from 11 to 150 grams per hectare. The num-
ber of spiders in the shrubs reached a minimum in February,
when winter temperatures were lowest. A fairly constant den-
sity, more than 50 per cent Misumenops, of 34,000 to 36,000 per
hectare was maintained from April through August.

38

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. I^IX

Individual species showed peak densities before or after the
June period of maximum temperature and minimum humidity.
Misumenops, which were abundant from April through Sep-
tember, showed a depression of numbers in June. Tmarus angu-
latus was unusual in showing its highest numbers in June and De-
cember.

4. Densities per unit of vegation ranged from 2.0 to 25.0/M^,
and biomass from 2.5 to 104.7 mg./M^. There was some variation
of density attributable to the degree of development of leaves
and flowers of the different shrubs.

5. Three species of spiders showed definite shrub preferences,
Misumenops spp. for Larrea, P. infuscatus for Parthenium and
T. angulatus for Flourensia.

6. Misumenops spp. reproduce throughout much of the year,
but principally in July and August. They move completely out
of the shrub stratum in winter, overwintering as juveniles of
different instars, and then quickly return to abundance in Larrea
with moderation of winter temperatures in April. Male Mi-
sumenops reach maturity in about the 6th instar and females
in the 8th.

7. Philoclromus infuscatus reproduce only in September and
October; after a long period of absence from the shrub stratum,
possibly overwintering in the egg sac, individuals develop syn-
chronously to maturity.

8. Sassacus papenhoei also has only one generation per year,
born in July and August, and developing uniformly. This species
remains active in the shrubs in winter.

9. Biomass ratios of spiders (predators) : insects (prey) av-
eraged 13.3-47.2 per cent for the different shrubs. The insects
must have a much greater rate of production to be able to serve
as the food base for the spiders.

10. Spider densities in this southern desert shrub vegetation
are considerably higher than those reported for northern desert
shrub (sagebrush) but less than the densities reported for more
densely vegetated communities.

11. The predominance of crab spiders and jumping spiders
(hunting forms) over web-spinners (ratio of 50 : 3 individuals) is
probably due to the sparseness of the vegetation, which provides
few sites for webs and leaves orb weavers exposed to predators,
and to high air movement, destructive to webs.

i

March, 1961] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF SPIDERS OF Desert Community 39

12. The temperature and evaporative stress of this desert
area do not exceed the limits of tolerance of many spiders, but
these factors are undoubtedly important in selecting those species
than can best survive. The literature shows that there are
considerable differences in the preferences, temperature of heat
paralysis and critical temperature for water loss of different
spiders.

13. The coexistence of the two species of Misumenops, having
the same time of reproduction and same plant preferences, and
presumably similar food habits, cannot be explained with the
present data.

14. Competition between Misumenops spp., P. infuscatus^
T. angulatus and S. papenhoei is reduced by their partial hori-
zontal separation onto different kinds of shrubs, general dif-
ferences in food habits, and temporal separation of periods of
peak abundance of numbers and of reproduction.

The basis for the plant preferences is probably the concealing
coloration gained on the preferred plant.

Misumenops are semisedentary ambushing spiders and prob-
ably depend largely on diptera and hymenoptera attracted to
flowers. Philodromus and Tmarus probably depend on ambush-
ing tactics to capture food, but move about and thus presumably
contact and depend upon the various heteroptera for food.
Sassacus probably actively seeks and pursues its prey.

15. Though the spider fauna of this desert shrub vegetation
is not very diverse, it is developed to exploit rather fully the
limited resources of the desert habitat.

Literature Cited

Auten, M. 1925, Insects associated with spider nests. Ann. Ent. Soe.
Amer. 18: 240-250.

Barnes, R. D. 1953. The ecological distribution of spiders in nonforested
maritime communities at Beaufort, North Carolina. Ecol. Monogr, 23:
315-337.

Barnes, B. M. and R. D. Barnes. 1954. The ecology of the spiders of mari-
time drift lines. Ecology 35: 25-35.

Barnes, R. D. and B. M. Barnes. 1955. The spider population of the
abstract broom sedge community of the southeastern piedmont. Ecology
36: 658-666.

Bilsing, S, W. 1920. Quantitative studies in the food of spiders. Ohio
J. Sci. 20: 215-260.

40

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXIX

Blake, I. H. 1926. A comparison of the animal communities of coniferous
and deciduous forests. Illinois Biol. Monogr. 10: 1-148.

Bodenheimer, P. S. 1933. The progressive factor in insect growth. Quart.
Eev. Biol. 8: 92-95.

Bonnet, P. Etude bibliographiques des Araignees. Part 3, G-M, 1957 ;
Part 4, N-S, 1958 ; Part 5, T-Z, 1959.

Bristowe, W. S. The comity of spiders. Eay Society. Vol. I: 1—228,
1939; Vol. II: 229-560, 1941.

Browning, H. C. 1941. The relation of instar length to the external and
internal environment in Tegenaria atrica. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
A 111: 303-317.

Comstock, J. H, and W, J. Gertsch. 1940. The spider book. New York:
Doubleday, Doran and Co. 729 p.

Davies, M. E. and E. B. Edney. 1952. The evaporation of water from spid-
ers. J. Exp. Biol. 29: 571-582.

Deevey, G. B. 1949. The developmental history of Latrodectus mactans
(Fabr.) at different rates of feeding. Amer. Midi. Nat. 42: 189-219.

Dowdy, W. W. 1950. A community study of an oak-hickory association
with special reference to invertebrates. Amer. Midi. Nat. 43: 667-695.

• — •. 1951. Further ecological studies on stratification of the arthro-

pods. Ecology 32: 37-52.

Elliott, F. E. 1930. An ecological study of the spiders of the beech-maple
forest. Ohio Jour. Sci. 30: 1-22.

Fautin, E. W. 1946. Biotic communities of the northern desert shrub
biome in western Utah. Ecol. Monogr. 16: 251-310.

Fichter, E. 1954. An ecological study of invertebrates of grassland and
deciduous shrub savanna in eastern Nebraska. Amer. Midi, Nat. 51:
321-439.

Gabritschevsky, E. 1927. Experiments on color changes and regeneration
in the crab-spider, Misumena vatia. J. Exp. Biol. 47: 251-267.

Gertsch, W. J. 1939. A revision of the typical crab-spiders (Misumeninae)
of America north of Mexico. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 76: 277-442.

- — 19^9. American spiders. New York: Van Nostrand. 285 p.

Gibson, W. W. 1947. An ecological study of the spiders of a river terrace
forest in Western Tennessee. Ohio Jour. Sci. 47: 38-44.

Hardin, G. 1960. The competitive exclusion principle. Science 131:
1292-1297.

Holm, A. 1950. Studien fiber die Spinnenfauna des Tornetraskgebietes.
Zool. Bidr. Uppsala. 29: 103-213.

Jones, S. E. 1941. Influence of temperature and humidity on the life his-
tory of the spider Agelena naevia Walckenaer. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
34: 557-571.

Kuenzler, E. J. 1958. Niche relations of three species of lycosid spiders.
Ecology 39: 494-499.

Lovell, J. H. 1915. Insects captured by the Thomisidae. Canadian Ent.
47: 115-116.

March, 1901] CHEW: ECOLOGY OF SPIDERS OF Desert Community

41

Lowrie, D. C. 1942. The ecology of the spiders of the xeric dunelands in
the Chicago area. Chicago Acad. Sci. Bull. 6: 161-189.

• — — — ’. 1948. The ecological succession of spiders of the Chicago area.

Ecology 29: 334-351.

McAtee, W. R. 1907. Census of four square feet. Science 26: 447-448.

Muma, M. H. and K. E. Muma. 1949. Studies on a population of prairie
spiders. Ecology 30: 485-503.

Nemenz, H. 1954. tlber den Wasserhaushalt einiger Spinnen mit beson-
derer Beriicksichtigung der Transpiration. Ost. zool. Z. 5: 123—158.

N0rgaard, E. 1951. On the ecology of two lycosid spiders {Pirata piraticus
and Lycosa pullata) from a Danish sphagnum bog. Oikos 3: 1-21,

Odum, E. P. 1959. Fundamentals of ecology. Philadelphia: Saunders.
546 p.

Pearse, A. S. 1911. The influence of different color environments on the
behavior of certain arthropods. J. Anim. Behavior 1: 79-110.

Rau, P. 1935. The spider prey of the mud wasp, Sceliphron oaementarium
(Araneae, Hymen.: Sphegidae). Ent. News 46: 267--270.

Rice, L. A. 1946. Studies on deciduous forest animal populations during a
two year period with differences of rainfall. Amer. Midi. Nat. 35:
153-171.

Ross, H. H. 1957. Principles of natural coexistence indicated by leaf-
hopper populations. Evolution 11: 113-129.

Shelf ord, V. E. 1951, Fluctuations of forest animal populations in east
central Illinois, Ecol. Monogr, 21: 183-214.

Smith-Davidson, V. 1932. The effect of seasonal variability upon animal
species in total populations in a deciduous forest succession. Ecol.
Monogr. 2: 306-323.

Thomas, M. 1952. Le capture des proies par les araignees-crabes. Bull.
Soc. Hist, nat, Toulouse 87: 268-276,

Tretzel, E. 1955. Intragenerische Isolation und interspezifische Konkurenz
bei Spinnen. Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere 44: 43-162,

Weese, A. O. 1924. Animal ecology of an Illinois ebn-maple forest, Illinois
Biol. Mongr. 9: 1-93,

42

New York Entomological Society

1 VoL. LXIX

TERRITORIALITY AND DISPERSAL IN
DRAGONFLIES (ODONATA)^

By Edward J. Kormondy
Department of Zoology, Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio

Investigation of territoriality occurred first in birds and led
eventually to Howard’s (1920) clarifying exposition, Heape’s
(1931) extension of the concept to other animals, and ultimately
to the widely accepted precept that it is a behavioral phenomenon
characterized by an organism maintaining a “defended area”
(Nobel, 1939; Nice, 1941). Carpenter (1958) has reviewed terri-
torial behavior in vertebrates; there is no comparable review
for invertebrates. Carthy’s (1958) study on invertebrate be-
havior contains no reference to territoriality; Thorpe (1956)
has only a cursory statement about the phenomenon in higher
Crustacea and a few insects. Aside from the several papers on
Odonata to be discussed presently, territorial behavior in in-
vertebrates has been postulated on sound evidence for only a
few forms such as the fiddler crab TJca (Verwey, 1930 and Crane,
1941), the burrowing beetles of the genus Necrophorus (Pukow-
ski, 1933) and the ants Formica rufa (Elton, 1932), and Formica
fusca, Acanthomyops niger and Myrmica scahrinodis (Pickles,
1935) . The lack of attention to territoriality among invertebrates
may be occasioned by infrequent occurrence; however, it may
also be the case that it is not being recognized because of a too
rigid concept of what constitutes this type of behavior.

If in the more intensively studied vertebrates it can still be
stated that in the investigation of territoriality, information is
largely limited and qualitative, and formulation and testing of
hypotheses is merely beginning (Carpenter, 1958), one can
underscore the same limitations as regards invertebrates. While
there is need for compilation on this level, the present paper is
restricted to a review of territorial behavior only in dragon-
flies— its occurrence, characteristics, significance and possible re-
lationships with dispersal.

1 Eead as part of a symposium on ‘‘Mechanisms of Species Dispersal’'
held by the Systematics and General Entomology Section, Entomological
Society of America, North Central Branch, March 25, 1959, Columbus, Ohio.

March, 1901] CHEW: ECOLOGY OP SPIDERS OP DESERT COMMUNITY

43

' Territoriality '

During* a study of the systematics of the species of Tetra-
goTieuria occurring in the Great Lakes region (Kormondy, 1959),
territorial behavior was observed in several species, notably
Tetragoneuria cy nosura (Say). Marking studies, largely incon-
clusive, were combined with observation to investigate a number
of behavioral characteristics, among them territoriality. In
this activity, males on a lake shore are spaced in intervals Vary-
ing directly with the population density, the latter in turn vary-
ing both seasonally and diurnally. At the time of greatest sea-
sonal density males flew in intervals of 10 to 30 feet, 1 to 3 feet
from shore and 3 feet above the water; these spaces coincided
closely with microtopographic areas delimited by overhanging
shrubs if the latter occurred in the habitat. There is a tendency
for the male to become localized in these microtopographic
areas, or at least in given sectors of the area. This localization
tendency was tested artifically by swishing a net near the male,
who either shifted to a spot some 10 to 20 feet away, or flew up-
ward some 30 feet and returned to the same position. Localiza-
tion is observed also in response to incursions by similar-sized
dragonflies which resulted in an exploratory response of quick
flight and were almost invariably followed by a return to the
original area. The flight pattern of the male at this time is
characterized by extended periods of hovering (up to 15 minutes
or longer), considerable maneuvering and no alighting. By
contrast, feeding flight occurs away from the water, and is
characterized by little or no hovering, both vertical and con-
siderable horizontal displacement, and a height of usually
6 feet above ground. No spacing, although some tendency to
localize, occurs in feeding behavior.

When the Tetragoneuria cynosura male is in his territory and
is approached by another cynosura of either sex, the exploratory
response, a quick flight simulating a chase, gives way to aggres-
sive behavior. Visual perception of another cynosura appears
to be the mechanism releasing aggressive behavior. This aggres-
sive behavior appears to be sexually motivated since there is an
attempt by the occupant male to achieve the preebpulatory
tandem position with the intruder regardless of its sex. If the
intruder is a male, agonistic reactions displace sexual ones, and

44

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. L.XIX

a clash or * ‘ fight ’ ’ occurs ; if the intruder is a female, copulatory
activity ensues. The stimuli allowing the perception of sex upon
contact are unstudied.

With this resume of behavior in T etragoneuria as background
and before turning to additional cases in Odonata it would be
well to review briefly the concept of territorial behavior. Car-
penter (1958) has noted that the many definitions of terrioriality
which have been advanced are based largely on bird behavior and
do not represent the complete range of variability of most species ;
even with respect to vertebrates other than birds concepts are
deficient in descriptions of main characteristics and variations
of territorial behavior. He suggests that it be viewed as a com-
plex behavioral system based on a plurality of subsystems and
expressed in a spatial-temporal frame of reference. If terri-
toriality is a behavioral system of broad spectrum, then several
corollaries appear to follow : ( 1 ) study of its expression will not
be easy; (2) constancy of its expression from group to group or
in individuals of a given group can not be anticipated; (3)
uniqueness of biological significance or function may not be
served.

The classical concepts and historical development of terri-
toriality have been summarized in the well-known papers by
Nice (1933, 1941). Based on bird behavior, the central reactions
or requisite behavior according to Nice (1941) appear to be the
following: (1) spacing of pairs through pugnacity of males to-
wards others of their own species and sex; (2) use of signals to
warn away other males and to attract females; (3) fighting of
males primarily for territory and not for mates; and (4) supe-
riority and/or near invincibility of a male within his own terri-
tory. Discussion of the validity of these conditions for terri-
toriality for all animals is beyond the scope of this paper. More
information obtains on the spacing and signalling components in
Odonata; however, Jacobs (1955) has shown that a territorial
male dragonfly shows superiority in a number of ways. Supe-
riority, however, seems to be more a concomitant than condition
of territorial behavior since it appears to be a result of greater
familiarity of the occupant with his peculiar area.

Although the literature on Odonata contains frequent ref-
erences to spacing, localization and territorial behavior, the

March, 1961] Kormondy: Territoriality in Dragoni^lies

45

systematic and critical investigation of one or more of these
phenomena has been limited to the studies by Borror (1934),
St. Quentin (1934), Moore (1952), Jacobs (1955), and Kor-
mondy ( 1959 ) . The latter four of these papers serve as the basis
for determining the expression of territoriality in Odonata.

With respect to spacing, Moore (1953) found that the length
of beat of solitary male dragonflies varies from more than 8
and up to 170 yards. When more individuals were present, the
minimum spacing was 13 dragonflies per 100 yards (8 yards per
dragonfly), irrespective of the number of species present. At
peak population density in Tetragoneuria the minimum spacing
was 3 to 10 yards, whereas when only solitary individuals were
flying, the length of beat was as much as 50 to 100 yards. De-
pendence of the degree of spacing on population density has
been recognized in other studies. That spacing behavior is an
aspect of and is regulated by reproductive behavior is proposed
by Moore and supported by my studies on Tetragoneuria. Spac-
ing has no obligate relationship to localization, i.e., the constancy
of association of a given male with a given area. Borror, for
example, found a high degree of localization but no spacing
to be characteristic of Argia moesta, Hetaerina americana and
Argia sedula; Moore reported spacing but very little or no
localization in the several species he studied. On the other hand,
Jacobs reported that Plathemis lydia showed spacing and def-
inite localization to specific sectors of the study area; many
individuals returned to sectors previously occupied after having
been absent for as long as five days. Apparent localization in
Tetragoneuria can as well be interpreted as being fortuitous
since the data are so meagre. Concern with the duration of local-
ization as a prerequisite for postulating territoriality however,
seems to be of less value than deciphering interactional be-
havior of males in localized areas.

With respect to interactions occurring intra- and inter-
specifically in spaced dragonflies, behavior in no small measure
appears to be modulated by the discriminatory ability of the
occupant dragonfly. Using tethered individuals of seven species
Moore showed that there is a greater ability to distinguish kind
than sex in species which are not strongly dimorphic. The vast
majority of potential interspecific miscegenations never passed

46

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXIX

what Moore termed the ‘‘approach” stage, whereas intra-
specific male clashes were rather the rule. It appears from his
data that the highest frequency of intraspecific clashes occurred
where significant morphological differences between the sexes are
lacking. Erroneous attacks of either an inter- or intraspecific
nature may occur in animals in a heightened state, according to
Tinbergen (1953), if the foreign species or other male presents
a stimulus which normally triggers the attack reaction.

With regard to signalling as a means of deterring other
males and/or attracting females, the data are such that we can-
not determine the innate and learned components and reactions.
Jacobs has shown that in Plathemis lydia, a sexually dimorphic
species, signalling among males is by dashes at one another, pur-
suit displays and dual flights, whereas in Perithemis tenera, also
a sexually dimorphic species, it is effected by wing fluttering
and pursuit flights. In the non-sexually dimorphic Tetra^
goneuria, males appear to learn to avoid occupied - areas the
signal being the mere presence of the occupant male. Moore
concluded that individuals learn to avoid sites of previous en-
counters with rival males which they cannot distinguish from
females. In any event, whether the signal is by chase, challenge,
display, or mere presence, innate or learned, elimination of
males from the immediate occupied area occurs.

Three major functions of territoriality in Odonata have
been proposed: (1) to provide the male with a hunting (i.e.,
feeding) ground; (2) to serve in sexual selection and isolation;
(3) to aid in dispersal. The first point was advanced by
St. Quentin in his concept of the “ Jagdrevier ” ; however,
available evidence indicates that the primary reason for many
or most dragonflies being at the water is mating. It is true that
crepuscular aeshnines and certain cordulines feed over water
on swarming mayflies ; however, the characteristics of this feed-
ing flight are quite different from those involved during, re-
productive flight. Regarding the second function, Williamson
(1906) postulated, without critical evidence, that intraspecific
male conflict may lead to sexual isolation, a point verified by
my work in Tetragoneuria; Jacobs has shown experimentally the
role of territory in sexual selection in Plathemis lydia said Peri-
themis tenera.

March, 1961] KORMONDY: TERRITORIALITY IN DRAGONFLIES

47

Dispersal

Moore proposed that spacing of individuals, which is dis-
persal in the breeding area, leads to dispersal of some individuals
away from the breeding area. This point is x>i’obably the most
difficult to establish experimentally or observationally. Mark-
ing-recapture or marking-sighting studies, of admitted limited
application and success, appear to be the onlj^ practical methods
available at the moment. In consequence, this section is more
speculative, consisting largely of hypotheses hopefully provoking
criticism and future study.

It was stated above that the amount of spacing varies directly
with population density but has a minimum range ; when this
minimum is approximated or reached the area is, as it v/ere,
saturated. At this point incoming males cannot be accommodated
but must leave the area. It is not known if they disperse in a
density related fashion as proposed by Bovbjerg (1959) for
animals demonstrating intraspecific aggressive behavior.

Possible attributes of dispersal as a function of territoriality
may be considered in several major categories: (1) preventing
or lessening interference of a male with an ovipositing female ;
(2) avoiding overcrowding of a restricted breeding area; (3)
populating newly opened or reopened areas. If species copulate
away from the water, as do those which Moore studied, limited
spatial dispersal is not the means of preventing interference in
copulation, but the flight away is. Jacobs argues that since
territorial behavior reduces the potential number of males at
the breeding area, potential interference with oviposition is
thereby removed. Jacobs also shows that in situations in which
the male holds the female during oviposition, as in Enallagma
aspersum, there is no territorial behavior.

In preventing overcrowding of the restricted breeding area,
dispersal may affect the adult by preventing a further increase
in adults before density-dependent mortality factors could act
on population size. By promoting more uniform occupancy of
local fragments of the environment there is an increased likeli-
hood that a coursing female would be mated with. If the terri-
tory includes the oviposition site, as in Plathemis and PerithemiSy
one concomitant might be a lessening of potential larval density ;

48

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

if the oviposition site is outside the mating territory, as in Tetra-
goneuria, this function could hardly he served. In fact, any
benefit of spacing in potentially preventing overcrowding of
larvae is controverted by aggregational oviposition behavior in
Tetragoneuria. Possibly the major factor resulting from terri-
torial induced dispersal occurs through the exclusion of some
males from the breeding area inasmuch as this not only samples
the gene pool but does so in a small interbreeding population.

Dispersal in the broader sense is the means of populating newly
available or reopened areas, but the role of territoriality in this
phenomenon is essentially unstudied. A major deficiency in evi-
dence of such factors as incidence, rates, and directions of
Odonata population movements is also acknowledged. Wolfen-
berger (1946) shows that as one proceeds out of a center of dis-
persion not only does the number of insects drop off rapidly, but
those which continue to disperse do so at a less rapid rate of
movement. His evidence also indicates that dispersion occurs
over greater distances where populations at the origin are denser.
Although there is no evidence available in Odonata to apply
directly here, it is noted that spacing behavior is largely known
to occur in libellulines, the group to which belong most migrant
species.

The common assumption that Odonata are readily dispersed
appears to be based in no small measure on the strong flight
powers of many of its members, and/or on the light-bodied
damselflies which should be easily dispersed by wind, updrafts,
and currents. That they are not so readily dispersed appears to
be borne out by several lines of work, the former by records of
migratory and/or swarming species and the localization studies
discussed above, and the latter by studies on the distribution of
Odonata in and by the air. Regarding the latter point Glick
(1939) reported twenty-one Odonata taken at altitudes of 20 to
3000 feet (only one Zygoptera at the latter height), with only
seven species (four Anisoptera, three Zygoptera) represented.
No strong fliers were taken over 1000 feet although some were
observed as high as 7000 feet. On the other hand, the widely
distributed Anomalagrion hastatum (Say), one of the smallest
and weakest Zygoptera, was relatively the most abundant form
in the upper air. Although it would seem reasonable that light-

March, 1961] KORMONDY: TERRITORIALITY IN DRAGONFLIES

49

bodied forms might be updrafted and dispersed by wind action,
very few were ; it seems equally unlikely that strong fliers would
be so affected. Glick’s totals are, unfortunately, too small to
serve as any more than speculative spring-boards. Felt (1928),
in summarizing dispersal of insects by air currents, concluded
that dispersal of such large forms as species of Anax^ Aeshna
and Tramea is due more to their inherent ability to remain in the
air for considerable periods than as a result of wind currents.

Although migratory species have been reported among cal-
opterygines, agrionines, aeshnines and libellulines, it cannot be
said that migratory behavior is widespread in Odonata. Of some
5000 known species, probably less than 25 to 50 are known to be
migratory. Williams (1958), mentions 13 migrant species of
Odonata. The British Isles, for example, have been invaded on
numerous occasions but the species involved have been few. One
of the most extensive recent migrations occurred in 1947 and in-
volved Sympetrum striolatum nigrifemur apparently from the
coast of Spain and Portugal (Longfield, 1948).

In North America, the reported migrants seem to be : Aeshna
clepsydra^ attributed by Brown to have annual migrations in
Wisconsin (Calvert, 1893) ; Anax junius, Lihellula pulchellxi and
Tramea lacerata which, according to Shannon (1916), follow
regular annual migration routes along the Atlantic Coast similar
to those of birds and involving as many as 360,000 individuals
(in this connection, Anax junius and Tramea lacerata were re-
ported by Borror (1953) as constituting 90% of a migratory
flight on Long Island) ; Pant ala flavescens and Tramea Carolina,
which along with Anax junius have a definite migration for the
purpose of obtaining food (Wright, 1945). Walker (1953),
however, states: “We know of no reports of dragonfly migrations
in Canada, although the occurrence of swarms of certain species
is no rarity.’’ I have elsewhere (1959) reported on four swarms
of 50 to 100 individuals involving the three northern species of
Tetragoneuria with six other species. Whether swarming is re-
lated to migratory behavior is unknown ; the most noted migrant,
Libellula quadrimaculata, however, is widely distributed and
is frequently observed in swarms. In sum, migratory behavior
is an activity pattern limited to few species. Although it may
be a mechanism of dispersal for these forms, regularly for some

50

New York Entomological Society

[ VoL. LXIX

and occasionally for others, migration does not seem to be the
mode of dispersal for many. Further, what relationship obtains
between migratory and territorial behavior is yet to be deter-
mined.

The preceding discussion has centered largely on the general
nature of territoriality in Odonata with rather less detail on
the role of this behavior in dispersal. This has been occasioned
by the lack of systematic and quantitative data on dispersal, or
on dispersal as an elfect of territoriality. Considerably more
needs to be learned of the range of expression of territorial be-
havior in Odonata, as well as in other invertebrates, and certainly
much more needs to be learned of dispersal incidence, rates, direc-
tion, and associated factors. We are, it seems, still largely in the
stage of knowing that certain dragonflies occur here and there,
but have no valid data to indicate how they got from here to
there. Two things we do seem to know: (1) that as far as the
individual is concerned the tendency to react to a particular set
of landmarks is a deterrent to dispersal, (2) that as far as the
population is concerned, territoriality deters some individuals
from moving and necessitates the movement of others.

Summary

1. Territorial behavior in Odonata is reviewed with emphasis on

spacing and signalling.

2. In Odonata (and other organisms), territoriality may func-

tion in sexual selection and in aiding dispersal. Dispersal
is presumably significant in avoiding overcrowding effects
in a restricted breeding area, lessening interference with
oviposition, and populating newly opened or reopened
areas.

3. The possibility of relationship between migration and/or

swarming and territoriality is considered.

References Cited

Borror, D. J, 1934. Ecological studies of Argia moesta Hagen (Odonata:
Coenagrionidae) by means of marking. Ohio Jour. Sci. 34: 97-108.

. 1953. A migratory flight of dragonflies. Ent. News 64: 204-

205.

Bovbjerg, E. V. 1959. Density and dispersal in laboratory crayfish popu-
lations. Ecology 40: 504-06.

March, 1961] KORMONDY : TERRITORIALITY IN DRAGONFLIES

51

Calvert, P. P. 1893. Catalogue of the Odonata of the vicinity of Phila-
delphia. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 22: 152a~272.

Carthy, J. D. 1958. An introduction to the behavior of invertebrates.
Macmillan Co., New York.

Carpenter, C. R. 1958. Territoriality: a review of concepts and problems.
In: Behavior and Evolution, A. Roe and G. G. Simpson, Ed. Yale
University Press.

Crane, J. 1941. Crabs of the genus Uca from the west coast of Central
America. Zoologica 26: 145-208.

Elton, C. 1932. Territory among wood ants {Formica rufa L.) at Pickett
Hill. Jour. Anim. Ecol. 1: 69-76.

Felt, E. P. 1928. Dispersal of insects by air currents. New York State
Mus. Bull. 274: 59-129.

Glick, P. A. 1939. The Distribution of Insects, Spiders, and Mites in the
Air. U. S. D. A. Techn. Bull. 673: 150 pp.

Heape, W. 1931. Emigration, Immigration and Nomadism. Heffner,
Cambridge.

Howard, H. E. 1920. Territory in Bird Life. Murray, London.

Jacobs, M. E. 1955. Studies on territorialism and sexual selection in
dragonflies. Ecology 36: 566—86.

Kormondy, E. J. 1959. The systematics of Tetragoneuria, based on eco-
logical, life history, and morphological evidence (Odonata: Corduliidae).
Misc. Pub. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 107: 1-79.

Longfield, C. 1948. A vast immigration of dragonflies into the south
coast of Co. Cork. The Irish Naturalists’ Jour. 9: 133-41.

Moore, N. W. 1952. On the so-called “territories” of dragonflies (Odonata-
Anisoptera). Behavior 4: 85-100.

. 1953. Population density in adult dragonflies ( Odonata- Anisoptera).

Jour. Anim. Ecol. 22: 344-59.

Nice, M. M. 1933. The theory of territorialism and its development. In:
50 Years’ Progress of American Ornithology. Lancaster, Amer. Ornith.
Union: 89-100.

. 1941. The role of territory in bird life. Amer. Midi. Nat. 26:

441-87.

Noble, G. K. 1939. The role of dominance in the life of birds. Auk 56:
263-73.

Pickles, W. 1935. Populations, territory and interrelations of the ants
Formica fusca, Acanthomyops niger, and Myrmica scahrinodis at Gar-
forth (Yorkshire). Jour. Anim. Ecol. 4: 22-31.

Pukowski, E. N. 1933. Oekologische Untersuchungen an Necrophorus.
Zeits. Morph. Ok. Tiere 27: 518-86.

Saint-Quentin, D. 1934. Beobachtungen und Versuche in Libellen in ihren
Jagdrevieren. Konowia 13: 275-82.

Shannon, H. J. 1916. Insect migration as related to those of birds. Sci.
Monthly 3: 227-40.

Thorpe, W. H. 1956. Learning and Instinct in Animals. Harvard Univ.
Press.

52

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Tinbergen, N. 1953. Social Behavior in Animals. Methuen and Co., Lon-
don.

Verwey, J. 1930, Einiges iiber die Biologic Ost-Indischer Mangrokraben.
Treubia 12: 167-261.

Walker, E. M. 1953. The Odonata of Canada and Alaska, Vol. I. Univ.
Toronto Press.

Williams, C. B. 1958. Insect Migration. Macmillan Co., New York.
Williamson, E. B. 1906. The copulation of Odonata. Ent. News 17: 143.
Wolfenberger, D. O. 1946. Dispersion of small organisms. Amer. Midi.
Nat. 35: 1-152.

AVright, M. 1945. Dragonflies predaceous on the stablefly Stomoxys ealci-
trans (L.). Fla. Ent. 28: 11—13.

March, 1961]

Book Reviews

53

BOOK REVIEW

Cydnidae of the Western Hemisphere by Richard C. Froeschner
Proceedings of the United States National Museum, Smithsonian
Institution, Washington D.C. No. 3430, voL 111, pp. 337-680,
300 figures. 1960.

American hemipterists have avidly been awaiting the appear-
ance of this comprehensive revision of the burrowing bugs of the
New World. It is a masterful treatment, by a master hemipterist,
of a group of insects which have, far too long, been neglected in
the general study of the Pentatomoidea. After the introduction
and review of the literature, Froeschner gives a concise, but thor-
oughly adequate, digest of the important morphological charac-
teristics that are used in the taxonomic analysis. It is pleasing
to note that new emphasis is placed on the importance of the
trichobothria in classification ; these are, more and more, coming
into prominence in taxonomic work. In the systematic section of
the monograph two new subfamilies, the Garsauriinae and Scap-
tocorinae are erected, and the tribe Amestini is elevated in rank
to subfamily (Amestinae) status. A complete synonomy of each
genus and species is given along with a redescription (except in
the cases of new genera and species) of both male and female
individuals; type data and the repository of the type or type
series is included ; new distributional data are added, and detailed
notes and comments on habits, variation, etc., add to the com-
pleteness of the work. The value of the monograph is greatly
enhanced by sixteen beautiful carbon-dust drawings made by Mrs.
Froeschner and by 284 clear cut line drawings showing the de-
tailed structures used in generic and specific differentiation. All
this is the most comprehensive treatment of a group of insects
that one could ask for, and it is our fond hope that Dr. Froeschner
will continue his researches and soon turn his attention to as
thorough revisions of other families of the heteroptera.

Herbert Ruckes

54

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXIX

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA: RHOPALOCERA) OF THE
WESTERN HEMISPHERE

By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington

[Continued]

jactator Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Paraguay.

Location of Type : Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June)^ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 587, pi.
84, fig. 9 ^ (London).

§ada Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Mexico.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History)?

, Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 87,
vol. 2, pi. 34, figs. 67, 68 ^ (London).

jago Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Theda simaethis

Type Locality: Dunrobin District, Mandeville, Manchester, Jamaica,
B. W. I., January.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description : 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol.
45, p. 74, pi. 1, fig. 7 9 (New York).

jalan Keakirt, Try on, Theda

Type Locality: Near Vera. Cruz, Mexico ( 9 ).

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1866 (November), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, p. 337 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1919 (November), The Macrolepi-
doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 752 (Stuttgart). (Makes jalan a synonym
of aufideng Hewitson incorrectly and makes aufidena a subspecies of hattus
Cramer. )

Synonyms: aufidena Hewitson.

jambe Draudt, Max, Theda (not Godman and Salvin) See iambe Godman
and Salvin

Type Locality :

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 802, pi. 158-1 (Stuttgart).

janais Hewitson, W. C., Theda (not Cramer) Misspelling of jantas Cramer

March, 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

55

Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 202 (London).

Manias Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1779, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde, vol. 3, p. 36, pi. 213, figs. D, E (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (May), Biologia
Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 35, vol. 3,
pi. 52, fig. 15 $ (London),

Synonyms: janais Hewitson, cecina Hewitson, liossan Stoll.

janthina Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Vera Paz, Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 93,
vol. 2, pi. 37, figs. 104, 105 ^ (London).

Subspecies: venezuelae Lathy.

janihodonia Dyar, Harrison G., Theda

Type Locality: Santa Rosa, V. C., Mexico, August, 1906.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 21, 202.
Original Description: 1919, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 54, p. 337 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

japola Jones, E. Dukinfield, Theda
Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Location of Type: Jones Collection.

Original Description : 1912, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 898, pi. 97, fig. 6
(London).

jehus Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus
Type Locality: Brazil.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1822, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, p. 639
(Paris).

Additional References: Geyer, Carl in Hubner, 1835, Sammlung exotischer
Schmetterlinge, vol. 3, pi. (19) (Augsburg), as Sithon jehus from “Cayana’L
Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (June), Biologia Central!- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 42, vol. 3, pi. 53, figs. 5, 6 $ ,
7 9 (London).

jemezensis Gunder, Jean D., Everes comyntas herrii tr. f.

Type Locality: Jemez Springs, New Mexico, May 13, 1913.

Location of Type: Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsyl-
vania.

Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 284, pi. A,
fig. 11 (Orillia, Ont.).

56

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Additional Eeference; McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 447 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places jemeisensis as an aberration of
herrii Grinnell.)

jeneirica Felder, Cajetan, Theda heon var.

Type Locality: Eio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1862, Verb. Zool.-Bot. Ges., vol. 12, p. 474 (Wien).
Additional Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepi-
doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 795 (Stuttgart). (Places jeneirica in the
synonymy of heon Cramer.)

joannisi Dufrane, Abel, Theda dfivara
Type Locality: Trujillo, Peru.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1939 (August), Bull, and Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgigue,
vol. 79, p. 290.

johnsoni Skinner, Henry, Theda

Type Locality: Seattle, Washington, July 15, 1891; British Columbia,
female type.

Location of Type: Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsyl-
vania.

Original Description: 1904 (November), Ent. News, vol. 15, p. 298
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

joya Dognin, Paul, Theda

Type Locality: Loja, Ecuador.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1895, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgigue, vol. 39, p. 106
(Bruxelles).

Synonyms: callao Druce.

juanita Scudder, Samuel H., Theda

Type Locality: Pilatka, Florida, February 10.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1868 (May), Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 11,
p. 435 (Boston, Mass.).

Additional Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1919 (November), The Macrolepi-
doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 750 (Stuttgart). (Makes juanita northern
race of halesus Cramer. This is incorrect and juanita is merely a synonym
of halesus.)

juica, Theda Misspelling of juicha Eeakirt
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1867, Zool. Eecord, vol. 3, p. 470 (London).

juicha Eeakirt, Tryon, Theda

Type Locality: Near Vera Cruz, Mexico.

Location of Type:

March, 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

57

Original Description: 1866 (November), Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, p. 338 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Keference: Draudt, Max, 1919 (December), The Macrolepi-
doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 761 (Stuttgart). (Makes juicha a synonym
of palegon Cramer.)

Synonyms: juica (Zool. Eecord).

juniperaria Comstock, John A., Mitoura siva

Type Locality: Mint Canyon, Sierra Madre Mountains, California.
Location of Type: Southwest Museum?

Original Description: 1925, Bull. Southern Calif., Acad. Sci., vol. 24, pt.
2, p. 37, figs. (Los Angeles, Calif.).

Tcali Streeker, Herman, Theda
Type Locality: Arizona.

Location of Type: Streeker Collection (1 ^).

Original Description: 1877 (November), Lepidoptera, Rhopaloceres and
Heteroceres, p. 129 (Eeading, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: Dyar, Harrison G., 1902, Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus.,
no. 52, p. 39, no. 370 (Washington, D. C.). (Places leali as a synonym of
hehrii Edwards.)

IcaUTcimaTca Clench, Harry K., Theda
Type Locality: Jalapa, Mexico.

Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 26, 257.

Original Description: 1944 (September), Jour. New York Ent. Soc., vol.
52, p. 258 (New York).

Iceila Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Guatemala (Polochic Valley).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1869 (April), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.
1, p. 121, vol. 2, pi. 52, figs. 280, 281 $ (London).

Additional Eeference: Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (August),
Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 50,
vol. 3, pi. 54, figs. 7, 8 5,9 $ (London). (Say “Hewitson’s figures of this
insect are very unsatisfactory, the peculiarities of the cellular brand being
very inadequately rendered.”)

Synonyms: parasia Hewitson.

Tcelseyi Wright, W. S., Plehejus acmon ab.

Type Locality: San Diego County, California.

Location of Type: San Diego Society of Natural History.

Original Description: 1930, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 6,
p. 29 (San Diego, Calif.).

Icingi Klots, Alexander B. and Harry K. Clench, Strymon

Type Locality: Savannah, Georgia, May 16, 1949, May 24, 1951.

' Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1952 (December), Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1600,
p. 1, figs. 1-3 (New York, N. Y.).

58

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. L.XIX

klotsi Field, William D., Lycaena heteronea

Type Locality: Broadwater County, Montana, July 30, 1930.

Location of Type: W. D. Field Collection.

Original Description: 1936 (May), Ent. News, vol. 47, no. 5, p. 123
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

Tcod Druce, Herbert, Lycaeria
Type Locality: Pozzuzo, Peru.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1876, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 239, pi. 18, tig. 7
(underside) (London).

kodiak Edwards, William H., Lycaena
Type Locality: “Kodiak” (1^,1$).

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1870 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3,
p. 20 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Keference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 449 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places kodiak as a subspecies of scudderii
Edwards.)

kohlsaati Gunder, Jean D., Pleheius aqailo tr. f.

Type Locality: Mount McKinley National Park, Alaska, July 29, 1930.
Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1932, Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 8, no. 3, p. 127 (San
Francisco, Calif.).

Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 452 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places kohlsaati as an aberration of aqnilo
Boisduval.) ■

kuscheli Ureta R., Emilio, Theda

Type Locality: Larancagua, Chile, December 9, 1946, 2800 m. (male),
Larancagua, February 25, 1948 (female).

Location of Type: Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, Santiago, Chile.
Original Description: 1949, Boletin del Museo Nacional de Historia Na-
tural, vol. 24, p. 98, x)l. 1, fig. 4 (Santiago, Chile).

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan-
caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for
the Journal should be sent to the Editor, William S. Creighton, City
College, Convent Ave., & 139th St, New York 31, N. Y.; all sub-
scriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New
York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History,
79th- St & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society
has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be
responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of
address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $8.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly
in advance. Single copies, as issued, $2.00 each.

Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York
Entomological Society.

Contents

Additional Records of New England Siphonaptera

By Roger F., Cressey 1

Ecology of the Spiders of a Desert Community ^ ^

By Robert M. Chew 5

/ ' '

Territoriality and Dispersal in Dragonflies (Odonata)

By Edward J. Kormondy 42

Book Review :

Cydnidae of the Western Hemisvhere bv Richard C.
Froeschner <

By Herbert Ruckes 53

An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera :
Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere

By William Phillips Comstock and

Edgar Irving Huntington 54

NOTICE: No. 4 of Volume LX VIII of the Journal
of the New York Entomological Society
was published on January 12, 1961

Published Quarterly for the Society
By Business Press, Inc.

Lancaster, Pa.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American
Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. ^

Vol. LXIX No. 2

June, 1961

Journal

of the

New York Entomolo^cal Society

I Devoted to Entomology in General

I Editor Emerituf HARRY B. WEISS

Editor WM. S. CREIGHTON
Associate Editor JAMES FORBES

Publication Committee

FRANK A. SORACI E. IRVING HUNTINGTON

BERNARD HEINEMAN

Subscription $8.00 per Year

The

New York Entomological Society

Organised June 29, 1892~Incorporated February 25, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History,
79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.

Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.

Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer.

Officers for the Year 1961

President, Dr. John B. Schmitt Dept, of Entomology, Rutgers University

New Brunswick, N.J.

Vice-President, Dr. Elsie B. Klots 215 Young Ave., Pelham, N.Y.

Secretary, Raymond Brush 1 University Place, N.Y. 3, N.Y.

Assistant Secretary, Peter Dix 525 West 113 St., New York 25, N.Y.

Treasurer, J. Huberman American Museum of Natural History, N.Y. 24, N.Y.

Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie . . American Museum of Natural History,

N.Y. 24, N.Y.

Editor, Dr. Wm. S. Creighton City College, Convent Ave. at 139 St., N.Y 31, N.Y.

Associate Editor, Dr. James Forbes . . . . .; Fordham University, N. Y. 58, N.Y.

E. Irving Huntington
Frank A. Soraci

Trustees

Dr. John B. Schmitt
Publication Committee
Bernard Heineman

Dr. A. B. Klots
E. Irving Huntington

Executive Committee

Nicholas Shoumatoff Dr. Daniel Ludwig

Lucien Pohl Dr. Asher Treat

Dr. John B. Schmitt

The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the
Society by Business Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pennsylvania. Second class postage paid at
Lancaster, Pennsylvania.

Journal of the

New York Entomological Society

VoL. LXIX June No. 2

ENZYMES IN THE HEMOLYMPH OF THE
MEALWORM, TENEBRIO MOLITOR
LINNAEUS^

By Carl D. Prota

Department of Biology, Fordham University2

Relatively little work has been done on the enzymes of insect
hemolypmh, probably because of the small volume available for
a single experiment. Faulkner (1956) has shown that silkworm
hemolymph contains malic enzyme (a triphosphopyridine nucleo-
tide linked dehy drogenase ) and malic dehydrogenase (a diphos-
phopyridine nucleotide linked dehydrogenase) which oxidize
malate. He was also able to show the reversibility of the malic
enzyme. All workers agree that hemolymph darkens on exposure
to air, and that this reaction is probably due to the action of
tyrosinase. Ito (1954) noted from in vitro studies on the fresh
hemolymph of the silkworm, Bomhyx mori, that tyrosinase ac-
tivity varies notably during development. He found its activity
to be low in early, and at a maximum in late metamorphosis.
Catalase was found by Matsumura (1935) to be active in the
hemolymph of this insect. It is more active in males than in
females, particularly after the fourth molt.

To the author ’s knowledge no information is available concern-
ing the enzymes found in the insect hemolymph other than those

1 From a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for
the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Fordham University. The author
wishes to express sincerest gratitude for the stimulation, interest and guid-
ance of Dr. Daniel Ludwig.

2 Author’s present address : Research Facility, Rockland State Hospital,
Orangeburg, New York.

60

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

mentioned above. The present work was therefore undertaken
to investigate the enzyme activities of the hemolymph of the
mealworm, Tenehrio molitor, and their changes during metamor-
phosis.

Material and Methods

The mealworms were reared in chick growing mash at room
temperature (approximately 25° C). Hemolymph was obtained
by first etherizing the insect for 20 minutes to prevent coagula-
tion, then a leg or an antenna was cut and the hemolymph was
allowed to drop into a depression of a spot plate. In obtaining
blood from the adult, it was found best to cut the tip of the
abdomen. In each experiment a 0.2 ml. sample was used. The
determination of rates of enzyme action were confined to larval
and adult hemolymph, since during metamorphosis the hemo-
lymph contained much debris due to the breakdown of larval
tissues and results become inconsistent. In each case, a minimum
of 10 determinations were made on larval hemolymph and 5 on
that of the adult. Blood was used as a tissue, no attempt being
made to separate the constituent elements.

The activities of malic, isocitric, alcohol, glutamic, alpha-giyc-
erophosphate, glucose, and lactic dehydrogenases, xanthine oxi-
dase, malic enzyme, uricase, and cytochcrome oxidase were meas-
ured spectrophotometrically. Determinations were made using
the Beckman DU spectrophotometer. In each experiment the
instrument was set at zero with a control containing inactivated
hemolymph (inactivated by boiling) and all materials found in
the reaction mixture, with the exception that in the determina-
tion of cytochcrome oxidase, 0.03 M phosphate buffer was used
to zero the spectrophotometer. The coenzyme requirements for
the dehydrogenases studied are given by Ludwig and Barsa
(1958). Succinic, malic, isocitric, glutamic, alpha-glycerophos-
phate, glucose, and lactic dehydrogenases and xanthine oxidase
were measured by the method of Thunberg which depends on the
rate of decoloration of methylene blue as the substrate is being
oxidized (Umbreit, Burris, and Stauffer, 1945). In all deter-
minations with each technique, the mixture was allowed to incu-
bate for 30 minutes to insure the oxidation of endogenous mate-
rial before adding substrate. Diphosphopyridine nucleotide or
triphosphopyridine nucleotide was used except with succinic

June, 1961] Prota: Enzymes in the Hemolymph of the Mealworm 61

dehydrogenase and xanthine oxidase where no coenzyme was
necessary.

Xanthine oxidase was measured by the method of Horecker
and Heppel (1949). This procedure is based on the rate of ap-
pearance of the reduced band of cytochrome c at 5500 A. U.
when cytochrome c is reduced by the oxidation of hypoxanthine
in the presence of xanthine oxidase. In each test corex cuvette,
were placed 0.4 ml. of 0.1 M phosphate buffer at a pH of 7.4,
2 ml. of Sigma cytochrome c (5 mg./lO ml. buffer) prepared from
horse heart, 0.1 ml. of catalase (used to prevent the reoxidation
of cytochrome c), 0.1 ml. of bovine albumin (used to bind the
protein present) and 0.2 ml. of blood. Readings were taken at
1 minute intervals for 5 minutes after the addition of 0.2 ml.
of 0.05 M hypoxanthine. After 5 minutes a final reading was
made upon the addition of 1 mg. of solid sodium hydrosulfite to
completely reduce the cytochrome c. The reduction of cyto-
chrome c was calculated from the formula given by Horecker
and Heppel.

Cytochrome oxidase activity was measured by the method of
Cooperstein and Lazarow (1951). This method is based on the
oxidation of reduced cytochrome c at a wave length of 5500 A. U.
by cytochrome oxidase. The cytochrome c was prepared in
0.03 M phosphate buffer at a pH of 7.4 by adding 5 mg. of Sigma
cytochrome c to each 10 ml. of solution. It was then reduced
by the addition of a few crystals of sodium hydrosulfite, the
excess reducing agent being removed by bubbling air through
the solution for about 15 minutes. In making a determination
on the activity of cytochrome oxidase, 2.5 ml. of reduced cyto-
chrome c were mixed with 0.2 ml. of blood, and 0.3 ml. of phos-
phate buffer at a pH of 7.4 in a Beckman cuvette. The first read-
ing on the density of the mixture was made within 1 minute after
the addition of the blood to the cytochrome c, and readings were
made at intervals of 1 minute for a period of five minutes. At
the end of that time, 0.1 ml. of M/10 potassium ferricyanide was
added to the reaction mixture cuvette, mixed by inversion, and a
reading made of the optical density of the oxidized cytochrome c.
Calculations were made of cytochrome oxidase activity using the
formula given by Cooperstein and Lazarow.

Uricase was measured by the method of Kalcker (1947). It
consisted of measuring the change in optical density at 2900

62

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXIX

A. U. as uric acid is converted to allantoin. In each determina-
tion, 3ml. of reaction mixture consisting of 1.8 ml. of substrate,
1.0 ml. of borate buffer at a pH of 9.2, and 0.2 ml. of blood were
employed in the test silica cuvette.

The activities of the diphosphopyridine nucleotide (DPN)
and triphosphopyridine nucleotide (TPN) linked enzymes were
measured by a variation of the method of Faulkner ( 1956 ) . They
were measured at 3400 A. U. using silica cuvettes. The reaction
mixtures contained 0.25 ml. of 0.2 per cent DPN or 0.25 ml. of
0.1 per cent TPN, 0.2 ml. of 0.25 M substrate and enough 0.03 M
phosphate buffer to bring the total volume to 3 ml. In measuring
isocitric dehydrogenase activity, 0.25 ml. of 6 x 10“^ M MnCl2
solution, and for malic enzyme, 0.25 ml. of 0.033 M MgS04 was
added to the reaction mixture. These ions are necessary for the
maximal reactions to take place (Ochoa, Mehler, and Kornberg
1948). For malic dehydrogenase, 0.25 ml. of KCN was added to
the reaction mixture to prevent inhibition of the enzyme by the
oxaloacetate formed (Green 1936). DPN is required for malic,
alcohol, glutamic, alpha-glycerophosphate, glucose, and lactic
dehydrogenases, and TPN for the malic enzyme and isocitric de-
hydrogenase (Ludwig and Barsa 1958).

The Thunberg technique involved the use of the same reaction
mixtures as were required for the spectrophotometric method.
In the cap of the Thunberg tube were placed the reaction mixture
and 0.2 ml. of previously incubated blood. In the body of the
tube were placed 0.5 ml. of 1/10,000 per cent methylene blue,
0.5 ml. of 0.25 M substrate and enough buffer to give a final total
volume of 3 ml. The tube was then evacuated, and the cap
rotated to close the tube. The control Thunberg tube contained
all the reactants except substrate and was used to show changes
in the reaction tube produced with a known amount of added
substrate. A standard tube was prepared which contained all
of the reactants except that the methylene blue was diluted to
1/10 of the usual concentration before being added and the blood
inactivated by boiling. The standard represents 90 per cent re-
duction of methylene blue. All the tubes were incubated in a
water bath at 30° C. until the control and reaction mixture
reached the color of the standard.

Observations

Spectrophotometric measurements showed no activities for

June, 1961] Prota: Enzymes in the Hemolymph of the Mealworm 63

cytochcrome oxidase, uricase, or alcohol dehydrogenase in either
larval or adult hemolymph. Furthermore, with this procedure,
no activities were found for glutamic, alpha-glycerophosphate,
glucose or lactic dehydrogenases in larval hemolymph, but posi-
tive results were found in that of the adult. Malic and isocitric
dehydrogenases and the malic enzyme were active in the hemo-
lymph of both stages. These activity values, are shown in
Table I. Furthermore, xanthine oxidase was present in the

Table I.

Speetrophotometric determinations of enzyme activities in the hemolymph
of the larvae and adult mealworm. Activities are expressed as a change in
density units during 30 minutes as DPN or TPN is reduced by the oxidation
of substrate. Readings were made at 3400 A. U.

Enzyme

Stage

Larva Adult

I)FN linTced dehydrogenases

Glutamic — 0.134

Alpha-glycerophosphate — 0.092

Glucose — 0.072

Lactic — 0.139

Malic 0.029 0.099

TPN linTced dehydrogenases

Malic enzyme 0.222 0.416

Isocitric 0.477 0.324

hemolymph from both larva and adult, its activities expressed
as A log [Cy Fe++] /minute, were 0.067 for adult and 0.025 for
larva.

The Thunberg method failed to show activities for alcohol or
succinic dehydrogenases in the hemolymph of either stage. Xan-
thine oxidase was found to be more than twice as active in the
adult hemolymph than that of the larva with this method. Activ-
ity values, expressed as 1/time in minutes for 90 per cent reduc-
tion of methylene blue, being 0.057 and 0.024, respectively. The
activities of the DPN linked enzymes are shown in Table II. As
with the speetrophotometric method, except for malic dehydro-
genase, no activities were found for these enzymes in larval
hemolymph. By this technique, malic dehydrogenase was also
found to be more active in the adult than in the larva. With

64

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Table II.

Activities of the DPN linked enzymes of the larval and adult hemolymph.
Activities are expressed as 1/time in minutes for 90 per cent decoloration

of methylene blue.

Larva Adult

(Con- (Con-

trol)

Blood -f-

trol)

Blood +

Substrate

Blood

TPN

Enzyme

TPN

DPN

Enzyme

DPN

+ Sub-

Activity

Blood +

Sub-

Activity

No Sub-

strate

No Sub-

strate

strate

strate

Sodium malate

0.006

0.013

0.007

0.007

0.019

0.012

L-glutamic acid
Sodium alpha-

0.003

0.003

—

0.004

0.006

0.002

glycero-

phosphate

0.003

0.003

_

0.005

0.008

0.003

Sodium lactate

0.003

0.003

—

0.004

0.007

0.003

this method lactic was less active than malic dehydrogenase,
whereas with the spectrophotometric method the reverse was
true. The activities for the TPN linked enzymes are shown in
Table III. With the Thunberg method, the activities of both

Table III.

Activities of the TPN linked enzymes of the larval and adult hemolymph.
Activities are expressed as 1/time in minutes for 90 per cent decoloration

of methylene blue.

Larva Adult

(Con- (Con-
trol) Blood + trol) Blood +

Substrate Blood + DPN Enzyme Blood + TPN Enzyme

TPN + Sub- Activity TPN Sub- Activity

No Sub- strate No Sub- strate

strate strate

Sodium malate 0.019 0.038 0.019 0.013 0.034 0.021

Sodium isocitrate 0.004 0.061 0.057 0.003 0.033 0.030

malic and isocitric dehydrogenase of adult blood are almost the
same; whereas with the spectrophotometric method (Table I),
malic enzyme was more active than isocitric dehydrogenase in
this stage.

Discussion

The failure of lactic acid accumulation under aerobic conditions

June, 1961] Prota: Enzymes in the Hemolymph of the Mealworm 65

is due to the rapid oxidation of pyruvate in the presence of oxy-
gen by way of the tricarboxylic acid cycle of which isocitric and
malic dehydrogenases are a part. Since these dehydrogenases
are present in the hemolymph of both stages it would be reason-
able to assume that at least part of the tricarboxylic acid cycle
is present. On the other hand, the absence of the succinoxidase
system, which includes succinic dehydrogenase and cytochrome
oxidase, in the hemolymph of both stages, indicates the oxida-
tions may be completed somewhere else or that the terminal
hydrogen transfer system may be a flavoprotein. In the latter
case, peroxides would be formed and catalase would be required.
Glucose, glutamic, alpha-glycerophosphate, and lactic dehydro-
genases are concerned in anaerobic glycolysis. It appears that
the hemolymph of the adult is more active in these metabolic
processes than that of the larva. In adult hemolymph, the num-
ber of enzymes concerned with both glycolysis and the tricar-
boxylic acid cycle exceeded those found in larval hemolymph.
This observation indicates that intermediate metabolism may be
more complete in the hemoljrmph of the adult. Faulkner (1956)
was able to demonstrate the malic enzyme in the hemolymph of
the silkworm, B. mori. In his paper, Faulkner postulated that
the malic enzyme in insect blood helps to maintain the ionic bal-
ance, and may take some part in the control of the redox potential
of the blood. The results of the present paper agree in part with
those of Faulkner, but the rate of action of the malic enzyme
was found to be slower in mealworm blood than in that of the
silkworm. This difference in rate may be associated with the
greater purity of the preparation used by Faulkner since he used
dialyzed blood. The activity of the malic enzyme in converting
malate to pyruvate was one of the highest found in mealworm
blood.

Since xanthine oxidase is widespread throughout insect tissues,
it is not surprising to find this enzyme in the hemol3rmph. Ludwig
and Cullen (1956) have found a high content of uric acid and
allantoin in insect blood. A high content of uric acid was also
reported in hemolymph of various insects by Buck (1953). It
may indicate that a site of action of xanthine oxidase is the
hemolymph, since this enzyme oxidizes hypoxanthine and xan-
thine to uric acid. On the other hand, the absence of uricase
activity (which oxidizes uric acid to allantoin) in the blood may

66

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

indicate that allantoin is formed elsewhere and released into
the blood.

The discrepancy observed for the different higher activity rates
of the Thunberg and the spectrophotometric methods, may be
associated with the two different techniques employed for their
determination. In the former at least two reactions are involved,
the reduction of DPN or TPN, and the transfer of hydrogen to
methyl blue, whereas the latter method measured only the reduc-
tion of the coenzymes.

Summary

1. The activities of enzymes in the hemolymph of the meal-
worm, T. molitor were studied in the larval and adult stages by
the spectrophotometric method and the Thunberg technique.

2. No activities were obtained for cytochrome oxidase, uricase,
succinic and alcohol dehydrogenases in either the larval or adult
hemolymph by either method.

3. Xanthine oxidase, measured by the Thunberg method, was
found to be active in both larval and adult hemolymph.

4. With both methods it was found that glutamic, alpha-glyc-
erophosphate, glucose, and lactic dehydrogenases, which require
DPN were absent in larval hemolymph but present in that of the
adult. Malic dehydrogenase was present in both stages.

5. With each method malic enzyme and isocitric dehydrogen-
ase, which require TPN, showed high activities in both larval and
adult hemolymph.

Bibliography

Buck, J. 1953. Physical properties and chemical composition of insect
blood. In: Insect Physiology, New York.

Cooperstein, S. J., and A. Lazarow. 1951. A microphotometrie method for
the determination of cytochrome oxidase. J. Biol. Chem., 189: 665-
670.

Faulkner, P. 1956. The “malic enzyme” in insect blood. Biochem. J. 64:
430-436.

Green, D. E. 1936. The malic dehydrogenase of animal tissue. Biochem.
J., 30: 2095-2110.

Horecker, B. L., and A. Heppel. 1949. The reduction of cytochrome c by
xanthine oxidase. J. Biol. Chem., 178: 683-690.

Ito, T. 1954. Blood phenoloxidase in Bombyx mori. II. Change in activ-
ity during development and a certain characteristic of the enzyme.
Japanese J. ZooL, 11: 253-260.

June, 19G1] Prota: Enzymes in the Hemolymph op the Mealworm 67

Kalckar, H. M. 1947. Differential spectrophotometry of purine compounds
by means of specific enzymes. I. Determination of hydroxypurine
compounds. J. Biol. Chem., 167 : 429-443.

Ludwig, D., and M. C. Barsa. 1958. Activity of dehydrogenase enzymes
during metamorphosis of the mealworm, Tenet rio molitor Linnaeus.
Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 51: 311-314.

Ludwig, D., and W. P. Cullen. 1956. Effects of starvation on the uric
acid, allantoin, and urea content of Japanese beetle (Popillia japonica
Newman) blood. Physiol. Zool. 29: 153-157.

Matsumura, S. 1935. On catalase in body fluid of the silkworm. Bull.
Ser. Silk Ind., 7: 5-8.

Ochoa, S. Mehler, A. H. and A. Kornberg. 1948. Biosynthesis of di-
carboxylic acids by carbon dioxide fixation. I. Isolation and properties
of an enzyme from pigeon liver catalyzing the reversible oxidative de-
carboxylation of 1-malic acid. J. Biol. Chem., 174: 979-1000.

Umbreit, W. W., H. Burris and J. E. Stauffer. 1945. Manometric tech-
niques and related methods for the study of tissue metabolism. Min-
neapolis: Burgess Publishing Company.

68

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT OF
CHILOSTIGMA AREOLATUM (WALKER)

IN MANITOBA (TRICHOPTERA:
LIMNEPHILIDAE)

By Walter V. Krivda
Thalberg North, Manitoba

Recently in sorting the pinned Manitoban Trichoptera in my
collection it was found that sufficient material was at hand to
warrant a short note on the species in Manitoba.

There is little in the literature about Chilostigma areolatuniy
though it is apparently widely distributed. Apparently nothing
is known of its biology. Since 1949 when the species was first
noted at The Pas, Manitoba, it has been searched for each spring.
My first encounter with the species was in the spring of 1949
when it was noted flying over a roadside ditch in early April —
one mile north of The Pas. The species occurs along the edges
of sphagnum bogs very early in the spring, frequently when
snowdrifts still lie one to two feet deep in shaded spruce woods.
The insects are easily captured as the flight is delicate and weak
and they themselves visible against the background of the snow.
They frequently settle on the snow and fold their wings in the
manner usual in Trichoptera. In one instance, April 1953, at
The Pas, the species occurred in considerable numbers at dusk
along a roadside ditch bordering a sphagnum bog. When
alarmed, they can rise thirty feet flying into spruce trees in the
bog. They can be simply flushed from the ditch by walking
through the dead stubble of Typha latifolia and Carex rostrata
on which they rest. Freezing temperatures do not seem to in-
jure the adults. As specimens have been found frozen on Typha
stems and on being warmed in the hand, begin moving their legs.

The species has an extensive geographic range in Manitoba.
Specimens have been collected in southern, central and northern
Manitoba. Assuming continuous distribution, the species ranges
between Winnipeg in the south and Gillam, near the Nelson River
in the north of the province.

June, 1961] Krivda: Distribution of Chilostigma areolatum

69

The following Manitoba material is in the writer ’s collection :
Southern Manitoba:

WINNIPEG : 1 J', April 12, 1954 ; coll. W. V. Krivda.

This, the only specimen, was taken in flight over the lawn at
United College in down town Winnipeg. The specimen possibly
came from the Assiniboine River.

Northern Manitoba :

GiLLAM : 1 r^, April 3, 1955 ; 1 April 7, 1955 ; and 1 9, April
29, 1955 ; coll. W. V. Krivda.

These three specimens were taken over wide, shallow ditches
overgrown with sedges, grasses and short willows. At this early
date at the latitude of Gillam, the snow was still lying about in
the shade of spruce and jack pine trees but for the most part was
gone in open places. Many specimens were seen from time to
time in early April and into May. At Gillam the species flew in
bright sunlight ten feet off the ground. By estimation, it may be
said that about ten specimens could be easily counted in a mile ’s
walk along the railway track bordered by shallow ditches and
bogs.

Central Manitoba :

THE PAS : 2 J', April 3, 1959 ; 4 ,J', 3 J, April 6, 1951 ; 1
April 16, 1951 ; 2 J', April 27, 1951 ; 11 11 April 3,

1953; coll. W. V. Krivda. 1 c?, April 15, 1954; coll. Sam
Waller.

The species is frequent at The Pas. The Indian Reservation,
just across the bridge and near the Indian Anglican Church, is
a good locale. Here also the species occurs along the edge of a
sphagnum bog running parallel to the road. Black spruce,
tamarack, Salix hehbi, Typha latifolia, Carez rostrata etc., formed
the basic plant association.

The moth, Acleris hudsoniana, flies together with the fish fly.
Later in the season the butterfly, Oeneis jutta ridingiana, occurs
in this swamp.

At The Pas, C. areolatum flies over snowdrifts in late March
and early April. It occurs in the town even along inhabited
streets and over cultivated gardens. The indication seems to be
that it emerges in the fall, hibernates as the adult and begins to

70

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

appear on the wing in the first few warm days of spring. A pos-
sible explanation for the infrequency with which this species is
encountered in collections is that it is missed by most field collec-
tors, going into the field, as they do, towards the end of May or
beginning of June. With earlier collecting the species will pos-
sibly be found to have a wide geographic coverage.

I wish to express my thanks to Dr. Fernand Schmid of the
Zoological Museum, Lausanne, Switzerland, who kindly identi-
fied material.

June, 1961] Scherba: Nest Structure and Reproduction

71

NEST STRUCTURE AND REPRODUCTION IN THE
MOUND-BUILDING ANT FORMICA
OPACIVENTRIS EMERY IN WYOMING"

By Gerald Scherba
Chico State College, Chico, California

This report records observations on rnonnd structure, reproduc-
tion and relationships among nests of Formica opaciventris
Emery a hitherto little-known Western species of ant. This in-
formation has relevance as a contribution to our understanding
of the ecology, behavior and social structure of the exsecta group
of the subgenus Formica to which Formica opaciventris is as-
signed.

Extensive observations were carried out during June, July
and August of 1957 and 1959, with brief two-week visits to the
mounds in 1956 and 1958. The study area is located on Moose
Island, a small island, one-half by one-quarter mile in size, located
in an ox-bow of the Snake River, two miles east of Jackson Lake
in Teton County, Grand Teton National Park, Wyoming. The
island is at an elevation of 6775 feet and is placed in the Transi-
tion Life Zone by Cary (1917).

The central portion of Moose Island, where the mounds of
F. opaciventris are situated, consists of a silver sagebrush, Arte-
misia cana, meadow in which Festuca idahoensis and Taraxacum
officinale are dominant in the understorey. The soil is a rich,
black, organic loam. The meadow is bordered on four sides by
the shoreline, a lodgepole pine stand, a quaking aspen stand and

1 Project 80 of the Jackson Hole Biological Research Station, Moran,
Wyoming. This research was supported by funds supplied through the
generosity of the New York Zoological Society and the American Academy
of Arts and Sciences.

It is a pleasure to acknowledge the important help of Dr. L. Floyd Clarke,
Director of the Research Station, who first discovered the mounds of Moose
Island and whose continued interest and encouragement facilitated this
study. Dr. Robert E. Gregg, University of Colorado, has kindly determined
the species described in this report as Formica opaciventris Emery. Coral
Scherba assisted in all phases of the field work and in the preparation of
the manuscript.

The author wishes to express his gratitude to the National Park Service
for permission to conduct this investigation within the boundaries of Grand
Teton National Park.

72

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

a low wet sedge meadow. Portions of the central and southern
parts of the silver sagebrush meadow contain swales in which a
sedge, Carex sp. is the dominant plant. The swales were covered
with standing water during June and early July of 1956 and
1957. Approximately 400 mound nests of Formica opaciventris
are distributed throughout most of the meadow with but few
mounds along the pine forest and aspen ecotones and none in
the swales.

The exsecta group of Formica in North America comprises
three species ; exsectoides, ulhei and opaciventris, and they range
from the Atlantic coast through the Rocky Mountain region.
There' is some overlap in range between exsectoides and ulkei
in Illinois and Indiana, and exsectoides and opaciventris in Colo-
rado and New Mexico (Gregg, 1952; Cole, 1954). The distribu-
tion of opaciventris is poorly defined but probably includes west-
ern Montana as well as Wyoming, Colorado and New Mexico.

Formica opaciventris was described by Emery as a variety of
exsectoides^ based on his examination of workers only. Wheeler
(1913) changed this status to that of a subspecies of exsectoides
and added the description of a single male specimen. Creighton
(1950) elevated opaciventris to specific status on the grounds
that the workers are as distinct from exectoides as are the work-
ers of ulkei. Gregg (1952) described the female of opaciventris
and noted that the differences between the females of opaciventris
and exsectoides were not great.

Both exsectoides and ulkei are rich in striking patterns of be-
havior and have been studied repeatedly. Both species build
large earthen mounds which they cover with thatch, these nests
occurring as large aggregations of mounds. McCook (1877)
estimated that a population near Hollidaysburg, Penna., included
1700 exsectoides mounds, and in Illinois Dreyer and Park (1932)
counted more than 450 ulkei mounds. Both species are polygyn-
ous and exhibit secondary pleometrosis in which mated females
return to established nests (Wheeler, 1906; Cory and Haviland,
1938 ; Scherba, 1958) . New mounds are formed by budding from
established nests and by temporary social parasitism of Formica
fusca Creighton, 1934, 1950). In the European species Formica
exsecta, single colonies are reported to occupy more than 100
nests interconnected by runways, so-called polydomous or poly-
calic colonies (Forel, 1928). While this has not been reported

June, 1961] ScHERBA: Observations on Formica Opaciventris

73

for the North American species, Formica exsectoides workers
“visit” between nearby mounds (Wheeler, 1928).

It is of considerable interest to determine which of these traits
is present in F. opaciventris, and the extent to which differences
exist among the species in this group of closely related ants.

NEST STRUCTURE

The nests of Formica opaciventris at Moose Island are low,
conical earthen mounds, varying in size up to a basal diameter
of 78 inches and a maximum height of 24 inches at the mound
apex. These mounds are asymmetrical and have a long, broad
slope oriented toward the east, southeast, or rarely, south. A
census of the slope direction of 95 active mounds with a clearly
discernible long slope indicated 52 mounds sloping to the east;
42 sloping to the southeast, and one mound partially shaded on
the east, sloping to the south. Presumably the long slope face
indicates that direction in which optimal conditions for nest con-
struction are present for the longest periods of time.

The mound crust of consolidated, compact soil is overlain by a
thin layer of freshly mined soil particles. Scattered lightly and
irregularly over this is a covering of thatch, consisting of plant
debris; leaf petioles, dead grass stems, pine needles, occasional
green tips of rush, seed coats and the like. The lower slopes and
basal areas of the mounds are fringed by a growth of rush, J uncus
sp. probably Juncus halticus, whose underground stems, roots
and rhizomes are thickly entangled, buttressing the mound struc-
ture. While the apex and upper slopes of the most populous and
active mounds are bare of vegetation, Juncus is thinly scattered
over the upper surfaces of the less vigorous mounds, growing
highest on the west facing slopes. Extending horizontally out-
ward from the basal surface of active mounds for up to 15 inches
is an apron of mined soil with numerous nest entrances. Scat-
tered nest entrances also occur from the base to the apex on all
slopes.

On August 12, 1959, nest 459, a medium sized active mound
was excavated to a depth of five feet below the level of the soil
surface. The following description of the mound structure is
based on this nest.

The mound interior consists of soil together with a small
amount of undecomposed vegetative debris. Horizontal circular

74

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

and vertical galleries varying in diameter up to one-half inch
honeycomb the mound portion of the nest except at the basal
margin, the area of dense J uncus roots. Galleries within the
mound itself are numerous but their density decreases in the
soil beneath the mound. There is a striking coincidence between
the decrease in gallery density and the soil profile. In the mound
and upper loamy soil layer, galleries are numerous down to a
depth of approximately 8 inches beneath the soil surface. In the
B horizon the soil becomes blocky and enriched with clay. Here
the galleries are less dense although abundant down to a depth
of two feet below the soil surface. In the G horizon, beginning
at about two feet below the soil surface, the soil is hard, contains
silt and very fine sand and is structured as large angular blocks.
A few scattered galleries are present here and some of these
extend vertically to a depth greater than five feet below the soil
surface.

In the mound examined, and possibly unique to that mound,
was a large oval chamber, six inches in length, 4 inches in height
and approximately four inches deep. This chamber was situated
eight inches below the mound apex at the level of the adjacent
soil surface. The chamber was filled with undecomposed thatch
and fine bits of organic debris of a size that could have been car-
ried into the nest by the workers. The function of this cavity
was not apparent, and a corresponding cavity could not be found
in two similar mounds which were examined. Our present in-
terpretation is that the chamber originated as a damaged or tram-
pled portion of the mound which was filled with thatch and cov-
ered over with soil particles.

Thatching Behavior In an attempt to determine some of
the factors effecting nest-building behavior, field experiments
were conducted on the effect of moisture on the rate of thatching.
Moisture was chosen because of repeated observations recorded
in the literature, that nest building activity increases following
rainfall (e.g. Wesmann, 1905). Kecent experiments on other
aspects of nest building have been conducted by Chauvin (1958,
1959a, 1959b).

In each of three experiments two areas each of 16 square
inches of nest surface were delineated and the number of pieces
of thatch carried into these areas by the workers was counted
and removed each day. The experimental area and the entire

June, 1961] ScHERBA; Observations on Formica Opaciventris

75

mound slope containing it was sprinkled with 5 litres of water
from a sprinkling can each day. The control area and the slope
containing it was not watered.

In Experiment 1, the rate of thatching by workers of nest
317, watered, was contrasted with that of adjacent, similar, nest
316, unwatered. After three days the watering schedule was
reversed and nest 316 was watered.

In Experiment 2, the east facing slope of nest 323, watered,
was contrasted with the unwatered west facing slope. After 4
days the watering schedule was reversed.

In Experiment 3, the northeast slope of nest 198, watered, was
contrasted with the unwatered southeast slope.

Results are arranged as Table I. The data indicate that the
effect of watering is to increase the rate of thatching, hence wat-
ered slopes are thatched to a greater extent than unwatered
slopes. Reversal of the watering schedule resulted in a reversal
of the relative thatching rates, indicating that the observed re-
sults are due to effects of watering and not to other differences
existing between the experimental and control areas. The data
have been further examined using a t-test for paired compari-
sons and the amount of thatch carried onto watered slopes is
significantly greater than that carried onto unwatered slopes
(t = 11.2; p < .01). There is considerable day-to-day variation
in thatching rate on both watered and unwatered slopes. This
may reflect the effect of other environmental factors, such as
temperature, on thatching rate.

REPRODUCTION

Formica opaciventris resembles the other North American
exsecta species in maintaining polygynous colonies. A small
nest, 290, excavated on June 26, 27, 1957, contained 101 active
dealate females.

Males occur in two distinct size classes. Total length meas-
urements of 23 males from several mounds indicates a micraner,
6.5-8 mm. and a macraner, 9.0-10.1 mm. using the terminology
of Wheeler (1910). The micraner appear smaller and more
slender but otherwise are similar to the macraner. Both sizes
have been observed in the same colony, although some mounds
contain only one class. Both sizes have been observed to copu-
late with opaciventris females, and no functional differences are
apparent.

76

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

TABLE I

Number of Thatch Particles Brought by Workers Onto
Watered and Un watered Nest Slopes

Experiment 1

Numbers bearing asterisk are tallies made on watered nests

Date

Nest 316

Nest 317

August 6, 1959

97

88

7

55

87*

8

62

127*

10

85

134*

11

210*

130

12

243*

122

13

247*

177

14

227*

106

15

243*

100

16

276*

75

Experiment 2 — Nest 323

Numbers bearing asterisk are tallies made on watered slopes

Date

East Slope

West Slope

August 6, 1959

40

62

7

81*

27

8

121*

32

10

86*

35

11

100*

78

12

14

72*

13

177

213*

14

22

123*

15

75

149*

16

49

160*

Experiment 3 — Nest 198

Numbers bearing asterisk are tallies made on watered slope

Date

Southeast Slope

Northeast Slope

August 12, 1959

14

72*

13

177

213*

14

22

123*

15

75

149*

16

49

160*

June, 1961] ScHERBA: Observations on Formica Opaciventris

77

Seasonal life cycle Eggs are present in the mounds in June
and they complete development to adult worker or sexual in
August, a pattern similar to that observed in F. ulkei. Mating
flights occur in August with new nests formed by budding. Nest
153, believed to be formed by budding during June or July,
1957, was excavated on July 25 of that year. The population
consisted of approximately 30 workers without brood or sexuals.

Production of sexuals In the course of observations on mat-
ing behavior in 1957 it appeared that not all mounds were releas-
ing sexuals and that among the mounds in which sexuals were
produced, some released only males, some only females, others
both males and females. Systematic observations were then at-
tempted to determine the percentage of mounds liberating sex-
uals, here called fertile mounds, and to determine the proportion
of male releasing to female releasing mounds.

TABLE II

Number of Winged Sexuals Observed on Mound Surface
Before Mating Flights, 1957

Date

Nests

Inspected

Males

Females

Aug. 12

25

1

3

14

45

135

8

15

108

1355

65

16

88

3

6

TOTAL

152

1494

82

KATIO

18.2

: 1

In 1957, 152 mounds were censused between August 12 and 16
during the early morning interval between the time that the sex-
uals emerge from within the nest to parade over the mound sur-
face, and flights begin. The number and caste of winged adults
was estimated for as many mounds as could be visited each day.
As a result of the information gathered in 1957 the census was
repeated between August 15 and September 1, 1959, omitting the
estimate of the number of sexuals per nest in order to examine
a greater number of mounds. It should be clear that the number
of sexuals recorded as observed on the mound surface in 1957
(Table II) represents a best estimate of the actual number pres-
ent. A precise count is not easily obtained under such circum-

78

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

stances. Further, mounds are tallied as fertile or sterile on the
basis of the presence of winged sexuals on the mound surface at
the time of census without excavation of the mounds at any time.

TABLE III

Proportion of Mounds on Which Sexuals Were Observed Each Day
During Mating Period. August 1957 and 1959

Date

Mounds

Inspected

Only

s

%

Only

$

%

Both $
and
$

%

Aug. 12,

1957

25

1

4.0

2

8.0

0

0

14

45

11

24.4

0

0

2

4.4

15

108

25

23.1

0

0

7

6.5

16

45

3

6.7

1

2.2

0

0

Aug. 15,

1959

137

22

16.1

2

1.5

1

0.7

16

144

20

13.9

1

0.7

2

1.4

17

210

39

18.6

2

0.9

1

0.5

18

239

25

10.5

3

1.3

2

0.8

23

145

17

11.7

3

2.1

3

2.1

24

252

24

9.5

2

0.8

4

1.6

28

218

10

4.6

3

1.4

2

0.9

Sept. 1

205

0

0

1

0.5

0

0

Date

Total

%

Total

$

%

Total Mounds
With Sexuals

%

Aug. 12,

1957

1

4.0

2

8.0

3

12.0

14

13

28.9

2

4.4

13

28.9

15

32

29.6

7

6.5

32

29.6

16

3

6.7

1

2.2

4

8.9

Aug. 15,

1959

23

16.8

3

2.2

25

18.3

16

22

15.3

3

2.1

23

16.0

17

\

40

19.0

3

1.4

42

20.0

18

27

11.3

5

2.1

30

12.6

23

20

13.8

6

4.1

23

15.9

24

28

11.1

6

2.4

30

11.9

28

12

5.5

5

2.3

15

6.9

Sept. 1

0

0

1

0.5

1

0.5

The release of sexuals extended over a period of several days
both in 1957 and 1959. During the period of mating flights in
1957 the number of sexuals observed on the mound surface in-
creased abruptly to a maximum on August 15 and then declined
sharply. Males and females were observed in a ratio of approxi-
mately 18 : 1 (Table II). The number of sexuals observed on the

June, 1961] SCHERBA: OBSERVATIONS ON FORMICA OPACIVENTRIS 79

mound surface varied widely from mound to mound. Some nests
released as many as 300 males while the number of females ob-
served at a single mound did not exceed 41.

Not all of the mounds examined in 1957 and 1959 were fertile.
Instead, a reproductive division of labor existed with fertile
nests comprising between 20% and 25% of the population. The
proportion of fertile nests observed on any individual day varied
from 7% to 30% of the nests sampled that day, with a decrease
in the proportion of fertile mounds occurring abruptly in 1957
and gradually in 1959, at the end of the flight season (Table III).

Nests liberating males were more numerous than those liberat-
ing females with a male : female ratio of 5.5 : 1 in 1957, and
7.6 : 1 in 1959. Most of the nests which produced females also
produced males, with a ratio of male only : female only mounds;
of 30 : 1. Nests releasing both males and females comprised be-

TABLE IV i

1

Overall Proportion of Mounds on Which Sexuals were Observed r;
August 12-16, 1957 and August 15-September 1, 1959

1957

Number

%

1959

Number

%

Mounds Censused

152

326

Sterile

115

75.7

256

78.5

Fertile

37

24.3

70

21.5

^ Only

29

19.1

61

18.7

$ Only

1

0.7

2

0.6

$ and $

7

4.6

7

2.1

Ratio of male : female

■

releasing mounds ;

!j ' 5.5 ::

1

7.6:1

tween 2% and 5% of the populations of mounds, while mounds
releasing females only comprised less than 1% (Table IV). No
consistent differences have been found as to appearance of the
mound or the activity of the inhabitants between male producing,
female producing and sterile mounds.

Of the 326 nests censused in 1959, M47 were also examined in
1957. What changes in reproductive status occurred to this popu-
lation of mounds? Most of the population, 76.9%, had not
changed. However, 12.2%, fertile in 1957, had become sterile
by 1959 and 8.8%, sterile in 1957, had become fertile. Of the

80

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXIX

37 mounds which were fertile in 1957, only 16, 43.2%, were still
fertile in 1959. Almost 50% of these fertile nests had become
sterile. Of the 8 mounds containing females in 1957, none con-
tained females in 1959. Three mounds changed sexual status
between 1957 and 1959 ; two from male and female producing to
male only and one from male only to female and male producing
(Table V).

If we assume that the proportion of mounds which become
sterile or fertile each year is approximately equal and constant
from year to year, then we may tentatively infer that mounds
are fertile for approximately four years with 25% of the fertile
population becoming sterile each year.

TABLE V

Keproductive Status op Mounds Censused Both in 1957 and 1959

Number

%

Nests censused

147

Fertility status unchanged

113

76.9

Fertility changed

34

23.1

became sterile

18

12.2

became fertile

13

8.8

changed sex

3

2.0

Mounds fertile in 1957

37

still fertile in 1959

16

43.2

sterile in 1959

18

48.6,

fertile but changed sex

3

8.1

Flight activities Observations on mating behavior in For-
mica opaciventris were conducted on August 10, 12, 15, 16,
1957, and on August 15, 17, 18, 23, 24 ,1959, at the study area.
Flight activities occur in the morning, between 7 A.M. and 10
A.M. and follow the sequence ; emergence of the males, emergence
of the females, flight of the males, flight of the females, mating,
and return of the females to the mound.

The males emerge from the nest after the workers are already
on the mound slopes, between 6 : 55 A.M. and 7 : 25 A.M., and they
crawl aimlessly over the mound surface and cluster at nest en-
trances. The females emerge and also crawl over the mound sur-
face, slowly at first, later more rapidly. Males and females
parading over the mound surface occasionally meet but there is

June, 19C1] SCHERBA: OBSERVATIONS ON FORMICA OpACIVENTRIS

81

no avoidance nor attraction apparent at this time. When work-
ers encounter sexuals they attempt to seize them by a leg or
antennae. Sexuals so caught struggle and escape.

As air temperature rises the males leave the mound surface
and climb the stems of herbaceous plants growing from the mound
or at the mound periphery. They climb to the tips, turn around
and around, flutter their wings and continue in this manner for
several minutes. The male flight begins with a final flutter, and
the males depart, singly, flying low, just above the tops of the
herbaceous plants.

The females parading over the mound surface now travel down
the slope and into the vegetation adjacent to the mound margin,
or onto stems of plants emerging from the mound. They climb
to the top of the plant stem, flutter their wings and fly — usually
less than ten feet, and frequently simply to a nearby plant stem
three or four feet away. Some females crawl down from the
plant tip and onto a second, usually higher plant, before flying.
Others climb down and reenter the nest without flying. At the
end of the flight season in 1959 a few females were observed to
fly longer distances; 30 feet, 100 feet, 150 feet and a few flew
up and away out of sight, flying strongly in the direction of in-
creased light. These latter females originated from a nest at the
eastern edge of the population of mounds, and their flight took
place at a time when no males were seen.

As the males fly into the vicinity of a female-releasing nest,
the females remain scattered at heights up to three feet in the
vegetation at the mcwnd periphery. The observer at the mound
receives the impression that the males are not flying at random
but are oriented in the direction of the few mounds at which
females are released. Males fly directly to within four to six
inches of a female, alight, then search about randomly in an agi-
tated manner. When a male encounters a female, copulation
occurs after brief ‘ ‘ chasing. ’ ’ Copulation lasts from 40 seconds
to 2 minutes and is termniated by the female who bites the abdo-
men of the male and pinches it with her legs, forcibly separating
herself. Some females have been observed to mate twice, with a
different male at each occasion.

After copulation the males fly away or flutter weakly to the
surface of the ground. Foraging workers seize these males and
carry them into nest openings, presumably as food. After groom-

82

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

ing, the post-copulatory females climb down the plant stem, crawl
along the ground surface and re-enter the mound through an
opening at the basal edge. Of three females marked with nail
polish after copulation, two were lost from sight, and one was
carried within the mound, intact, by workers, a pattern referred
to as “escorting^’ in the literature. However, at another mound
two post-copulatory females individually met workers near the
mound and these workers made no attempt to seize or restrain
them. The females re-entered the mound unescorted.

On mornings after the flight season has ended, alate females
parade on the mound surface, but re-enter the mound without
flying.

Recently Kannowski (1959) and Talbot (1959) have demon-
strated that flight activities are regulated by climatic events in
several ant species, and this appears likely in F. opaciventris
also. The morning of August 19, 1959, was cool, wet and foggy
and no alates flew although flights occurred before and after that
date. Male flight was interrupted on August 15, 1957’, as the
sky was overcast. When the sky cleared and temperatures rose,
flights resumed. Air temperature measurements at a height of
12 inches indicate that when males first appear on the nest sur-
face air temperatures are between 6.5° C. and 14.5° C. ; when
females first appear air temperatures are between 10.0° C. and
16.9° C. Both males and females have been observed to fly at a
time that air temperatures were between 12.2° C. and 21.2° C.
When mating occurs temperatures are between 13.0° C. and
21.2° C.

RELATIONSHIPS AMONG NESTS^

In August, 1959, marking experiments were conducted in
order to determine whether workers at one mound also frequented
other mounds. In each of four trials several hundred workers
were individually taken from the surface of a mound, marked
with one of 3 colors of nail polish, and replaced. Nearby mounds
were later inspected for the presence of marked ants. Marking
in this fashion did not appear to alter the behavior of the work-
ers, who were later observed transporting pupae and nest build-
ing. A single marking persists for several days.

2 The observations described ‘ in this section were begun in response to a
suggestion of Dr. Mary Talbot, Lindenwood College, that several mound
nests of F. ulkei may be interrelated by virtue of workers moving back and
forth between mounds.

June, 1961] SCHERBA: OBSERVATIONS ON FORMICA OPACIVENTRIS

83

Trial 1 Two mounds, 468 and 470, located contiguously with
their basal edges connected by mined soil tunneled with entrances.
Workers marked at 468 were found on 470 ; one worker marked at
470 was found on 468.

Trial 2 Three mounds, 74, 75 and 76 arranged in a triangular
manner with 9, 10 and 12 inches between the basal edges. Work-
ers marked at 74 were found at 75 and 76. Workers marked at
75 were found at 74 and 76. Workers at 76 were not marked.
Workers marked at both 74 and 75 were observed to carry soil as
in nest building at 76.

Trial 3. Two mounds, 281 and 954, located 8 feet, 8 inches
apart. 954 is believed to be a bud of 281, founded in 1957.
Workers marked at 954 were observed at 281 and workers marked
at 281 were observed on 954.

Trial 4 Three mounds, 206, 321 and 294, situated such that
206 is 3 feet, 2 inches from 321 and 15 feet from 294. 294 is 13
feet, 5 inches from 321, arranged in this order :

206

321 294

Workers marked at each of these nests were found on the surfaces
of the other two mounds. Marked workers from each of these
nests were also found on other nearby mounds. Two of these
mounds were at a distance of 25 feet from 294 and one mound,
198, with a single worker each from 206 and 294 was 55 feet from
206. In several instances workers marked at one nest were car-
rying soil or empty pupal cases at another nest.

We may conclude that workers move from one mound to an-
other up to a distance of 55 feet. The meaning and extent of
these movements are unknown.

DISCUSSION

The life history of an individual mound probably follows this
cycle : Mounds are formed by budding from parental nests and,
in time, increase in size and in number of inhabitants. After an
unknown period the condition of the population of the mound
becomes such that sexuals are produced, and this reproductive
period is estimated to last four years. After a further length of
time the population declines, the mound becomes overgrown with
vegetation and either dies or becomes rejuvenated by a reinvasion
from a budding population.

84

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Although workers evidently move back and forth between
mounds, we would still consider all except incipient mounds to be
separate colonies, a view already expressed by Wheeler (1928).
Forel’s concept of a polycalic colony, in which one colony occu-
pies several mounds, does not appear useful in this situation.
However, it is entirely possible that these colonies share a com-
mon worker pool, to the extent that, in time of need at one colony,
the potential worker force available would be considerably greater
than the population of workers at that mound. The adaptive
value of such a system would be enormous.

The reproductive division of labor, such that only 25% of the
mounds are fertile during a single season appears to be an adap-
tive mechanism which increases the efficiency of the population
of mounds as a whole. However such a system with its exceed-
ingly low rate of production of females can only be of selective
advantage if fertilized females are afforded a maximum of pro-
tection from predators and other circumstances which might limit
their survival. The abbreviated flight of the females, with re-
turn to the nest and the formation of new mounds by budding
provides this maximum protection, while permitting mating of
sexuals from different mounds.

Under such a reproductive pattern the unit of natural selection
becomes not the individual alate, nor the individual colony, but
the population of colonies. The interrelationships between mounds
and the division of reproductive labor within the population are
essentially integrating mechanisms which operate here at the
level of the population of societies.

Is it possible to begin a tentative comparison of certain be-
havior traits found within the exsecta group in North America ?

Differences in mound structure exist. While mounds of exsec-
t aides and ulkei could not be distinguished from one another in
Illinois, mounds of opaciventris in Wyoming have a thinner crus-
tal layer, incorporate less vegetation, and are covered with a
sparser layer of thatch. The mound slopes of exsectoides and
ulkei are free of vegetation, unlike those of opaciventris. These
differences could, of course, be due entirely to differences in
environment.

The reproductive pattern appears quite similar among the
three species and is consistent with the general pattern in many
ant species detailed in the recent fine study of Kannowski (1959) .

June, 1961] SCHERBA: OBSERVATIONS ON FORMICA OpACIVENTRIS

85

New mounds are formed by budding in all three species, although
details of this pattern are obscure and could reveal differences.
Both exsectoides and ulkei form occasional mixed colonies with
other species, especially Formica fusca, presumably by temporary
social parasitism. Mixed colonies of opacivemtris have not yet
been found, although numerous Formica fusca colonies encircle
the opaciventris mounds at the study area.

TABLE VI

Comparison of Reproductive Behavior Patterns Among Species
IN THE exsecta Group of Formica

Trait

exsectoides ulkei

opaciventris

Mating flights begin

“at the close of June 26

June”

(McCook, 1877)

August 15

Flight time

Early morning

Early morning

Males first appear
on nests

Approx. 11.0°C.

6.5°C.-14.5°C.

Temperature at
which flights occur

15°C.-22°C.

12.2°C.-21.2°C.

Mating flight of

Strong, definite

Flight of a few

female

upward flight

feet

Behavior of mated

Return to estab-Return to estab-Return to nest of

females

lished nests lished nests

(Wheeler, 1906)

origin

Formation of new
nests

Temporary social Temporary social Budding

parasitism and parasitism and

budding budding

(Creighton, 1950) (Creighton, 1934)

The flight dates are concurrent for exsectoides and ulkei and
occur approximately six weeks earlier than that of opaciventris.
The flights of both ulkei and opaciventris^ occur in the early
morning hours over a period of several days. Both the tempera-
ture at which males first appear on the nest and flight tempera-
tures are lower in opaciventris than in idkei. Whereas in ulkei
the flight of the females is strong, definite and upward, that of
opaciventris is notably brief and limited, with the exception noted
earlier. In all three species the mated females return to estab-
lished nests, although there is no evidence that in exsectoides or
ulkei females return to the mounds of their origin. In all three
species workers ‘‘escort” mated females back into the nest, and

86

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXIX

ulkei workers dealate the females on the mound surface before
they enter the nest. These comparisons are summarized as Table
VI, from data presented in Scherba (1958) and Talbot (1959).

SUMMARY

Field observations of a population of nests of the mound-
building ant Formica opaciventris were conducted in 1957 and
1959 in western Wyoming.

The mound nests are galleried earthen structures covered by a
layer of thatch. Thatching behavior is affected by environmental
factors such that watering a portion of a mound, or an entire
mound significantly increases the rate of thatching.

The mounds are polygynous, release males of two distinct sizes
and form new mounds by budding. Brood development is initi-
ated and completed within a single season.

There is a division of reproductive function among the popu-
lation of mounds such that between 20% and 25% of the mounds
are fertile (release alates) during each season, with a ratio of
male releasing : female releasing mounds of between,5 fl and
8:1. Females are released from 3% to 5% of the moundis. It
is estimated that mounds are fertile for approximately four sea-
sons, with 25% of the fertile mounds becoming sterile each year.

Mating flights occur over a period of several days in August
during the morning hours only. Mating occurs on the stems of
herbaceous plants with mated females returning to the mound of
their origin after a mating flight of only a few feet. This repro-
ductive pattern differs somewhat from that of other members of
the exsecta group, and these differences are tabulated.

Marking experiments indicate that workers at one mound can
also be found at other mounds in the vicinity with a maximum
observed visiting radius of 55 feet.

The reproductive division of labor and the interrelationship
between workers of different mounds are interpreted as integrat-
ing mechanisms which operate at the level of the population of
societies.

LITERATURE CITED

Cary, M. 1917. Life zone investigations in Wyoming. U. S. Dept, of
Agric. Bur. Biol. Survey, N. Ainer. Fauna 42: 1-95.

Chauvin, Remy 1958. Le comportement de construction cliez Formica
rufa. Insectes Sociaux V (3); 274-286.

June, 1961] Scherba: Observations on Formica Opaciventris

87

. 1959a. Contribution a I’etude de la construction du dome chez

Formica rufa, II. Insectes Sociaux VI (1) : 1-12.

. 1959b. Le construction du dome chez Formica rufa. III. Insectes

VI (4) : 307-312.

Cole, A. C. 1954 Studies of New Mexico ants XI. The genus Formica
with a description of a new species (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), Jour.
Tenn. Acad. Sci. 29: (2) : 163-167.

Cory, E. N. and E. E. Haviland 1938. Population studies of Formica
exsectoides Forel. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 31: 50-56.

Creighton, W. S. 1934 Descriptions of three new North American ants
with certain ecological observations on previously described forms.
Psyche 41: 185-200.

. 1950. The ants of North America, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 104:

1-585.

Dreyer, W. a. and T. Park 1932. Local distribution of Formica ulTcei
mound nests with reference to certain ecological factors. Psyche 39:
127-133.

Forel, A. 1928. The social world of the ants. Vol. I. Putnam, New York.
551 pp.

Gregg, E. E. 1952. The female of Formica opaciventris Emery (Fromicidae).
Psyche 59: 13-19.

Kannowski, P. 1959. The flight activities and colony-building behavior
of bog ants in southeastern Michigan. Insectes Sociaux VI (2) : 115-
162.

McCook, H. C. 1877. Mound-making ants of the Alleghenies, their archi-
tecture and habits. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 6: 253-296.

Scherba, G. 1958. Nest orientation, reproduction and population structure
of an aggregation of mound nests of Formica ulTcei Emery. Insectes
Sociaux V : 201-213.

Talbot, M. 1959. Flight activities of two species of ants of the genus
Formica,... Amer. Mid. Nat. 61: 124-132.

Wasmann, E. 1905. Comparative studies in the psychology of ants and
of higher animals. 2nd Ed. B. Herder, St. Louis. 200 pp.

Wheeler, W. M. 1906. On the founding of colonies by queen ants with
special reference to the parasitic and slave-making species. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist. 22: 33-105.

. 1910. Ants. Columbia Univ. Press. New York. 663 pp.

. 1913. A revision of the ants of the genus Formica (Linne)

Mayr. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 53: (10) : 379-565.

. 1928. Social life among the insects. Constable & Co., Ltd., Lon-
don. 375 pp.

88

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

THE EARLY STAGES OF BREPHIDIUM PSEUDOFEA
(MORRISON) (LEPIDOPTERA, LYCAENIDAE)

By George W. Rawson
New Smyrna Beach, Florida

Since very little seems to be known about the early stages of
the Eastern Pygmy Blue Butterfly, Brephidium pseudo fea (Mor-
rison), it is hoped that the following observations will be of in-
terest. Klots (1951, p. 163) recorded having seen the species
swarming in Florida in a semi-tidal flat at the edge of mangroves
overgrown with saltwort (Batis) and glasswort (Salicornia).
While the butterfly’s normal range in the United States is from
the Florida Keys north into Georgia, and probably in the Gulf
States east of the Mississippi, it rarely wanders far from the coast.
These facts gave the necessary clues to the writer for investiga-
tions which were carried on near New Smyrna Beach, Florida.
As a result, glasswort {Salicornia higelovii Torr.) was definitely
found to be a larval foodplant; and there is reason to suspect
that saltwort {Batis maritima L.) may also be a larval foodplant.
Eggs and larvae were found on glasswort. May 20, 1959, and the
insect was carried through to maturity on this plant. The larvae
were found to chew the outer tissues of the stems and branches
of this plant in a rather characteristic fashion. Very similar
chewing was found on a few sprigs of saltwort collected at random
in the same environment. Both of these halophilic plants grow
in close association in salt marshes; and, at least in the New
Smyrna area, saltwort is generally more abundant than glass-
wort, sometimes growing in pure stands acres in extent.

The butterfly is on the wing during the greater part of the
year, i.e. from March to late November. However, it is difficult
to determine the number of generations per year, if there is a
definite number, because of the over-lapping of the generations
in the semi-tropical climate. In peninsular Florida, the known
range of the species is from New Smyrna (coastal salt marshes)
south to Key Largo, Matecumbe Key and “presumably” other
coastal islands.

THE OVUM

A considerable amount of time was spent hoping to witness

June, 1961] Eawson: Early Stages of Brephidium pseudofea

89

oviposition on the salt marsh vegetation, with no success. A care-
ful search for eggs and larvae was then made with a hand lens
on sprigs of glasswort. Finally, after numerous trials, both eggs
and larvae were found. Since there was no definite assurance
that this material represented the early stages of pseudofea,
4 eggs and 9 very small to medium sized larvae were collected
and taken home for further study.

The eggs were very small ; one specimen showed a diameter of
about 440 jm. The egg is disc -shaped, being round and fiat (a char-
acteristic of Lycaenid eggs) and pearly white in color; the rela-
tively small micropyle area is pale green. The upper surface
is studded with numerous irregular, rounded depressions. Ap-
parently the egg is laid singly on the basal portion of a branch
close to the stem, a position that may be “instinctively” chosen
as an aid to concealment. However, this is not an invariable
rule, since a few eggs were found in more exposed positions on the
branches. Since oviposition was not actually witnessed, the
period for the hatching of the egg was not determined. How-
ever, 4 or 5 days might be suggested as a reasonable guess.

THE LARVA

After emergence the larva is approximately 1.5 mm. long. In
color it is apple green, so closely resembling the color of the food
plant as to suggest cryptic coloration. The same shade of green
persists to the pre-pupational stage. Even while undisturbed,
young larvae are capable of suspending themselves by a silk
thread, which serves to prevent them from falling from the plant,
or as a “ life-line ’ ’ if they do fall.

After emergence from the egg, the larva eats very little of the
eggshell. As larval development proceeds the more or less uni-
form-appearing, apple green skin takes on a granular appearance.
This is due to numerous small, hyaline papillae. These are
basally broad, forming a pedicel that tapers toward the distal
end, which terminates in a rounded knob. The papillae are mod-
erately curved and slope cephalad at an angle of about 45. The
granular appearance of the larval skin is presumably further
evidence of cryptic, protective coloration, because it is closely
similar to the minute punctations on the stems and branches of
the glasswort.

The head of the larva is black or very dark brown ; and while

90

New York Entomological Society

[VoL, LXIX

the larva is feeding is kept almost, if not entirely, hidden by the
enlarged prothorax which forms a hood over it. Both the anterior
extremity of the hood, and the terminal edge of the anal segment,
are fringed with rather short, fine hairs that possibly function as

Fig. 1. BrepJiidium pseudofea. 1. Ovum, 440 p 2. Larva, dorsal view,
8 mm. 3. Larva, lateral view, 9 mm. 4. Pupa, lateral view, 6.5 mm.
5. Pupa, dorsal view, 6.5 mm x 10 mm.

June, 1961] Eawson: Early Stages of Brephidium pseudofea 91

tactile structures. Unfortunately, circumstances did not permit
a careful study of the details of larval growth, or a record of the
number of instars.

As previously mentioned, the larvae have a characteristic
method of feeding. During early larval life the tips of the glass-
wort branches are hollowed out deeply enough to conceal the
larva. Later, the outer, succulent tissues of the plant are con-
sumed so as to make rather deep, and relatively wide grooves, the
length and width of which depend on the size of the larva.

THE PUPA

Just before pupation the larva becomes less elongated, and the
thoracic region thickens, or ‘‘hunches up” as is characteristic
of most lepidopterous larvae at this time. During pupation the
color changes to a slightly lighter, more hyaline shade of green.
The pupa resumes the normal green color, which so matches the
pigmentation of the glassworth branch as to represent a very
fine example of protective coloration. The pupa is attached to a
branch by means of several strands of very fine silk which are
fastened to the branch on each side of the pupa and pass dorsally
over its thorax. The anal end of the pupa is also attached to the
branch by numerous, rather loosely woven, strands of silk. The
pupal stage of a small number studied lasted 4 to 5 days.

Literature Cited

Klots, a. B. 1951. A field guide to the butterflies, Houghton, Mifflin, Bos-
ton.

92

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

THE COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF DIGESTIVE
GLANDS IN THE FEMALE CASTES AND THE MALE
OF CAMPONOTUS PENNSYLVANICUS DEGEER
(FORMICIDAE, HYMENOPTERA).

James Forbes and August Martin McFarlane, F.S.CJ
Biological Laboratory, Fordham University, New York 58, N.Y.

Three pairs of well developed glands are usually associated with
the digestive system in ants : the maxillary glands, the post-
pharyngeal glands, and the salivary or labial glands. These
glands have been described for some of the forms of several f ormi-
cine and myrmicine ants by Meinert (1861), Lubbock (1877),
Nassonow (1889), Janet (1894, 1897, 1898, 1904, 1905 and 1907),
Bugnion (1930), and Forbes (1938). More recently descriptions
of these glands have been made for two social parasitic ants,
Teleutomyrmex schneiderei (Gosswald, 1953) and Aner gates
atratidus and its host, Tetramorium caespitum, (Meyer, 1955).
Whelden (1957 a and b) has described the glands in two ponerine
species.

The digestive glands in the queen and the male of the black
carpenter ant, Camponotus pennsylv aniens DeGeer, have not
been previously reported, nor have the size of the glands been
compared in the different-sized workers. This paper is a compar-
ative study of the anatomy of the digestive glands in the female
castes and the male of this polymorphic species. In addition, com-
parisons have been made of all observations on these glands so far
reported ; since the queens, the workers, and the males have differ-
ent functions within the colony, these comparisons may help to-
ward an understanding of the functions of the glands.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

The specimens used in this study were collected in Westchester
County, New York during July of 1936 and in Nassau County,
New York during February 1953 and March 1954. The speci-
mens taken in 1936 were fixed in alcoholic Bouin’s fluid, those
taken in 1953 in Kahle’s fluid, and those taken in 1954 in 10 per-
1 Present address: St. Joseph’s Boys High School, West New York, N.J.

June, 1961] Forbes and McFarlane: Comparative Anatomy

93

cent formalin. The material in Bonin’s fixative was stored in 80
percent alcohol and the materials fixed in Kahle ’s fixative and in
formalin were stored in 70 percent alcohol. All the queens used
in this study were virgin, unmated queens.

The dissections were performed in Syracuse watch glasses,
which had a thin layer of paraffin on the bottom. The specimens
were placed in grooves on the paraffin surface and held in place
by melting paraffin around them. They were then covered with
70 percent alcohol. The maxillary and the post-pharyngeal
glands together with the anterior portion of the alimentary tract
were removed as a unit. The salivary glands were separated from
muscle and other surrounding tissues and they, too, were removed
almost completely intact. These organs were stained with either
Grenacher’s borax-carmine or by Lynch’s precipitated borax-car-
mine method (Galigher, 1934). In the organs stained with Gren-
acher’s borax-carmine, it was observed that the stain was not
retained in those structures which have a chitinous lining, but the
other structures such as the maxillary gland cells were stained in
a very satisfactory manner. For the purpose of studying the
post-pharyngeal and salivary glands Lynch ’s precipitated borax-
carmine method was found more suitable. The stained material
was then dehydrated in ethyl alcohol and mounted in diaphane.

A Bausch and Lomb Tri-Simplex microprojector was used in
preparing the drawings.

OBSERVATIONS
General Description of the Glands

The maxillary glands consist of two groups of cells which lie
close to and on either side of the pharynx near the infrabuccal

Explanation of Plates

Figs. 1-5. Diagrams of dorsal dissections of the head and prothorax
OF THE VARIOUS Camponotus pennsylvanicus forms, all drawn to the
same scale. 1. Large-sized worker, 2. Medium-sized worker, 3. Small-
sized worker, 4. Male, 5. Queen. Abbreviations: A, apodeme; B, brain;
BT, buccal tube; C, corpora allata; CD, collecting duct of salivary tubules;
D, salivary gland duct; E. compound eye; FM, flight muscles; H, head cap-
sule; L, labrum; M, mandible; MD, maxillary gland duct; MG, maxillary
gland; O, optic nerve: Oe, oesophagus; P, pharynx; PG, post-pharyngeal
glands ; PT, prothorax ; R, salivary gland reservoir ; S, salivary gland
tubules.

June, 1961] FoRBES AND McFarlane: Comparative Anatomy

95

96

New York Entomological Society

[VoL, LXIX

chamber. They extend laterally into the head cavity (fig. 1). The
large gland cells contain large, centrally located nuclei. When
free from the pressure of surrounding cells, these gland cells are
spherical or oval-shaped ; however, because of the number of cells
in the glands, the shape is usually determined by mutual compres-
sion of the surrounding cells. Each cell is drawn out on one side
to form a single, slender duct. The cell ducts of each gland unite
to form a main duct. These ducts continue forward and open on
the posterior lateral margins of the buccal tube.

The post-pharyngeal glands are a pair of branched, tubular-
shaped glands which arise from the dorsal, posterior region of the
pharynx (fig. 1). These are the largest glands found in the head.
Most of the finger-like tubes extend posteriorly and lie over the
brain, some extend anteriorly and almost parallel to the pharynx,
while others extend laterally. A few tubes usually extend down-
ward around the anterior part of the brain. The tubes of each
gland are arranged in a fan-like fashion with the tubes uniting
at the base. Each gland then opens separately on the dorsal, pos-
terior portion of the pharynx.

The salivary or labial glands are situated in the dorsolateral
regions of the prothorax (fig. 1). They consist of two groups of
thin-walled, multibranched tubules which extend forward to the
anterior wall of the prothorax and posteriorly to the mesothorax.
Some of the glandular tubules lie between the muscles of the pro-
thorax. The branched tubules of each gland unite to form a single
duct, which opens into the posterior end of a thin-walled, dilated
reservoir. The reservoirs lie ventromedially to the glands. The
narrow duct which leads from the anterior end of each reservoir
bends ventrally. These ducts lie one on either side of the oesoph-
agus. They unite in the neck region under the longitudinal con-
nectives of the ventral nerve cord to form one median duct. This
single, salivary duct continues into the ventral side of the head,
it passes under the brain and the infrabuccal sac, and it opens on
the upper side of the labium.

Caste and Sex Differences of the Glands

Maxillary glands. The size of the maxillary glands differs
in the small-sized, medium-sized, and large-sized workers (figs. 1,
2 and 3 ) . The glands and the gland cells in the large-sized work-
ers are larger, for the most part, than the glands and the majority

June, 1961] FoRBES AND McFarlane: Comparative Anatomy

97

of the gland cells in the medium-sized workers. Similarly, the
glands and the gland cells in medium-sized workers are generally
larger than those in small-sized workers.

The maxillary glands of the queens are the largest. They oc-
cupy a large portion of the space in the head capsule anterior to
the antennae ( fig. 5 ) . A greater number of cells and also an in-
crease in the size of the individual cells account for this increased
size of the maxillary glands in the queens. While some of the
cells are small and may be even smaller than the large cells found
in the large-sized workers, most are about one and a half times the
size of those in the large-sized workers.

In the males,there is a reduction in the cell size and a noticeable
reduction in the size of the maxillary glands (fig. 4). The glands
and their cells are even smaller than those in the small-sized
workers.

Post-pharyngeal glands. The post-pharyngeal glands in the
different-sized workers are limited to the region of the brain
(figs. 1, 2 and 3). In some individuals, a few of the glandular
tubes may extend laterally and cover the optic nerves. In the
large-sized worker the tubes extend slightly beyond the posterior
border of the brain. In the medium-sized worker the tubes extend
past the mid-section of the brain and a few of the lateral tubes
may extend to the posterior border of the brain. In the small-
sized worker only the anterior part of the brain is covered by the
glandular tubes. There is no fat tissue around these glands in
any of the workers.

The post-pharyngeal glands of the queens occupy a much
greater portion of the head capsule than do those of the workers
(fig. 5). In the queens, the tubes are larger and longer than in
the workers; they cover the brain and optic nerves completely
and extend below the optic nerves as well as above them. Some of
the dorsally situated tubes extend almost to the posterior wall of
the head capsule. Some of the laterally situated tubes extend to
the eyes. Considerable fat tissue covers the gland and is situated
between the individual glandular tubes.

In the males, the tubes extend beyond the mid-section of the
brain (fig. 4) and they are a little larger than those in the small-
sized workers. A fair amount of fat tissue is found in the head
of the male. As is the case in the queen, fat tissue lies between
the individual tubes of these glands.

98

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

The above observations of the post-pharyngeal glands in the
various forms indicate the size of the glands in relation to the
size of the brain. Another approach is a comparison of the size
of the glands to the head size (the figures indicate this relation-
ship). On this basis, the post-pharyngeal glands of the queen are
again the largest. Again for the workers, there is a slight de-
crease in gland size from large-sized workers to small-sized work-
ers. The size of the glands in the male falls between that of the
medium- and small-sized workers ; however, there is very little
difference in these last three forms.

Salivary glands. In the small-sized, medium-sized, and large-
sized workers, the salivary glands are well developed (figs. 1, 2
and 3). A large number of branched, glandular tubules are dis-
tributed along the entire length of the dorsolateral region of the
prothorax, and a number of tubules continue dorsomedially from
each side. A few of the posterior tubules are found in the ante-
rior, lateral portion of the mesothorax. The reservoirs are large,
they lie side by side in the median portion of the prothorax, and
they run the entire length of the prothorax in all members of this
caste. Usually, the posterior ends of the reservoirs extend into
the mesothorax.

The salivary gland tubules of the queens are fewer in number
than in the workers (fig. 5), and the reservoirs are comparatively
smaller than those of the workers. The reservoirs are arranged
close to the lateral walls of the prothorax, they are shifted an-
teriorly and to the side because of the well developed wing mus-
cles in the mesothorax, and they lie completely within the pro-
thorax.

The males, like the queens, show fewer tubules than the work-
ers. The position of the tubules and the reservoirs is similar to
that in the queens (fig. 4) . The reservoirs in the males are smaller
than those found in the small-sized workers.

DISCUSSION

The maxillary glands, the post-pharyngeal glands, and the sali-
vary glands are present in the female castes and the male of (7.
pennsylvanicus. The sizes of these glands differ somewhat for the
various forms.

The maxillary glands of the queens and workers of Camponotus
maculatus oasium, C. vagus, Cataglyphis Mcolor, Oecophylla

June, 1961] FoRBEs AND McFarlane : Comparative Anatomy

99

smaragdina, and Atta sexdens studied by Bugnion (1930) and the
C. pennsylvanicus workers (Forbes, 1938) are similar in their
size, position, and arrangement to the glands of the queens and
workers observed in this study. However, a different arrange-
ment of the ducts of these glands has been described for Formica
rufa, F. fuliginosa, and Myrmica ruginodis (Meinert, 1861), for
F. riifa, M. rubra, and Lasius niger (Janet, 1894, 1899, and 1905),
for L. flavus, L. niger, and M. ruginodis (Lubbock, 1877), and for
Stigmatomma pallipes and Rhytidoponera convexa (Whelden,
1957 a and b). In these species the individual gland cell ducts
open separately on a small cribellum at either side of the buccal
tube. Each cribellum opens into a short collecting duct. Maxil-
lary glands are completely lacking in the queen of the parasitic
ant, Teleutomyrmex schneiderei (Gosswald, 1953) ; these glands
are lacking in both the queens and the males of Anergates atratu-
lus, but they are present in all forms of this latter’s host ant,
Tetramorium caespitum (Meyer, 1955).

The post-pharyngeal glands in F. rufa workers (Meinert, 1861
and Janet, 1894) appear larger and seem to have more tubes and
longer tubes than those observed in C. pennsylvanicus. Janet
(1894) states that some of these tubes descend in front of the
brain but the greater portion is stretched out above the brain;
this is also true for C. pennsylvanicus . The post-pharyngeal
glands of M. ruginodis worker (Meinert, 1861), L. mixtus worker,
L. niger queen, and M. rubra worker (Janet, 1897, 1899, and
1905), and C. bicolor and 0. smaragdina workers (Bugnion,
1930) correspond in size to these glands in the workers and queens
of C. pennsylvanicus. The post-pharyngeal glands as pictured by
Lubbock (1877) in L. niger, L. flavus, and M. ruginodis and in
the workers of L. flavus (Nassonow, 1889) are likewise similar to
those found in C. pennsylvanicus. Bugnion (1930) found these
glands in the Messor struct or queens to be completely different in
form and extent. Atta sexdens queens have much smaller glands,
C. vagus queens have somewhat smaller glands, and the glands of
C. maculatus oasium workers are much larger than the glands in
the female castes of C. pennsylvanicus. .. The previous description
of these glands in C. pennsylvanicus workers (Forbes, 1938)
agrees with the observations made for this caste in this study.
Whelden ’s description of these glands in both Stigmatomma pal-
lipes (1957 a) and Bhytidopnera convexa (1957 b) is similar to

100

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

that for C. pennsylvanicus ; in 8. pallipes, the tubules of these
glands are larger and more numerous in the queens and smaller
and fewer in the males than they are in the workers. Meyer
(1955) reports these glands as normal in Aner gates atratulus and
its host, T. caespitum. In T. caespitum queen, they fill a large
part of the head. Gosswald (1953) observed that the glands in the
Teleutomyrmex schneiderei queen were smaller than those found
in T. caespitum.

Meinert’s (1861) illustration of the salivary glands of F. rufa
worker is similar to the observation for C. pennsylvanicus. The
number of tubules appears to be fewer than in C. pennsylvanicus
worker. The location of the salivary glands in M. rubra queen
and worker, in L. niger queen (Janet, 1898, 1899, 1904, 1905 and
1907), and in C. pennsylvanicus worker (Forbes, 1938) agrees
with the present observations; however, the M. rubra queen and
worker do not have salivary reservoirs. Gosswald (1953) reports
these glands are reduced to a small, blind sac situated on the
dorsal side of the oesophagus in Teleutomyrmex schneiderei, and
Meyer (1955) observed in A. atratulus only occasional gland cells
in the prothorax and no distinct excretory duct. In both Stigma-
tomma pallipes and Rhytidoponera convexa (Whelden, 1957 a
and b), the glands are located in the ventral region of the thorax,
and salivary reservoirs are absent. The salivary duct in 8. pal-
lipes appears fairly straight externally, but it has a long, twisted,
folded central canal. In B. convexa, isolated fragments of the
glands were found in the gaster. The salivary ducts in some indi-
viduals of this species travel forward separately in the head to
the mouth while in others they unite in the neck region to form
a single duct. These glands are reduced in the male of B. convexa.

Very little is really known about the activities of the glands
studied in this paper although glands which are connected to or
associated with the digestive tract are assumed to be digestive in
function. Secretion vacuoles have been seen in the cytoplasm of
maxillary gland cells (Forbes, 1938; Whelden, 1957 a and b) ;
however, in the parasitic ants investigated by Gosswald (1953)
and Meyer (1955) the maxillary glands are lacking. Thus, it
might be assumed that, in addition to serving a digestive function,
these glands may also play some part in trophallaxis. The post-
pharyngeal glands are present in all the ants so far investigated.
Bugnion (1930) observed from his numerous dissections that the

June, 1961] FoRBES AND McFarlane : Comparative Anatomy

101

pharynx and pharyngeal glands in the more primitive ants
(ponerines and dorylines) were not as well developed as in the
higher forms (camponotines, formicines, and myrmicines). He
concluded that the better development in the case of the higher
forms resulted from the feeding of the larvae by regurgitation,
which he assumed the primitive forms did not do. Recent devel-
opments do not uphold this conclusion. It is now known that
there is a transfer of ingluvial food from adults to larvae in some
species of ponerines and even in two species of the primitive
Myrmecia (Haskins and Whelden, 1954). On the other hand,
these investigators have not observed this activity in the ponerine,
Stigmatomma pallipes, although the post-pharwngeal glands are
well developed, particularly in the female castes (Whelden,
1957 a). Janet (1897) observed that colored honey fed to workers
of Lasius mixtus moved into some of the tubules of these glands
and then left the tubules as more uncolored honey was fed to the
workers. Secretion granules have been reported in the cytoplasm
of the cells of these glands (Bugnion, 1930; Forbes, 1938; Whel-
den, 1957 a and b), and Bugnion suggested that a nutritive sub-
stance was added at the moment of disgorgement. On the basis
of Janet’s observation and considering that these glands are
present in all ants, a better suggestion might be that a substance
which aids in digestion is added when the food is taken in. These
glands probably serve the digestive activities of the individual
ant.

The salivary glands are not present in the two species of para-
sitic ants investigated, but they are present in all other species.
These glands are well developed in the female castes and less well
developed in males. They are best developed in the worker castes
in C. pennsylvanicus. Bernard (1951) believes these glands are
probably concerned with feeding the larvae and rearing the brood
and that they might produce a specific nutrient material. These
observations indicate that these glands may play an important
role in trophallaxis.

SUMMARY

1. The anatomy of the maxillary glands, the post-pharyngeal
glands, and the salivary glands is described for the female castes
and the male of the black carpenter ant, Camponotus pennsyl-
vanicus.

102

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

2. The maxillary glands and maxillary gland cells differ some-
what in size in the queen, the workers, and the males. The size
decreases in the following order: queen, large-sized worker, me-
dium-sized worker, small-sized worker, and male.

3. The post-pharyngeal glands attain a remarkably large size
in the queen and occupy most of the head capsule. In the work-
ers there is a slight reduction in the gland size from the large-
sized worker to the medium-sized worker, and again to the small-
sized worker. The size of the glands for the male lies between that
of the medium-sized worker and the small-sized worker. Fat tis-
sue covers the glands in both the queen and the male.

4. The salivary glands in all three types of workers show well
developed reservoirs and a large number of tubules. In the queen
and the male there is a reduction in size of the reservoir and also
in the number of tubules present.

5. Comparisons are made between the glands in Camponotus
pennsylvanicus and the other reported genera and species.

6. All these glands probably serve a digestive function for the
individual ants. The maxillary and salivary glands may play an
important role in trophallaxis.

LITERATURE CITED

Bernard, F. 1951. Super famille des Formicoidea. Traite de Zoologie,
Paris, 10: 1005-1007.

Bugnion, E. 1930. Les pieces buccales, le sac infrabuccal et le pharynx
des fourmis. Bull. Soc. Roy. Ent. Egypte, 40: 85-210.

Forbes, J. 1938. Anatomy and histology of the worker of Camponotus
herculeanus pennsylvanicus DeGeer (Formicidae, Hymenoptera). Ann.
Ent. Soc. Amer., 31: 181-195.

Galigher, a. 1934. The essentials of practical microtechnique in animal
biology. Berkeley, Calif.

Gosswald, K. 1953. Histologische Untersuchungen an der arbeiterlosen
Ameise T eleutomyrmex schneiderei Kutter (Hymenoptera, Formicidae).
Mitteil. Schweiz. Ent. Gessell., 26: 81—128.

Haskins, C. P. and R. M. Whelden. 1954. Note on the exchange of in-
gluvial food in the genus Myrmecia. Insectes Sociaux, 1: 33—37.
Janet, C. 1894. Etudes sur les fourmis (4th note). Pelodera des glandes
pharyngiennes de Formica rufa L. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, 7: 45-62.

. 1897. Etudes sur les fourmis, les guepes et les abeilles (note

13). Sur le Lasius mixtus, V Antennophorus ulhmanni. Ducourtieux
et Gout. Limoges.

. 1898. jfitudes sur les fourmis, les guepes et les abeilles (note 19).

Anatomie du corselet de la Myrmica ruhra reine. Miem. Soc. Zool.
France, 11: 393-449.

June, 1961] FoRBES AND McFarlane: Comparative Anatomy

103

. 1899. Essai sur la constitution morphologique de la tete de

rinsecte. Geo. Carre et C. Naud, Paris.

. 1904. Observations sur les fourmis, anatomie du corselet de la

Myrmica ouvriere. Ducourtieux et Gout, Limoges.

. 1905. Anatomie de la tete du Lasius niger. Ducourtieux et

Gout, Limoges.

. 1907. Anatomie du corselet et histolyse des muscles vibrateurs

apres le vol nuptial, chez la reine de la formui (Lasius niger). Du-
courtieux et Gout, Limoges.

Lubbock, J. 1877. On some points in the anatomy of ants. Month.
Micr. Journ., 18: 121-142.

Meinekt, Fr. 1861. Bidrag til de danske Myrers Naturhistorie. Kongl.
Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift., 5: 273-341.

Meyer, G. F. 1955. Untersuchungen an einer parasitischen Ameise
(Anergates atratulus Schenck). Insectes Sociaux, 2: 163-171.

Nassonow, N. 1889. Materiialii po iesstiesstvennoiistorii Mouraviei
(Formicariae). Irudii Lab. Zool. Mus. Mosc. Univ., 4, part 1: 1-42.

Whelden, E. 1957 a. Notes on the anatomy of the Formicidae. I.
Stigmatomma pallipes (Haldeman). Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., 65: 1-21.

. 1957 b. Notes on the anatomy of JRhytidoponera convexa Mayr

('‘violacea” Forel) (Hymenoptera, Formicidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
50: 271-282.

104

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

TOXORHYNCHITES RUTILUS AND ANOPHELES
BARBERI IN NEW YORK CITY (DIPTERA,

CULICIDAE)

By Alexander B. Klots
The City College of New York

On 3 November 1960 a nearly mature larva of T oxorhynchites
rutilus (Coquillett) was collected in water in a tree hole in Pel-
ham Bay Park, New York City, during a field trip of the City
College Field Zoology class. The tree hole was near the base of
a Sweet Gum {Liqmdamhar styraciflua L.). The water in it was
very dark brown and almost as opaque as it could be. The larva
pupated on 18 November. Unfortunately the pupa was damaged
and died ; but the identification, made by comparison of the larval
exuvium and the pupa with specimens collected by the writer in
North Carolina and Florida, may be accepted as safe. Since
Jenkins (1949) gives only two records of the species from New
J ersey and one from Pennsylvania, the record seems to be an im-
portant one.

In the same tree hole were more than two hundred larvae of
Anopheles harheri (Coquillett) in the penultimate stadium.
Brought indoors, these developed with no sign of a diapause. At
the time of writing (2 January 1961) nearly all are mature, or
have transformed to pupae or adults. The distribution north-
ward of this species is not well known, although it has been
recorded from Ithaca, N. Y. It is a potential, although improb-
ably important, vector of malaria.

Associated with these mosquito larvae were a few larvae of a
rat-tailed maggot, Tubifera sp., probably tenax (L.) {= Eristalis
Latreille) and a considerable number of beetle larvae, of the
family Helodidae (det. J. T. Rozen, Jr.). The latter seemed to
form the chief food of the T oxorhynchites larva. No larvae were
found of our usual tree hole species, Aedes triseriatus (Say) and
Orthopodomyia signifera (Coquillett).

Literature Cited

Jenkins, Dale W. 1949. Toxorhynchites mosquitoes of the United States.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington. 51: 225-229.

June, 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

105

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA: RHOPALOCERA) OF THE
WESTERN HEMISPHERE

By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington

[Continued]

labecula Watson, Frank E. and William P. Comstock, Flebeius acmon
Type Locality: San Francisco, California; Nevada.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1920, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 42, p. 457
(New York, N. Y.).

Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28,
no. 459 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places labecula as an aberration of acmon
cottlei Grinnell.)

labes Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Cunapo, Trinidad, B .W. I., June 21.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907, (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 602, pi.
36, fig. 6 $ (London).

laceyi Barnes, William and James H. McDunnough, Callicista
Type Locality: Del Rio, Texas.

Location of Type: United States National Museum.

Original Description: 1910 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 42, p. 365 $
(London, Ont.).

Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943
(December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 88 (New York). (Recog-
nize laceyi as a species related to clytie Edwards; not a synonym of
columella Fabricius (Holland, W. J., 1931, The Butterfly Book, p. 240).
Synonyms: lacyi (Zool. Record).

laconia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 10 (London).

Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Ulus, of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 150, vol. 2, pi. 59, figs. 388, 389 $ (Lon-
don) . Amazon, Para.

lacustris Freeman, T. N., Plebeius fiquilo var.

Type Locality: Norway House, Manitoba, June 28, 1938.

106

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, no. 4521.
Original Description: 1939, Can. Ent., vol. 71, p. 180 (Orillia, Ont.).

Ificyi, Callicista Misspelling of laceyi Barnes and McDunnough
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1911, Zool. Eecord, vol. 47, p. 321 (Insecta) (Lon-
don).

ladon Cramer, Pierre, Papilio

Type Locality: Cape of Good Hope.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1780, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde, vol. 3, p. 141, pi. 270, figs. D, E (Amsterdam).

Note: An African species, ladon auctorum - pseudargiolus Boisduval
and LeConte.

laeta Edwards, William H., Theda
Type Locality : London, C. W. { $).

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1863, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, p. 55
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

Sjmonyms: dothilde Edwards.

lampetia Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Cache, Costa Rica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Central!- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 83 (London).

landcena Schaus, William, Theda
Type Locality: Peru.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5955.

Original Description 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 422 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

lanoraieensis Sheppard, A. C., Incisalia

Type Locality: Lanoraie, Prov. Quebec (40 miles E. of Montreal),
Canada, May 21, 1933.

Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario.
Original Description: 1934 (June), Can. Ent., vol. 66, no. 6, p. 141.

laothoe Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda

Type Locality: Guatemala (Polochic Valley), Parula, Senahu.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Central!- Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 25, vol. 3, pi. 50, figs. 26, 27 $
(London).

larseni Lathy, Percy I., Theda

Type Locality: Mendoza, Argentina.

Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris.

June, 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

107

Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier,
p. 230, pi. 8, fig. 7 (Paris).

Ifltagus Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality : Chiriqui, Panama.

Location of Type: Staudinger Collection.

Original Description: 1887 (August), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 58, vol. 3, pi. 55, figs. 9, 10 $
(London).

latreillii Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: “Java”. Draudt gives Brazil to Paraguay.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1865, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 74,
vol. 2, pi. 29, figs. 8, 9 g (London).

laudonia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description, 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, pp. 77,
v«l. 2, pi. 45, figs. 191, 192 ^ (London).

lausus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1779, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde ,vol. 3, p. 70, pi. 233, fig. E (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (August),
Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p.
54, vol. 3, pi. 54, fig. 23 $ (Nicaragua) (London).

Synonyms: libanius Cramer.

lauta Draudt, Max, Theda ortygnus form
Type Locality: Deserts of Guerrero, Mexico.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1919 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 768, pi. 152-a (Stuttgart).

lebena Hewitson ,W. C., Treda
Type Locality: Cayenne.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 9 (London).

Additional Eeferences: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Ulus, of Diurnal
Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 127, vol. 2, pi. 51, figs. 266, 267 $ (London).
Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p, 631 (London).
(Makes lebena a synonym of eryx Cramer.)

leda Edwards, William H., Theda

Type Locality: Near Prescott, Arizona (2 ^ ^).

108

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Location of Type: Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Original Description: 1882 (February), Papilio, vol. 2, p. 23 (New York).
Additional Eeferences: Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September),
Biologia CentraU- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 91
(London), add locality Northern Sonora, Mexico. Bajnes, William and J.
H. McDunnough, 1912 (July), Contributions to the Natural History of the
Lepidoptera of North America, vol. 1, no. 4, p. 57, pi. 27, figs. 1, 2, 4 (De-
catur, Illinois). Holland, W. J., 1931, The Butterfly Book, 2nd Edition, p.
240, pi. 64, figs. 37 $ (type), 38 $ (Garden City, N. Y.). (This probably
fixes the lectotype.)

Synonyms: ines Edwards (winter form).

ledaea Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon (Ega).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 8 (London).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Ulus, of Diurnal
Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 131, vol. 2, pi. 52, figs. 293, 294 (London).

legionis Clench, Harry K., Theda

Type Locality : Blumenau, Sta. Catharina, Brazil ( $ ) .

Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 26,225.

Original Description: 1944 (July), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 94, p. 240
(Cambridge, Mass.).

legota Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Bolivia.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 205, vol. 2, pi. 81, figs. 676, 677 (London).

legytha Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Nicaragua (Chontales).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description; 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 180, vol. 2, pi. 71, figs. 537, 538 $ (London).

Additional Eeference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September),
Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p.
79 (London). (Make legytha a synonym of emessa Hewitson.)

lemnos Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Interior of Colombia.

Location of Type : Druce Collection { $).

Original Description 1890, Ent. Mo. Mag., Series 2, vol. 1, p. 152
(London).

lemona Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality; Brazil.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

June, 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

109

Original Description: 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 177 ,vol. 2, pi. 69, figs. 519, 520 $ (London).

lemuria Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Amazon. •

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 10 (London).

Additional Eeference: 1873 (February), Ulus, if Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 149, vol. 2, pi. 59, figs. 382, 383 ^ (London). Amazon (Par^).

lenis Capronnier, J. B., Theda

Type Locality: Itaipfi, Brazil, October 6.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1874, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 17, p. 16, pi. 1,
fig. 3 (Bruxelless).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, p. 620 (London). (Makes lenis ( $) a synonym of una Hewitson.)

lenitas Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Chapada Campo, Brazil and Paraguay. Brazil specimens
January and February.

Location of Type: Godman Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 603, pi.
36, fig 5 ^ (London).

leos Schaus, William, Theda

Type Locality: Guapiles, La Florida, Costa Eica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1913 (September), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 353,
pi. 52, fig. 7 $ (London).

leptocosma Hayward, Kenneth J., Theda Mcolor form

Type Locality: Zapala, Nuequen, Argentina, December 31, 1936.

Location of Type: Fundacion Miguel Lillo, Tucumdn.

Original Description: 1949, Acta Zool, Lilloana, vol. 8, p. 578 (Tucumdn,
Argentina).

leucogyna Felder, Cajetan and Eudolf Felder, Pseudolycaena
Type Locality: Venezuela and New Granada, Bogota.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1864-1867, Eeise der Osterreichischen Fregatta
“Novara” um die Erde, vol 2, p. 245, pi. 31, figs. 16, 17 ^,18 $ (Wien).

leucophaeus Hiibner, Jacob, Busticus
Type Locality: Brazil.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1808, Erste Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer
Schmettlinge, p. 5, nos. 87, 88 (Augsburg). (Nomen nudum.)

Additional Eeferences: Hiibner, Jacob, 1809-1813, op. cit., figs. 87, 88.
(Verification of name.) ; 1818, op. cit., vol. 1, p. 18 (As Bithys leucophaeus.)
Synonyms: halala Hewitson, parvinotus Kaye.

110

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

leussleri Gunder, Jean D., Plebeius saepiolus tr. f.

Type Locality: Cassel’s Park County, Nebraska, Alt. 8500 ft., August
23, 1918.

Location of Type: Leussler Collection.

Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 282, pi. A,
fig. 3 (Orillia, Ont.).

Additional Keference: McDunnougli, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 453 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places leussleri as an aberration of

saepiolus Boisduval.)

leussleri Guilder, Jean D., Glaucopsyche lygdamus oro tr. f.

Type Locality: Harrisburg, Banner County, Nebraska, August, 23, 1918.
Location of Type : Leussler Collection.

Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 283, pi. A,
fig. 8 (Orillia, Ont.).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Cheek list, pt. 1, p. 28,

no. 473 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places leussleri as an aberration of

lygdamus couperi Grote.)

levis Druce, Hamilton H., TJiecla

Type Locality : Para, Amazonas, Brazil.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 598, pi.
35, fig. 14 $ (London).

libanius Cramer, Pierre, Pgpilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1784, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du

monde, vol. 4, p. 177, pi. 379, figs. H, I. (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeference: Kirby, W. P., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 388 (London). (Makes libanius $ a synonym of
lausus Cramer.)

ligia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla
Type Locality: Santa Martha.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.
1, p. 204, vol. 2, pi. 81, figs. 670 $, 671, 672 9 (London).

ligurina Hewitson, W. C., Thecla

Type Locality: Nicaragua (Chontales).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 181, vol. 2, pi. 71, figs. 541, 542 $ (London).

Additional Eeference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (June),
Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p.
44, vol. 3, pi. 53, figs. 15, 16 $ (London) (Polochic Valley, Guatemala).

lilacina Lathy, Percy I., Thecla

Type Locality: Petropolis, Brazil, February, 1874 2 $

June, 1961]

Comstock and Huntington; Lycaenidae

111

Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris.

Original Description: 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 136, pi.
9, fig. 13 $ (London).

Umenia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Jamaica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 32 (London).

Additional Eeferences: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 160, vol. 2, pi. 63, figs. 431, 432 $ (London)
(Santo Domingo, Cuba). Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943,
(December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 86 (New York, N. Y.)

Uncoides Draudt, Max, Theda togarna form
Type Locality: Colombia and Ecuador.

Location of Type:

Original Description; 1919, The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5,
p. 757, pi. 150-c (Stuttgart).

Additional Eeference; Hewitson, W. C., (Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 85, vol. 2, pi. 33, figs. 50, 51 ^ ) figures this as Uncus Fabricius.

Uncus Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, p. 289
(Hanfiae) .

Note: liricus Fabricius is a synonym of aetolus Sulzer.

Uneata Lathy, Percy I., Theda

Type Locality; Balzapamba, Ecuador.

Location of Type; Fournier Collection, Paris.

Original Description; 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier,
p. 231, pi. 8, fig. 14 (Paris).

linus Fabricius, Johann Christian, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type :

Original Description; 1777, Gen. Ins., p. 269 (Chilonii).

Additional Eeference: Eoemer, Joanne Jacobs, 1789, Gen. Ins. Linn, et
Fabr. Icon. 111., p. 71, pi. 19, figs. 10, 11 Vitoduri Helvetorum. (In this
reprint of Sulzer’s plates Eoemer changed the name of aetolus Sulzer to
linus Fabricius.)

Note: The name linus Fabricius is a synonym of aetolus Sulzer.

liparops Boisduval, Jean A. and John LeConte, Theda
Type Locality: Georgia.

Location of Type:

Original Description : 1833, Histoire Generale et iconographie des Lepi-
dopteres et des chenilles de TAmerique Septentrionale, p. 99, pi. 31 (Paris.)
Additional Eeference: Michener, C. D. and C. F. dos Passes, 1942, Amer.

112

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Mus. Novitates, no. 1210, p. 2 (New York, N. Y.). Place Uparops with
favonius Abbot and Smith.)

Note: W. T. M. Forbes has in the Cornell Collection a specimen which
has orange spots on the upperside of the forewings and is marked like
strigosa on the underside; the specimen is from Georgia.

Uparops Fletcher, James, Theda strigosa var.

Type Locality: Localities in Manitoba, Canada.

Location of Type: United States National Museum.

Original Description: 1903, Trans. Eoyal Soc. Canada, Section 4, p. 210,
figs. (Ottawa, Ont.).

Additional Eeferences: Fletcher, James, 1904 (May), Can. Ent., vol. 26,
p. 124, pi. (London, Ont.), Michener, C. D. and C. F. dos Passos, 1942
(November), Amer. Mus. Novitates, no 1210, p 3 (New York, N. Y.).
(Make a new name, Strymon strigosus fletcheri for Theda strigosa var.
Uparops Fletcher which is a homonym.)

lisus Stoll, Caspar, PapiUo
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1790, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde. Supplement, p. 167, pi. 38, figs. 2, 2B (Amsterdam).

Synonyms: hishon Godman and Salvin.

lita Hayward, Kenneth J., Theda ocrisia
Type Locality: Tucuman, Argentina.

Location of Type: Fundacion Miguel Lillo, Tucuman. (Several speci-
mens in the British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1949, Acta Zool. Lilloana, vol. 8, p. 570 Tucumfin,
Argentina).

literatus Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: San Jose, Paraguay.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 588, pi.
34, figs. 13 ^,14 $ (London).

loJci Skinner, Henry, Theda

Type Locality: Mt. Springs, San Diego County, California, July 5, 1906.
Location of Type: Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Penn-
sylvania.

Original Description: 1907 (November), Ent. News, vol. 18, p. 378
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

lollia Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Irazu, Costa Eica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali-Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, 85, vol. 3, pi. 57, figs. 26, 27 $
(London).

longinus Nabokov, V., Lycaeides ar gyro gnomon

Type Locality: Jackson’s Hole, N. W. Wyoming, July 26, 1900.

June, 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

113

Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts.

Original Description: 1949 (February), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 101,
no. 4, p. 516, pi. 1, fig. 31, pi. 8, fig. 106 (Cambridge, Mass.).

longula Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Mexico.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 34 (London).

Additional Keferences: Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Illus. of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 200, vol. 2, pi. 80, figs. 651, 652 $ , 653,
654 ^ (London). New Granada, Ecuador and Bolivia. Clench, Harry K.,
1944, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 94, p. 239 (Cambridge, Mass.). God-
man, F. D. and O. Salvin, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepi-
doptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 3, pi. 52, figs. 8-10 (as pastor) are longula
Hewitson.

Note: Hewitson’s figures 651-654 show pseudolongula Clench. Hewit-
son’s description (1868) does not agree with these figures.

longuloides Clench, Harry K., Theda

Type Locality: Coroico, Bolivia, May, 1899.

Location of Type : Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 26,224.

Original Description: 1944 (July), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 94, p. 237
(Cambridge, Mass.).

lophis Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: El Tigre, Eio Tanana, Choco, Colombia, 320 ft.

Location of Type : Druce Collection ( ^ ) .

Original Description: 1912 (June), Ent. Mo. Mag., Series 2, vol. 23, p.
131, pi. X, fig. 1 ^ (London).

lorata Grote, Augustus E. and Coleman T. Eobinson, Theda
Type Locality: “Atlantic District”, Virginia.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1867 (July), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 1, p.
171 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: Barnes, William and J. H. McDonnough, 1916,
Contributions to the Natural History of the Lepidoptera of North America,
vol. 3, no. 2, p. 104 (Decatur, Illinois). (Show that lorata was an arti-
fact and a specimen of calanus Auctorum-/aZacer Godart.)

lorea Mdschler, H. B., Thedg

Type Locality: Interior of Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description; 1883, Verb. Zool.-Bot. Ges., vol. 32, p. 309, pi. 17,
fig. 3 (Wien).

lorina Hewitson, W. C. Theda
Type Locality:

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

114

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Original Description: 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 181, vol. 2, pL 71, figs. 539, 540 $ (London).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, p. 610 (London). (Says that type may have come from Venezuela
and that it is a female.)

lorquini Behr, Hermann, Lycaena

Type Locality: Higher Sierra Nevada, California.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1867 (January), Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol.
3, p. 280 (San Francisco, Calif.).

Note: The species described by Behr as lorquini was piqsus Boisduval.
The name was preoccupied by Lycaena lorquinii Herrich-Schaffer, a
European species.

lorquini Field, William D., Haltrodias grunus

Type Locality: Mount Diablo, Contra Costa County, California, August
1, 1932.

Location of Type: F. Martin Brown Collection, Colorado Springs, Colo-
rado.

Original Description: 1938, Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 37, pt.
1, p. 27 (Los Angeles, Calif.).

Synonyms: chloris Field.

lotis Lintner, J. A., Lycaena

Type Locality: Mendocino, California.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1879, 30th Ann. Kept. New York State Mus. Nat.
Hist., p. 169 (Albany, N. Y.).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 450 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places lotis as a subspecies of melissa
Edwards.)

lotis Goodson, F. W., Theda

Type Locality: San Esteban, Venezuela, July, 1909 (1 ^,1 $). Las
Quiguas, Esteban Valley, N. Venezuela, “November-March, 1910” (1 $,
1 $). Venezeula, ex Druce Coll. (2 $).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1945 (December), Entomologist, vol. 78, p. 185
(London).

loxurina Felder, Cajetan and Eudolf Felder, Theda
Type Locality: New Granada, Bogota.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1864-1867, Eeise der Osterreichischen Fregatte
“Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 262, pi. 32, figs. 21, 22 (Wein).

Subspecies: atymnides Draudt, quadrufus Hayward quindiensis Draudt,
rufanalis Hayward.

lucggus Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Jalapa, Mexico.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,

June, 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

115

Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 86, vol. 3, pi. 57, figs. 30, 31 $
(London).

lucania Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Mexico.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 33 (London).

Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal
Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 205 (London). (Hewitson makes lucania a synonym
of herodotus Fabricius.)

lucaris Weeks, A. G., Jr., Theclfi

Type Locality: Cusilluni, Bolivia, May, 1899.

Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Original Description: 1901 (December), Proc. N. E. Zool. Club, vol. 2,
p. 102 (Cambridge, Mass.).

Additional References: Weeks, A. G. Jr., 1905, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepi-
doptera, p. 42, pi. 10, fig. 1 (Boston, Mass.). Druce, H. H., 1907 (June),
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 623 (London). (Makes lucaris a synonym of
rufo-fusca Hewitson)

Note: It is probably a subspecies.

lucena Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Venezuela.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 26 (London).

Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 154, vol. 2, pi. 61, figs., 406, 407 $

(London).

lucia Kirby, William, Rev., Polyommatus

Type Locality: “Taken in Latitude 54 deg.” (Cumberland-house?)
Location of Type:

Original Description: 1837, Fauna Boreali- Americana ; Zoology, British
America (by Dr. John Richardson), pt. 4, Insects (by Rev. William Earby),
p. 299, pi. 3, figs. 8, 9 (Norwich, England).

Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28,
no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places lucia as a subspecies of pseudargiolus
Boisduval and LeConte.)

Synonyms: intermedia Strecker.

luctuosa Watson, Prank E. and William P. Comstock, Heodes xanthoides
Type Locality: Tehachapi, California.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1920, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 42, p. 453
(New York, N. Y.).

ludicra Weymer, Gustav, Lycaena

Type Locality: Tacora, Bolivia, 3600-4600 m.

116

New York Entomological Society

[VoL, LXIX

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1890, Stubel’s Eeise (Lepidoptera Gessamelt auf
einer Eeise durch Colombia, etc.), p. 122, pi. 4, fig. 3 (Berlin).

luguhris Mbschler, H. B., Theda

Type Locality : Inner Surinam and Colombia (3 $ ) .

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1876, Verb. Zool.-Bot. Ges., vol. 26, p. 301, pi. 3,
fig. 4 (Wien).

Additional Eeference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September),
Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p.
72 (London). (Say that luguhris is the southern form of hesperitis Butler
and Druce.) Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 607
(London). (Makes luguhris a synonym of hesperitis Butler and Druce.)
Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol.
5, p. 794 (Stuttgart). (Accepts luguhris as the southern form of hes-
peritis Butler and Druce.)

Synonyms: cahiria Hewitson.

lupini Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaeng
Type Locality: Southern California.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1869, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 12, p. 46
(Bruxelles).

Additional Eeferences: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 42, pi. 238, figs. 1961 $ ,
1962 $ (Eennes). Draudt, Max, 1921 (January), The Macrolepidoptera of
the World, vol. 5, p. 817 (Stuttgart). (Incorrectly gives Behr as the
author of lupini.)

Synonyms: immaculata. Chermock.

Subspecies: spangelatus Burdick.

lutzi Huntington, E. Irving, Theda

Type Locality: Barro Colorado Island, Panama Canal Zone, December 2,
1930.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1932, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 63, p. 212,
fig. 1 (New York, N. Y.).

lutzi dos Passos, Cyril F., Pleheius acmon

Type Locality: Snowslide Canyon, eight miles from Montpelier, Idaho,
July 10, 1929.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1938 (March), Can. Ent., vol. 70, no. 3, p. 48,
pi. 2, figs. 9-12 (Orillia, Ont.).

lycahas Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality : Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1777, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde, vol. 2, p. 31, pi. 117, fig. E (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-

June, 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

117

don, p. 568 (London). (Did not recognize the species.)

Synonyms: terentia Hewitson.

lycea Edwards, William H., Lycaena
Type Locality: Eocky Mountains.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1864 (March), Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 2, p. 507
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeferences: Edwards, W. H., 1871 (March), Trans. Amer.
Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 273 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Describes the female from
Colorado). McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 455
(Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places lycea as a subspecies of icarioides Bois-
duval.)

Synonyms: rapahoe Eeakirt.

lycimna Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: None given.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in
the British Museum, p. 33 (London).

Additional Eeferences: Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Ulus, of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 203, vol. 2, pi. 80, figs. 663, 664 $ , 665 9
(London). Draudt, Max, 1919 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of
the World, vol. 5, p. 763 (Stuttgart). (Makes lycimna a synonym of
acaste Prittwitz.)

lycus Skinner, Henry, Theda (not Hiibner)

Type Locality:

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1898, Synonymic Catalogue of North American
Ehopalocera, p. 48 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference : Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943
(December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 73 (New York).
(Place lycus in synonymy of sirwacthis Drury.)

lyde Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Polochic Valley, Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (June), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 44, vol. 3, pi. 53, fig. 17 $
(London).

lydia Kirby, W. F., Theda
Type Locality. Para.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1871, A synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepi-
doptera, p. 393, no. 230 (London). (Substituted lydia for the name Theda
timaea Hewitson.)

Additional Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macro-
lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 777 (Stuttgart). (Places lydia and
timaea in the synonymy of spurina Hewitson.)

118

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

lydus Hiibner, Jacob, Bithys
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 75
(Augsburg).

Note: This is a new name for Papilio eryx Cramer which is a homonym.
Synonyms: eryx Cramer, ingae Sepp syn., lel>ena Hewitson syn.
Subspecies: occidentalis Lathy.

lygdmnas Edwards, William H., Lycaena (not Doubleday) Misspelling of
lygdamus Doubleday
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1869 (May), The Butterflies of North America,
vol. 1, Lycaena, 1, p. 2 (Philadelphia, Pa.)

lygdamus Doubleday, Edward, Polyommatus
Type Locality: Pine forests of Georgia.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1841 (December), Entomologist, no. 14, p. 209
(London).

Synonyms: lygdamas Edwards, lygdamus Scudder.

Subspecies : mildredae Chermock, nittanyensis Chermock, oro Scudder,
arizonensis McDunnough, australis Grinnell, sinepunctata Comstock syn,,
sinepuncta McDunnough syn., hehrii Edwards, sternitzTcyi Gunder syn.,
Columbia Skinner, couperi Grote, leussleri Gunder syn., mcdunnoughi Gun-
der syn.

lygdamus Scudder, Samuel H., Lycaena (not Doubleday) Misspelling of
lygdamus Doubleday
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1872, A systematic revision of some of the Ameri-
can Butterflies; with brief notes on those known to occur in Essex County,
Mass., p. 33 (Salem, Mass.).

lyrnessa Hewitson, W. C., Lycaena
Type Locality: Chile.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. 11, p. 107 (London).
Additional Keference: Draudt, Max, 1921 (January), The Macro-

lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 822 (Stuttgart). (Makes lyrnessa
synonym of collina Philippi.)

lysippus Linnaeus, Carolus, Papilio pleheji rurales (Eiodinidae)

Type Locality: America.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1758, Systema naturae, vol. 1, p. 484, no. 160
(Holmiae).

Additional Eeference: Morris, John G., 1860 (May), Catalogue of the
Described Lepidoptera of North America, p. 12 (Washington, D. C.).
(Lists lysippus in Lycaenidae in error.)

JOURNAL ^

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan-
caster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for
the Journal should be sent to the Editor, William S. Creighton, City
College, Convent Ave., & 139th St, New York 31, N. Y.; all sub-
scriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New
York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History,
79th St & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society
has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be
responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of
address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $8.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly
in advance. Single copies, as issued, $2.00 each.

Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York
Entomological Society.

CONTENTS/

Enzymes in the Hemolymph o£ the Mealworm, Teneb-
rio molitor Linnaeus

By Carl D. Prota 59

Notes on the Distribution and Habitat o£ Chilostigma
areolatum (Walker) in Manitoba (Trichoptera:
Limnephilidae)

By Walter V. Krivda 68

Nest Structure and Reproduction in the Mound-build-
ing Ant Formica opaciventris Emery in Wyo-

ming

By Gerald Scherba 71

The Early Stages o£ Brephidium pseudo£ea (Morrison)
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae)

By George W. Rawso^ 88

The Comparative Anatomy o£ Digestive Glands in the
Female Castes and the Male o£ Camponotus penn-
sylvanicus DeGeer (Formicidae: Hymenoptera)

By James Forbes and

August Martin McFarlane 92

Toxorhynchites rutilus and Anopheles barberi in New
York City (Diptera: Culicidae)

By Alexander B. Klots 104

An Annotated List o£ the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera:
Rhopalocera) o£ the Western Hemisphere

By William Phillips Comstock and

Edgar Irving Huntington 105

__ f ■ V/ '

Published Quarterly for the Society
By Business Press, Inc.

Lancaster, Pa.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American
Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y.

No. 3

J j/iU , . p'

Vol. LXIX

September, 1961

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS

Edited by L. W. CLAUSEN
Associate Editor JAMES FORBES

Publication Committee

FRANK A. SORACI E. IRVING HUNTINGTON

BERNARD HEINEMAN

Subscription $8.00 per Year

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except *^
June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of Natural History,
79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. .

.'i \ ^

Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.

Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer.

Officers for the Year 1961 . \ -

President, Dr. John B. Schmitt Dept, of Entomology, Rutgers Univerkty'

New Brunswick, N.J.\

Vice-President, Dr. Elsie B. Klots 215 Young Ave.; Pelham, N.Y.

Secretary, Raymond Brush 1 University Place, N.Y. 3, N.Y.

Assistant Secretary, Peter Dix * 525 West 113 St., New York 25, N.Y.

Treasurer, J. Huberman American Museum of Natural History, N.Y. 24, N.Y. ;

Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie .. American Museum of Natural History,'^

" N.Y. 24, N.Y.

Editor, Dr. L. W. Clausen ;

Columbia Univ. College of Pharmacy, 115, W. 68th Street, N, Y. 23, N. Y.

Associate Editor, Dr. James Forbes Fordham University, N. Y. 58, N.Y. |

E. Irving Huntington

Frank A. Soraci

Trustees

Dr. John B. Schmitt

Publication Committee
Bernard Heineman

Dr. A. B. Klots.

£. Irving Huntington

Nicholas Shoumatoff
Lucien Pohl

Executive Committee

Dr. John B. Schmitt

Dr. Daniel Ludwig
Dr. Asher Treat

The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the
Society by Business Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pennsylvania. Second class postage paid at
Lancaster, Pennsylvania.

/

Journal of the

New York Entomological Society

VoL. LXIX

September

No. 3

CHANGE OF JOURNAL EDITOR

With the publication of the June issue of this volume of the
JOURNAL, the New York Entomological Society lost the serv-
ices of Doctor William S. Creighton as its Editor. A change
in the retirement regulations governing the faculties of the
New York City Colleges during the early spring of this year
has given Doctor Creighton the opportunity to take advantage
of an early retirement from his teaching position at the College
of the City of New York. He plans to continue active research
on problems in the taxonomy and the biology of ants, for which
he is so well-known. Because the ants in the southwestern region
of the United States are to be his first target, he is leaving New
York City. His participation at the meetings of the Society
will be sorely missed.

The Society is grateful to him for his energetic and consci-
entious efforts as Editor and regrets that his tenure of this post
was cut short. Although we are sorry to part with his presence
and services, we are happy that a competent and vigorous myr-
mecologist will be able to pursue his interests more fully. The
best wishes of all the members go to Doctor Creighton and to
his wife, who has been his constant companion and helper. May
they enjoy many happy and profitable years.

The new Editor, as of this issue, is Doctor Lucy W. Clausen.
She has been an active worker and a guiding force in the So-
ciety for many years. The members have evidenced their esteem
and confidence in Doctor Clausen over the years by electing her
to the offices of Secretary, Vice-president, and President. At
various times she has served on practically all committees, often
for more than just one term, and many times as chairman.

Her experiences in the field of entomology have been wide and

120

New York Entomological Society

[ VoL. LXIX

varied. She was associated with the American Museum of Na-
tural History both in the Department of Insects and Spiders, in
which she is still an Associate, and in the Department of Educa-
tion. She is the author of INSECT FACT AND FOLKLORE,
a book published by the Macmillan Company. Presently, she is
Assistant Professor of Microbiology at the Columbia University
College of Pharmacy. The Society is indeed happy that she
has accepted the important task of editing the JOURNAL.

James Forbes

Sept.j 1961]

Alexander: Himalayan Crane-Flies

121

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF CRANE-FLIES FROM
THE HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS (TIPULIDAE,

DIPTERA), VI*

By Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts

The preceding part under this general title was published in
the Journal of the New York Entomological Society, 68: 135-144.
At this time I am considering species of the Eriopterine genus
Gonomyia, virtually all of which were taken by Dr. Fernand
Schmid in Kumaon, Uttar Pradesh, India in 1958, in Madras,
South India, in December 1958, and in Sikkim in 1959. Dr.
Schmid ’s collections in the Himalayas over the past several years
have quite revolutionized our knowledge of the crane-flies of
this prolific region. One further species from South India was
taken by the veteran collector of entomological specimens, Mr.
P. Susai Nathan. I am very deeply indebted to Messrs. Schmid
and Susai Nathan for their continued interest in saving these
fragile and often neglected flies. The types of the species are
preserved in my personal collection.

Gonomyia (Protogonomyia) aitholodes new species

Size small (wing of female about 4.5 mm.) ; general coloration dull brown-
ish black; antennae, lialteres and legs black; wings tinged with blackish,
the prearcular and costal fields slightly more yellowed; veins and B,^
divergent, narrowing cell B^ at the margin, cell unusually deep ;

ovipositor with the cerci narrowly produced at tips.

Female Length about 4.5 mm. ; wing 4.6 mm. ; aiiteimae about 1.5 mm.

Eostrum and palpi black. Antennae relatively long, if bent backward
extending about to the root of the halteres, black throughout; flagellar seg-
ments long, subequal to or a trifle shorter than the longest verticils; besides
the verticils, the segments bear several setae of moderate length scattered
over the surface. Head dark brown.

Pronotum dark brown, scutellum and anterior pretergites obscure yellow.
Mesonotum dull brownish black, scutellum a trifle paler; posterior parts of
scutal lobes obscure yellow. Pleura dull black, the dorsopleural region, ven-
tral pteropleurite and metapleura more obscure brownish yellow. Halteres
and legs black. Wings with a strong blackish suffusion, the prearcular and
costal regions a trifle more yellowed; veins brown, paler brown in the bright-

* Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massa-
chusetts.

122

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

ened parts. Veins excepting those near the wing base with long macro-
trichia, lacking on prearcular veins, basal fourth of M, more than the basal
half of the first section of and the bases of the Anal veins, more exten-
sively so on £nd A. Venation: Sc long, ending about opposite three-
fourths to four-fifths Bs, Sc^ shortly beyond the origin of the latter; veins
B^ and B^ strongly divergent, narrowing cell B this being only about one-
fourth or one-fifth as extensive at margin as cell B^; cell 2nd nearly
three times its petiole; m-cu before the fork of M.

Abdomen brownish black, in the type female filled with large elongated
black eggs that are nearly as long as a single abdominal segment. Ovi-
positor about intermediate in structure between the conditions found in the
subgenera Protogonomyia and ElUpteroides ; cerci enlarged at base, densely
covered with microscopic setulae, with a few setae, the outer end narrow,
only the restricted apical part glabrous, tip obtuse; a major lobe ventrad
of the cerci; hypovalvae very short and blunt, their tips obtuse; genital
segment with the broader outer ring with scattered setae, the narrow basal
ring glabrous.

Holotype, 5, Lingari, Pauri Garliwal, Kumaon, 4400 feet,
September 1, 1958 (Schmid).

Gonomyia {Protogonomyia) aitholodes is quite distinct from
G. (P.) nigripes (Brunetti) and allied forms in the venation
and structure of the ovipositor. The venation of the outer radial
field, as the short vein B3 is more as in various species that have
been referred to the subgenus ElUpteroides Becker, such as G.
(E.) ehenomym Alexander and G. (E.) schmidi Alexander.

Gk)nomyia (Euptilostena) moghalica new species

Size medium (wing of male to 6 mm.) ; general coloration of head and
mesonotum gray, pleura striped with whitish ; antennal flagellum dark brown
to black; wings strongly yellowed, restrictedly patterned with brown; male
hypopygium with three dististyles, the inner one small and slender ; aedeagus
before apex with two small recurved points.

Male Length about 4.5-5 mm.; wing 4.8-6 mm.

Female Length about 6 mm. ; wing 5.5 mm.

Eostrum brownish black; palpi black. Antennae with scape yellow,
slightly darker beneath, pedicel light yellow, basal flagellar segments dark
brown, the outer ones x^assing into black; flagellar segments oval to long-
oval, subequal to or shorter than the longest verticils. Head light yellow in
front and on the anterior orbits, posterior part gray.

Pronotal scutum brownish gray, broadly yellow laterally, scutellum obscure
yellow; pretergites narrowly yellow, variegated at midlength with dusky.
Mesonotal praescutum and scutum dark gray, the former with vaguely
indicated darker gray intermediate stripes, the humeri restrictedly bright-
ened; })seudosutural foveae brownish black; scutellum brownish gray, ob-
scure brownish yellow posteriorly; mediotergite brownish gray, the antero-

Sept., 1961]

Alexander: Himalayan Crane-Flies

123

lateral part restrictedly yellowed, pleurotergite obscure yellow above, more
brownish gray ventrally. Pleura dark gray, with a broad whitened longi-
tudinal stripe extending from the fore coxae to the base of abdomen, widened
behind; dorsopleural membrane dusky. Halteres with stem pale brown yel-
lowed at base, knob darker. Legs with fore and middle coxae chiefly
whitened, the posterior pair more testaceous yellow, darker basally; tro-
chanters brownish yellow ; remainder of legs brownish yellow, the tarsi
passing into black. Wings strongly yellowed, prearcular and costal fields
clearer yellow; stigma oval, dark brown; more restricted brown seams at
origin of Bs, cord, m-cu, tip of and the supernumerary crossvein, and
the fork of veins brownish yellow, dark brown in the patterned areas.

Macrotrichia on longitudinal veins beyond the level of origin of Rs, includ-
ing both Anals, lacking on the stem of Sc. Venation: Sc short, Sc^^ ending
just beyond origin of Rs, Sc^ far retracted; R^^^ and R^ contiguous at
margin, barely or virtually closing cell R^; supernumerary crossvein in cell
R^ subequal to R^^^’ cases somewhat shorter; petiole of cell 2nd a
little shorter than the cell; m-cu not quite twice its length before the
fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the posterior borders narrowly but con-
spicuously light yelloAv; sternites brown, darker brown laterally, subterminal
segments more uniformly darkened; hypopygium yellowish brown to reddish
brown; in female the posterior borders of the sternites are more evidently
yellowed. Male hypopygium with the outer lobe of the basistyle moderately
large, somewhat pointed at tip, with few setae; inner apical lobe short and
broad, dusky in color. Three dististyles, the outer branched style glabrous,
its lateral arm short, axial branch long and straight ; second style broad
at base, the apical third narrowed and blackened, margin scabrous, tip
blunt, with two or three strong bristles; inner style small, the basal half
dilated, outer part very slender, with a few setae. Aedeagus relatively
slender, apex blunt, before tip with two small recurved points.

Holotype, Ohhana, Almora, Kumaon, 3500 feet, September
22, 1958 (Sclimid). Allotopotype, 2, pinned with type. Para-
topotypes, 5 2

Gonomyia (Euptilostena) moghalica is most similar to the
central European G. (E.) jucunda Loew and the Javanese
G. (E.) supernumeraria Alexander, differing in the details of
venation and coloration. The regional G. (E.) reticulata Alex-
ander is more distinct in its wing pattern and in the structure
of the male hypopygium, particularly the striking four-spined
aedeagus.

Gonomyia (Idiocera) involuta new species

Size relatively large (wing of male 7.5 mm.) ; mesonotum brown, the prae-
scutum with a central darkening; pleura pale broAvn with a broad pale
yellow longitudinal stripe; legs light brown; wings faintly tinged with

124

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXIX

brown, prearcalar and costal fields more yellowed; stigmal darkening small;
Sc long, veins and nearly contiguous at margin, cell large ; male
hypopygium with apical lobe of basistyle short; three dististyles, the inner
and outer ones short, bispinous, blackened, intermediate style longer, in-
cluding an outer flattened blade and a short black inner basal spine.

Male Length about 7 mm. ; wing 7.5 mm.

Eostrum brown ; palpi brownish black. Antennae with scape yellowed,
pedicel brown, paler basally, flagellum black; flagellar segments elongate,
subcylindrical, exceeding the verticils, clothed with a delicate erect pale
pubescence. Head (on slide) obscure yellow.

Pronotum yellowed. Mesonotal praescutum yellowish brown, with a
darker central stripe that is narrowly bordered by darker brown, the area
wider on posterior half ; scutum light brown, scutellum darker ; mediotergite
brown, the anterolateral parts, together with most of the pleurotergite, light
yellow. Pleura pale brown, with a broad pale yellow longitudinal stripe
extending from the fore coxae to the abdomen, Halteres pale (apex of
knob destroyed by insect pests). Legs with coxae yellow, trochanters slightly
darker yellow; remainder of legs light brown, outer tarsal segments some-
what darker. Wings long, including the prearcular field; faintly tinged with
brown, prearcular and costal fields yellow; stigma very small, pale brown;
veins light brown, the cord darker. Macrotrichia on most longitudinal veins
of outer two-thirds of wing, lacking on B^; basad of this with a series on
more than the outer third of vein ^nd A; costal fringe of male relatively
long and conspicuous. Venation: Sc long, Sc^^ ending beyond one-third the
length of the long Bs, Sc^ just before origin of the latter; veins B^_^^ and
B^ nearly contiguous at margin, virtually closing cell B^^ ; cell ^nd deep,
more than twice its petiole.

Abdominal tergites brown, sternites somewhat paler; hypopygium with
the basistyles obscure yellow. Male hypopygium with the apical lobe of
basistyle short and stout, the inner face with long setae, the outermost
yellow, the more proximal ones infuscated. Three dististyles; outer style
blackened, relatively short, produced into two acute spines, with other smaller
points; intermediate style very unequally bifid, including a long flattened
glabrous outer arm, its tip obtuse, and a short powerful blackened basal
spine; inner style subequal in size to the outer one, heavily blackened,
terminating in two curved spines, the inner margin with strong setae.
Aedeagus elongate, slightly expanded outwardly, the apex slender, gently
curved.

Holotype, J*, Yagtang, Sikkim, 11,650 feet, in Rhododendron
area, June 17, 1959 (Schmid).

The most similar regional species is Gonomyia (Idiocera)
myriacantha Alexander, of the western Himalayas, which differs
conspicuously in the structure of the male hypopygium.

Gonomyia (Idiocera) maharaja new species

General coloration gray, praescutum with two brownish gray intermediate

Sept., 1961]

Alexander; Himalayan Crane-Flies

125

stripes; antennae with proximal three segments yellow, the remainder dark-
ened; legs obscure yellow, outer tarsal segments black; wings weakly tinged
with yellow, restrictedly patterned with brown; veins ^3

separated at margin; male hypopygium large and conspicuous; basistyle
with apical lobe elongate; three dististyles, all more or less bifid.

Male Length about 5.5 mm.; wing 5.9 mm.

Eostrum and palpi black. Antennae with the proximal three segments
yellow, succeeding segments passing through brown to brownish black ;
flagellar segments long-oval, subequal to the verticils. Head yellowish gray,
the center of the posterior vertex slightly darker.

Pronotal scutum brownish gray, lateral margins yellow, scutellum and
pretergites yellow. Mesonotal praescutum gray with two brownish gray
intermediate stripes that are wider than the central interspace, lateral stripes
much less distinct; posterior sclerites of notum brownish gray, scutal lobes
with a brown spot, scutellum with a vague darkened central line. Pleura
and pleiirotergite light brown with a broad pale yellow longitudinal stripe
extending from the fore coxa to the base of abdomen, dorsopleural mem-
brane yellow. Halteres with stem yellow, knob weakly darkened. Legs with
coxae yellow, the middle and posterior pairs weakly darkened basally; tro-
chanters yellow; remainder of legs obscure yellow, outer tarsal segments
black. Wings weakly tinged with yellow, the prearcular and costal fields
more strongly so; stigma oval, dark brown; an extensive paler brown cloud
at outer end of cells and very narrow darkenings that are virtually
restricted to the veins at origin of Es, cord, m-cu and outer fork of M ; re-
maining veins beyond cord brownish yellow, basad of cord brighter yellow.
Veins beyond level of origin of Es with abundant macrotrichia ; 2nd A with
a few trichia at outer end. Venation: ending about opposite one-third

the length of the long Es, Sc^ before origin of Es ; veins E^_^^ and E^ only
narrowly separated at margin; cell 2nd about one-half longer than its
petiole; m-cu about twice its length before the fork of M.

Abdomen dark brown, the posterior borders of the tergites paler, hypo-
pygium brownish yellow. Male hypopygium large and unusually complex
in structure, especially the dististyles. Basistyle with the outer apical lobe
elongate, obtuse at tip, with numerous long setae, more abundant at and
near apex. Three dististyles, the largest and most complex one stout at
base, bifid into two long slender glabrous arms, the outer one with a small
appressed spine on margin near base; intermediate style a little shorter,
very unequally bifid at near midlength, the long slender outer arm glabrous,
narrowed gradually to the subacute tip, the inner arm short and stout, its
outer angle farther produced into an acute point; inner style profoundly
bifid from a very short common base, the outer arm more slender, the
stouter lower arm with several strong setae, terminating in a blackened
spine. Aedeagus elongate, the lower margin near apex produced into a low
lobe or tubercle.

Holotype, Lata, Paiiri Garliwal, Kumaon, 7500 feet, July 6,

1958 (Sclmiid).

126

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXIX

Gonomyia (Idiocera) maharaja is readily told from other
regional species having unusually complex male hypopygia by
the structure of this organ, particularly the dististyles. The most
similar of such species include G. (7.) accincta Alexander and
G. (I) . my riacantha Alexander.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) curvistyla new species

Size very small (wing of male 3 mm.) ; general coloration of mesonotum
brownish gray, scutellum yellowed; pleura dark brown with a broad whit-
ened longitudinal stripe ; femora obscure yellow with a brownish black
nearly terminal ring, posterior pair with a series of long erect bristles;
wings variegated with pale brown and subhyaline, the prearcular and costal
fields light yellow; male hypopygium with three dististyles, the intermediate
one a very long curved rod; phallosome consisting of a pair of strong rods,
their outer ends blackened, produced laterad into a spine.

Male Length about 3 mm. ; wing 3 mm.

Eostrum brown, mouthjiarts more brightened, palpi black. Antennae with
basal segments orange yellow, the scape and pedicel patterned with brown;
basal flagellar segments brownish yellow, with the usual very long verticils ;
outer segments dark brown, terminal three segments oval, relatively short.
Head orange yellow, central part of the posterior vertex restrictedly dark-
ened.

Pronotum and pretergites very pale yellow, darkened laterally. Meso-
notal praescutum brownish gray, pseudosutural foveae eastaneous; scutal
lobes dark gray, posterior angles and midregion yellowed ; scutellum yellow,
brownish gray at base; mediotergite brownish gray, the anterolateral parts
broadly obscure yellow; pleurotergite obscure yellow. Pleura chiefly dark
brown, with a broad whitened longitudnal stripe extending from the fore
coxa to the base of abdomen, the dorsal pleurites paler brownish yellow.
Halteres light yellow, the lower xiai’t of knob chiefly brown. Legs with the
fore coxae extensively whitened, remaining coxae yellow, their bases restrict-
edly darkened; trochanters yellow; femora obscure yellow, with a conspicu-
ous brownish black nearly terminal ring; tibiae and basitarsi testaceous yel-
low, tips narrowly blackened, remainder of tarsi black; posterior femora
with a row of long erect setae along the entire lower margin, the bristles
about 25 to 30 in number, the longest about twice the diameter of the femur
at point of insertion. Wings variegated with extensive pale brown and sub-
hyaline areas, producing a variegated effect ; prearcular and costal fields
light yellow; veins very pale brown, still paler in the brightened fields.
Vein all outer Medial veins and distal section of Cu^ with macrotrichia,
with very few at extreme ends of both Anals, more numerous on £nd A, lack-
ing on Es, M and basal section of Cu^ ; costal fringe of male long and con-
spicuous. Venation: Sc short, Sc^ ending some distance before origin of Es ;
basal section of Es long; m-cu close to fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the incisures narrowly paler, sternites
pale ; hypopygium brownish yellow. Male hypopygium distinctive ; basistyle

Sept., 1961]

Alexander; Himalayan Crane-Flies

127

short and compact. Three dististyles, the intermediate one a very long rod,
strongly curved to the acute tip ; outer style about three-fourths as long,
simple, on outer two-thirds with a low flange, widest basally; inner style
elongate, pointed at outer end, the two fasciculate bristles unusually reduced,
shorter and more slender than several of the normal setae. Phallosome con-
sisting of a pair of strong rods slightly expanded and blackened at outer
end, produced laterad into a sharp spine, and a pair of small flattened
blades that terminate in obtuse lobes.

Holotype, J', Teri, Teri Garhwal, Kumaon, 2500-5000 feet,
April 16, 1958 (Schmid).

This uimsually small member of the genus is quite distinct
from all described regional species in the structure of the male
hypopyginm, particularly the dististyles. The greatly lengthened
intermediate style is likewise found in certain New World mem-
bers of the snbgenus. In the present fly these structures are simi-
lar on the two sides, not asymmetrical as in some species.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) dissimilis new species

General coloration of mesonotum brownish gray, scutellum broadly light
yellow; pleura darkened, with a very conspicuous whitened longitudinal
stripe; femora yellow with a broad black subterminal ring, posterior pair
in male with a series of long erect bristles; wings marbled with light gray
and whitish subhyaline, stigma darker; abdominal tergites dark, the pos-
terior borders broadly yellow; male hypopygium with two dististyles, the
outer very unequally bifid; phallosome with gonapophyses long and con-
spicuous, black, dissimilar in form.

Male Length about 3.5 mm. ; wing 3.8 mm.

Female Length about 5 mm. ; wing 5 mm.

Eostrum and palpi black. Antennae of male black, of female the basal
segments restrictedly patterned with yellow; flagellar segments elongate,
in the male with very long verticils. Head yellowed above, with a central
darkening on vertex, lower surface infuscated.

Pronotum light yellow above, brown laterally, pretergites light yellow.
Mesonotal praescutum and scutum brownish gray, with indications of a
darker pattern, including four vague praescutal stripes; scutellum behind
broadly light yellow, base dark gray; mediotergite light gray, darker behind,
the anterior sides, with adjoining parts of the pleurotergite, yellowed, re-
mainder of the latter brown, pruinose. Pleura blackened, sparsely pruinose,
brown above; a very conspicuous white longitudinal line extending from
and including the fore coxa, reaching the abdomen behind. Halteres with
stem clear yellow, knob dark brown, the tip yellowed. Legs with fore coxae
whitened, remaining coxae darkened basally, tips yellow; trochanters yel-
low; femora yellow, with a broad brownish black subterminal ring, the
actual tip narrowly whitened; tibiae and tarsi yellow, the outer tarsal seg-
ments infuscated; posterior femur of male with a series of nearly 30 long

128

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

bristles distributed over the whole length of ventral surface, more or less
evenly spaced. Wings marbled light gray and whitish subhyaline, the latter
areas large, occurring in most cells, before cord forming two nearly complete
crossbands; stigma oval, darker brown; very slight darkenings at tip of Sc
and at arculus; preareular and costal regions light yellow, including areas
before and beyond stigma; veins light brown, cord darker, veins C and So
paler. Macrotrichia on longitudinal veins beyond cord, including also the
tips of Sc and the Anals. Venation; Sc short, the distance on costa between
Sc^ and origin of Es more than one-half the length of the latter; branches
of Es divergent; basal section of E^ distinct; r-m long, arcuated; m-cu at
or some distance before the fork of M.

Abdomen brownish black, posterior borders of tergites broadly yellow;
hypopygium dark. Ovipositor with hypovalvae and bases of cerci brownish
black. Male hypopygium with the basistyle relatively small, the mesal api-
cal face densely setuliferous. Two terminal dististyles, the outer very un-
equally bifid, including a long slender smooth outer arm, gradually narrowed
to the obtuse tip, inner arm a small blackened structure, extended into a
strong spine, with a smaller more basal tooth; inner style small, strongly
narrowed on outer fourth, tipped with the usual pair of long yellow bristles,
some of the normal setae virtually as long. Phallosome including two pow-
erful blackened gonapophyses, dissimilar in form, one gradually narrowed
and gently curved to the acute tip, the other angularly bent at near two-
thirds the length, the long outer spine stout, acute at tip.

Holotype, Permnalmalai, Madras, South India, 4000-4500
feet, December 6, 1958 (Schmid). Allotopotype, 5, with the
type. Paratypes, 2 § 5, Sathuparai, Madras, 1500 feet, December
1, 1958 (Schmid).

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) dissimilis is quite distinct from the
numerous regional species of the subgenus in the structure of the
male hypopygium. In the pattern of the legs and wings it sug-
gests G. (L.) lanka Alexander and some others.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) nilgiriana new species

Belongs to the manca group, allied to Jiedys; mesonotum brownish gray,
posterior sclerites more yellowed; pleura light brown with a conspicuous
whitened longitudinal stripe; wings weakly tinged with brown, patterned
with clearer areas; Sc short; abdominal tergites dark brown, conspicuously
patterned with yellow; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle bifid, its
lateral arm scabrous ; inner style with a slender outer lobe ; phallosome asym-
metrical, including a trispinous central structure.

Male Length about 3.2 mm.; wing 3.5 mm.

Eostrum dark brown, palpi black. Antennae black, the dorsal surface of
scape slightly paler; flagellar segments long, in the male with exceedingly
long verticils. Head pale yellow, the center of the posterior vertex darkned.

Pronotum whitish yellov^?^ above, narrowly darker on sides, this continued

Sept., 1961]

Alexander: Himalayan Crane-Flies

129

back to the wing root along the pretergites and extreme lateral border of
praescutum and scutum; disk of praescutum and scutum almost uniformly
brownish gray, clearer gray laterally; scutellum yellow, narrowly darkened
medially at base ; mediotergite obscure yellow, with nearly the posterior half
more darkened; pleurotergite chiefly yellowed. Pleura light brown, with a
broad whitened longitudinal stripe extending from the fore coxa to the base
of abdomen. Halteres dusky, knob extensively yellowed. Legs with coxae
testaceous yellow, the fore pair whitened; trochanters brownish yellow;
remainder of legs broken. Wings weakly tinged with brown, stigma slightly
darker brown; clearer areas before and beyond stigma and elsewhere on
disk, especially just before and beyond the cord and in the cells of the
posterior half of wing; prearcular and costal fields clearer yellow; veins
very pale brown, the cord slightly darker. Macrotrichia on distal section
of and on all outer branches of M, lacking on Bs, its anterior branch
and the Anal veins. Venation: So short, Ss^^ ending a distance before
origin of Bs about equal to two-thirds the length of the latter; branches
of Bs divergent, cell B^ very wide at margin; m-cu close to the fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the posterior and lateral borders of the
segments yellow, sternites paler; hypopygium brownish yellow. Male hypo-
pygium with the outer dististyle an elongate blackened scabrous rod, on
mesal margin at base with a long slender smooth spine ; inner style short and
compact, with about nine strong setae, outer margin produced into a slender
lobe that is tipped with a short black spine, the total length of the lobe
only about one-half that of the spine of the outer style. Phallosome con-
sisting of paired elongate rods, membranous and hinged at about midlength,
the outer part decurved, narrowed, at tip with a few microscopic scabrous
points; central arm including a massive yellow structure that is produced
into three powerful spines, the intermediate one more slender.

Holotype, J', Cherangode, Nilgiri Hills, South India, 3500
feet, September 1950 (Susai Nathan).

Gonomyia {Lipophleps) nilgiriana is most similar to G. {L.)
hedys Alexander, differing conspicuously in the structure of the
male hypopygium, particularly the dististyles and phallosome.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) ishana new species

Size large (wing of male 6.5 mm.) ; mesonotal praescutum reddish brown
with three darker brown stripes, scutellum obscure yellow; pleura reddish
brown, striped longitudinally with light yellow; wings strongly tinged with
yellowish brown, the prearcular and costal fields clear yellow; male hypo-
pygium with the apical lobe of basistyle long and slender, with relatively
few setae ; outer dististyle slender, dilated at apex into a triangle, the angles
produced into points; inner style with a strong basal spine; phallosome
with the apophyses long and slender, acutely pointed and blackened at tips.

Male Length about 6 mm. ; wing 6.5 mm.

Head broken. Pronotum and pretergites clear light yellow. Mesonotal

130

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

praescutum reddish brown with three darker brown stripes that are scarcely
darker than the ground, humeral and lateral regions broadly light yellow;
pseudosutural foveae linear, castaneous; scutal lobes dark brown, median area
broadly light yellow ; scutellum obscure yellow, the base weakly darkened ;
mediotergite brown, the lateral parts and a transverse line on anterior half
yellow; pleurotergite light yellow, more reddened ventrally. Pleura reddish
brown, with a broad light yellow longitudinal stripe that is expanded pos-
teriorly; dorsopleural region extensively yellow. Halteres with stem dirty
white, knob infuscated. Legs with fore coxae light yellow, remaining coxae
reddish yellow; trochanters brownish yellow; femora obscure yellow, tips
slightly darkened; tibiae and tarsi light brown, the latter darker outwardly.
Wings strongly tinged with yellowish brown, prearcular and costal fields
clear yellow; stigma scarcely differentiated, pale brown; veins pale brown,
yellowed in the brightened fields. Veins of outer three-fourths of wing with
macrotrichia, including the outer two-thirds of 1st A. Venation: ending

about opposite one-third to one-fourth the length of Rs, Sc^ slightly removed ;
basal section of Bs short; cell 1st long, nearly rectangular, subequal to
or slightly exceeding vein m—cu shortly beyond the fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown on central parts, the margins broadly
yellowed; sternites and hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium with the
apical lobe of basistyle long and slender, with relatively few setae at apex
and again near base, the intermediate part more glabrous. Three dististyles
or profound branchs, the longest very slender, expanded at apex and here
produced into two points, one obtuse at tip, the other acute, the apical
margin back from the latter spine with very long setae ; intermediate style
a small slender arm, its apical fourth narrowed into a long spine, with a
strong seta at the base; inner style with a powerful basal arm that termi-
nates in a blackened spine, with a small pale spine outwardly at its base;
body of style stout, with two strong closely approximated fasciculate bristles,
together with other normal smaller setae, the outer or dorsal part of body
glabrous. Phallosome including two strong gonapophyses that terminate
in long blackened spines, the longer very sinuous; aedeagus beyond the apo-
physes relatively small, pale, bilobed.

Holotype, J', Trijugi, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 7000 feet, May
26, 1958 (Schmid).

The nearest regional allies include other large species such as
Gonomyia (Gonomyia) decacantha Alexander and G. (G.) ravana
Alexander, all being readily told among themselves by differences
in structure of the male hypopygium.

Sept., 1961] Linsley: Euryptera and Eelated New Genus

131

THE NORTH AND CENTRAL AMERICAN SPECIES
OF EURYPTERA AND A RELATED NEW GENUS
(COLEOPTERA, CERAMBYCIDAE)

By E. Gorton Linsley
University of California, Berkeley

Euryptera is one of several related genera of diurnal flower
and foliage visiting Lepturini which include species exhibiting
lycid-like coloration and form. This resemblance is expressed in
yellow, orange, or reddish dorsal integumental colors, often
contrasted with black elytral or thoracic markings or both. There
is a tendency toward flattened and apically expanded elytra, in
some cases with the development of costae, basally modified
antennae, and other specializations associated with lycid-like
appearance among Cerambycidae. These features, involving as
they do convergence in coloration and form among different
species, have made identification from descriptions alone difficult
or uncertain. The following key, based upon study of the types
of most of the named species, is presented in the hope that it will
aid in the identification of the described species and thus in-
directly stimulate ecological and behavioral studies which will
help explain their lycid-like appearance and clarify their status
in relation to the theory of mimicry.

Key to the Described North and Central American Species of
Euryptera

1 Elytra black or predominantly black 2

— Elytra yellowish to reddish, concolorous or with the suture in part

or the apices black 7

2(1) Pronotum black or black with the sides fulvous 3

— Pronotum yellow or yellowish, also the head, thorax, scutellum,

metasternum, and the anterior and middle femora ; form moderately
robust. 11.5 mm. Western Texas (Davis Mts.) texana

3(2) Elytra without well defined costae 4

— Elytra distinctly bicostate, the epipleura abruptly vertical. 9-11

mm. Mexico costulata

4(3) Pronotum gradually or feebly arcuately declivous to anterior mar-
gin; antennae with third to sixth segments unequal in length 5

— Pronotum elevated in front and steeply declivous to anterior mar-

132

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

gin ; antennae with third to sixth segments unequal in length.
9 mm. Mexico (Chihuahua) tatesi

5(4) Elytra with punctures moderately coarse and well separated, surface
wholly black or rarely brownish; pronotum usually black, rarely
fulvous at sides 6

— Elytra with punctures small and dense, humeral area usually

fulvous ; prontum nearly always broadly fulvous at sides. 9-11 mm.
Southeastern United States to Central Mexico lateralis

6(5) Elytra dullish, asperate-punctate. 7-10 mm. Southern Arizona
(Cochise Co.) and northern Mexico (Chihuahua) cliihuahuae

— Elytra shining, not asperate-punctate. 6.5-10.5 mm. Southern

Arizona (Chiricahua, Santa Catalina, Santa Eita, and Huachuca
Mts.) liuacliucae

7(1) Elytra distinctly costate or longitudinally sulcate 8

— Elytra smooth, at most feebly or indistinctly costate or sulcate 9

8(7) Pronotum at base much narrower than elytra, black, evenly convex,

shining and thinly pubescent; elytra elongate, reddish, delicate,
finely costate. 14 mm. Mexico (Durango) longipennis

— Pronotum at base nearly as wide as elytra, densely pubescent, red-

dish with an elevated median black ridge; elytra with a flexuous
longitudinal sulcus, uniformly reddish in the male, apical half black
in the female. 11-15 mm. Mexico (Vera Cruz) to Panama
patricia

9(7) Elytra moderately to strongly convex, less than three times as long
as basal width 10

— Elytra elongate, flattened, more than three and one-half times as
long as basal width, apices flaring slightl}^; median black line of
pronotum continued along elytral suture where it becomes attenu-
ated beyond middle, the surface otherwise golden orange. 11.5 mm.

Panama sericea

10(9) Pronotum with median longitudinal black line 11

— Pronotum concolorous red or yellowish-brown 12

11(10) Median black line of pronotum wider than scutellum; posterior
angles of pronotum acutely produced over humeri; elytral pubes-
cence moderately long, suberect; elytra yellowish with apical half
to one-third black in both sexes. 7.5-8 mm. Florida and Mexico

(Hidalgo) lateralis var. flavatra

— Median black line of pronotum narrower than scutellum; posterior

angles of pronotum not acutely produced over humeri; elytral j)u-
bescence moderately short, subdepressed ; elytra concolorous yellow-
ish in female, apical half black in male. 8-9 mm. Mexico (Vera

Cruz, Hidalgo) mimula

12(10) Elytra concolorous red or yellowish-brown 13

— Elytra rufo-testaceous with apical one-fifth black; pronotum and

elytra uniformly and regularly clothed with posteriorly directed re-
curved hairs ; elytral apices obliquely truncate, outer angle denti-
form; apical angles of abdomen spiniform. 10 mm. Panama

(Canal Zone) spinifera

13(12) Head and ventral surface black; pronotum and elytra red 14

Sept., 1961] Linsley: Euryptera and Eelated New Genus

133

— Head red and yellowish-brown or brown; pronotum and elytra red

or yellowish 15

14(13) Scutellum red; antennal tubercles, vertex and upper eye margins
densely clothed with long appressed golden hairs; elytra without
costae, not wider before apex, apices transversely sinuate-truncate,
outer angle dentiform. 14 mm. Mexico (Morelos) flummata

— Scutellum black; antennal tubercles thinly clothed with erect black
hairs; elytra feebly costate, flaring slightly before apex, apices
rounded to outer angle which is not dentiform. 11 mm. Southern

Arizona (Huachuca and Chiricahua Mts.) cruenta

15(13) Elytra shining, punctures flner than those of pronotum 16

— Elytra opaque, punctures larger than those of pronotum; reddish-

brown, with eyes, antennae, apices of mandibles and femora, tibiae
and tarsi, dark brown or black. 12.6 mm. Arizona (Santa Cata-
lina Mts.) sdbinoensis

16(15) Pronotum and elytra yellowish-brown 17

— Pronotum and elytra red; elytral apices broadly rounded from su-

ture to external angle which is scarcely dentiform. 13 mm. South-
ern Arizona (Huachuca, Chiricahua and Pinaleno Mts.) igniia

17 (16) Head short, distance between eye and base of mandible shorter than
width of mandible at base 18

— Head elongate, distance between eye and base of mandible distinctly

longer than width of mandible at base; elytral apices flexuose-
truncate with a distinct tooth externally. 15 mm. Mexico (Guer-
rero) unicolor

18(17) Elytra with punctures very dense, giving a crenulate appearance to
the surface. 11-12 mm. Western Texas (Davis Mts.) texana var,

— Elytra with punctures well separated. 12.5-14 mm. Southern

Arizona (Huachuca and Santa Eita Mts.) breviceps

Euryptera texana Knull

Eurypiera texana Knull, 1941, Ohio Jour. Sci., 41 : 388.
Euryptera texanae Knull, 1954, Ohio Jour. Sci., 54: 129.

This species was described from a female from the Davis Moun-
tains, Texas, July 3, 1940 (D. J. and J. N. Knull). The type
specimen is black, with the head, thorax, scutellum, mesosternum
and anterior and middle femora yellowish. The pronotum and
elytra are both finely, densely punctate but the punctures of the
latter are larger. However, Professor Knull informs me that he
has since captured an entirely yellowish-brown example in the
Davis Mountains and I have seen a similar specimen from Alpine,
Texas.

Euryptera costulata Bates

Euryptera costulata Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana,
Coleoptera, 5 : 284.

134

New York Entomological. Society

[VOL. LXIX

This species is suggestive of E. lateralis (Olivier) but the elytra
are distinctly bicostate, the epipleura abruptly vertical, and the
apices separately rounded. It is known from Oaxaca, Jalapa,
Juquila, and Cerro de Plumas, Mexico.

Euryptera batesi Linsley, new name

Euryptera chiJiuahuae ^ (1) , Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-
Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 285.

The male described by Bates represents a species distinct from
E. chiJmahaue. It resembles E. lateralis (Olivier) superficially,
but in the same sex the two differ in the form of the antennae,
which in hatesi are more slender with the third to sixth segments
subequal in length, and the form of the pronotum, which in
hatesi is abruptly elevated and convex in front. The type, from
Pinos Altos, Chihuahua (Buchan-Hepburn) is in the British
Museum (Natural History).

Euryptera lateralis (Olivier)

Leptura lateralis Olivier, 1795, Entomologie, 4 (73) : 22, pi. 3,
fig. 37.

Euryptera lateralis Leng, 1890, Bntom. Americana, 6 : 213 ;
Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 5:
284 ; Hopping, 1937, Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull. 85 : 27.
Leptura distans Germar, 1824, Ins. Spec. Nov., p. 524.

Leptura cincta Haldeman, 1847, Trans. Anier. Philos. Soc., (2)
10: 63.

Leptura ohsoleta Haldeman, 1847, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., (2)

10: 63.

Euryptera suhintegra Casey, 1924, Memoirs on the Coleoptera,

11: 285.

This species has been taken most abundantly in southeastern
United States and material at hand is from North Carolina,
Alabama, and Mississippi. Mexican material has been seen from
Vera Cruz [San Rafael, Jicaltepec (P. C. Bowditch)] and
Tamaulipas [2 mi. N. of El Simon, and Villagran (P. D. Hurd)].
Bates (1885) has also recorded the species from Oaxaca and
Playa Vicente.

Euryptera lateralis var. flavatra Blatchley
Euryptera flavatra Blatchley, 1914, Canadian Ent., 46: 92.

•Sept., 1961] Linsley: Euryptera and Eelated New Genus

135

Euryptera lateralis flavatra Knull, 1954, Ohio Jour. Sci., 45 : 129.

E. flavatra Blatchley was synoiiymized with E. lateralis by
Hopping (1937), treated as a subspecies of lateralis by Knull
(1954). I have seen material from Jacksonville, Tarpon Springs,
Leesburg, Gainesville and Enterprise, Florida, mostly taken dur-
ing March, and from Jacala, Hidalgo, Mexico, 4500 ft. elevation,
July 5, 1939 (R. Haag, Museum of Comparative Zoology). The
type is from Dunedin, Florida.

Euryptera chihuahuae Bates

Euryptera chihuahuae Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Coleoptera, 5 : 285.

The type of this species is a male, not a female, as supposed by
Bates. A female from Arroyo Mesteno, Sierra del Nido, eleva-
tion 7,600 feet, July 11, 1959 (W. C. Russell) has shorter and
heavier antennae.

Euryptera huachucae Schaeffer

Euryptera huachucae Schaeffer, 1905, Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts
Sci. ; Sci. Bull., 1 : 134 ; Hopping, 1937, Nat. Mus. Canada,
Bull. 85: 284; Knull, 1954, Ohio Jour. Sci., 54: 129.

E. huachucae is very close to E. chihuahuae, and in the ab-
sence of a series of topotypical material of the latter, the status
of the two names is difficult to determine. What I take to be
both forms are represented in material from Cochise County,
Arizona (California Academy of Sciences).

Euryptera longipennis Bates

Euryptera longipennis Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana,
Coleoptera 5: 286.

I have seen only the type of this distinctive species, from Ciu-
dad Durango, elevation 8100 feet.

Euryptera patricia Bates

Euryptera patricia Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana,
Coleoptera, 5 : 286, pi. 20, fig. 14.

Euryptera princeps Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana,
Coleoptera, 5: 286, pi. 20, fig. 11 (New Synonymy)

136

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

The type of E. patricia from Cordova, Mexico (Salle), is a
female, that of E. princeps from Volcan de Chiriqiii, Panama, a
male. Aside from differences in coloration, a common sex fea-
ture in Euryptera, the other differences are apparently sexual
also, the male being more elongate with the pronotum and base
of elytra narrower. A female from Chiriqui, Panama, in the
Natnrhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm, appears to be typical of
E. patricia, thus eliminating geographical reasons for regarding
the two as representing separate species. E. patricia is distinctly
lyciform.

Euryptera sericea Bates

Euryptera sericea Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Coleoptera, 5: 285.

The type, if a male, has unusually heavy antennae for that sex,
contributing to its lycid-like appearance. It is from Volcan de
Chiriqui, Panama, elevation 4,000-6,000 feet.

Euryptera mimula Bates

Euryptera mimula Bates, 1885, Biologica Centrali-Aniericana,
Coleoptera, 5 : 285.

E. mimula Bates is the same size and form and expresses the
same dichromatism in the two sexes as Ophistomis xanto Bates.

Euryptera spinifera Linsley, new species

Female Form moderately robust; integument shining, yellow, pronotum
and elytra rufo-testaceous, the latter with apices black, eyes, antennae ex-
cept base of scape, apex of clypeus, labrum, mandibles at middle, apices of
femora, anterior tibiae at apex, intermediate and posterior tibiae and apices
of second and third segments of intermediate and posterior tarsi black.

Head Clothed with short, erect, golden hairs, frons finely punctate, the
punctures separated by several diameters, erect hairs longer at sides below
antennal insertions, clypeus more coarsely punctate, the punctures separated
by a diameter or less, vertex subcontiguously punctate ; antennae reaching
beyond middle of elytra, first four segments subcylindrical, finely punctate,
clothed with suberect golden or brownish hairs (depending upon angle of
light), with longer, coarser hairs at apex, segments five to eleven flattened
but not serrate, more finely, densely punctate, more finely, densely clothed
Avith shorter golden pubescence, with successively fewer long, coarse hairs at
apex of segments five to seven than at apex of third and fourth segments,
scape more than one-third longer than third segment, third segment barely
longer than fourth but distinctly shorter than fifth, segments five to ten
gradually decreasing in length. Pronotum. One and one-fifth times as

Sept., 1961] Linsley: Euryptera and Belated New Genus

137

wide at base as long, apex nearly half as broad as width at middle, a little
more than one-third as broad at base, posterior angles produced, surface
moderately finely, closely punctate, each puncture bearing a posteriorly di-
rected, recurved, coarse golden hair, the hairs well separated and not obscur-
ing the surface ; scutellum similarly clothed but more finely punctate ;
prosternum subglabrous; metasternum, abdomen, and femora punctate much
like the dorsal surface and similarly clothed ; apical angles of abdomen
spiniform. Elytra. A little more coarsely punctate than pronotum and
uniformly clothed with somewhat longer hairs which become black over the
black apices which cover a little less than one-fifth of the total length; aj)ices
obliquely and feebly sinuately truncate; outer angle prominently and acutely
dentiform. Length 10 mm.

Holotype female (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
University) from Barro Colorado Island, Panama Canal Zone,
July 14, 1924 (N. Banks).

This species is somewhat suggestive of E. mimula Bates, but
differs in the more robust form, the more strongly produced lat-
eral angles of the pronotum, and the much more similar pronotal
and elytral punctatioii and pubescence. Prom E. patricia Bates,
which also has the posterior pronotal angles produced, it differs
in the more evenly convex elytra without longitudinal sulci and
the less fine punctatioii and less dense pubescence of the dorsal
surface. Prom both species it differs in details of coloration,
most notably in the absence of a median longitudinal black line
on the pronotum, and also in the spinose abdominal apex,

EuryTptera flammata Linsley, new species

Female Form robust ; integument black, pronotum and elytra red.
Head. Elongate, distance between eye and base of mandibles about twice as
long as basal width of mandibles ; antennal tubercles and sides of face below
them finely, densely punctate, clothed with appressed golden pubescence
which becomes longer on vertex and on upper eye margins, triangular area
at base of clypeus almost impunctate, punctures becoming large and sub-
contiguous toward apex, labruni also coarsely punctate ; antennae with seg-
ments one to four shining, moderately finely punctate, clothed with suberect,
coarse black hairs, segments five to eleven dullish, minutely punctate, more
finely, densely pubescent. Pronotum, Campanulate, sides feebly narrowed
behind middle, basal angles acute, prolonged, disk moderately coarsely, sub-
contiguously punctate except for a short longitudinal ridge behind middle *
scutellum finely, densely punctate, thinly pubescent ; prosternum finely punc-
tate and pubescent at middle ; metasternum and abdomeii more coarsely
punctate, thinly pubescent. Elytra. More finely and less densely punctate
than pronotum, clothed with moderately long, suberect reddish hairs which
are shorter at base, apices sinuate-truncate, outer angle dentiform. Legs
densely punctate. Length approximately 14 mm.

138

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Holotype female ( Coleccion Entomologica, Oficina de Estudios
Especiales, S.A.G., Mexico City) from Cuernevaca, Morelos,
Mexico, July 8, 1957, ‘‘sobre arbol-mango ’ ’ (Wm. W. Gribson).

This species resembles E. ignita Schaeffer in size, form, and
general coloration, differing in having the head and ventral sur-
face black, the vertex, and the upper eye margins densely clothed
with long appressed golden pubescence and the elytral apices
sinuate-truncate with the outer angle dentiform.

Euryptera cruenta Martin

Euryptera cruenta Martin, 1930, Pan-Pacific Ent., 7: 70,5 (•)•
Euryptera cruneta Knull, 1954, Ohio Jour. Sci., 54 : 129.

In the type of this species, a female from the Huachuca Mts.,
Arizona, the head and its appendages are black, except the apex
of the clypeus and the mouth-parts which are largely testaceous.
The pronotum and elytra are dull sanguineous, the scutellum and
ventral surface black.

Euryptera sahinoensis Knull

Euryptera sahinoensis Knull, 1954, Ohio Jour. Sci., 54: 129.

This species is described in the female as reddish brown
throughout, with the elytra opaque, and the tips of the mandibles,
eyes, antennae, tips of femora, tibiae and tarsi dark brown to
black. The type specimen was captured in Sabino Canyon, Santa
Catalina Mountains, Arizona.

Euryptera ignita (Schaeffer)

Leptura ignita Schaeffer, 1908, Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci.,
Sci. Bull., 1 : 341.

Cyphonotida f ignita Leng, 1920, Catal. Coleoptera Amer. No.
of Mexico, p. 273.

Euryptera ignita Hopping, 1937, Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull. 85 : 27 ;
Knull, 1954, Ohio Jour. Sci., 54: 129.

Euryptera ignita is a bright red species with the antennae
black and the apex of the femora and tibiae, tarsi, and ventral
surface brownish or piceous. It differs from sahinoensis in the
shining elytra which are much more finely punctate than the
pronotum.

Euryptera ufiicolor Bates

Euryptera unicolor Bates, 1892, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1892 :
159, pi. 6, fig. 3.

Sept., 1961] Linsley: Euryptera and Eelated New Genus

139

The type specimen, from Tepetlapa, Guerrero, elevation 3000
ft., is apparently a male. In coloration it is an eurypteran
counterpart of Ophistomis pallida Bates.

Euryptera breviceps Linsley, new species

Male Form moderately robust; integument shining, yellowish, head and
pronotum slightly rufo-testaceous, antennae black, apices of femora (nar-
rowly) and tibiae (more broadly) and tarsi piceous. Head. With upper
frons and vertex dullish, finely, densely punctate, clypeus shining, more
coarsely punctate; antennae with first four segments cylindrical, shining,
moderately finely punctate, thinly clothed with moderately short, coarse,
suberect hairs, segments three to ten flattened, dull, very finely, densely
punctate and minutely pubescent, eleventh segment about one and one-half
times as long as tenth, appendiculate. Pronotum. Campanuliform, sides
slightly emarginate behind middle, posterior angles subacute, not prolonged,
disk moderately, coarsely, closely punctate except for a narrow polished
line at middle, pubsecence moderately short, subappressed, golden ; scutellum
finely punctate, thinly pubescent; prosternum polished, finely, sparsely punc-
tate, meso- and metasternum finely, densely punctate, coxae of pro-, meso-
and metasterna densely punctate, legs densely punctate. Elytra. Much
more finely punctate than pronotum, rather densely clothed with suberect
golden hairs which do not obscure the surface, apices broadly rounded to the
external angle which is scarcely dentate. Length, approximately 13 mm.

Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from the
Hnachnca Mts., Arizona, July 17 (G. Beyer).

Although E. breviceps occurs in the same area as E. ignita
(Schaeffer) and has been regarded as a color variant of that
species, the structure of the head is so different, being very much
shorter, with the distance between the lower margin of the eye
and the base of the mandible less than the basal width of the
mandible, that it seems unlikely that they can be forms of the
same species.

MimPTERA Linsley, new genus

Form elongate, depressed, elytra expanded apically. Head moderately
elongate; eyes convex, strongly emarginate at middle; antennae reaching to
about middle of elytra, third and fourth segments each shorter than fifth,
clothed with moderately long, suberect hairs, fifth to tenth segments subequal
in length, expanded and minutely pubescent, eleventh segment more cylin-
drical. Pronotum campanuliform, lobed at base, longitudinally impressed
on midline; prosternum with anterior coxae small, not exerted above level
of intercoxal process, cavities acutely angulate externally; intermediate
coxal cavities open to epimera. Elytra flattened, expanded beyond middle,
densely fringed with hair, surface with obtuse longitudinal carinae and
longitudinal sulcae, most evident apically; apices broadly truncate, both the
sutural and external angles spinose. Abdomen with a stout spine on each
side at lateral apical margin.

140

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Type of genus : Euryptera fulvella Bates.

This genus differs at once from Euryptera in the small an-
terior coxae, which are not exerted and do not project above the
intercoxal process.

Mimiptera fulvella (Bates)

Euryptera fulvella Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana,
Coleoptera, 5 : 286, pi. 20, fig. 12.

Euryptera plamcoxis Bates, 1892, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
1892:159, pi. 2, fig. 5. (New Synonymy).

Fig. 1. Mimiptera costaricensis (Melzer).

The two types are from Panama (San Peliz and Chiriqui) and
essentially identical. This species is fnlvochraceous with the
antennae, the mid-line of the pronotnm, and sometimes the legs
more or less blackish. It resembles a small pale lycid.

Mimiptera costaricensis (Melzer)

( Figure 1 )

Euryptera costaricensis Melzer, 1935, Arch. Inst. Biologia Veg-
etal, 2(2) : 182.

Two specimens in the collection of the U.S. National Museum
in Washington from San Jose, Costa Rica appear to be refer-

Sept., 1961] Linsley: Euryptera and Eelated New Genus

141

able to M. costaricensis. These are a little broader apically than
M. fulvella and differ in coloration, the elytra having a broad
ante-median black band and the apices broadly black, providing
a Calopter on-like color pattern.

Acknowledgments

The author is indebted to the National Science Foundation
for making this and a number of related studies possible during
his tenure as Research Professor, Miller Institute, University
of California. Types of described species were kindly made
available at the British Museum (Natural History), London,
by E. B. Britton; at the California Academy of Sciences by
E. S. Ross; at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
University, Cambridge, Massachusetts by P. J. Darlington ; at
the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, by Andre Villiers; and
at the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. by
G. B. Vogt. J. N. Knull very kindly read the manuscript and
made helpful suggestions regarding the species described by him.

References

Bates, H. W. 1880—85. Longicornia. Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta
Coleoptera, 5: 1-435, 505-525, pis. 1-25.

. 1892. Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central Amer-
ica, with remarks on some of the previously-recorded species. Trans.
Ent. Soc. London, 1892: 143-183, pis. 5-7.

Belon, E. P. 1897. Eemarques sur le genre Euryptera Serv., du groupe des
Lepturides et description d’une especie nouvelle de Bolivie. Ann. Soc.
Ent. Belgique, 41: 339-343.

Blatchley, W. S. 1914. Notes on the winter and early spring Coleoptera
of Florida, with descriptions of new species. Canadian Ent., 46: 88-92.
Hopping, E. 1937. The Lepturini of America north of Mexico. Part II.
Canada Dept. Mines and Eesources, Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull. 85: (Biol.
Ser. No. 22) : 1-42.

Knull, J. A. 1941. Nine new Coleoptera. Ohio Jour. Sci., 41: 381-388.

. 1954. A new Euryptera with notes on other Cerambycidae. Ohio

Jour. Sci., 54: 129-130.

Martin, J. O. 1930. Two new Coleopterous insects from Arizona. Pan-
Pacific Ent., 7: 70-72.

Melzer, j. 1935. Novos Cerambycideos do Brasil, da Argentina e de
Costa Eica. Arch. Inst. Biol. Vegetal, 2(2) : 173-205.

Schaeffer, C. 1908. List of the Longicorn Coleoptera collected on the
Museum expeditions to Brownsville, Texas, and the Huachuca Mts.,
Arizona, with descriptions of new genera and species and notes on
known species. Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci., Sci. Bull., 1: 325-352.

142

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

A NEW SPECIES OF MELANCHROIA (LEPIDOPTERA,
GEOMETRIDAE) FROM JAMAICA

By Frederick H. Rindge
The American Museum of Natural History

A number of years ago Avinoff and Shonmatoff collected a
single geometrid in Jamica, and the former was unable to find a
name for it. He made some descriptive notes for this moth but
these were never published. Some years after Avinoff ’s death,
Mr. Shonmatoff brought the specimen and notes to me. The fol-
lowing description and illustrations are the result.

1. Holotype, Melanchroia venata, new species, x 2.

The author wishes to thank Mr. D. S. Fletcher, of the British
Mnsenm (Natural History), and Dr. E. L. Todd, of the United
States National Mnsenm, for help with this problem.

Melanchroia venata, new species

Male Head, vertex and front blackisli-gray, the latter narrowly pale
buff ventrally ; palpi with first segment pale buff, terminal segments black-
ish-gray. Thorax orange-brown above, blackish- gray laterally, orange-brown
below; legs with orange-brown coxae, terminal segments blackish-gray.
Abdomen blackish-gray above, below with broad ocher stripe.

Upper Surface of Wings Forewings wuth elongate costal and outer
margins, inner margin swollen ; ground color dull blackish-gray, all veins

Sept., 1961]

Eindge: New Jamaican Melanchroia

143

narrowly white except for Sc, Ei + o and E3, and with narrow line through
discal cell to dc; fovea transparent; fringe shiny, concolorous with wing.
Hind wings with m-ldc cross vein sharply angled basad; central portion of
wing pale buff, encircled by broad outer margin of dull blackish-gray ; fringe
as on forewings.

Under Surface of Wings Porewings dull blackish-gray, with area below
cubital vein but not extending to outer margin pale buff ; a few white scales
on dc. Hind wings dull blackish-gray.

Length of Forewing 17 mm.

Female Unknown.

Male Genitalia Uncus tapering from base, apical portion attenuate,
terminating in two small points; valves with costa sclerotized, having eight,
heavy, inwardly directed spines on middle one-third of inner margin;
ampulla membranous; sacculus broadly sclerotized, continued distally as
elongate, sclerotized arm with 14 or 15 heavy spines arising from inner mar-
gin ; anellus heavily sclerotized, apically bilobed and finely spinose ; aedea-
gus with sclerotized cornutus, having large curve at base and much smaller
curve at apex.

Type Holotype, male, taken in the underbrush on the slopes

144

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

of a hill near Milk River Bath, Milk River, Jamaica, June 20,
1936 (Avinolf and Shonmatoff). In the collection of the Car-
negie Mnsenm.

This species can be distinguished from cephise Stoll and geo-
metroides Walker by its more elongate forewings, by the white
venation pattern, and by the pale central area of the hind wing.
In the male genitalia the elongate uncus and the two areas of
elongate spines in the valves are diagnostic.

Sept., 1961] Gohla: Interspecific Breeding of Pieris

145

PICTORIAL EVIDENCE OF INTERSPECIFIC
BREEDING OF PIERIS PROTODICE BOISDUVAL
AND LECONTE AND PIERIS RAPAE LINNAEUS
(LEPIDOPTERA, PIERIDAE)

By Kurt B. Gohla
Fordham University, New York

On July 26, 1960 a rather rare interbreeding in nature, oc-
curring between lepidoptera belonging to the same family but to

5 Pieris protodice ^ Pieris rapae

two different species, was accidentally encountered. A female
native American Checkered White {Pieris protodice Boisduval
and Leconte) and a male immigrant European Cabbage White
{Pieris rapae Linnaeus) were noted in normal copulation. The
pair rested on a wide blade of grass. When distrubed the female
Pieris protodice took flight carrying the male Pieris rapae, con-
trary to reported normal performances, where in coition the male
usually carries the female in flight. After a short distance they

146

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

were easily netted and placed in a killing jar. Both specimens
seemed to be utterly exhausted. They did not separate and were
preserved as shown in the photograph. The joined pair is now
in my private collection. To keep them alive, as so urgently
suggested in Dr. Klots’ analogous report (Klots, 1959), did not
seem practicable at that time.

Their habitat was an unused athletic field located at the Ford-
ham University campus, Bronx, New York, presently overgrown
in profusion with a variety of weeds and grasses, amongst them
extended patches of blooming white clover, frequented by a
numerous population of Pieris rapae L., Pieris protodice B. & L.,
Colias eurytheme Boisduval, and Colias philodice Latreille, of
both sexes.

Several courtship flights and attempts at mating were ob-
served that day, but always amongst specimens of their own
respective species. The day was sunny, very warm, and humid.
The concentration of these four types of Whites and Sulphures
lasted for about a week, then all speciments of Pieris protodice
seemed to have vanished.

Shortly after their capture the copulating specimens were
verified by Dr. Louis Marks of the Fordham University Biological
Laboratories. The photograph was taken by John P. Wourms,
Graduate Assistant, Fordham University Biological Laboratories.

Reference cited

Klots, Alexander B. 1959. A mixed mating of two species of Limenitis
Eabricius (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae) , Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 67: 20.

Sept.^ 1961] Euckes: Discocephaline Pentatomids

147

NOTES ON THE MECISTORHINUS-ANTITEUCHUS
GENERIC COMPLEX OF DISCOCEPHALINE
PENTATOMIDS (HETEROPTERA,
PENTATOMIDAE)

By Herbert Ruckes^

In the course of preparing a generic revision of the penta-
tomid subfamily Discocephalinae, one of the major problems con-
fronting the author was that of differentiating the two Dallasian
genera Mecistorhinus and Antiteuchus from one another. Dallas
(1851) was rather lavish in his description of Mecistorhinus but
contrastingly niggardly in his treatment of Antiteuchus, being
content to establish the genus on the basis of merely two char-
acters used in the couplets of a generic key. As a consequence
there has always been considerable confusion regarding the ex-
act identity of these two genera. Of course, since there are nu-
merous species involved, the question of which species belongs to
which genus naturally arises. The lack of detailed anatomical
knowledge, or rather the lack of the application of it, has been
responsible for the more or less chaotic situation in which we
find ourselves at the present time.

It appears that only a few of numerous readily observable
external characters had previously been used to distinguish
these two genera from one another. Successive students of the
group have added little to augment our previous knowledge and
even as remarkable an hemipterist as Stal was, he relied upon
such subtle features as the different degrees of convexity of the
body in order to establish subgeneric divisions. We know that
such a character as curvature or convexity is a rather weak one
since it is subject to varying interpretation, depending upon
the individual student. During the course of the present re-
search all possible morphological characters of these insects were
studied in great detail and their uses as diagnostic characters
evaluated; especial attention was given to the composition of

1 Eesearch Associate, Department of Entomology, the American Museum
of Natural History, and Professor Emeritus, the City College of New York.
The work for the present paper Avas done under the auspices of the National
Science Foundation.

148

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

the male and female external gentialia to determine their simi-
larities and their contrasts. A number of new characteristics
have been discovered that appear to add materially to onr
better nnderstanding of the differences between these genera.

In his final work on the Discocephalinae, Stal (1872) used
Bnrnieister’s genus Dinocoris as the taxomic basis for the analysis
of the complex under consideration in this paper. He broke
Dinocoris down into three snbgenera, to wit, Dinocoris (sens,
typ.), Mecistorhinus, and Antiteuchus. Into the first he placed
the species Pentatoma macraspis Perty and Antiteuchus varie-
gatus Dallas, both of which were subsequently transferred to
the genus Neodine Kirkaldy. In the snbgenns Mecistorhinus he
included eight species, only two of which rightfully belong
there, whereas in the snbgenns Antiteuchus he placed only two
of ten then known species, the others either being assigned to
Mecistorhinus or left imassigned for want of better informa-
tion concerning them. No changes were made in this arrange-
ment until Kirkaldy published his Catalogue (1909) ; he fol-
lowed Stal’s lead, added a new species that had been described
since Stal’s time, and erected the genus Neodine to take care of
the above-mentioned species macraspis and variegatus, which
do not at all belong in the genus Dmocoris Burmeister. Thus
the situation has existed up to the present time.

For the purpose of clarifying the problem in my own mind
and of possibly contributing a little aid (or possibly confusion)
to future students of these pentatomids, the following sum-
mary of observations is being presented. The study was made
possible through partial use of a grant-in-aid (:^G-9830)
from the National Science Foundation which was given for
the larger project, that of revising the subfamily Discocephalinae.
In the course of this study various European as well as American
museums were visited and, before coming to the conclusion em-
bodied in this article, as many species and as many specimens
of Mecistorhinus, Antiteuchus, and Neodine were examined as
were available in those different institutions.

In spite of the rather lengthy description given by Dallas for
Mecistorhinus only three characters used by him are really
pertinent to a generic study. These are: a) the ratio of the
length of the head to its width, b) the length of the rostrum, and
c) the proportional lengths of the antennal segments. Funda-

Sept.j 1961] Euckes: Discocephaline Pentatomids

149

mentally these are important, for they do, in part, distinguish
Mecistorhmus from Antiteuchus, but there are other, and I
believe equally good or even better, characters that, when used
in conjunction with those just mentioned, will clearly demark
the two genera and establish their respective identities. In
the latter category I would include such characters as the na-
ture of the apical margin of the terminal abdominal tergite in
the male insect ; the size of the scutellum and the length of
the frenum ; the length of the corium with respect to the length
of the scutellum ; the ratios of the rostral segmental lengths ; the
form and special features of the mesosternum ; the form of the
basal plates of the female genital valves ; and the construction
of the gential capsule in the male, with particular attention
given to the composition of the proctiger and the form of the
heads of the parameres or claspers.

Genus Mecistorhinus Dallas

With these items in mind let us first analyze Mecistorhinus,
given the following diagnosis :

Head Averaging one-third longer medially than wide across the greatest
diameter (which is just in front of the eyes), surface concave, the margins
broadly and sometimes very strongly reflexed, in some species so much so
as to produce a scoop-shaped form; very weakly, if at all, sinuate before
the eyes and then gradually converging to a rounded apex, frequently with
a small apical sinus between the overlapping juga. Antennae Only mod-
erately long, not reaching the middle of the scutellum nor the area where
the frena end; basal segment shorter than segment II, the latter always
much more than half of the length of segment III, usually subequal
with it. Scutellum Eeaching the fifth abdominal tergite in the fe-
male, and in the male not attaining the apex of the terminal tergite;
the frena end just a slight distance beyond the middle. Hemelytra Corium
always exceeding the apex of the scutellum by about the length of one
connexival segment. Eostruai very long, nearly reaching the apex of the
abdomen, in the female attaining, at least, the base of the sixth abdominal
sternite and in the male reaching the middle of the seventh segment; in at
least two species the rostrum is longer than the entire body ; apex of seg-
ment II reaching, at least, the metacoxae, in some species exceeding it,
segments III and IV subequal or segment IV a little longer. Mesosternuai
Somewhat bilaterally tumid, at least anteriorly, and there shallowly sulcate
longitudinally, the sulcus evanescent posteriorly and there replaced with a
thin, low, median carina; the apical margin of the segment truncate.
Metasternum Narrowly hexagonal with a low, thin, median carina.
Terminal abdoaiinal tergite in the male (Fig. 1) The apical margin
forming one continuous transverse concave arc without a median retrorsely

150 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIX

Fig. 1. MecistorJiinus oljscurus Dallas, showing 6th and 7th tergites in
male.

Fig. 2. MecistorJiinus ohscurus Dallas, the pygophore of the male.

Fig. 3. AntiteucJms panumensis Ruckes, showing 6th and 7th tergites in
male.

Fig. 4. AntiteucJms panamensis Riiekes, the pygophore of the male.

Fig. 5. CallostetJms guttatopunctatus (Fabr.) showing 6th and 7th ter-
gites in male.

Fig. 6. CallostetJms guttatopunctatus (Fabr.), the pygophore of the male.

Abbreviations: AED. — aedeagusj AM. — apical margin of 7th tergite; BQA.
— basal quasi articulation; DB. — dorsal border; LAL. — lateral apical lobes;
MEM. — membrane; PA. — paramere; PR. — proctiger; RML. — retrorse me-
dian lobe; SCUT. — apex of scutellum; VMC. — ventral marginal cusp.; VI
and VII — the sixth and seventh tergites.

Sept., 1961] Ruckes: Discocephaline Pentatomids

151

produced lobe or process. External male genitalia (Fig. 2) Dorsal bor-
der of the capsule very shallowly sinuate or, more usually, not sinuate at
all; each lateral apical lobe acute, retrorsely produced and apically diver-
gent, broadly attached to the wall of the capsule without evidence of any
articulatory joint; proctiger completely sclerotized dorsally, somewhat
dilated apically into two small, divergent lobes; all parts of the aedeagus
obscured from the dorsal aspect; heads of the parameres transverse, stoutly
irregular fusiform and lying obliquely across the lateral apical lobes of the
capsule. External female genitalia Basal plates of the valves subtriang-
ular, about as long as wide, their angles rounded, their apical margins taken
together forming a continuous transverse arc across the abdomen.

To this genus belong the following currently known species:
rufescens Dallas (type species) ; semilug ens Bergroth; coralium
Ruckes; complanatus (Distant); josepM Stal; tibialis Ruckes;
ohscurus Dallas; quatemalensis (Distant) ;

Several new species are in the process of being described and
will eventually be added to the above list.

Genus Antiteuchus Dallas

Contrast now the genus Antiteuchus with the following char-
acteristics :

Head Subsequal in length medially to the greatest width just before the
eyes, the surface flattish, no evidence of any broadly reflexed margins, the
margins before the eyes distinctly sinuate, then subparallel and/or sigmoidal,
the apex rather evenly and broadly rounded, apparently without a minute
incisure between the overlapping juga. Antennae More than moderately
long, reaching beyond the middle of the scutellum, and usually past the area
where the frena end; segment II usually shorter than segment I, seldom
longer, but then never more than half the length of segment III, most com-
monly much shorter than segment III, at times no more than one-fifth as
long, never subequal to it. Scutellum (Fig. 3) Reaching beyond the
fifth abdominal tergite in the female and usually attaining the apical mar-
gin of the terminal tergite in the male; the apex more angularly rounded,
sometimes subtriangular in outline; frena ending past the middle as in
Mecistorhinus. Hemelytra Corium exceeding the apex of the scutellum
but ordinarily by less than the length of the adjacent connexival segment.
Rostrum Only moderately long, never reaching to the anterior margin of
the fifth abdominal tergite in either sex; apex of segment II hardly sur-
passing the mescoxae, more commonly just reaching them; segment IV
always a little shorter than segment III. Mesosternum Usually feebly
tumid, not distinctly sulcate anteriorly, but becoming weakly carinate
posteriorly, much as in Mecistorhinus. Metasternum Narrowly hexag-
onal with a low, thin cariiia, much as in Mecistorhinus. Terminal ab-
dominal TERGITE IN THE MALE (Fig. 3) Apical margin transversely arc-
uate, not broadly deflexed or impressed, interrupted in the middle and there

152

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

provided with a retrorse flat, narrow, linguiliform, hastiform, spatulate, or
filiform process, which arises from the extreme margin of the segment or
near it; the apex of this process is usually strongly deflexed and trans-
versely rugose. External male genitalia (Fig. 4) Dorsal border of
the capsule deeply sinuate centrally, frequently triangularly so; each lateral
apical lobe retrorsely produced, obtuse, stubby and usually digitiform, the
ental surface concave, more or less parallel to each other or incurved, never
divergent apically; each lobe is attached to the capsule by a distinct basal
quasi articulation; proctiger sclerotized only on the lateral surfaces, the
dorsal median portion being membranous, through which parts of the
aedeagus are visible from above; the posterior ends of the sclerotized sides
(at the crest) usually somewhat bulbous with small protruding lobes, or at
least tumid; heads of parameres facing posteriorly or slightly laterally,
not overlaying the lateral apical lobes of the capsule; the heads, at least,
trilobed, the lobes partially twisted and in some species resembling minute
propellers. External female genitalia Basal plates of the valves sub-
trapezoidal, somewhat wider than long, their apical margins truncate and
taken together forming more or less a straight line which is subparallel to
the apical margin of the abdomen.

To this genus belong the following currently known species :
variolosus (Westwood) (type species) ; melanoleucus (West-
wood) ; piceus (Palisot de Beauvois) ; mixtus (Fabricius) ;
marmoreus (Spinola) ; panamensis Ruckes; tripterus (Fabri-
cius) ; sepulcralis (Fabricius) ; peruensis Ruckes; marmoratus
Erichson; tesselatus (Westwood); punctiger (Westwood); an-
nulicornis (Fieber).

Seven or eight new species of Antiteuchus are in the process
of being described and will eventually be added to this list.

Through the kindness of Dr. J. 0. Husing of the Martin
Luther Universitat zu Halle, I was privileged to study Fieber ’s
type of Marcothyreus annulicornis which was sent me while I
was working at the British Museum. The generic name Macro-
thyreus being preoccupied, Kirkaldy eventually assigned this
species to the genus Grimgerda Kirkaldy. Intensive examina-
tion of this type specimen indicates that it is merely a species
of Antiteuchus and does not merit generic status of its own.
Every character set forth above for Antiteuchus fits the species
annulicornis ; hence hereafter this discocephaline should be
known as Antiteuchus annulicornis (Fieber).

Subgenus Neodine Kirkaldy, new taxon

The genus Neodine Kirkaldy conforms to all the requirements set down
for Antiteuchus, including the form of the lobate parameres and the re-

Sept., 1961] Euckes: Discocephaline Pentatomids

153

trorsely produced process arising from the extreme margin of the terminal
abdominal tergite in the male. The basal plates of the female genital valves
are provided with mildly sinuate apical margins, but since their form is
subtrapezoidal and they are wider than long, they closely resemble those
found in AntiteucJius. Neodine does possess, however, a very long scutellum
with a narrowed, long postfrenal portion and an acutely rounded, sub-
triangular apex which nearly reaches the tip of the abdomen in both sexes.
The most critical examination of the three known species of Neodine does
not reveal enough difference between them and the numerous species of
Antiteuchus, aside from the different forms of the scutellum, to warrant
the retention of full generic status for Neodine. With these facts in mind
it is deemed advisable noAV to reduce Neodine to subgeneric rank Avithin the
genus Antiteuchus.

To this subgeniis belong the following cnrrrently known
species: macraspis (Perty), variegatus (Dallas), and tatei
Ruckes.

Genus Callostethus, new genus

Turning attention now to the species variously classified as
Mecistorhmus giittatopunctatiis (Fabricius) or Antiteuchus
guttatopunctatus (Fabricius), Ave are faced Avith an entirely
different problem. This species has some of the characteristics
prescribed for Antiteuchus (none for Mecistorhinus) but dif-
fers in several major respects.

The Head, antennae, and eostrum are similar, but the scutellum
(Fig. 5) is less angularly rounded at the apex and less sinuate along the
lateral margins. Other and more critical characters differ as folloAvs:
Hemelytra Corium surpassing the apex of the scutellum by the length
of one connexival segment. Mesosterum Not bilaterally tumid, barely
elevated, but provided with a percurrent, low, obtuse, subcalloused ridge,
Avhich is somewhat fusiform in outline and which continues onto the meta-
sternum as a thin median carina; the apical margin of the mesosternum is
very narrow, almost angulate. Metasternum Essentially rhomboidal,
rather than narrowly hexagonal, anterior and posterior margins very narroAV,
almost angulated, and, as stated above, provided with a thin low median
Carina. Terminal abdominal tergite in the male (Fig. 5) Apical
margin broadly deflexed and strongly impressed, bordered by a wide mem-
brane ; the retrorsely produced median lobe is short and arises from nearer
the center of the disc rather than from the extreme apical margin as in
Antiteuchus and Neodine, and its triangular apex is abruptly deflexed and
not.. transversely rugose. Male external genitalia (Fig. 6) Dorsal bor-
der of the capsule very shallowly, but distinctly, sinuate centrally; lateral
apical lobes cuneiform, subparallel, retrorsely produced, with a distinct
basal quasi articulation, as in Antiteuchus, but each lying parallel and sub-
equal to an acutely rounded, retrorse, long cusp (VMC) developed from each
lateral end of the ventral apical margin of the capsule, thus giving the false

154

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

impression that the lateral apical lobes are compounded of two members,
i.e., a dorsal and a ventral part; proctiger sclerotized only laterally, the
dorsal median portion membranous through which parts of the aedeagus
are visible from above; the sclerotized lateral plates are projected beyond
the apical surface (crest) of the proctiger into small, flat, triangular lobes;
parameres uncinate or hook-shaped, deflexed over the ventral apical margin
of the capsule, where their very acute apices tend to converge, different in
superficial appearance from those found in Mecistorhinus and quite dis-
similar to those seen in Antiteuchus. External female genitalia Basal
plates of the female valves transversely suboval, their apical margins taken
together forming a feeble are subparallelto the apex of the abdomen.
Anterior pronotal margins Not weakly elevated, without a posteriorly
adjacent short impressed groove, such as is found in Mecistorhinus, Anti-
teuchus, and Neodine.

Altogether there are far greater differences between gutta-
topunctatus and any species of Mecistorhinus and Antiteuchus
than are found between the species of Neodine and the species
of Antiteuchus. Therefore if, as proposed, Neodine is reduced
to snbgeneric rank, then a new generic name should be created
for the species guttatopunctatus to elevate it to a higher status
than it now enjoys. To this end I propose the name Callostethus,
to signifj^ the presence of the calloused ridge on the mesosternum,
and suggest that hereafter this species be called Callostethus
guttatopunctatus ( Fabricius ) .

In summary the following table shows the differences be-
tween the several genera in this complex:

Structure Mecistorhinus ^r,titeucJms and Callostethus

Neodine

HEAD

Length to width Longer than wide Subequal or Subequal or

shorter shorter

Surface Somewhat con- Flattish, margins Flattish, margins

cave, margins re- not reflexed not reflexed

flexed

Margin before Barely sinuate, if Distinctly sinuate Distinctly sinuate
the eye at all

ANTENNAE

Length Do not reach the Exceed the mid- Exceed the mid-

middle of scutel- die of scutellum die of scutellum
lum

Eatio of segment Usually subequal; Segment II al- Segment II less
II to III II always more ways much than one-fifth of

than half of the shorter ; never the length of III

length of III more than half

of III

Sept., 1961]

Ruckes : Discocephaline Pentatomids

155

ROSTRUM

Length

Ratio of segment
III to IV

MESOSTER-

NUM

METASTER-

NUM

TERMINAL AB-
DOMINAL TER-
GITE IN MALE

MALE GENI-
TALIA

Dorsal border of
capsule

Lateral apical
lobes of capsule

Proctiger

Nearly reaches the
apex of abdo-
men ; sometimes
exceeds it
Subequal, or seg-
ment IV a little
longer

Bilaterally mildly
tumid ; anteri-
orly sulcate, pos-
teriorly feebly
carinate

Narrowly hexag-
onal, medially
carinate

Apical margin not
deflexed, forming
a continuous,
even, transverse
arc

Does not exceed
the middle of the
abdomen

Segment IV al-
ways s 1 i g h 1 1 y
shorter than seg-
ment III

Bilaterally mildly
tumid ; anteri-
orly sulcate, pos-
teriorly feebly
carinate

Narrowly hex-
agonal, medially
carinate

Apical margin not
broadly deflexed
or impressed ; a
retrorse median
lobe arising from
the extreme ap-
ical margin

Does not exceed
the middle of the
abdomen

Segment IV al-
ways slightly
shorter than seg-
ment III

Not bilaterally
tumid ; a per-
current median
obtuse, subcal-
loused ridge
present

Equilaterally
rhomboidal, med-
ially carinate

Apical margin
broadly deflexed
and impressed,
with the retrorse
median lobe aris-
ing from the sur-
face of the disc,
remote from the
apical margin

Not sinuate cen-
trally

Retrorsely pro-
duced, acutely
triangular,
broadly attached
at base without a
quasi articula-
tion ; apices di-
vergent

Completely sclero-
tized aedeagus
obscured from
above

Deeply sinuate
centrally

Digitiform, in-
wardly concave,
basally with a
quasi articula-
tion ; subparallel
or convergent or
incurved

Median dorsal
portion mem-
branous, aedea-
gus in part vis-
ible from above

Mildly, but dis-
tinctly sinuate
centrally

Cuneiform, sub-
acute ; basally
with a quasi arti-
culation ; paral-
lel to a large
acute cusp devel-
oped from the
lateral ends of
the ventral mar-
gin of the cap-
sule

Median dorsal
portion mem-
branous, aedea-
gus in part vis-
ible from above

156

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXIX

Parameres
(Heads of)

FEMALE GENI-
TALIA

Basal plates

ANTEEIOR

PRONOTAL

MARGIN

Transverse, fusi-
form, placed ob-
liquely across
the lateral apical
lobes

Subtriangular, ap-
ical margins
taken together
forming a trans-
verse arc

Weakly elevated
and subtended
by a short im-
pressed, trans-
verse groove

Multilobate, lobes,
partially twisted,
facing posteri-
orly free from
the lateral ap-
ical lobes

Subtrapezoidal,
apical margins
taken together
forming a more
or less trans-
verse straight or
mildly sinuate
line, subparallel
to the apical

margin of the
abdomen

Weakly elevated
and subtended
by a short im-
pressed, trans-
verse groove

Uncinate or
acutely hooked,
deflexed over the
ventral apical
margin of the
capsule, apices
convergent

Subtrapezoidal or
sub oval, apical
margins taken to-
gether forming a
more or less
transverse
straight line, fee-
bly arcuate, sub-
parallel to the
apical margin of
the abdomen
Not elevated, the
short transverse,
impressed groove
behind the mar-
gin lacking

Literature cited

Dallas, William S. 1851. List of Hemiptera; 152, 162, and 163.
Fabricius, J. C. 1803. Systema Rhyngotorum; 152.

Fieber, Francis X. 1851. Rhyngographien ; Abh. bbhm, Gesell. Wissen-
schaften; 7: 457.

Kirkaldy, George W. 1909. Catalogue of Hemiptera; I: 217.

Stal, Carlos. 1872. Kong. Svenska Vetens. Akad. Handlingar 10: 4: 7.

Sept., 1961] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

157

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA: RHOPALOCERA) OF THE
WESTERN HEMISPHERE

By William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington

[Continued]

'mcdunnouglii Gunder, Jean D., Lycaena .mowi tr. f.

Type Locality: Laggan, Alberta, July 20, 1904.

Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario.
Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 284, pi. A,
fig. 12 (Orillia, Ont.).

mcdunnouglii Gunder, Jean D., Glaucopnyche lygdamus couperi tr. f.

Type Locality: Saskatchewan, Canada.

Location of Type : United States National Museum, Barnes Collection.
Original Description: 1927, (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 282, pi. A,
figs. 4, 4a (Orillia, Ont.).

Additional Eeference: McDunnougli, J, H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28,
no. 473 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places “macdunnoughi” as an aberration
of lygdamus couperi Grote.)

macaria Swainson, William, Theda
Type Locality:

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1822, Zool. Ulus., vol. 3, pi. 133 (London).
Additional Eeference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 388, no. 149 (London). (Places macaria in the
synonymy of rustgn Stoll.)

macdunnoughi, McDunnough, James H., Lycaena snowi ab. Misspelling
of mcdunnouglii
Type Locality:

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 26, no. 437 (Los An-
geles, Calif.).

maculaia Lathy, Percy I., Theda
Type Locality: Huancabamba, Peru.

Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris.

Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier,
p. 230, pi. 8, fig. 8 (Paris).

maculaia- suffusa Cockle, J. W. Cyaniris ladon var.

Type Locality: Bala Lake, Quesnelle, Northern British Columbia.

158

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1910 (June), Can. Ent., vol. 42, p. 204 (London,
Out. ) .

Additional Reference: McDunnoiigli, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 29,
no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places maciilata-suffusa as a synonym of
quesnellii Cockle.)

maculmitq Guilder, Jean D., H codes cu'preus ab.

Type Locality : Mammoth, Mono County, California.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1926 (Jamiarn), Ent. News, vol. 37, p. 8, pi. 1,
fig. 11 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

mqdie Weeks, A. G., Jr., Theda

Type Locality: Suapure, Venezuela.

Location of Type : Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Original Description: 1906 (June), Ent. News, vol. 17, p. 197 (Phila-
delphia, Pa.).

Additional Reference: Weeks, A. G., Jr., 1911, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepi-
doptera, vol. 2, p. 3, pi. 3, fig. 1 (Boston, Mass.).

Synonyms: maidie Weeks.

maeonis Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: San Geronimo, Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 70, vol. 3, pi. 56, figs. 22, 23
$ (London).

maesites Herrich-Schaffer, G. A. W., Theda
Type Locality: Cuba.

Original Description: 1864, Corresp.-Blatt Zool.-Min. Ver., vol. 18, p.
165 (Regensburg).

Additional References: Draudt, Max. 1920, The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 798 (Stuttgart). (As moesites.) Comstock, W. P. and
E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45,
p. 72 (New York). Comstock, W. P., 1944 (October). Scientific Survey
of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 12, pt. 4, p. 487, pi. 9, fig. 6 $
(New York).

Synonyms : moesites Draudt.

Subspecies: denchi Comstock and Huntington, idea Hewitson.

maevia Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: San Geronimo, Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p, 89, vol. 3, pi, 58, figs. 3, 4 ^
(London) .

Additional Reference: Stallings, D. B. and J. R. Turner, 1947 (February),
Ent. News, vol. 58, p. 39 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Places maevia as winter
form of dytie Edwards, therefore a synonym.)

Sept., 1961] Comstock and Huntington; Lycaenidae

159

maidie Weeks, A. G., Jr., Theda Misspelling of madie
Type Locality;

Location of Type ;

Original Description; 1911, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 2, p. 3
(Boston, Mass.).

major Lathy, Percy I., Theda rocena
Type Locality; Muzo, Colombia.

Location of Type ; Fournier Collection, Paris.

Original Description; 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 9, vol. 17, p. 42
(London).

m-album Boisduval, Jean A. and John LeConte, Theda
Type Locality; Georgia.

Location of Type ;

Original Description; 1833, Histoire Generate et iconographie des Lepi-
dopteres et des chenilles de I’Amerique Septenthrionale, p. 86, pi. 26 (Paris).
Synonyms; psyche Boisduval and LeConte.

malcolmi Guilder, Jean D., Pleheius monticola ab. 9

Type Locality; Eidge Eoute, Los Angeles County, California, May 30,
1922.

Location of Type; American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description; 1925 (July), Ent. News, vol. 36, p. 195, pi. V,
fig. 2 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

malcolmi Gunder, Jean D., philotes glauco7i intermedia tr. f.

Type Locality; American Elver, Placer County, California, July 19, 1921.
Location of Type ; American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description; 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 282, pi. A,
fig. 5 (Orillia, Ont.).

Additional Eeterence; McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28,
no. 466 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places malcolmi as an abbration of glauco7i
intermedia Barnes and McDunnough.)

malina Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality; Brazil.

Location of Type; British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description ; 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 88,
vol. 2, pi. 34, figs. 69, 70 ^ (London).

malta Schaus, William, Theda
Type Locality; Peru.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5928.

Original Description; 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 410 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

Additional Eeference; Draudt, Max, 1920 (January), The Maero-
lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 800, pi. 158-g (Stuttgart).

inalvania Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality;

Location of Type; British Museum (Natural History).

160

New Yoek Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Original Description: 1867, Illns. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 95,
vol. 2, pi. 38, figs. 106, 107 $ (London).

malvina Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Eio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description : 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 93,
vol. 2, pi. 37, figs. 102, 103 $ (London).

mansfieldi Tilden, J. W., Mitoura siva

Type Locality: 7 miles west of Simmler, San Luis Obispo County, Cali-
fornia, March 21, 1940.

Location of Type: California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Cali-
fornia.

Original Description: 1951 (May-August), Bull. Southern Calif. Acad.
Sci., vol. 50, pt. 2, p. 96, pi. 33 (Los Angeles, Calif.).

mantica Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Chapada Canipo, Brazil (September and November).
Location of Type: Godman Collection.

Original Description 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 616, pi.
36, figs. 16 ^,17 $ (London).

maraches Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Banos, Eio Pastaza, East Ecuador, 5000-7000 ft.
Location of Type : Druce Collection { $),

Original Description: 1912 (June), Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. 23, Series 2, p.
130, pi. X, fig. 2 (London).

margaretae dos Passos, Cyril F., Tncisalia henrici
Type Locality: Deland, Florida, March 3, 1932.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1943 (June), Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1230, p. 4
(New York, N. Y.).

margarita Draudt, Max, Theda

Type Locality: Eio Songo, West Bolivia.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 793, pi. 157-i (Stuttgart).

margaritacea Draudt, Max, Theda

Type Locality : Muzo, Colombia ( 1 ^ ) .

Location of Type: Fassl Collection (now in Naturhistorisches Museum,
Basle).

Original Description: 1919 (December), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 755, pi. 153-b (Stuttgart).

marginata Edwards, William H., Lycaena pseudargiolus form
Type Locality: New York, New England and Quebec.

•Sept., 1961] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

161

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1883 (July), Papilio, vol. 3, p. 87 (New York).

marialis Clench, Harry K., Theda

Type Locality: Victoria, Mexico, February 7, 1942.

Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 26, 569.
Original Description: 1944 (July), Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, vol. 94, p.
244 (Cambridge, Mass.).

maricopa Keakirt, Tryon, Lycaena
Type Locality: California.

Location of Type: Strecker Collection (1 9), Field Museum, Chicago,
Illinois.

Original Description: 1866 (June), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 245
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: Barnes, William and J. H. McDunnough, 1917
(February), Check list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America, p. 16, no. 433
(Decatur, Illinois). (Place maricopa female as a synonym of icarioides
Boisduval.)

Synonyms: windi Gunder.

marina Keakirt, Tryon, Lycaena

Type Locality: Orizaba and near Vera Cruz, Mexico.

Location of Type: Strecker Collection (1 ^,1 $ ).

Original Description: 1868, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., vol. 20, p. 87
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional References: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943
(December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 94 (New York). Com-
stock, W. P., 1944 (October), Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin
Islands, vol. 12, pt. 4, p. 495, pi. 9, fig. 13 $ (New York).

Synonyms: cassioides Boisduval, reaMrti Field, violacea Gunder,
Subspecies: h^irdicM Henne,« cassidula Boisduval.

mariposa Reakirt, Tryon, Polyommatiis
Type Locality: California.

Location of Type: Strecker Collection (3 $, 1 9).

Original Description: 1866 (June), Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 6, p. 149
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

Synonyms: zeroe Boisduval.

Subspecies: penroseae Field.

maritima Weeks, A. G., Jr., Lycaena
Type Locality: Lower California.

Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Original Description: 1902, Proc. N. E. Zool. Club, vol. 3, p. 12 (Cam-
bridge, Mass.).

Additional Reference: Weeks, A. G., Jr., 1905, Illus. of Diurnal Lepi-
doptera, p. 102, pi. 44, fig. 3 (Boston, Mass.).

marius Lucas, P. H., Theda
Type Locality: “Cuba”.

162

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1857, m Sagra, Historic physique, politique et na-
turelle de I’ile de Cuba, vol. 7, p. 599 (Paris).

Additional Eeference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (De-
cember), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 56 (New York). (Did not
recognize the species.)

mamoris Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality : Colombia {$).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 604 (Lon-
don).

mars Fabricius, Johann Christian, Papilio
Type Locality: “In America Meridional!”.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1777, Genera Insectorum, p. 268 (Chiloiiii).
Additional Eeferences: Hiibner, Jacob, 1823, Sammiung exotischer

Schmetterlinge, vol. 2, pi. (89) Augsburg). Comstock, W. P. and E. I.
Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 63,
pi. 1, fig. 5 $ (New York). (Make mars a subspecies of acis Drury.)

marsyas Linnaeus, Carolus, Papilio

Type Locality: “In Calidis regionibus”.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1758, Systema Naturae, 10th Edition, p. 482 (Up-
saliae).

Additional Eeference: Clerck, Alexander, 1759-1764, leones, pi. 41, fig. 1
(Holmiae).

Subspecies : cyhele Godman and Salvin.

martha Dognin, P., Lycaena
Type Locality: Loja, Ecuador.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1887 (November), Le Naturaliste, Series 2, no. 16,
p. 190, fig. 5 (Paris).

Additional Eeference : Dognin, P., 1887, Note sur la Fauiie des Lepi-
dopteres de Loja, p. 24, pi. 2, figs. 6-a, 6-b (Paris).

martialis Herrich-Schaffer, G. A. W., Theda
Type Locality: Cuba.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1864, Corresp.-Blatt Zool.-Min. Ver., vol. 18, p. 164
(Eegensburg).

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diur-
nal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 156, vol. 2, pi. 62, figs. 418, 419 ^ (London).
Cuba and Jamaica.

martini Mattoni, E. H. T., Philotes hattoides

Type Locality: Oatman, Mohave County, Arizona, April 17, 1948.

Sept., 1961] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

163

Location of Type: United States National Museum.

Original Description: 1954 (December), Bull. Southern Calif. Acad.
Sciences, vol. 53, pt. 3, p. 157, pi. 43, figs. 3, 4 (Los Angeles, Calif.).

mathewi Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality : Mexico.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1874, Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. 11, p. 106 (London).
Additional Eeferences: Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diur-
nal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 196, vol. 2, pi. 78, figs. 629, 630 ^ (London).
Mexico. Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Cen-
tral!-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 90 (London).
(Say that the type was obtained on the West Coast of Mexico and add
Guatemala and Panama.)

matho Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda

Type Locality : Carimang Eiver, British Guiana.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 80 (London).

mavors Hiibner, Jacob, Theritas
Type Locality : Surinam.

Location of Type :

Original Description : 1818, Zutrage, zur Sammlung exotischer Schmett-
linge, vol. 1, p. 31, pi. (33), figs. 189, 190 (Augsburg).

maziirha Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1869, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoj)tera, vol. 1, p. 79,
vol. 2, pi. 31, fig. 33 $ (London).

meadi Field, William D., Lycaena editha race montana $ form
Type Locality: Teton Mountains, Wyoming, July 14, 1934.

Location of Type: W. D. Field Collection, Lawrence, Kansas. (United
States National Museum?)

Original Description: 1936, Pomona College Jour, of Ent. Zool., vol. 28,
p. 25 (Claremont, Calif.).

mecrida Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 94,
vol. 2, pi. 38, figs. 108, 109 ^ (London).

Subspecies: anastomosis Draudt.

megades Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type :

Original Description 1780, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
vol. 4, p. 85, pi. 333, figs. E, F (Amsterdam).

164

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

megalo McDumiough, James H., Fleheius aquilo var .

Type Locality: Mount McLean, Lillooet, British Columbia.

Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario, no.
2503. (Paratype in the American Museum of Natural History.)

Original Description: 1927 (July), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 161 (Orillia,
Ont.).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 452 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places megalo as a subspecies of aquilo
Boisduval.)

megamede Prittwitz, O. v., Theda

Type Locality: Corcovado, Eio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1865, Stettin Ent. Zeit., vol. 26, p. 322 (Stettin).

megarus Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus
Type Locabty: Brazil.

Location of Type:

Original Description : 1822, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, p. 638
(Paris) .

Additional Eeference: Lathy, Percy I., 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series
9, vol. 17, p. 46 (London). (Places megarus as a synonym of echion
Linnaeus.)

meinersi Guilder, Jean D., Strymon melinus tr. f.

Type Locality: Table Eock, North Carolina.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 283, pi. A,
figs. 9, 9a (Orillia, Ont.).

Note: A synonym of melinus Hiibner.

meinersi Field, William D., Everes corny ntas form
Type Locality: Lawrence, Kansas, April 18, 1936.

Location of Type: W. D. Field Collection. (United States National
Museum?) (Paratype in the American Museum of Natural History.)

Original Description: 1938 (October), Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., vol. 11,
no. 4, p. 132 (McPherson, Kansas).

mela Strecker, Herman, Lycaena

Type Locality: Colorado $ ; Bastrop, Texas $ ; Chihuahua, Mexico 9 ;
Muzo, Colombia 9 .

Location of Type: Strecker Collection.

Original Description: 1900 (March), Lepidoptera, Ehopaloceres and

Heteroceres, Supplement, no. 3, p. 20 (Eeading, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: Barnes, WilEam and J. H. McDunnough, 1917
(February), Check list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America, p. 16, no. 422
(Decatur, Illinois). (Make mela a synonym of cyna Edwards.)

melba Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Minas Geraes.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.

Sept., 1961] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

165

1, p. 202, vol. 2, pi. 80, figs. $ var. 657, 658 (London). Hewitson makes
melba a female variety of hadeta Hewitson.

meleager Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June). Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 618
(London).

melihaeus Butler, A. G., Panthiades (not Fabricius) see melihoeus
Type Locality :

Location of Type:

Original Description :

meliboeus Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia rurales
Type Locality: “In India.”

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, p. 271
(Hafniae).

Additional References: Donovan, Edward, 1800, Ins. India, p. 43, pi. 41,
fig. 1 (London). Butler, A. G., 1870, Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera
Described by Fabricius in the Collection of the British Museum, p. 198
(London). (Gives the name as Panthiades melibaeus.) Kirby, W. F.
1871, A Synonomic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 384, (London).
(Changes the spelling to melibaeus.)

Synonyms: barrens is Rosa, eurisides Hiibner.

melidor Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Rio Colorado, Peru, 2500 ft., August.

Location of Type: H. J. Adams Collection.

Original Description: 1909 (September), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p.
431, pi. 11, fig. 4 $ (London).

mdimona Wright, William Greenwood, Lycaena acmon var.

Type Locality: San Bernardino Mountains, California, June.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1906, Butterflies of the West Coast, 2nd Edition,
p, 226, pi. 29, figs. 382, 382-b, 382-c, 382-cc 9 (San Bernardino, Calif.)

Note: The date of the species is 1905, from 1st Edition published by the
Whitaker and Ray Company, San Francisco, California.

Additional Reference: Grinnell, Fordyce, Jr., 1905 (December), Ent.
News, vol. 16, p. 339 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes melimona a synonym
of emigdionis Grinnell.)

melimus Dufrane, Abel, Theda Misspelling of meliniis Hiibner
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1939 (August), Bull. Ann, Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol.
79, p. 290 (Bruxelles).

melinus Hiibner, Jacob, Eusticus
Type Locality: Georgia.

166

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXIX

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1808, Erste Zutrage zur Samnilung exotischer

Schmettlinge p,. 5, nos. 121, 122 (Augsburg). (Nomen nudum.)

Additional Eeferences: Hiibner, Jacob, 1809-1813, Zutrage zur Samm-
lung exotischer Schmettlinger, figs. 121, 122 (Augsburg). (Verification of
name.) 1818, op. cit., vol. 1, p. 22 (Augsburg). (As Strymon melinus.)

Synonmys: pan Harris, silenus Doubleday, youngi Field, favoyiius Bois-
duval and LeConte, Jiumuli Harris, hyperici Boisduval and LeConte, meinersi
Ounder, melimus Dufrane, mellinus Grote and Eobinson.

Subspecies: sahinus Felder and Felder, setonia McDunnough, atrofasciata
McDunnough, clarionensis Van Duzee, franM Field, grisea Dufrane, nigri-
plaga Dufrane syn., pudica Edwards.

melissa Edwards, William H., Lycaena
Type Locality: Colorado.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1873 (March), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 4, p.
346 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Synonyms : inyoensis Gunder.

Subspecies : fridayi Chermock, lotis Lintner, paradoxa Chermock,

samuelis Nabokov, pseudosamuelis Nabokov.

melleus Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Eio Muzo, Colombia, 2500 ft.

Location of Type: Godman Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 580, pi.
33, fig. 7 $ (London).

mellinus Grote, Augustus E. and Coleman T. Eobinson, Theda Misspelling
of melinus Hiibner
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1867 (July), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 1, p. 173
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

melma Schaus, William, Theda

Type Locality: Guapiles, Costa Eica.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1913 (September), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 354,
pL 52, fig. 4 ^ (London).

melzeri Spitz, Eobert, Theda
Type Locality: Minas Geraes.

Location of Type: Museu Paulista, Sao Paulo.

Original Description: 1931, Eevista de Entomologia, vol. 1, p. 51 (Sao
Paulo) .

menalcas Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality : Surinam.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1779, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
inonde, vol. 3, p. 117, pi. 259, figs. A, B (Amsterdam).

Sept., 1961] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

167

Additional Eeference: Hewitson, W. C., 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal
Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 201 (London). (Hewitson makes menalcas Cramer
a synonym of amyntor Cramer.)

meridionalis Draudt, Max, Theda pholeus form
Type Locality: Brazil and Colombia.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 785, pi. 156-b (Stuttgart).

mertila Edwards, William H., Lycaena
Type Locality: California.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1866 (October), Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 6, p.
206 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28,
no. 474 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places mertila as a form of xerces
Boisduval.)

Synonyms: harnesi Gunder, huguenini Gunder.

mesca Dyar, Harrison G., Theda

Type Locality: Taboga Island, Panama.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 15762.

Original Description: 1915, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 47, p, 151
(Washington, D. C.).

Additional Eeference: Schaus, William, 1920, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 176
(Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes mesca a synonym of serapio Godman and
Salvin.)

metanira Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon (St. Paulo).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 95,
vol. 2, pi. 46, figs. 201, 202 ^ (London).

meton Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1779, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde, vol. 3, p. 15, pi. 201, figs. D, E (Amsterdam).

Synonyms: augustus Fabricius, metiis Hiibner.

metus Hiibner, Jacob, Mithras
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 79,
no. 804 (Augsburg). (Makes a new name and synonym for meton
Cramer.)

miadora Dyar, Harrison G., Ipideda

Type Locality: Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, July, 1913.

168

New York Entomological. Society

[VOL. LXIX

Location of Type: United States National Mnseum, no. 18,825 $.
Original Description: 1917, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 51, p. 2 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

Additional Keferences: Drandt, Max, 1921, (January), The Macro-

lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 824 (insert p. 784) (Stuttgart).
(Places miadora in Lycaenidae instead of Erycinidae.) Stichel, H., 1930,
LejDidopterorum Catalogus (Eiodinidae), vol. 26, pt. 41, p, 595 (Berlin).

mildredae Chermock, P. H. GlaucopsycJie lygdamus

Type Locality: Baddek, Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia, June 17, 1941.
Location of Type : Author’s Collection.

Original Description: 1944 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 76, p. 216
(Guelph, Ont.).

milto Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Chiriqui, Panama.

Location of Type: Staudinger Collection,

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 83, vol. 3, pi. 57, figs. 22, 23 9
(London) .

mimas Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Calobre and Veraguas, Panama.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol, 2, p. 81, vol. 3, pi, 57, figs. 18, 19 $
(London) .

mimula Draudt, Max, Theda
Type Locality: Pachitea, Peru.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1920 (Pebruary), The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 793, pi. 157-g (Stuttgart).

mincha Kirby, William P., Pleheius (not Edwards) Misspelling of mintha
Type Locality:

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepi-
doptera, p. 653, no. 329 (London).

miner eus Pabricius, Johann Christian, Papilio
Type Locality: “America meridionali.”

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1787, Mantissa Insectorum, vol. 2, p. 77 (Hafniae).

minijas Hiibner, Jacob, Eusticus adolescens
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description : 1809, Sammlung exotischer Schmetteriinge, vol 1,
pi. (97) (Augsburg).

Synonyms: minyas Hiibner, hagmanni Eober.

Sept., 1961] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

169

Subspecies: toxea Godart (Guatemala), godartii Boisduval (Costa Eica),
costaricensis Draudt syn., toxana Boisduval (Brazil?), irasiliensis Draudt
syn., peruviana Lathy (Peru), ohsoleta Lathy (Bolivia), superhus Rober
(Bolivia).

minneJiaha Scudder, Samuel H., Agriades

Type Locality: “Heart River Crossing, Dakotah Terr., about fifty miles
west of the Missouri River, June 26.”

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1874 (June), Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol.
17, p. 88 (Boston, Mass.).

Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28,
no. 458 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places minnehalia as a subspecies of
sliastg Edwards.)

minniles Dyar, Harrison G., Theda

Type Locality: Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, July, 1913.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 19,254.

Original Description: 1917, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 51, p, 3 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

mintha Edwards, William H., Lycaena
Type Locality: Nevada {$, $).

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1870 (November), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3,
p. 194 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27,
no. 455 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places mintha as a synonym of icarioides
Boisduval with a ?.)

Synonyms: mincha Kirby.

minthe Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda

Type Locality: Milpas, Mexico, elevation 6000 ft.

Location of Type: British Musuem (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887, (August), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 60, vol. 3, pi. 55, figs. 15, 16 $
(London).

minyas Hiibner, Jacob, Eumaeus See minijas Hiibner
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 67,
no. 643 (Augsburg).

minyia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 91,
vol. 2, pi. 38, figs. 115, 116 $ (London).

mirabelle Barnes, William, Theda
Type Locality: Utah.

170

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Location of Type: Barnes Collection, United States National Museum.
Original Description: 1900 (January), Can. Ent., vol. 32, p. 43 (Lon-
don, Ont.).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 24,
no. 376 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places mirahelle as a synonym of ilavia
Beutenmiiller,)

mirabilis Lathy, Percy I., Theda

Type Locality: Eio Pastazza, Eastern Ecudor.

Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris.

Original Description: 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 135, pi.
9, fig. 8 (London),

miranda Godman, P. D. and O, Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Upper Amazons.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (October), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 99 (London).

mirma Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality:

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1878 (November), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol, 1, p. 212, vol. 2, pi, 85, figs. 719 $, 718, 720 $ (London).

miseries Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1779, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde, vol. 2, p. 31, pi. 117, fig. D (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeferences: Godart, Jean B., 1822, Encyclopedie Methodique,
vol. 9, p. 584, no. 96 (Paris). (Places miseries in the genus JErycina.)
Kirby, William F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
p. 377, no. 317 (London). (Places miseries questionably in the genus
Cupido.)

Note: This name is ignored by modern authors and its identity is in
doubt.

miserabilis Clench, Harry K., Theda

Type Locality: Eicon, Guerrero, Mexico, 2800 ft,, October.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1946 (July), Entomologist, vol. 79, p. 156 (Lon-
don).

mishma Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Colombia (Sierra Nevada).

Location of Type: Staudinger Collection.

Original Description: 1878 (November), Hlus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 213, vol. 2, pi. 85, figs. 724, 725 ^ (London).

missionensis Hovanitz, William, Plehejus ic/arioides

Type Locality: Twin Peaks, San Francisco, California elevation 700 ft..

Sept., 1961] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

171

April 1, 1934.

Location of Type: California Academy of Sciences, no. 4526.

Original Description: 1937 (October), Pan-Pacific Entomologist, vol. 13,
no. 4, p. 187 (San Francisco, Calif.).

modesta Maynard, Charles J., Lycaena
Type Locality: Florida.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1873 (March), American Naturalist, vol. 7, p. 177
(Salem, Mass.).

Additional Eeference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943
(December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 80, pi. 1, fig. 12 $
(New York). (Make modesta a subspecies of columella Pabricius.)
Synonyms: ocellifera Grote.

moesites Draudt, Max, TJiecla (not Herrich-Schaffer) See maesites
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1920, The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5,
p. 798 (Stuttgart).

moJiave McDunnough, James H., Philotes enoptes (not Watson and Com-
stock) See mojave
Type Locality:

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 467 (Los An-
geles, Calif.).

mojave Watson, Frank E. and William P. Comstock, Philotes enoptes
Type Locality: Mojave Desert, California.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1920, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 42, p. 455
(New York, N. Y.).

Synonyms mohave McDunnough.

molena Jones, E. Dunkinfield, Thecla
Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Location of Type: Jones Collection.

Original Description: 1912, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 899, pi. 97, fig. 9
(London).

moncus Fabricius, Johann Christian, Papilio plehejus rurales
Type Locality: “Africa aequinoctiali.”

Location of Type: Banksian Collection, British Museum (Natural His-
tory).

Original Description: 1781, Species Insectorum, vol. 2, p. 113, no. 492
(Hamburg).

Additional Eeference: Butler, A. G., (1869), 1870, Catalogue of Diurnal
Lepidoptera Described by Fabricius in the Collection of the British Mu-
seum, p. 188, pi. 2, fig. 10 (London). (Butler said that the type was in
the Banksian Collection and figured in Jones’ leones, but gave the locality

172

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

as Cayenne wliich has evidently been copied by other authors and accounts
for it being listed as an American species.)

monenoptron Dyar, Harrison G., Ipidecla

Type Locality: Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, February, 1913.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 21,198 (1 ^).
Original Description: 1919, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 54, p. 336
(Washington, D .C.).

Additional Eeferences: Draudt, Max, 1921 (January), The Macro-

lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 824 (insert p. 784, pi. 144-n) (Stutt-
gart). (Places monenoptron in Lycaenidae instead of Erycinidae.)
Stichel, H., 1930, Lepidopterorum Catalogus (Kiodinidae), vol. 26, pt. 41,
p. 595 (Berlin).

monica Eeakirt, Tyron, Lycaena
Type Locality: “California.”

Location of Type: Strecker Collection (2 ^).

Original Description: 1866 (June), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 244
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: Strecker, Herman, 1900 (March), Lepidoptera-
Ehopaloceres and Heteroceres, Supplement no. 3, p. 20 (Heading, Pa.).
(Makes monica a synonym of Hesperia cnejus Fabricius from the East
Indies.)

Synonyms: monila Edwards.

monica Hewitson, W. C. Theda
Type Locality: Venezuela.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Hlus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 80,
vol. 2, pi. 32, figs. 39, 40 $ (London).

Synonyms : augustinus Butler and Druce, augustula Kirby.

monila Edwards, William H., Lycaena (not Eeakirt) Misspelling of monica
Eeakirt

Type Locality:

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1872, Synopsis of North American Butterflies, p. 34,
no. 18 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

montana Field, William D., Lycaena editha

Type Locality: Broadwater County, Montana, July 30, 1930.

Location of Type: W”. D. Field Collection, Lawrence, Kansas. (United
States National Museum?)

Original Description: 1936 (May), Ent. News, vol. 47, no. 5, p. 122
(Philadelphia, Pa.).

Synonyms: meadi Field.

montanensis Watson, Frank E. and William P. Comstock, Strymon acadica
Type Locality: Montana.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1920 (December), Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 42, art. 10, p. 451 (New York, N. Y.)

Sept., 1961] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

173

montanus Gunder, Jean D., Pleheius monticola tr, f.

Type Locality: Cajon Pass, San Bernardino County, California, May

14, 1922.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1929 (December), Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol.
24, p. 326, pi. 31, fig. 3 (Brooklyn, N. Y.).

Additional Eef erence : McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p.
28, no. 461 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places montanus as an aberration of
monticola Clemence.)

monticola Clemence, Victor L., Busticus acmon

Type Locality: Pasadena, California, 3000 ft.. May 9.

Location of Type: Clemence Collection.

Original Description: 1909 (January), Can. Ent., vol. 41, p. 38 (Guelph,
Ont.).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28,
no. 461 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places Pleheius monticola as a species.)

Synonyms: angelus Gunder, malcolmi Guilder, montanus Gunder, pallida
Gunder.

mantis Blackmore, E. H., Pleheius icarioides

Type Locality: Mount McLean, near Lillooet, British Columbia, July

15, 1919.

Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, Ottowa, Ontario.
Original Description: 1923, Can. Ent., vol. 55, p. 99 (Orillia, Ont.).

mopsus Hiibner, Jacob, Busticus
Type Locality: Georgia.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1808, Erste Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer
Schmettlinge, p. 6, nos. 135, 136 (Augsburg). (Nomen nudum.)

Additional Eeferences: Hiibner, Jacob, 1809-1813, Zutrage zur Sammlung
exotischer Schmettlinge, figs. 135, 136 (Augsburg). (Verification of
name.); 1818, op. cit., vol. 1, p. 24 (Augsburg). (As Chrysophanus
mopsus.) Dyar, Harrison, G., 1902, Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus., no. 52, p. 40
(Washington, D. C.). (Makes mopsus a synonym of titus Fabricius.)

moroensis Sternitzky, E. F. Plehejus icarioides

Type Locality: Moro Beach, San Luis Obispo County, California, June
27, 1929.

Location of Type: California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Cali-
fornia.

Original Description: 1930 (April), 1931 (July), Pan-Pacific Ento-
mologist, vol. 7, p. 93 (San Francisco, Calif.).

mossii Edwards, Henry, Theda irus var.

Type Locality: Esquimalt, Vancouver Island, British Columbia.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History (1 $).
Original Description: 1881 (April), Papilio, vol. 1, p. 54 (New York).
Additional Eeference: Cook, John H., 1908 (February), Can. Ent., vol.

174

New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LXIX

40, p. 40, pi, 2, figs. 5 $, 6 ^ (London, Ont.).

Note: We consider mosii to be a distinct species.

mosa Staudinger, Otto, Cupido

Type Locality: Cocapata and Huallatani, Bolivia.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1894, Deutsche Ent. Zeit., (Iris), vol. 7, p. 79, pi. 2,
fig. 5 (Dresden).

muatta Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Brazil.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.
1, p. 206, vol, 2, pi. 82, figs. 687, 688 (London).

Muattina Schaus, William, Theda

Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5940.

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 415 (Wash-
ington, D, C.).

muela Dyar, Harrison, G., Theda

Type Locality: Cotahuasi, Peru, 9000 ft., October, 1911.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 15,624 (2
cotypes) .

Original Description: 1913, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 45, p. 637
(Washington, D. C.).

muiri Edwards, Henry, Theda

Type Locality: Mendocino County, California.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History (1 $, 1 $).
Original Description: 1881 (April), Papilio, vol. 1, p. 53 (New York).

mulsus Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Tapajos, Amazonas, Brazil.

Location of Type : Godman Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 598, pi.
35, fig. 10 ^ (London).

muludia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Venezuela.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 89,
vol. 2, pi. 38, fig. 117 ^ (London).

Additional Eeferences: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), op. cit.,
vol. 1, p. 159, vol. 2, pi. 62, fig. 428 $ . Godman, E. D. and O. Salvin, 1887
(September), Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalo-
cera, vol. 2, p. 95 (London). (Make reference to Central and South Amer-
ican localities.)

Synonyms : crossoea Hewitson, crossaea Draudt, invisus Butler and

Druce.

Sept., 1961] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

175

munatia Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Guatemala.

Location of Type: Staudinger Collection.

Original Description: 1878 (November), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 211, vol. 2, pi. 84, figs. 716, 717 $ (London),

Additional Eeference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (August),
Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p, 58
(London). (Make munatia a synonym of ericeta Hewitson.)

munditia Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Bartica, British Guiana.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 586,
pi. 34, figs. 10 ^ 11 $ (London).

murex Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Eio Grande, Brazil.

Location of Type : Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 585,
pi. 34, fig. 6 ^ (London).

Additional Eeference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (January), The Macro-

lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 770, pi. 152-h (Stuttgart), (Places
murex as a subspecies of my con Godman and Salvin.)

muridosca Dyar, Harrison G., Theda
Type Locality: Jalapa, Mexico.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 21,201.

Original Description: 1919, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus,, vol. 54, p. 337 (Wash-
ington, D. C.).

muskoJca Watson, Frank E., and William P. Comstock, Strymon acadica ab.

Type Locality: Gravenhurst, Muskoka District, Ontario, Canada, July
27, 1918. (Collection H. S. Parrish.)

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1920 (December), Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 42, art. 10, p. 450 (New York, N. Y.).

mutina Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 94,
vol. 2, pi. 38, figs. 113, 114 ^ (London).

mycon Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: San Geronimo, Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (June), Biologia Centrali-Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 46, vol. 3, pi. 53, figs. 20, 21
22 $ (London).

Subspecies: murex Druce.

176

New York Entomological Society

[VoL, LXIX

myron Godman^ P. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Cache, Costa Eica.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 82 (London).

myrsina Hewitson, W. C., Theda

Type Locality: Nicaragua (Chontales).

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1874 (December), Hlus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 184, vol. 2, pi. 73, tigs. 571, 572 ^ (London).

Additional Eeference: Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September),
Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p.
67, vol. 3, pi. 56, tig. 10 ^ (London). Chontales.

myrtea Hewitson, W. C., Thelca
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1869 (April), Hlus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.
1, p. 93, vol. 2, pi. 38, tig. 112 $ (London).

myrtillus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1784, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde, vol. 4, p. 178, pi. 380, tigs. B, C. (Amsterdam).

Additional Eeference: Kirby, W. P., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of
Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 384, (London). (Makes myrtillus a synonym of
palegon Cramer.)

Synonyms: mytillus Godman and Salvin.

myrtusa Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Amazon.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1867, Hlus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol 1, p. 95,
vol. 2, pi. 38, tig. Ill $ (London).

mytillus Godman, P. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality:

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In-

secta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 37 (London). This is a mis-
spelling of myrtillus Cramer.

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan-
cs-ster, Pennsylvania. All communications relating to manuscript for
the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Dr. L. W. Clausen, Columbia
Univ. College of Pharmacy, 115 W. 68th Street, N. Y. 23, N. Y.; all
subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer,
New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History,
79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society
has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be
responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of
address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription,^ $8.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly
in advance. Single copies, as issued, $2.00 each.

Please make all checks, money-ordets, or drafts payable to New York
Entomological Society.

r

Contents

New Journal Editor ...h, ....... 119

Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya
Mountains (Diptera, Tipulidae), VI

By Charles P. Alexander 121

The North and Central American Species of Euryptera
and a Related New Genus (Coleoptera, Ceram-
bycidae)

By E. Gorton Linsley 131

A New Species of Melanchroia (Lepidoptera, Geome-
tridae) from Jamaica

By Frederick H. Rindge 142

Pictorial Evidence of Interspecific Breeding of Pieris
Protodice Boisduval and Leconte and Pieris
Rapae Linnaeus (Lepidoptera, Pieridae)

By Kurt B. Gohla 145

Notes on the Mecistorhinus-Antiteuchus Generic Com-
plex of Discocephaline Pentatomids (Heterop-
tera, Pentatomidae)

By Herbert Ruckes 147

1 ■

An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera,
Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere

By William Phillips Comstock and

Edgar Irving Huntington 157

Published Quarterly for the Society
By Business Press, Inc.

Lancaster, Pa.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American
Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y.

I

Vol. LXIX

No. 4

5‘?5.7ot73

in^.

December, 1961

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS

Edited by L. W. CLAUSEN
Associate Editor JAMES FORBES

Publication Committee

FRANK A. SORACI E. IRVING HUNTINGTON

BERNARD HEINEMAN

Subscription $8.00 per Year

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 2 5, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 v. m., in the American Museum of Natural History,
79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.

Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.

Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer.

Officers for the Year 1961

President, Dr. John B. Schmitt Dept, of Entomology, Rutgers University

New Brunswick, N.J.

Vice-President, Dr. Elsie B. Klots 215 Young Ave., Pelham, N.Y.

Secretary, Raymond Brush 1 University Place, N.Y. 3, N.Y.

Assistant Secretary, Peter Dix 525 West 113 St., New York 25, N.Y.

Treastirer, J. Huberman American Museum of Natural History, N.Y. 24, N.Y.

Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie . . American Museum of Natural History,

N.Y. 24, N.Y.

Editor, Dr. L. W. Clausen

Columbia Univ. College of Pharmacy, 115, W. 68th Street, N. Y. 23, N. Y.

Associate Editor, Dr. James Forbes Fordham University, N. Y. 58, N.Y.

Trustees

E. Irving Huntington

Dr. John B. Schmitt

Dr. A. B. Klots

Publication Committee

1

Frank A. Soraci

Bernard HeioemAn

E. Irving Huntington

Nicholas Shoumatoff

Executive Committee

Dr. Daniel Ludwig

Lucien Pohl

Dr. John B. Schmitt

Dr. Asher Treat

The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the
Society by Business Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pennsylvania. Second class postage paid at
Lancaster, Pennsylvania.

r

Journal of the

New York Entomological Society

VoL. LXIX December No. 4

SPIDER GYNANDROMORPHS AND INTERSEXES

B. J. Kaston

Central Connecticut State College
New Britain, Connecticut

While cases of gynandromorphism and intersexuality occasion-
ally occur among the Arthropoda in general, they are exceedingly
rare in spiders. Nevertheless, after eye defects (Kaston, in press)
anomalies associated with the genitalia are next most frequently
reported. The first record of such an anomaly to appear in the
literature was that of a specimen of the micryphantid, Oedo-
thorax fuscus (Blackwall), reported (sub E rig one) by Kulczyn-
ski in 1886. This was a case of gynandromorphism in which one
side of the body showed all male characteristics, while the other
side showed all female. The specimen was again described and
discussed in the excellent review articles by Rabaud & Millot
(1933) and Bonnet (1934). Other more recent workers to con-
sider Kulczynski’s and similar isolated cases are Exline (1938),
Holm (1941), and Kniille (1954).

Rabaud and Millot were the first to consider an abnormal
specimen as an intersexual individual. This was a specimen of
Argiope hruennichi (Scopoli) which, rather than showing defi-
nite male characters in some parts of the body and female in
other parts, displayed an intermediate condition. These authors
also suggested that in some of the other cases in the literature
the anomalous appearance of the specimen may be due to a mix-
ture of both gynandry and intersexuality.

During the past few years there have come to my attention a
number of specimens showing anomalies of the genitalia and of
other sex characters. Of these, four individuals can be con-
sidered as gynandromorphs and six as intersexes, and these ten

178

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

are described below. Still other types of genitalia deformities
are being described elsewhere (Kaston, in press). The author
wishes to thank Dr. W. J. Gertsch of the American Museum of
Natural History and Dr. H. K. Wallace of the University of
Florida for the loan of specimens in their care. The illustrations
were all prepared by my wife.

Description op Cases
Coelotes atropos (Walckenaer)

The spider was collected by Dr. H. Homann near a small vil-
lage about 12 kilometers north of Braunschweig in Germany, on
May 1, 1944. The specimen was kept alive in the laboratory for
about three weeks during which time it laid about 35 eggs. Ho-
mann found that the egg sac appeared completely normal, but
the eggs did not develop, presumably because fertilization had
not taken place.

Fig. 1. Dorsal aspect of the gynaiidromorph Coelotes atropos.
Fig. 2. Epigynum of same specimen.

Fig. 3. Face view of gynaiidromorph Dictyna coloradensis.

The specimen (figure 1) is immediately recognizable as abnor-
mal in that only the right palp is that of a female, while the left

Dec., 1961]

Kaston: Spider Gynandromorphs

179

palp has a palpal organ as in a male. Closer observation reveals
the following additional details : the right chelicera is geniculate
and more strongly developed than the left ; the abdomen is very
strongly asymmetrical, with the right side larger than the left
and more hairy; on the venter the right side is darker than the
left. Moreover, the epigynum shows the left half only imper-
fectly formed (figure 2), and the right posterior spinneret is
somewhat longer than the left. The legs on the left side are more
slender and slightly longer than those on the right side. They
average about 1.1 times as long as their respective mates. The
two sides differ with respect to leg spination, particularly on
tibia and metatarsus. For the right leg I the tibia prolateral
arrangement is 1-0-0, the ventral is 2-2-2 ; the metatarsus pro-
lateral is 0-0-1, and ventral is 2-2-2. For the left leg I the tibia
has no prolateral spines at all and the ventral arrangement is
0-0-2 ; the metatarsus shows prolateral 0-0-1, and ventral 2-0-2.
The second legs also show differences between left and right.

The total length of the specimen (cephalothorax plus abdo-
men) is 9 mm., and that of the carapace is 4.2 mm. According
to Locket & Millidge in “British Spiders’’, males are from 7 to
9 mm., and females from 9 to 12 mm. in length.^ Thus this speci-
men is intermediate, and there hardly seems any question that
this is a typical case of lateral gynandromorphism.

Dictyna coloradensis Chamberlin

The spider was collected in the Wasatch Mountains of Utah
on June 16, 1942 by Wilton Ivie. This specimen shows a normal
epigynum and an abdomen which is perfectly symmetrical in
shape and color pattern. On the anterior half of the body, how-
ever, one sees differences between left and right sides. The left
palp, chelicera, and endite are typical for a female, while the
right palp, chelicera and endite are exactly like those in a male.
The palpal organ and the tibial apophysis are both perfectly
normal. The clypeus is somewhat higher on the right side, and
the chelicera, as is usual for males of this genus, shows the typi-
cal elongation, is concave in front, is bowed outward and bears

1 These measurements are based on specimens belonging to atropos s. str.,
and, as Locket & Millidge show, the continental araneologists have been in-
cluding terrestris (Wider) as a synonym of atropos. Specimens of terres-
tris average much larger in size.

180

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

the lateral keel (figure 3). The legs on the right (i.e., male)
side are longer than those on the left; leg I on the right being
3.12 times the length of the carapace while that on the left is
only 2.53 times this length. Moreover, the legs on the left (i.e.,
female) side show more pronounced dark annulations at the
ends of the segments than do those on the right (or male) side.

This specimen then is a mosaic gynandromorph with the male
tissue occupying the anterior right quarter of the animal, the
rest being female tissue.

Xysticus transversatus (Walckenaer)

The spider was collected near South New Hope, Pennsylvania
on May 15, 1953 by Wilton I vie. As in the preceding case (of
Dictyna color adensis) the abdomen is symmetrical as to shape
and color pattern, the epigynum is normal, and only the right
anterior quarter of the body exhibits the male characteristics, al-
though there are some imperfections.

The right palp is equipped with a palpal organ (partly dis-

Fig. 4. Face view of gynandromorph Xysticus transversatus.

Fig. 5. Labium and endites of gynandromorph Neoantistea radula.
Fig. 6. Ectal aspect of right palp, same specimen.

Fig. 7. Dorsal aspect of same palp.

Fig. 8. Dorsal aspect of the right palp of a normal male N. radula.

Dec., 1961]

Kaston: Spider Gynandromorphs

181

tended), while the left is simple as in a female. The right cheli-
cera is more slender than the left, and on its prolateral face has
fewer spines, of which only one is large and none are along the
lateral edge (figure 4). The left chelicera has more spines, of
which six are large and three are along the lateral edge. The
spacing of the eyes is that of a female, with the anterior medians
separated by three times the diameter of one. The color pattern
of the carapace is basically female ivith the right half only
slightly darker (a male trait). However, this male half has
fewer spines, and the spines are shorter and more slender than
on the female half. The legs likewise show the female color pattern
and are the same on both sides, but the two sides differ with
respect to length and with respect to spination. For example,
legs I and II on the right side are each 4 times as long as the
carapace, while on the left side they are only 3.16 times as long.
The spination is given below;

Patella I
Patella II
Tibia I

Tibia II

Metatarsus I

Metatarsus II

Left leg

prolateral 0
prolateral 0
prolateral 0
ventral 2-2-2-2-2-2
prolateral 0
ventral 2-2-2-2-2
prolateral 1-1-1
ventral 2-2-2-2
prolateral 1-1-1
ventral 2-2-2-2-2

Right leg

prolateral 1
prolateral 1
prolateral 2-2-2
ventral 2-2-2-2
prolateral 2-2-2
ventral 2-2-2-2
prolateral 1-1-1
ventral 2-2-2
prolateral 1-1-1
ventral 2-2-2

Similar differences in leg length and spination were found by
Anderson (1961) in his gynandromorph of the same species.
However, his specimen was a typical lateral gynandromorph in
which the two sides differed in color pattern too. My specimen
is a mosaic, with the male tissue occupying, apparently, less
than the anterior right quarter of the animal.

Neoantistea radula (Bmerton)

The spider was collected at West Ossipee, New Hampshire on
August 1, 1936 by Stanley B. Mulaik. It has the same size and
general appearance of a female, and the epigynum is normal.

182

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Tlie legs of both sides are similar in length. Also, the bristle-
bearing ridges on the ventral side of the femora are the same on
both left and right and are female in type. The chelicerae are
the same, somewhat less robust than in the female, in fact about
as in the male. The left pedipalp is of the normal female type,
but the right pedipalp is of the male type, though imperfect as
can be seen from figures 6 and 7. The endite, or basal segment
of the right pedipalp, shows the spurs characteristic of the male
(figure 5) though they are somewhat smaller than in a normal
specimen. These are lacking in the left endite. The palpal
organ is developed on the right palp, but is distended; the
cymbium is narrower than the normal, the patella lacks the short

Fig. 9. Epigynum of iiitersexual Scotinella pelvicolens.

Pig. 10. Left palp of same specimen, ectal aspect.

Pig. 11. Epigynum of normal female of S. pelvicolens.

Fig. 12. Left palp of normal male of S. pelvicolens.

Pig. 13. Left palp of intersexual Lycosa lenta.

Fig. 14. Eight palp of intersexual L. tumuqua.

Fig. 15. Eight palp of intersexual Metaphid/ippus flavipedes.

Dec., 1961]

Kaston: Spider Gynandromorphs

183

spur normally present in the male, and the tibia lacks the long
thin apophysis. (Compare figures 7 and 8.) One might con-
jecture that the spider had once lost the three distalmost seg-
ments of the right pedipalp and that the present structure is
an imperfectly regenerated one such as those described in my
paper on genital deformities (in press).

This specimen, then, would appear to be a mosaic gynandro-
morph, with male tissue restricted to only the right pedipalp.

Scotinella pelvicolens (Chamberlin & Gertsch)

The specimen was collected at Warm Springs, Idaho on August
31, 1941 by J. C. Chamberlin and D. E. Fox. An epigynum is
present, and on each side of the body the palp is developed as ifi
the male, so that at first glance I mistook this for a gynandro-
morph of the transverse type (with anterior half male and pos-
terior half female). Closer examination, however, revealed that
neither the epigynum nor the palpi are normally developed. In
the case of the epigynum the posterior portion shows the seminal
receptacles clearly, but the anterior area is reduced considerably
as can be seen by comparing figures 9 and 11. For each of the
palpi one can see that the bulb of the palpal organ is abnormally
distended. Also, the tibial apophysis shows both prongs consider-
ably reduced in size, and the femoral apophysis is reduced to
only a very slight elevation, (figures 10 and 12).

In this species the two sexes normally show differences in the
depth of pigmentation and in the proportionate size of cephalo-
thorax and abdomen. The males are slightly browner than fe-
males and possess a shiny scutum on the dorsum of the abdomen.
The length of the cephalothorax in males averages 0.7 mm., in
females 0.8 mm. ; the length of the abdomen in males averages
0.83 mm., in females 1.1 mm. The cephalothorax of my anoma-
lous specimen measures 0.74 mm., and its abdomen is 1.05 mm.
Thus it can be seen that it exhibits size and proportions between
that of the normal male and a normal female. Its carapace is
brownish resembling that of males, but the abdomen is grayer
and without the scutum, so that it appears more like that of a
female.

It seems obvious that this specimen is an intersex very much
like those described by Holm (1941) for Pardosa amentata
(Clerck) (sub Lycosa saccata).

184

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Lycosa lenta Hentz

The spider was collected near Lakeland, Florida on June 27,
1935 by H. K. Wallace. The specimen is perfectly symmetrical,
and bears a normal appearing epigynum. Both palpi, however,
resemble those borne by males in the penultimate instar. The
palps are equally developed, with expanded cymbium, but with-
out alveolar cavity or palpal organ (figure 13). It seems reason-
able to suppose that the specimen is an example of intersexuality,
with a preponderance of femaleness. This case very much re-
semples the case reported by Holm (1941) in several lycosids,
especially Pardosa pullata (Clerck) (sub Lycosa).

Lycosa tumuqua Wallace

The spider was collected in Alachua County, Florida on Feb-
ruary 16, 1936 by H. K. Wallace. As in the preceding case, the
specimen is perfectly symmetrical and bears a normal appearing
epigynum, but both palpi appear as they ordinarily do in males
of the antepenultimate instar (figure 14). This too, is undoubt-
edly an example of intersexuality, with a predominance of fe-
maleness. This case very much resembles the case reported by
Holm (1941) in Pardosa prativaga (L. Koch) (sub Lycosa ri-
paria sphagnicola) .

Hahrocestum pidex (Hentz)

There are two specimens, both collected in southern New York,
and both showing the same type of anomaly. One was taken near
Spring Valley by Annette Bacon on July 5, 1943, the other near
Suffern by W. J. Gertsch on May 27, 1939.

In this species there is sexual dimorphism with respect to the
proportionate size of cephalothorax and abdomen, and with re-
spect to pattern and degree of pigmentation. There is more con-
trast in the pattern of the male. Also, the male has a black venter,
not yellow as in the female, and has more black on the segments
of the legs and pedipalps. For example, the female has some
black at the base of the palpal tarsus, but the male has black
extending to the apex. It is interesting to note, as I have already
pointed out (1948), that immature males and even teneral adult
males have the general appearance of the female, the pigmenta-
tion process not being complete until sometime after the final
ecdysis.

Dec., 1901]

Kaston: Spider Gynandromorphs

185

The anomalous specimen from Spring Valley can easily be
taken for a male at first glance because of its abdomen being
small, and because of the male pattern of pigmentation on the
leg and palpal segments, carapace, dorsum and venter. How-
ever, the palpal tarsus, though black from base to apex, is not
enlarged to form a cymbium. The epigynum appears normal.
A comparison of figures 16, 17, and 18 shows the intermediate

Fig. 16. Dorsal aspect of “normal male” Hdbrocestum pulex.
Fig. 17. “Intersex” of tlie same species.

Fig. 18. Normal female of the same species.

appearance of this individual.

The specimen from Suffern is similar to the preceding, but in
this case the abdomen is slightly wider, so that it is more like
that of a normal female.

Metaphidippus flavipedes (Peckham)

The specimen was collected at Orillia, Ontario, Canada by C.
H. Curran (date not given). The general appearance is that of
a female, and the epigynum is normal. Unfortunately the left
palp is missing. The right palp shows an enlarged cymbium
but no alveolar cavity, and of course no palpal organ. In this
respect it is like the condition in the penultimate instar. How-
ever, the tibial apophysis is as well developed (figure 15) as in
a mature male ! This specimen appears to be another case of
intersexuality with a preponderance of femaleness.

186

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Discussion

It is generally agreed by geneticists that in Drosophila melano-
gaster a gynandromorph of some kind is produced in every 2000
to 3000 flies. When, for example, an X-chromosome of a dividing
2X-chromosome zygote lags behind, and remains in the center of
the spindle in the first cleavage (eventually to become lost in the
cytoplasm) a gynandromorph is produced. One half of the body
will then contain male tissue (of which each cell contains XO)
and the other half female tissue (of which each cell contains XX) .
Similar irregularities in later divisions produce smaller portions
of male tissue in an individual predominantly female. Just as in
Drosophila, in spiders too it is the male that is heterogametic, but
only 16 species of the 141 for which the chormosome situation
has been studied are of the type where a single X-chromosome is
present in each somatic cell. All of the others exhibit the XiX(2-
X3O, or else the X1X2O type, in which the somatic cells of males
contain, respectively, three or two fewer chromosomes than do
the somatic cells of females. Obviously the production of a
gynandromorph in the manner known to produce them in Droso-
phila (i.e., from genetically determined females) would involve a
loss of two or three chromosomes (not just one) during a mitosis.
Now, if among spiders generally the proportion of species having
a multiple sex chromosome situation is anywhere near as high as
is the case for those species definitely known, then we may have,
at least in part, an explanation for the rarity of gynandromor-
phism in these animals. It would seem reasonable to suppose that
the likelihood of two or three chromosome lagging behind on a
mitotic sipndle is surely not as great as the possibility that a sin-
gle chromosome might do so.

Based on his finding two sperms in some mature fertilized
eggs of spiders Hackman (1952) suggested another explanation
for the origin of gynandry. This supposes that one of the two
sperms carried no X-chromosome (and hence was male determin-
ing) while the other sperm was female determining; and that
further, one of the sperms fertilized the polar body, and that
this latter later became a part of the developing embryo.

Intersexuality in spiders is more difficult to explain. Nothing
is known about their chromosome constitution to compare with
that in the Drosophila intersexes so well known from the classic
work of Bridges on ‘‘genic balance”. In Holm’s specimens it

Dec., 1961]

Kaston: Spider Gynandromorphs

187

would appear that the intersexual individuals were originally
males in whom the testes did not develop properly, because of the
spiders being parasitized internally by nematodes, e.g., Mermis.
The variation in the degree of intersexuality seen in his five
cases of lycosids he considered as most probably due to the dif-
ferences in the ages of the spiders at the time the parasites
entered their bodies. In those spiders which had been para-
sitized early in their lives there had been a longer time for the
testicular development to be interfered with, and hence a greater
degree of intersexuality resulted, with a greater tendency toward
femaleness.

In the investigations of Rabaud and Millot the intersexual
Argiope hruennichi (Scopoli) was found to have its testes re-
duced to only a fourth or fifth of the size in normal males, but
no nematode parasite was found. That the mere reduction, or
absence, of testes does not always result in intersexuality was
shown by these same investigators. They reported a male Ara-
neus tituherculatus (Walckenaer) (sub dromedarius) which ap-
peared perfectly normal with respect to body size and palpal
organs, etc., yet which, upon study of the internal organs, proved
to be completely lacking in testes! In addition, it need hardly
be added that cases of parasitism have been noted unaccompanied
by intersexuality.

Machado (1951) reported an intersexual ochyroceratid, Speco-
cera vilhencd Machado, which appeared to be parasitized by a
basidiomycetous fungus.

Of those cases previously reported to be gynandromorphs,
Rabaud and Millot suggested that Falconer’s Oedothorax retusus
(Westring) exhibited intersexuality as well as gynandromor-
phism. Likewise, for the Diaea dor sat a (Fabricius) of Bertkau,
and the Brass odes lapidosus (Walckenaer) of Jackson, Holm in-
dicated that possibly intersexuality could, at least to some degree,
account for the anomalous appearance of the specimens.

Summary

Bonnet (1934) formulated a scheme of classification for the
17 then known cases of sexual anomalies, all of which were rated
by him as gynandromorphs. He considered four categories as
follows: typical lateral, with one half of the body male and the
other half female ; lateral crossed ; transverse ; and partial. For

188

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

the lateral crossed category he had one case, a Micrargus herhid-
gradus (Blackwall), which had been reported (sub Lophomma)
by Hull to be male on the right side of the cephalothorax but
female on the right side of the abdomen. Concerning this case
Holm suggested that there had probably been an error of inter-
pretation, and that the specimen is actually a typical lateral
gynandromorph. Of the transverse gynandromorphs, all show
the anterior half male and the posterior half (abdomen) female.
As Bonnet pointed out, if there were to be a gynandromorph with
the anterior half female and the posterior half male the abdomen
would be lacking an epigynum. Consequently these individuals
would go unrecognized, for they simply would be taken for im-
mature females. Some cases of aberrations were so inadequately
described that Bonnet did not feel he could assign them to a
proper category, but I believe that these probably fit into his
partial, or mosaic, gynandromorphism, where a relatively small
part of the body is of one sex and the large majority of the cellsi
are of the other sex. In the list that follows I have used Bon-
net’s basic scheme, with modifications and additions, and have
placed the 47 presently known cases.

I. Cases of lateral gynandromorphism

Oedothorax fuscus (Blackwall) of Kulczynski 1886 (sub Eri-
gone)

Porrhomma pallidum Jackson of Jackson 1906 (sub oMongum)
Lepthy pliant es pallidus (0. P. -Cambridge) of Jackson 1909
Micrargus herhidgradus (Blackwall) of Hull 1914 (sub Lo-
pkomma)

Tmeticus graminicola (Sundevall) of Deichmann 1920 (sub
Gongylidium )

Pardosa pullata (Clerck) of Braendegaard 1925 (sub Lycosa)
Philaeus chrysops (Poda) of Balogh 1936
Neoantistea agilis (Keyserling) of Exline 1938
Oedothorax retusus (Westring) of Holm 1941
Oxyopes heterophthalmus Latreille of Hadjissarantos 1951
Troxochrus scahriculus (Westring) of Hackman 1952
Xysticus transversatus (Walckenaer) of Anderson 1961
Coelotes atropos (Walckenaer) of present author

Dec., 1961]

Kaston: Spider Gynandromorphs

189

II. Cases of partial or mosaic gynandromorphism

Hilaira excisa (0. P. -Cambridge) of 0. P.-Cambridge 1902
Drassodes neglectus (Keyserling) of Emerton 1907 (sub Dras-
sus saccatus)

linypbiid near Bathyphantes sp. of Exline 1938
Metaphidippus galathea (Walckenaer) of Muma 1943 (sub
ornatus )

Lasiargus hirsutus (Menge) of Denis 1947
Lephthyphantes tenuis (Blackwall) of Denis 1949
Erigone vagans spinosa 0. P.-Cambridge of Kniille 1954
Xysticus transversatus (Walckenaer) of present author
Dictyna coloradensis Chamberlin of present author
Neoantisiea radula (Emerton) of present author

III. Inadequately described but probably belong with group

II above

Tetragnatha montana Simon of Strand 1900 (sub solandri)
Agroeca proxima (0. P.-Cambridge) of 0. P.-Cambridge 1913
Hilaira excisa (0. P.-Cambridge) of Hull 1918
Micryphantes sp. of Kolosvary 1935

IV. Cases of transverse gynandromorphism

A member of the Pardosa monticola groups of Bertkau 1889
(sub Lycosa morosa)

Maso sundevalli (Westring) of Falconer 1910
Agroeca pullata Thorell of Spassky 1914 (sub chrysea)

Pardosa sternalis (Thorell) of Exline 1938

V. Cases of transverse gynandromorphism but mixed with

intersexuality

Diaea dor sat a (Fabricius) of Bertkau 1888
Oedothorax retusus (Westring) of Falconer 1910
Drassodes lapidosus (Walckenaer) of Jackson 1924

VI. Cases of intersexuality

Argiope hruennichi (Scopoli) of Rabaud & Millot 1933
Pardosa palustris (Linnaeus) of Holm 1941 (sub Lycosa tarsalis)
Pardosa pullata (Clerck) of Holm 1941 (sub Lycosa)

2 In the opinion of Holm (1941).

190

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Pardosa amentata (Clerck) of Holm 1941 (sub Lycosa saccata)
[2 examples]

Pardosa prativaga (L. Koch) of Holm 1941 (sub Lycosa riparia
sphagnicola)

Speocera vilhenai Machado of Machado 1951

Lycosa lenta Hentz of present author

Lycosa tumuqua Wallace of present author

Scotinella pelvicolens (Chamberlin & Gertsch) of present author

Hahrocestum pulex (Hentz) of present author [2 examples]

MetapJiidippus flavipedes (Peckham) of present author

Headers desiring full bibliographic citations for the above
cases reported from the earlier literature are referred to the
papers of Bonnet (1934) and Holm (1941),

Literature Cited

Anderson, J. F, 1961. A gynandromorph crab spider. Bull. Brooklyn
ent., soe., [in press].

Balogh, J. I. 1936. Ueber eine neue gynandromorphe Spinne, Philaeus
chrysops (Poda). Folia zool. bydrob., 9: pp, 67-68.

Bonnet, P. 1934. Le gynandromorpbisme chez les araignees. Bull. biol.
France et Belgigue, 58: pp. 167-187.

Denis, J. 1947. Une curieuse anomalie sexuelle chez une araignee. Bull,
soc. entom. France, 52: pp. 41-43.

. 1949. Un nouveau cas d’anomalie sexuelle chez un araignee.

Bull. soe. Linn. Lyon, 18: pp. 126-127.

Exline, H. 1938. Gynandromorph spiders. Jour. Morph., 63: pp. 441-475.
Hackman, W. 1952. A gynandromorph of the spider Troxociirus scdhricu-
lus Westring. Mem. soc. fauna et flora Fennica, 27: pp. 67-69.
Hadjissarantos, C. 1951. Sur une cas d’araignee gynandromorphe.
Akadamia Athenon Praktica, 24: pp. 296-303. [In Greek, but with
French summary]

Holm, A. 1941. Ueber gynandromorphism und Intersexualitat bei den
Spinnen. Zool. Bidrag, 20: pp. 397-413.

Kaston, B. j. 1948. Spiders of Connecticut. Connecticut Geol. Nat. Hist.
Surv. Bull., 70: p. 462.

. 1961. Ocular anomalies in spiders. [In press]

. 1962. Deformities of external genitalia in spiders. [In press]

Knulle, W. 1954. Gynandromorphie bei Erigone vagans spinosa Cambr.
Zool. Anz., 152: pp. 219-227.

Machado, A. B. 1951. Ochyroceratidae de 1’ Angola. Publ. cult. Comp.
Diam. Angola, 8: pp. 46-49.

Muma, M. H. 1943. Spider deformities. Bull. nat. hist. soc. Maryland,
13: pp. 80-81.

Eabaud, E. & Millot, j. 1933. Anomalies sexuelles chez les araignees.
Arch. zool. exper, et gener., 75: pp. 267-281.

Dec., 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

191

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA: RHOPALOCERA) OF THE
WESTERN HEMISPHERE

Bt William Phillips Comstock and Bdgab Ieving Huntington

[Continued]

nais Kirby, W. F., Lycaena (not Edwards) Nomen nudum
Type locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop-
tera, p. 653, no. 42 (London).

Additional Eeference: Scudder, Samuel H., 1876 (May), Bull. Buffalo
Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, p. 129 (Buffalo, N. Y.).

nana Felder, Cajetan and Eudolf Felder, Pseudolycaena
Type Locality: New Granada, Bogota.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1864-1867, Eeise der OsterreicMschen Fregatte
“Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 250, pi. 31, figs. 21, 22 ^ (Wien).

nannidion Burmeister, H., Theda

Type Locality: Corrientes Province, Argentina.

Location of Type:

Original Description; 1878, Desc. Physique Eepublique Argentina, vol. 5,
Lepidoptera, pt. 1, p. 231, Atlas pi. 8, fig. 10 (Buenos Aires).

narbal Stoll, Caspar, Papilio »

Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1790, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du nionde,
Supplement, p. 168, pi. 38, figs. 6, 6F (Amsterdam).

nautes Cramer, Pierre, Papilio
Type Locality: Surniam.

Location of Type:

Original Description; 1779, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du
monde, vol. 3, p. 70, pi. 233, figs. F, G (Amsterdam).

Synonyms: nautus Hiibner.

nautus Hiibner, Jacob, Mithras (not Cramer) Misspelling of nautes Cramer
Type Locality:

Location of Tj'^pe:

192

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Original Description: 1819, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 79,
no. 802 (Augsburg).

nehis Godart, Jean B., Polyommatus
Type Locality: Brazil.

Location of Type :

Original Description : 1822, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, p. 636
(Paris).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p.
568 (London). (Did not recognize the species).

neglecta Edwards, William H., Lycaena

Type Locality: Massachusetts, New York, Wisconsin, Lake Winnepeg.
Location of Type:

Original Description: 1862 (February), Proc. Acad. Nat. Scit. Phila., p.
56 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Cheek List, pt. 1, p. 28,
no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places neglecta as a summer form of
pseudargiolus Boisduval and LeConte.)

Synonyms: deutargiolus Scudder.

negle eta-major Tutt, J. W., Celastrina argiolus summer form
Type Locality: Eastern United States.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1908, Nat. Hist. Brit. Lepid., vol. 9, p. 407 (Lon-
don).

Additional Eeferences: Edwards, W. H., 1884, The Butterflies of North
America, vol. 2, p. 5, pi. 2, figs. 8, 9 (Boston, Mass.). (Stated it was the
form of lying in May.) McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28,
no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Lists negle eta-major as a summer form

of pseudargiolus Boisduval and LeConte.)

«

nelsoni Boisduval, Jean A., Iheela
Type Locality: California.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1869, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 12, p. 43
(Bruxelles).

Additional Eeference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 42, pi. 238, fig. 1954 (Eennes).
Subspecies: exoleta Edwards.

neon Capronnier, J. B., Theela Nomen nudum
Type Locality: Botafogo, Brazil.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1874, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 17, p. 15
(Bruxelles).

Dec., 19G1]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

193

neoperplexa Barnes, William and F. H. Benjamin, Callophrys sherdiani race
Type Locality: Eureka, Utah.

Location of Type: Barnes Collection, United States National Museum.
(Paratype in the American Museum of Natural History.)

Original Description: 1923 (March), Contributions to the natural history
of the Lepidoptera of North America, vol. 5, no. 2, p. 67 (Decatur, Illinois).

neora Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description : 1867, Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 90, vol.
2, pi. 38, fig. 110 $ (London).

Additional Eeference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (May), Bio-
logia Central!- Americana, Insecto, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 24,
vol. 3, pi. 50, figs. 16, 17 5 j 18 $ (London).

nephon Westwood, John Obadiah, Theda (not Hiibner) Misspelling of
niphon Hiibner

Type Locality: Florida.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1852 (April), Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol.
2, p. 486 (London).

nepia, Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Polochic Valley, Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (May), Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta,
Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 16, vol. 3, pi. 50, figs. 19, 20 $ (London).

Additional Eeferences: Draudt, Max, 1919, The Macrolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 748 (Stuttgart). (Makes nepia a synonym of theocritus
Fabricius.) Goodson, F. W., 1945 (November), Entomologist, vol. 78, p.
170 (London). (Makes nepia a synonym of theocritus Fabricius.)

nestos Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena
Type Locality: Oregon, July.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1869, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 12, p. 50
(Bruxelles).

Additional Eeferences: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologic Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 43, pi. 239, figs. 2074 $ , 2075 $
(Eennes). McDonnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 452 (Los
Angeles, Calif.). ( Places nestos as a synonym of aquilo podarce C. and E.
Felder.)

netesca Draudt, Max, Theda

Type Locality: Guiana to South Peru.

Location of Type:

194

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Original Description: 1920 (February), The Maerolepidoptera of the
World, vol. 5, p. 795, pi. 158-a (Stuttgart).

neui Eummel, Charles, Heodes hypophlaeas ab.

Type Locality: Hillside, New Jersey.

Location of Type: Eummel Collection (Newark Museum).

Original Description: 1928, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol, 23, p. 268
(Brooklyn, N. Y.).

neurona Skinner, Henry, Lycaena

Type Locality: Doble, San Bernardino County, California, August.
Location of Type: Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Penn-
sylvania.

Original Description: 1892 (January), Ent. News, vol. 13, p. 15 (Phila-
delphia, Pa.).

nicetus Felder, Cajetan and Eudolf Felder, Theda
Type Locality: Venezuela.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1864-1867, Eeise des Osterreichischen Fregatte
“Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 263, pi. 32, fig. 23 (Wien).

Subspecies: ochracea Lathy.

nig Strecker, Herman, Lycaena lucia ab. $

Type Locality: Virginia.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1878, Butterflies and Moths of North America. A
Complete Synonymical Catalog, p. 95, no. 136 (Heading, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: Barnes, William and F. H. Benjamin, 1926
(March), Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 25, p. 20 (Los Angeles,
Calif.). (List nig as a form of pseudargiolus Boisduval and LeConte.)

nigra Edwards, W. H., Lycaena pseudargiolus winter form violacea dimor-
phic $ .

Type Locality: Kanawha Eiver, West Virginia.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1884 (June), The Butterflies of North America,
vol. 2, p. 315, pi. 50, fig. 7 $ (Boston, Mass.).

Additional Eeferences: Edwards, W. H., 1869 (May), The Butterflies of
North America, vol. 1, p. 149, pi. 49, fig. 4 $ var. (Boston, Mass.). (Edwards
here first refers to “upper side uniform blackish-brown” as a $ var., not
naming it.) McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 475
(Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places nigra as a synonym of pseudargiolus form $
nig Strecker.)

nigra Lathy, Percy I., Theda eurytulus

Type Locality: Tucuman, Argentina, June 9, 1922 (1 $).

Dec., 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

195

Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris.

Original Description: 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 9, vol. 17, p. 46
(London).

Additional Eeference : Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943
(December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 87 (New York).

nigrescens Fletcher, James, Lycaena pseudargiolus var.

Type Locality: Kaslo, British Colombia.

Location of Type : United States National Museum.

Original Description: 1903, Trans. Eoyal Soc. Canada, Section 4, p. 213,
figs. (Ottawa, Ont.).

Additional Eeferences: Fletcher, James, 1904 (May), Can. Ent., vol.
36, p. 127, pi. (London, Ont.). McDonnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1,
p. 29, no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places nigrescens as a subspecies
of pseudargiolus Boisduval and LeConte.)

Note: The name is a homonym of Lycaena nigrescens Dubois, A., 1867,
Arch. Cosmol., p. 259, pi. 12, figs. 1, 2 (Luchon).

Synonyms: quesnelli Cockle, maculata-suffusa Cockle.

nigriplaga Dufrane, Abel, Theda melimus grisea ab.

Type Locality: Trujillo, Peru.

Location of Type:

Original Description; 1939 (August), Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol.
79, p. 290 (Bruxelles).

nigroflavus Goeze, J. A. E., Papilio
Type Locality:

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1779, Ent. Beytrage, vol. 3, 1, p. 119, no. 49 (Leip-
sig).

Additional Eeference: Druce, H. H., 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p.
568 (London). (Could not recognize the species.)

nigroinita Gunder, Jean D., Callipsyche hehrii ab. $

Type Locality: Mammoth Camp, Mono County, California, August 5,
1921.

Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History.

Original Description: 1924 (May), Ent. News, vol. 35, p. 154, pi. II,
fig. A (Philadelphia, Pa.).

ninus Edwards, William H., Theda
Type Locality: Colorado.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1871 (March), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc,, vol. 3, p.
270 (Philadelphia, Pa.).

Additional Eeference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 25,
no. 396 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places ninus as a synonym of spinetorum
Hewitson. )

196

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

nipha Morris, John G., Theda (not Hiibner) Misspelling of niphon Hiibner
Type Locality; North America.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1860 (May), Catalogue of the Described Lepidop-
tera of North America, p. 12 (Washington, D. C.). (Smithsonian Misc.
Collections.)

niphon Hiibner, Jacob, Liens
Type Locality: Florida.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1823, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmett-
linge, vol. 2, p. 7, pi. (36), figs. 203, 204 (Augsburg).

Synonyms: nephon Westwood, nipha Morris.

Subspecies : clarJei Freeman.

nipona Hewitson, W. C., Theda
Type Locality: Brazil.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
vol. 1, p. 204, vol. 2, pi. 81, figs. 673, 674 675 $ (London).

Additional Deference : Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, p. 623 (London). (Makes nipona a synonym of azia Hewitson.).

nippia Dyar, Harrison, G., Theda

Type Locality: Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, January, 1911.

Location of Type; United States National Musem, no. 21,201.

Original Description: 1919, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 54, p. 337
(Washington, D. C.).

nisaee Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Bugaba, Panama.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Central!- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 67, vol. 3, pi. 56, figs. 8, 9 ^
(London) .

nitetis Godman, F. D. and 0. Salvin, Theda

Type Locality: Jalapa and mountains of Oaxaca, Mexico.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Central!- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 74, vol. 3, pi. 57, figs. 1, 2
3 $ (London).

nitor Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Ega, Amazonas, Brazil.

Location of Type: Godman Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 585, pi.
34, fig. 5 ^ (London).

Dec., 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

197

nittanyensis Chermock, F. H., Glaucopsyche lygdamus

Type Locality: Bear Meadows, near State College, Pennsylvania, May
13, 1940.

Location of Type: Author’s Collection.

Original Description: 1944 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 76, p. 216 (Guelph,
Ont.).

nivalis Boisduval, Jean A., Polyommatus
Type Locality: California.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1869, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 12, p. 44
(Bruxelles).

Additional Eeference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 42, pi. 238, figs. 1955 $ ,
1956 $ (Rennes).

Synonyms : ianthe Edwards.

Subspecies: hrowni dos Passos.

nivepunctata Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: British Guiana and Surinam.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 592, pi.
35, fig. 1 $ (London).

nivium Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena
Type Locality: Oregon.

Location of Type: United States National Museum?

Original Description: 1869, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 12, p. 47
(Bruxelles).

Additional References: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de
Lepidopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 42, pL 238, figs. 1963 $ ,
1964 $ (Rennes). Strecker, Herman, 1878, Butterflies and Moths of North
America. A Complete Synonymical Catalog, p. 94 (Reading, Pa.). (Places
nivium as a synonym of shasta Edwards.)

nohilis Herrich-Schaffer, G. A. W., Theda
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1853, Sammlung aussereuropaischer Schmetterlinge,
p. 55, pi. 14, figs. 55, 56 (Regensburg).

Note: nohilis is now considered to be the female of ganymedes Cramer
and a synonym.

Synonyms: himaculata Moschler.

noeli Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Hemiargus ammon
Type Locality: St. Marc, Haiti, March 30-April 2, 1922.

Location of Type : American Museum of Natural History.

198

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol.
45, p. 99, pi. 1, fig. 23 $ (New York).

nora Jones, E. Dukinfield, Theda

Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Location of Type: Jones Collection.

Original Description: 1912, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 899, pi. 97, fig. 8
(London).

norax Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda
Type Locality: Polochic Valley, Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (August), Biologia Central!- Americana, In-
secta, Lepidoptera-Eliopalocera, vol. 2, p. 59, vol. 3, pi. 55, figs. 17, 18 $
(London).

normahal Scliaus, William, Theda
Type Locality: Peru.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5927.

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 410
(Washington, D. C.).

Additional Eeference : Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepidop-
tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 805, pi. 159-e (Stuttgart).

nortia Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda

Type Locality: San Geroninio and San Isidro, Guatemala.

Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History).

Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana,
Insecta, Lepidoptera-Ehopalocera, vol. 2, p. 76, vol. 3, pi. 57, figs. 11, 12
13 9 (London).

nota Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: San Sebastian, Colombia.

Location of Type: Godman Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 592, pi.
34, fig. 7 $ (London).

nova-scotiae McDunnough, James H., Feniseca tarquinius var.

Type Locality: S. Milford, Nova Scotia, July 2, 1934.

Location of Type: Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario, no.
3995. (Paratype in the American Museum of Natural History.)

Original Description: 1935 (October), Can. Ent., vol. 67, no. 10, p. 211
(Orillia, Ont.).

nubes Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality: Tobago Island (Trinidad), B. W. I. April.

Location of Type: Hope Collection, Oxford.

Dec., 1961]

Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae

199

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proe. Zool. Soe. London, p. 625
(London).

Additional Reference: 1912, Longstaff, George B., Butterfly Hunting in
Many Lands, p. 330, pi. 3, figs. 3, 4, 5 (London). (Figures male andl
female.)

nubila Comstock, John Adams, Tliarsalea arota race
Type Locality: Griffith Park, Los Angeles, California.

Location of Type: Southwest Museum, Los Angeles, California. (Para-
type in the American Museum of Natural History.)

Original Description: 1926 (March), Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci.,
vol. 25, pt. 1, p. 84 (Los Angeles, Calif.).

Additional Reference: Comstock, John Adams, 1927, Butterflies of Cali-
fornia, p. 171, pi. 51, figs. 2, 5 ^,3 $ (Los Angeles, Calif.).

nubilum Druce, Hamilton H., Theda
Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Location of Type: Druce Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 612
(London).

nugar Schaus, William, Theda
Type Locality: Jalapa, Mexico.

Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5924,

Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 408
(Washington, D. C.).

Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (January), The Macrolepidop-
tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 776, pi. 155-b (Stuttgart).

numen Druce, Hamilton H., Theda

Type Locality : Roraima, British Guiana.

Location of Type: Godman Collection.

Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 574, pi.
32, figs. 4^,5$ (London).

numerius Stoll, Caspar, Papilio
Type Locality: Surinam.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1790, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde.
Supplement, p. 169, pi. 38, figs. 7, 7 G (Amsterdam).

nunenmacheri Strand, Embrik, Cyaniris ladon ab.

Type Locality: Eldorado County, California, June 25-28, 1913; Lake
County, Oregon, May 24, 1913.

Location of Type:

Original Description: 1915 (1914), Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 80th
year, Abteilung A, Heft 11, p. 159 (Berlin).

200

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Additional Eeference: McDunnougli, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 29,
no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places nunenmacheri as an aberration
of pseudargiolus echo Edwards.)

ny agora Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena
Type Locality: Mexico.

Location of Type :

Original Description: 1870, Considerations sur des Lepidopteres Envoyes
du Guatemala a M. de I’Orza, p. 17 (Eennes).

Note: Draudt, Max, 1921, The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p.
819, considers ny agora an insignificant form of isola BeaTcirt.

Dec., 1961]

Gray: Appearance of Colias Scales

201

FORMS AND ARRANGEMENTS OF SCALES IN
SPECIES OF COLIAS (LEPIDOPTERA:

PIERIDAE)

By P. H. H. Gray
Digby, Nova Scotia, Canada

During an examination of the wings of males of Colias eury-
theme Bdv. it was noted that the scales of the upper layer, both
orange and yellow, are different in dimensions, shapes and colors
from those of the under layer ; this is especially clear in respect of
the areas where the orange color predominates. The scales of the
upper layer of the fore wing, between vein Mi and the inner
edge, exclusive of those lying adjacent to the veins, those of the
cell-end spot, and those in the brown border, have entire (plain,
not indented) distal ends. The scales of the under layer are
partly visible wherever some of the upper scales have been
slightly dislodged or removed; they are light yellow and have
indented (crown) distal ends.

The arrangement of these scales on the wing can easily be seen
under a 10 x ocular and 16 mm. objective, with incident light
from a 60 watt lamp about 8-10 inches above the wing, the base
of which is directed towards the lamp ; the indentations of the
crown scales will be cast in shadow onto the backs of the long
scales adjacent to and forward of them.

The upper layer of scales can be partially removed to show
the under layer in situ on the membrane, by placing a detached
wing within a folded piece of typewriter carbon paper and apply-
ing gentle pressure in a light metal vise. The writer places the
carbon paper containing the wing inside a folded piece of Bristol
board, or similar stiff card, that within folded blotting paper, and
the whole between two small pieces of Masonite, smooth side in-
wards ; only experience can decide how much pressure to apply.
The wax paper will, of course, remove scales from both surfaces
of the wing, so that there will be three specimens suitable for
mounting between glass microscope slides.

Removal of the upper layer of scales will reveal the lower layer
sufficiently to allow measurement of the scales in their sockets,
and the distances between the sockets. The scales are seen to be
inserted in alternate sockets, the upper layer of plain scales hav-

202

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

ing been removed from the sockets between those occupied by the
shorter crown scales. The sockets are 32 ju, apart. It has been
found that the distance between the mid-longitudinal lines of the
upper scales is 64 /x, thus pointing up the fact that their pedicels
occupied the alternate sockets 64 /x apart. The mean width of
both kinds of scales is 56 /x.

The same arrangement of scales was found on the fore wings
of C. philodice Gdt. ; the upper layer of scales, however, is yellow
on all parts of the wing, with only crown distal ends.

The diagrammatic sketch in Fig. 1 shows a hypothetically even
and uniform arrangement of the scales; the two figures on the
left represent scales of eurytheme, the remainder, those of philo-
dice.

Fig. 1. Diagrammatic sketch of arrangement and forms of scales on the
upper side of wings of Colias eurytheme and C. philodice.

Dec., 1961]

EmDGE: Nycteola from North America

203

A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS NYCTEOLA FROM
NORTH AMERICA, INCLUDING A NEW
SPECIES FROM ARIZONA
(LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE)

By Frederick H. Rindge

Dept, of Entomology, the American Museum of Natural History

The North American species of the genus Nycteola Hiibner
have been discussed, and their genitalia figured, by McDunnongh
(1943, pp. 60-62, figs. 1-3) and Fletcher (1959, pp. 51-52, figs.
1-5). The former illustrated the aedeagus of frigidana
(Walker), columhiana (H. Edwards), and cinereana Neumoegen
and Dyar. Fletcher, in addition to presenting a more complete
synonymy, distributional notes and the present location of the
types, figured the aedeagus of script ana (Walker) and the fe-
male genitalia of all four of these species.

Fletcher also noted the presence of a fifth North American
species in this genus; a lack of males prevented his naming it.
Since the appearance of his paper additional material of both
sexes has come to hand, and so I take pleasure in naming this
species after Mr. D. S. Fletcher of the Department of Entomol-
ogy, the British Museum (Natural History).

Nycteola fletcheri, new species

A species closely similar to cinereana Neumoegen and Dyar,
having grayish white secondaries, and best distinguished by
genitalic characters.

Upper Surface of Porewings gray, with geminate, black, wavy t. a. and
t. p. lines, the former more or less running at right angles to costa, the latter
S-shaped below cell; median area dark gray in cell, except for brown or
reddish brown, slightly lunate, discal spot, below cell pale gray or grayish
brown; base of wing with black streaks along anterior margin of anal vein
and of radial vein ; basal line geminate, indistinctly represented ; outer por-
tion of wing with incompletely represented, dark gray or grayish black s. t.
line ; terminal line black, narrow ; fringe concolorous with wing. Hind wings
shiny white, overlain with grayish or grayish brown scales, and without
maculation.

Under Surface of Primaries unicolorous grayish brown, with white

204

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Dec., 1961]

EmDGE: Nycteola from North America

205

scaling on costa; secondaries shiny white, overlain with grayish or grayish
brown scales.

Length of Forewing Males, 12-13 (holotype) mm.; females, 12-13
(allotype) mm.

Male Genitalia Similar to the other species in the genus, being quite
complex. The aedeagus (fig. 1) furnishes the best recognition character, as
it is slender, terminating in a broad, sickle-shaped protuberance with a basal
tooth, and having a very small cornutus.

Female Genitalia Ductus bursae swollen from narrow ostial region,
somewhat globular; ductus seminalis arising anteriorly on right side or near
midline; corpus bursae arising from left side of ductus bursae, being more
heavily sclerotized than the latter, extending anterolaterally, sharply curved
dorsally and going posterolaterally, the larger, more membranous portion of
corpus bursae curving anteriory and being elongate to globular in outline,
(fig. 2).

Types Holotype, male. Southwestern Research Station of the American
Museum of Natural History, 5 miles west of Portal, Cochise County, Arizona,
elevation 5400 feet, March 11, 1961 (M. A. Cazier) ; allotype, female, same
data, July 26, 1957 (M. Statham). Paratypes, same data as types, one male,
February 16, 1961 (M. A. Cazier), and 10 females, various dates in May,
July, August and September (W. J. Gertsch, M. Statham, C. W. Kirkwood).
All specimens in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History.

Fletcher states that a specimen of this species in the collection
of the British Museum (Natural History) is labelled Santa
Monica, California.

This species is closely allied to cinereana. The sickle-shaped
termination of the male aedeagus, and the recurved base of the
corpus bursae will distinguish fletcheri from the previously
described species.

The five North American species of Nycteola are quite similar
to one another in size, maculation, and color. It is perhaps
safest, when in doubt as to the correct identity of a specimen,
to make a genitalic dissection. Fortunately the genitalia of
both sexes have good characters so that the different species may
be distinguished by these organs. The following keys are given
as an aid in identification.

Key to Species

Based on male genitalia

1. Aedeagus without curved, apical spinose process frigidana (Walker)

Aedeagus with curved, apical spinose process 2

2. Apical spinose process arising from a more or less rectangular sclerotized

piece, extending at angle to aedeagus 3

206

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Apical spinose process sickle-shaped, recurving toward longitudinal axis
of aedeagus 4

3. Apical spinose process with transverse piece at right angle to aedeagus,

and slightly more than twice as long as basal sclerotized piece

script ana (Walker)

Apical spinose process with curved transverse piece at 45° angle to aedea-
gus, and not much longer than basal sclerotized piece

cinereana Neumoegen and Dyar

4. Sickle-shaped apical piece slender, elongate, gently curved

columl)iana (H. Edwards)

Sickle-shaped apical piece short, thick, sharply recurved, and with promi-
nent basal tooth fletcheri Rindge

Based on female genitalia

1. Posterior sclerotized portion of corpus bursae very long and slender, much

exceeding the length of the ductus bursae frigidana (Walker)

Posterior sclerotized portion of corpus bursae shorter than length of
ductus bursae 2

2. Ductus seminalis arising on left side 3

Ductus seminalis arising on right side 4

3. Ductus seminalis arising from broad base on sclerotized ductus bursae

script ana (Walker)

Ductus seminalis arising from membranous area between sclerotized

ductus bursae and main body of corpus bursae

cinereana Neumoegen and Dyar

4. More heavily sclerotized portion of ductus bursae included within ductus

bursae columtiana (H. Edwards)

Ductus bursae evenly sclerotized, the more heavily sclerotized area
being anteriad thereto fletcheri Rindge

References Cited

Fletcher, D. S. 1959. Notes on North American species of Nycteola (Lepi-
doptera, Noctuidae). Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 67: 51-52, pi. 8, figs.
1-5.

McDunnough, J. 1943. Phalaenid notes and descriptions (Lepidoptera).
Canadian Ent., 75: 59-62, figs. 1-3.

1. Aedeagus of male genitalia of Nycteola fletcheri, new species.

2. Female genitalia of same species.

Dec., 1961]

Book Review

207

BOOK REVIEW

PSYCHODIDAB. The Seventh Fascicle of Part VI, The Dip-
tera or True Flies of Connecticut, of Guide to the Insects of
Connecticut. By Lawrence W. Quate. 1960. Pp. v + 54, 7
plates. Conn. State Geological and Natural History Survey,
Middletown. (Distribution and Exchange Agent, Robert C.
Sale, Librarian, State Library, Hartford, Conn.).

Dr. Quate, the best-known American authority on the dipterous
family Psychodidae, has summarized the available knowledge of
his group in a very usable form. The area treated is eastern
North America from Virginia to Labrador west to the Great
Plains, in which are found 38 species in 8 genera and 3 sub-
families.

Although the psychodids in North America do not represent
a threat to man’s welfare, they represent a difficult, therefore
challenging, assemblage of species for taxonomic study. Dr.
Quate keys the subfamilies of the world for adults and larvae,
the North American genera for adults, and the northeastern
species for the various genera. Species discussions include syn-
onymies, brief descriptions, and distributions, and well-drawn
figures of male genitalia, wing venation and antennal characters.
He is to be commended for producing such a succinct account of
these interesting and little-known flies.

Richard H. Foote
Entomology Research Division
A.R.S., U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

DIPTERA: NEMATOCERA-BRACHYCERA (except Doli-
chopodidae). By D. Elmo Hardy. Vol. 10 of INSECTS OP
HAWAII. (Elwood Zimmerman, series originator and au-
thor) 1960. Pp xii + 368, 120 text figs. University of Hawaii
Press, Honolulu. $7.00.

Through a National Science Foundation grant. Dr. Hardy has
produced a truly remarkable book. It discusses at length 147
species and 5 subspecies of flies in the nematocerous families and

208

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

in Stratiomyidae, Bombyliidae, Scenopinidae, and Empididae.
Although some of these species occur elsewhere, all occur in
Hawaii.

This is the first of 4 projected volumes. Vol. II will contain
an account of the Dolichopodidae, Phoridae, and Lonchopteridae ;
Vol. 12 of Drosophilidae ; and Vol. 1 3of the Cyclorrhapha.

In addition to the usual thorough taxonomic treatment ac-
corded all species studied by Dr. Hardy, the book is made especi-
ally valuable by the extensive, and sometimes detailed, notes on
biology, and the descriptions of larvae in cases where these are
known. The illustrations by Marian Adachi Kohn and Arthur
Smith are excellent.

Of the groups included, the Cecidomyiidae is of especial in-
terest to this reviewer. This is a family heretofore almost totally
unknown in Hawaii and the Pacific ; Dr. Hardy is to be congratu-
lated for so successfully making an entering wedge in the study
of cecids in that part of the world.

Richard H. Foote
Entomology Eesearch Division
A.E.S., U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

Dec., 1961]

Gregg: Myrmicine Ants

209

THE STATUS OF CERTAIN MYRMICINE ANTS IN
WESTERN NORTH AMERICA WITH A
CONSIDERATION OF THE GENUS
PARAMYRMICA COLE
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)

By Robert E. Gregg
Department of Biology, University of Colorado

In January, 1957, Dr. A. C. Cole published the description
of Faramyrmica, a new genus of ants, and of Paramyrmica
colax, a new species which was designated as the genotype. As
Dr. Cole showed, the new genus is closely related to Myrmica,
from which we may infer it has evolved, and to Manim. He
also observed that P. colax is a social parasite on Myrmica
striolag aster, or at least an inquiline of some sort, since the two
species had formed a mixed colony. The former existed in a
much larger proportion than the numbers of its host. I am
fortunate to have available several worker paratypes of colax,
and a study of these specimens with their very unusual struc-
tural features, together with their peculiar relationship to a
presumed host species as already indicated, lends strong support
to the recognition of a distinct genus. The fact that no males
of colax were found by Cole, however, and that no additional
workers (with or without males) have been found since, has
raised some doubt about the validity of Paramyrmica.

During one past summer, I collected specimens from a colony
of ants in far western Colorado near the Utah line, and upon
subsequent examination they appeared to represent a new species
in the genus Paramyrmica. The site from which they were ob-
tained is a pinyon-cedar woodland on a steep hillside, 20 miles
north of Loma, Colorado, on the road to Douglas Pass. The
elevation is 5700 feet, and the colony was located under a large
rock in clay soil. The specimens were taken on August 22, 1960.

After submitting these ants to Dr. W. S. Creighton, it became
apparent that they probably represented new samples of a species
previously described by M. R. Smith as Tetramorium rugiventris.
In 1943, Dr. Smith discussed the presence of the genus Tetramo-

210

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

rium in America, reached the conclusion that the several species
of this group now known in the United States are introduced
forms, and included among them the newly discovered species,
rugiventris, which had been collected at Prescott, Arizona. The
theory that all our species of T etramorium are tramp species
introduced by commerce is ingeniously supported by Dr. Smith,
but Creighton (1950, pp. 286-290) presents more cogent reasons
for believing that only certain of these ants conform to that
explanation, and that T. caespitum behaves strikingly as a native
insect. On the other hand. Brown (1957) presents a detailed
argument in line with Smith’s views. He gives very good
reasons for removing rugiventris from Tetramorium, and fol-
lowing this he placed it in the genus Myrmica, relating it to M.
striolag aster and the M. punctiventris group.

Workers and a male ant from the Loma colony were sent to
Dr. Smith for comparison to the types of his rugiventris, and
in reply he said that except for a few minor differences in sculp-
ture my specimens may be regarded as belonging to the same
species. Through his cooperation, I have also been able to ex-
amine three worker paratypes of rugiventris in the collection
of the U. S. National Museum, and as a result fully confirm
Smith’s opinion. Smith agrees (in litt.) with Brown, who had
seen only the worker, that rugiventris belongs in Myrmica, and
he is even more convinced after studying the male in my sample.
With this latter conclusion, however, I am unable to concur
as will be shown presently.

In view of the possibility that rugiventris may properly be a
member of the genus Myrmica, I have compared my specimens of
the workers to the corresponding caste of certain species of that
genus with which they might be allied, and also careful compari-
sons have been made with Smith’s types of rugiventris. The re-
sults of these studies are as follows, and in each case the struc-
tural differences indicate how the compared species departs
from the specimens collected in the cited Colorado locality.

T. rugiventris M. E. Smith (paratypes)

1. epinotal spines longer and less triangular

2. thoracic depth (dorso- ventral dimension) deeper

3. gastric rugae finer

4. slightly larger in size

5. color brown, somewhat lighter

Dec., 19G1]

Gregg; Myrmicine Ants

211

The degree of difference in each of these characters, however, is
such as one may reasonably expect to find within the limits of
specific variability.

M. striolagaster Cole (paratypes)

1. ' epinotal spines long, sharp, and narrow

2. petiole and postpetiole different in shape

3. frontal lobes turn up

4. prominent lamina at bend of scape

5. clypeal rugae very coarse

6. gastric rugae very fine and striate

7. lateral clypeal lobes lack cariniform ridges

8. size much larger

9. color red brown

It should be stated, nevertheless, that the sculpture of the head,
thorax, pedicel, and scapes is in general quite similar.

M. mexicana Wheeler (cotypes)

1. epinotal spines very long and sharp

2. petiole and postpetiole shape and sculpture different

3. frontal lobes turn up ; lateral clypeal ridges absent

4. scapes with slight keel at the bend

5. gaster smooth, no rugulae

6. larger in size

7. color red brown

Despite these differences, the dorsal thoracic profile seems to be
similar.

M. punctiventris Eoger

1. epinotal spines very long and sharp

2. petiole and postpetiole different in shape

3. gaster has coarse piligerous punctures ; lacks striation and rugulation

4. clypeus different ; antennal scapes slender

5. body sculpture totally different

6. dorsal thoracic profile different

7. larger in size

8. color red brown

M. irevispinosa Wheeler

1. epinotal spines narrow and spine-like though short

2. petiole and postpetiole shape and sculpture different

3. clypeus without lateral lobe ridges

4. scapes slender and narrowed at the base

5. gaster smooth, without striations or rugulae

6. color orange red

Body size in the two ants is about the same.

The preceding comparisons seem to show that rugiventris is

212

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

not actually a member of the genus Myrmica, and that the simi-
larities it shares Avith several species can be interpreted as
convergent. This applies especially to the general rugose sculp-
ture of the head and thorax.

In addition to the preceding comparisons, I have placed males
of the Loma colony beside males of the following species of
Myrmica: hrevisponsa, punctiventrisy lohicornis lohifrons,
hrevinodis sulcinodoides, spatidata, and schencki emeryana.
In all cases the similarities with undoubted species of Myrmica
were striking, the only differences being those of specific magni-
tude, such as Avould appear among the several species listed
above. Furthermore, the Loma males run easily through
Smith’s key (1943) to the genus Myrmica^ and fit closely his
figure of the wing of Myrmica punctiventris (p. 285). It would
appear from these considerations that we are obliged to regard
rugiventris as a Myrmica, and as both Brown (1957) and Smith
(in litt.) state, an aberrant form in that genus. But I do not
believe this is necessarily correct. It is established, however,
that rugiventris must be removed from Tetramorium, for the
male in that genus is sharply distinguished by its 10-segmented
antennae with the second funicular segment extremely long,
whereas Myrmica males possess 13-segmented antennae with the
second funicular segment no larger than its neighbors. The
rugiventris males conform to the conditions in Myrmica.

It is well known that the male sex in ants is notoriously con-
servative with respect to morphological differentiation. It is
frequently impossible to distinguish between closely related
species on the basis of the male as they seem identical in outward
appearances. For this reason, and also because of the relative
infrequency of males in collections, the taxonomy of ants is based
mostly upon the worker caste which is constant in ant nests and
easily collected, and to some extent upon the female (queen)
caste when it is available. The males may be used whenever they
happen to present truly distinctive features. Very strong indi-
cations of male conservatism can be seen in Smith’s key as he
found it necessary to combine all the dolichoderine and the
formicine genera in one table owing to the extreme difficulty of
separating these ants at the subfamily level ! Thus it is possible
that males of closely related genera in the myrmicines may be
structurally undifferentiated at the generic level.

Dec., 1961]

Gregg: Myrmicine Ants

213

When Cole set up the genus Paramyrmica he commented upon
various structual features of the worker that seem to be gener-
ically distinct, and stressed the fact that the ants gave evidence
of being parasites or inquilines, further strengthening his con-
clusion. Other inquilinous genera are known, of course, in
which the parasitic nature of their behavior lends support to
their recogition as separate genera, but this is not an absolute
requirement as we know for example from the many species of
social parasites among species of Formica, a group in which
most forms are free-living. Hence, it is entirely possible on this
score for Myrmica to possess an unusual, parasitic species, and
Paramyrmica colax might conceivably be transferred to
Myrmica, with Paramyrmica possibly reduced to the rank of a
subgenus. In the absence of the male of P. colax, however, we
cannot say whether that sex is identical or even similar to the
males of Myrmica, and also whether it is in any way similar to
the now known males of rugiventris. We can only wait until
the males of colax are discovered, and in the meantime there is
ample evidence to defend colax as the type of a separate genus,
though one closely related to Myrmica.

The worker and female of colax are decidedly different from
any Myrmicas I have examined, even striolag aster, for the gastric
striation of these two ants is not very much alike. The gastric
sculpture of colax is very coarse by comparison, and in addition
the epinotal spines, shape of the petiole and postpetiole, and the
form of the scapes in colax are notably different from those struc-
tures in species of Myrmica. It should be emphasized that a
fundamental feature of thoracic structure also distinguishes
Paramyrmica (P. colax) from Myrmica. A pro-mesonotal suture
is quite obvious in the former, though the joint is not movable,
but it is absent in the latter. The significance of the articula-
tion between the pro- and the mesothorax has been discussed else-
where (Gregg, 1953). Cole mentions this fact in his treatment
of colax, but does not stress the importance of the pro-mesonotal
suture. He also points out that Manica, though lacking epinotal
spines, does have a well-developed pro-mesonotal suture. Manica
was formerly regarded as a subgenus of Myrmica. The entire
facies of colax, in my opinion, is so striking that I am confident
it should be retained in a separate genus even on the basis of the
female castes alone. In reference to what has been said above

214

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

about males, it is perhaps doubtful whether the male of colax,
when found, will be of much help in settling the issue in this
particular case, unless, of course, it turns out to be distinguished
by peculiar traits. That is to say, if the male showed up the
same as Myrmica males, this fact by itself could hardly outweigh
the evidence derived from the singular worker and queen.

It has been necessary to review these details of P. colax, for
until the generic status of Cole’s ant is agreed upon it is im-
possible to settle the generic status of Smith’s rugiventris and
my Loma specimens which appear to be identical with the latter.
I have already compared the Loma ants to paratypes of rugi-
ventris and have shown that except for relatively minor differ-
ences that might be bridged if a larger series were available for
study, the two groups of specimens should be placed in the same
taxon. As I have tried to demonstrate, the Loma specimens and
the rugiventris paratypes are structurally much closer to colax
than to any Myrmica, but at the same time it will be seen that
they are specifically distinct. Therefore, I believe they must
be referred to the same genus, and as Paramyrmica is here
recognized as valid for colax, it is proposed that rugiventris
Smith plus my additional sample from Colorado be transferred
to Paramyrmicsi as the second known species in that group. The
generic characters adduced for the group are shown by rugiven-
tris with some deviations to be attributed to species differences.
The pro-mesonotal suture is obscured somewhat by the heavy
sculpture of rugiventris, but it is nevertheless present.

Dr. Smith has called my attention to the fact that a peculiar,
angular gibbosity occurs on the clypeus of both colax and
rugiventris. This feature has been checked on paratypes of colax
and on the Loma specimens of rugiventris and has indeed been
found to hold true. The character is accentuated by the coarse
rugae of the clypeus, and is located where the median lobe joins
the lateral lobes of the clypeus on each side and just above the
antennal fossa. Such a structural trait is absent in Myrmica.
Its presence in Paramyrmica serves further to strengthen the
validity of this genus, and its occurrence on rugiventris strongly
confirms the placement of that species in the same genus with
colax.

Dr. and Mrs. G. C. Wheeler (1959) have studied and described
the larva of Paramyrmica colax, and found it to be closely related

Dec., 1961]

Gregg: Myrmicine Ants

215

to that of Myrmica. However, they showed that the former is
generically different from Myrmica because it lacks the anchor-
tipped hairs and by the similarity of head and body hairs.

In view of the uncertainties and divergent opinions sur-
rounding rugiventris, and its current association with the
genus Paramyrmica recently described, I have chosen to describe
all three castes (redescribing the worker) from the specimens
collected at Loma, Colorado, with nomenclatural synonymy,
and have included the critical characters for differentiating be-
tween rugiventris and colax.

Paramyrmica rugiventris (M. E. Smith) new combination
Tetramorium rugiventris M. E. Smith, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 1943, 45, p. 4,
^ ; Creighton, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1950, 104, p. 292.

Myrmica rugiventris Brown, Breviora, 1957, No. 72, p. 6, ^ .

Worker Length, 4.28 mm.; head length, 1.07 mm. (excluding mandibles) ;
head width, 0.90 mm. (excluding eyes); scape length, 0.95 mm.; thorax
length, 1.35 mm. (excluding pronotal collar); pronotum width, 0.62 mm.;
petiole length, 0.45 mm. ; petiole width, 0.26 mm. ; postpetiole length, 0.40
mm.; postpetiole width, 0.45 mm.; gaster length, 1.13 mm.

Head distinctly longer than broad, sides subparallel and weakly convex,
occipital border flat (not concave or excised), and occipital corners well
rounded. Clypeus broadly and evenly convex along the anterior border;
median lobe about as long as broad, and meeting the frontal area in a deep
impression ; lateral lobes forming high ridges that border the antennal inser-
tions. Eyes very convex, and protruding beyond the margins of the head,
placed approximately midway between the anterior and posterior borders of
the head. Frontal area broader than long, and while depressed in front, is
not notably set off from the rest of the head posteriorly. Frontal carinae
prominent, rectangular, and projecting well over the antennal depressions;
merge rapidly with cephalic sculpture posterad. Antennae 12-segmented and
stout, especially the scapes, which arise from deep, circular, pit-like inser-
tions. Scape strongly bent at the base, but without tooth or flange surmount-
ing the bend, and narrowed before the condyle ; scape surpasses the occipital
corner by an amount about equal to its greatest width. Funiculus about %
longer than scape, club indistinctly 4-segmented and merging wtih the re-
maining funicular segments, which, except for the basal two, are nearly quad-
rate. Mandibles stout, triangular, somewhat abruptly bent at the base, and
furnished with eight teeth. Apical tooth sharp and long, subapical promi-
nent, remainder more or less denticular. Maxillary palpi 6-segmented ; labial
palpi 4-segmented.

Pronotum moderately convex, broadest through the humeral angles which
are rounded; pronotal collar distinct. Mesonotum flat to faintly concave,
posterior portion noticeably raised above the metanotum. Pro-mesonotal su-
ture indistinct; meso-epinotal suture clearly marked. Epinotum with a long,
sloping base set off from the declivity by a distinct angle, which is crowned

Dec., 1961]

Gregg: Myrmicine Ants

217

by stout epinotal spines. The spines are triangular, broad at the base, acute
at the apex, no higher than long, and appear like prominent vertical teeth;
viewed from above the spines are slightly divergent, and at the base continue
into anteriorly and posteriorly directed carinae which grade into the sculp-
ture. Flanges bordering the petiolar insertion broad and conspicuous. Meso-
epinotal impression (which includes the metanotum) broad and deep, produc-
ing a marked gap in the dorsal profile of the thorax. Petiole longer than
high, and longer than broad, the node indistinctly separated from the short
peduncle; anterior face of the node fairly steep, meeting the summit in an
obtuse angle, and posterior face descending at a low angle ; from above, the
general shape is rectangular. The petiole is armed with a small, narrow,
blunt, antero-ventrally directed spine, attached at the anterior end on the
venter of the segment. Postpetiole as high as long, and as long as broad;
general shape from above, trapezoidal, and broadest near the posterior mar-
gin; postpetiole unarmed beneath. Tibial spur of the hind leg barbulate,
and of the middle leg barbulate with only a few barbs, as seen under high
power of the compound microscope (440 diameters).

Gaster somewhat depressed and only slightly convex dorsally; from above,
oval in shape and not truncate basally. Sting well developed.

Sculpture Entire dorsum of the head crossed by coarse, longitudinal, though
posteriorly divergent rugae, which become slightly reticulate toward the occi-
pital region and around the eyes. The interspaces possess fine rugules and
granules, but these are insufficient to dull the shining surfaces. Clypeal
rugae more widely spaced, and the smooth interrugal surfaces shinier. An-
tennal insertions lined with rugae and granules, and their rims sharply de-
limited by rugae. Genal rugae reticulate with interspaces granular; sub-
opaque. Gular rugae weaker than elsewhere on the head, and surface coarsely
granulate though shining. Mandibles with coarse parallel rugae ; interspaces
smooth. Scapes covered with longitudinal rugulae and interspaces granular ;
surface dull; funicular segments granulate.

Thorax coarsely reticulate on most surfaces, though a longitudinal trend
of the rugae is evident on the pronotal collar, in the meso-epinotal depression,
and on the epinotum; interspaces granulate but shining. Pro-, meso- and
epinotal pleurae rugulose-granulate, the granules on the latter two sclerites
presenting a longitudinally striated surface which is subopaque. Epinotal
declivity and inner aspects of the spines smooth (except for fine shagreen-
ing) and very shining. Petiole and postpetiole coarsely reticulate and gran-
ulose, the postpetiolar rugae somewhat more longitudinal; surfaces of both
subopaque to opaque. Legs granular and coriaceous.

First gastric segment coarsely and longitudinally striated for about % of
its length from the base, with a few very fine interstrial granules ; remainder
of gaster shagreened, and the whole tagma moderately shining; venter finely
shagreened and shining.

Pilosity Hairs pale yellow to whitish, most of them sharply pointed, mod-
erately long, and distinctly erect. Present on all surfaces of the head, funic-
uli, scapes, mandibles, thoracic dorsum (virtually absent on the pleurae),
petiole (except venter), postpetiole, gaster, and all segments of the legs.
Pubescence limited to the antennal club; reclinate hairs on the scapes and
tarsi are too long and coarse to be considered pubescence.

218

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Color Deep brown to blackish brown; antennal funiculi, scapes, mandibles
anterior border of clypeus, pronotal collar, gula, leg articulations, tarsi, peti-
olar insertion, and tip of gaster, lighter brown to yellowish; protibial spurs
and protarsal plantar brushes of hair yellow.

Female Length, 5.63 mm.; head length, 1.13 mm. (excluding mandibles) ;
head width, 1.01 mm. (excluding eyes); scape length, 1.01 mm.; thorax
length, 1.80 mm. (excluding pronotal collar); mesonotal width, 0.90 mm.;
petiole length, 0.45 mm.; petiole width, 0.34 mm.; postpetiole length, 0.45
mm.; postpetiole width, 0.54 mm.; gaster length, 2.03 mm. (distended);
length of anterior wing, 4.61 mm.

Very similar to the worker in color, sculpture, and pilosity, but differs in
size and in the usual sclerites and proportions of the thorax in winged castes.
Ocelli large but not prominent. Scutum concave on its dorsal surface, scutel-
lum convex, and the suture separating them very distinct; pro-mesonotal su-
ture deeply impressed, especially laterad; tegulae minute. Epinotal base
and declivity subequal, the spines forming stout, triangular teeth, broader
and less prominent than in the worker. Maxillary palpi 6-segmented ; labial
palpi 4-segmented; mandibles 8-toothed (2 sharp apical teeth and 6 den-
ticles). Tibial spurs of the middle and hind legs barbulate, as seen under
high magnification. Anterior wing with only one discoidal cell ; the first and
second submarginal cells united, and with them also the first marginal cell,
by virtue of the disappearance of the basal part of the radial sector vein.
The second marginal cell and the third submarginal cell open distally. Wing
membrane very pale brown, hyaline ; veins brown and stigma dark brown,
opaque.

Male Length, 4.28 mm.; head length, 0.79 mm. (excluding mandibiles) ;
head width, 0.73 mm. (excluding eyes); scape length, 0.35 mm.; thorax
length, 1.58 mm. (excluding pronotal collar); mesonotal width, 0.89 mm.;
petiole length, 0.45 mm. ; petiole width, 0.23 mm. ; postpetiole length, 0.34
mm. ; postpetiole width, 0.39 mm. ; gaster length, 1.24 mm. (distended) ;
length of anterior wing, 3.83 mm.

Head posterior to the eyes semi-circular, occipital angles very rounded;
sides of head converging in front of the eyes to an obtuse angle with the
clypeus, the free border of which is broadly convex. Median lobe of the
clypeus convex, lateral lobes forming high ridges surrounding the deep an-
tennal insertions. Eyes protuberant, semicircular in outline, and placed
slightly anterior to the middle of the head. Ocelli prominent but not raised
on a tubercle. Mandibles strong, triangular, similar in shape to those of the
worker, and furnished with 5 sharp, subequal teeth. Maxillary palpi 6-seg-
mented; labial palpi 4-segmented. Antennae 13-segmented ; scape straight
and not bent at the base, equal in length to the first two funicular segments ;
funiculus long and slender, its segments 1% to 2% times as long as broad,
and the five terminal joints increasing in thickness but the antennal club
very indistinct.

Maj^rian furrow and parapsidal furrows of the thorax distinct. Scutum
centrally depressed posterad; scutellum slightly raised and convex. Thorax
broadest through the mesonotum at insertions of the anterior wings ; anterior
to this point, the sides flat but strongly converging to the neck-like pronotal
collar. Tegulae minute. Epinotal base and declivity strongly inclined and

Dec., 1961]

Gregg: Myrmicine Ants

219

forming essentially a single continuous surface; declivity faintly concave,
and the epinotal angles marked only by spines 'which are reduced to broad,
blunt, triangular teeth. Petiole when viewed from above subrectangular,
twice as long as broad, and slightly narrowed anteriorly; peduncle very
short; node low and flat, with the anterior face abrupt and steep, posterior
face sloping gradually downward. Postpetiole from above trapezoidal, nar-
rowed in front; in profile rising gradually to the rear, highest near the pos-
terior border, and with steep posterior face. Middle tibial spurs barbulate-
pectinate (with strong broad barbs), and hind tibial spurs decidedly pecti-
nate, as seen through high magnification.

Gaster slightly obovate, with narrow end at the base; somewhat flattened,
and with sides faintly marginate. Genitalia well developed, largely concealed
in repose but prominent when exserted; stipites long and convex; volsellae
furnished with a C-shaped or hooked terminal lobe ; sagittae blade-like.
Sculpture Much reduced as compared with that of the worker and female.
Longitudinal cephalic rugulae few and faint on the frons and vertex, reticu-
late above the antennal insertions and on the genae; remainder of head, in-
cluding the gula, heavily granulate, opaque. Mandibles delicately striate;
scape faintly granulate. Pronotum granular, opaque; pronotal collar rugu-
lose. Vertical face of mesonotum granular but shining; space in front of
the wings of the Mayriaii furrow smooth in the middle and strongly shining,
behind the furrow granular, striate, and moderately shining. Scutellum
punctate and subopaque. Metanotum granular, opaque. Epinotal base gran-
ular and longitudinally rugulose but shining; declivity granular and shining.
Propleurae granulose, subopaque ; mesopleurae and epinotal pleurae rugulose
granulate and subopaque to weakly shining. Petiole entirely granulose and
subopaque. Postpetiole rugulose granulate and subopaque ; except postero-
dorsally where it is nearly smooth and moderately shining. Gaster sha-
greened, especially the first segment, but striations (as in worker and fe-
male) are absent save for a few at the extreme base. Gaster rather strongly
shining.

Pilosity Hairs delicate, pointed, erect to suberect, and pale yellow to white.
Present, as in the worker and female, on practically all surfaces of the body
and appendages, except the pleurae, epinotal declivity, and the eyes.

Color Black, except for antennae, mandibles, and leg insertions which are
brown, and tarsi and genitalia which are yellowish.

Wings Venation and cells identical with those of the female. Color pale
brownish yellow, hyaline; stigma brown, translucent.

Material examined 25 workers, 6 alate females, and 26 males taken from a
colony at the site described 20 miles north of Loma, Colorado. Three para-
type workers of Tetramorium rugiventris Smith were also studied as ex-
plained previously.

The worker of F aramyrmica rugiventris differs from para-
types of that of P. colax Cole in the following particulars : over-
all size smaller (colax body length, 5.51 mm.) and also in the
sizes of the various body parts measured ; in color, rugiventris is
dark brownish black (colax reddish brown) ; sculpture on all
parts of the body coarser (rugae heavier and inter-reticular

220

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

spaces larger and deeper), gula granular {colax reticulate),
petiole granulo-reticulo-rugose {colax granulo-rugose), post-
petiole reticulo-rugose with faint granules {colax granulo-
striate), gastric striae coarse {colax finer) ; epinotal spines
shorter, broader, and more tooth-like ; erect hairs present on
dorsum of pronotum, mesonotum, epinotum, petiole, postpetiole,
and first segment of gaster (hairs appressed, a very few strongly
reclinate, on these areas in colax, in other places erect to
reclinate). The differences in pilosity should be seen to be fully
appreciated, but they are very striking features of these two ants.
The ventral petiolar spine is proportionately longer and more
slender in rugiventris than in colax.

Though Cole described Paramyrmica colax as a social para-
site of Myrmica striolagaster Cole, I did not find any of the
latter species associated with rugiventris, nor any other form of
host. Three suggestions are possible in this situation: (1)
P. rugiventris is not a parasitic species but establishes its nests
independently, or (2) the nest found, having male and female
reproductives, may have been a mature colony from which all
specimens of a supposed host had disappeared, or (3) my search
may not have been adequate to uncover the host species. M.
striolagaster, however, according to recent records we have ob-
tained, does occur in western Colorado. It has been collected
near Rifle, Grand Junction, and in Mesa Verde National Park,
and presumably could serve as host to rugiventris. Also, other
species of Myrmica might be the host, or even some other genus,
but more search will be necessary to provide the answer to this
question.

Literature Cited

Brown, W. L. 1957. Is the ant genus T etramorium native in North America.
Breviora, No. 72, 8 pp.

Cole, A. C. 1957. Paramyrmica, a new North American genus of ants allied
to Myrmica Latreille. Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 32: 37-42.

Creighton, W. S. 1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.
104: 1-585.

Gregg, E. E. 1953. Morphological considerations affecting the taxonomy of
certain genera of ants. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 55: 324-330.

Smith, M. E. 1943. Ants of the genus Tetramorium in the United States
with the description of a new species. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 45 : 1-5.

1943. A generic and subgeneric synopsis of the male ants of the

United States. Amer. Midi. Nat. 30: 273-321.

Wheeler, G. C. and J. Wheeler. 1959. The larva of Paramyrmica. Jour.
Tenn. Acad. Sci. 34: 219-220, 1 fig.

Dec., 19G1]

Proceedings

221

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of October 7, 1958

Ed. Note : Proceedings last appeared in the Sept.-Dee. 1959 issue of the
J ournal.

The President, Doctor Asher Treat, called the meeting to order at
8:05 PM in Eoom 419 of the American Museum of Natural History. Nine-
teen members and seven guests were present. Mr. Shoumatoff gave a list
of the programs that were planned for the fall. In the absence of the
Editor, Mr. Soraci, Mr. Metterhouse reported that the printer now has all
material for the 1958 issues; the JOUENAL will be up-to-date in 1959 and
be brought back to a quarterly publication schedule. Dr. Treat, reporting
on the October 2nd meeting of the Executive Committee, stated that a letter
file for the Society archives has been purchased and installed on the fifth
floor of the Museum. The ZOOLOGICAL EECOED fund was oversubscribed,
and the remaining money will be designated for future contributions by
the Society.

Mr. Tony Eoberts, President of the Junior Society, told the members how
it was faring in the absence of Miss Alice Gray who will be in California
for at least a year. He stated that a number of Society members had vol-
unteered to speak to the Juniors. A motion was passed, offered by Dr.
Schneirla, that the President write Miss Gray to again thank her for her
work with the Junior Society and to wish her well in her researches on the
Protura.

The program consisted of the traditional report by members on their
summer activities. The membership was about equally divided between
those who remained in the New York area and those who ranged across a
number of continents. Among the stay-at-homes, Mr. Bloch battled insecti-
cide-resistant roaches ; Dr. Treat showed the members his summertime
associate “Kelly” (Chelifer cancroides), a pseudo-scorpion who visited his
attic workshop in Massachusetts; Dr. Teale and Mr. Farb both worked on
books; Mr. Brush noted a marked decrease in the number of yellowjackets ;
Mr. Farb reported these insects were practically absent from the Lake
Waccabuc area, too. Dr. Klots attributed this absence possibly to skunks
which can clean out an entire nest. Dr. Vishniac worked at Woods Hole
observing schooling in Collembola and protozoa. Among our more fortunate
members, Tony Eoberts divided his time between Europe and New York;
Mr. and Mrs. Heineman visited Cyprus and the Greek islands and a number
of European collections ; Mr. Shoumatoff showed colored slides of his butter-
fly collecting trip to Switzerland; Mrs. Hopf of her trip to Mexico and the
western states ; Dr. Schneirla studied army ants in the southwestern regions ;
Dr. Pohl visited his entomological friends in France, examined some insect
collections, and was subjected to a bomb scare on his airplane flight back
to the United States. The meeting adjourned at 10:05 PM.

Peter Farb, Secretary

222

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Meeting of October 21, 1958

Dr. A. Treat called the meeting to order at 8:05 PM in Boom 419 of the
American Museum of Natural History. Fifteen members and eight guests
were present. Mr. Watsky of the Junior Society reported they were receiv-
ing excellent assistance from the Senior members; Mrs. P. Vaurie, Dr. E.
Teale, and Mr. J. Pallister taking over recent meetings. Mr. E. Gene Pat-
terson of 61 West 83rd Street, N. Y. 24, N. Y. was proposed for membership.

The program for the evening was a report by Dr. A. B. Klots on the
International Colloquium for Zoological Nomenclature which he and Mr.
Cyril dos Passos attended as delegates of the Society in London during July.
Dr. Klots traced the recent history of zoological nomenclature, pointing out
that an attempt to write a set of rules to cover every possibility resulted
in no workable rules at all. The tinkering with the old code began in 1931,
and, at a meeting in Paris in 1948, radical changes were made. Only live
years later, the first colloquium was called to revise the rules. This second
colloquium resulted in rewriting the code and establishing a permanent body
to consider conflicts in classification and terminology. The code was pre-
sented to the 15th International Congress of Zoology and passed substan-
tially as written. Dr. Klots reviewed the primary provisions of the code.
He concluded his talk with color slides taken at the colloquium, as well as
insect and plant life in England.

After a discussion period the meeting adjourned at 10:00 P.M.

Peter Fare, Secretary

Meeting of November 18, 1958

The President called the meeting to order at 8:05 PM in Boom 419 of the
American Museum of Natural History. Twenty-one members and 23 guests
were present. Dr. Treat appointed a Nominating Committee, consisting
of Dr. Clausen, Chairman, Dr. Forbes, and Mr. Heineman, to present a slate
of officers at the Annual Meeting on January 6th, next. The President an-
nounced that the March 1959 issue of the JOUBNAL will bring the Society’s
publication up-to-date. In order that the JOUBNAL may continue to be
published quarterly and to meet the increased costs of printing, the Execu-
tive Committee voted to increase the annual subscription rates from $2 to $5
for active members of the Society, and from $5 to $8 for non-members and
institutions. The annual membership dues wil remain at $4 as established
by the By-laws; the total for membership dues and subscription will be $9
per year. He stated that this change has long been anticipated and delayed
as long as possible. The Executive Committee also recommended that the
By-laws be amended authorizing the establishment of a student membership
to terminate at 21 years of age, the annual subscription price for this type
of membership to be set at $3. Although the By-laws empower the Execu-
tive Committee to set JOUBNAL rates, Dr. Treat requested a vote of con-
fidence by the membership for the action of the Committee ; this was given
unanimously.

Dr. Klots proposed the following amendments be made to the By-laws to
establish a category of student membership (new material italicized) :

Dec., 1961]

Proceedings

223

ARTICLE I

The Society shall consist of active {delete comma) memlers, student
members, life members, and honorary members.

1. (no change.)

2. Eligibility for student membership shall be limited to persons inter-
ested in entomology who shall not have reached 21 years of age.

3. (Same as present section 2, but renumbered.)

4. (Same as present section 3, but renumbered.)

ARTICLE VII

The dues of active members shall be Four Dollars ($4.00) {delete comma)
per annum, of student members. Two Dollars {$2.00) per annum, payable in
advance on the firsi; day of January each year.

The proposed amendments are to be voted upon at the regular meeting of
December 16, 1958.

Mr. E. Gene Patterson was elected to membership and Mr. Jack Alson of
1306 Avenue H, Brooklyn 3, N. Y. was proposed for membership.

Dr. Klots then introduced Dr. Edwin Way Teale who presented the eve-
ning’s program — “20,000 Miles of American Nature.” Through the use of
colored slides, Dr. Teale told the story of a trip taken by himself and his
wife to witness an American summer. Their route led from Long Island
to Mt. Mansfield, Vermont, then westward to the Great Lakes where they
encountered Mayfly swarms. The slides illustrated the tour around Lake
Michigan, orchids of Wisconsin, buffalo in the Dakotas, and a prairie dog
colony in Devil’s Tower National Monument. Dr. Teale felt that the three
states with the greatest appeal to the naturalist were California, Florida,
and Colorado ; much of the latter part of his trip was spent in Colorado.
The trip ended with the last day of summer spent on the summit of
Pike’s Peak.

The meeting adjourned at 9:45 PM.

Peter Fare, Secretary

Meeting op December 2, 1958

President Treat called the meeting to order at 8:05 PM in Room 419 of
the American Museum of Natural History. Twenty members and 10 guests
were present. The minutes of the previous meeting were approved as read.
The guests were welcomed. It was announced that the Executive Committee
has decided to defer the change in the subscription rate until the JOURNAL
is up to date. Mr. Jack Alson was unanimously elected to membership. Mr.
Bernard Heineman proposed Mrs. Heineman for membership. The By-laws
were suspended by the members present and Mrs. Heineman was immedi-
ately elected.

The speaker of the evening, introduced by Dr. Treat, was Dr. Mont A.
Cazier, Chairman of the Department of Insects and Spiders of the Museum,
who told about “The Southwestern Research Station.” Dr. Cazier is also
the Director of the Station, a division of the Museum, which is located in
southeastern Arizona near Portal. Interesting facts about the background

224

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

and uses of the station were given and the speaker stated he believed it to
be the best in the United States even though there are about 400 such stations
in the country. Accommodations are available for 53 persons or 10 families
in buildings; many more can be put-up in tents. So far 313 senior and 299
student investigators have been accommodated during the three year period
the station has been in existence. Color slides of the station and surround-
ing countryside were shown and explained. Questions were answered by
Dr. Cazier. He was thanked by the membership for his excellent talk.

The meeting adjourned at 9:30 PM.

Egbert G. Bloch, Assist. Secretary
Meeting of December 16, 1958

President Treat called the meeting to order at 8:05 PM in Eoom 419 of
the American Museum of Natural History; 16 members and 7 guests were
present. The minutes of the previous meeting were approved as read. Dr.
Treat commented that both Mr. and Mrs. Heineman were elected to member-
ship in January, 1925. Thus, the election of Mrs. Heineman at the last
meeting reinstated her. Mr. Shoiiniatolf announced that at the next meet-
ing, the Annual Meeting, refreshments will be served. Mrs. Lohning and
Mr. Huberman were appointed Eefreshment Committee for the meeting.
Mr. Michael Shulgin of 241 Concord Road, Yonkers, N. Y. and Mr. Sol
Lander of 4217 16th Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y. were proposed for membership.
The proposed amendments to the By-laws were then read (Cf., minutes of
the Nov. 18, 1958 meeting). A motion was made, seconded, and unani-
mously passed to adopt these amendments.

Dr. J. Forbes introduced the Rev. Dominic Do-Van-Qui, a graduate stu-
dent of Fordham University, who was the speaker of the evening. He dis-
cussed “The Reproductive System of the Black Carpenter Ant Queen, Cam-
ponotus pennsylvanicus.” The anatomy and histology of the system was
described. Particular attention was devoted to the structure of the seminal
receptacle and its possible mode of functioning. His talk was illustrated
with slides. A lively question and answer period followed.

The meeting adjourned at 9:40 PM.

Robert G. Bloch, Assist. Secretary
Meeting of January 6, 1959

President Treat called the meeting to order at 8:10 PM in Room 419 of
the American Museum of Natural History. The minutes of the previous
meeting were accepted as read. The 16 members and seven guests were wel-
comed by the President. Dr. Treat reported on membership, finances, the
By-laws, and the advancement of Entomology for the past year. Mr.
Soraci announced that he has high hopes of the JOURNAL being brought
up to date with the March issue.

The Nominating Committee presented the following slate of officers for
the coming year:

President Mr. Nicholas Shoumatoff

Vice-president Mr. Bernard Heineman

Dec., 19G1]

Proceedings

225

Secretary Mr. Eobert G. Bloch

Assistant Secretary Mr. Eaymond Brush

Treasurer Mr. Jacob Huberman

Assistant Treasurer Mrs. Patricia Vaurie

Editor Mr. Frank Soraci and Publication Committee as

presently constituted: Mr. F. Soraci, Br. W.
Creighton, Mr. H. Schwarz, Mr. P. Farb

Delegate to the New York

Academy of Sciences Dr. Lucy W. Clausen

Trustees Mr. E. Irving Huntington

Mr. Herbert F. Schwarz
Dr. Alexander B. Klots
Dr. John Schmitt
Dr. Asher Treat

The nominations were closed and the entire slate elected by the Secretary
casting one ballot. A telegram was received from Mr. and Mrs. Heineman
congratulating Dr. Treat on his successful year and wishing success to Mr.
Shoumatoff for the ensuing year.

Mr. Huntington then presented Dr. Treat with a silver tray inscribed
“Asher Treat with deep appreciation from New York Entomological Society
1958” as a token of appreciation for his untiring efforts toward keeping
the Society together and rejuvenating it. Dr. Treat in response said that
without the help of many members and past-presidents his year could not
have been successful. Dr. Vishniac called for a vote of gratitude to Dr.
Treat. This was unanimously given by the entire group present.

Three persons were elected to membership ; Mr. Michael Shulgin, Mr. Sol
Lander, and Miss Lenore Grossman; in this latter case the By-laws were
suspended.

Mr. Herbert Schwarz was nominated for Honorary Membership in the
Society by Dr. Treat. This was quickly seconded and unanimously passed
by the members present. The retiring president’s talk was concerned with
“Developments in Acarology.” (An abstract follows the minutes.)

The meeting adjourned at 9:50 PM.

Egbert G. Bloch, Secretary

DEVELOPMENTS IN ACAROLOGY
Abstract

Though known in literature since the time of Aristotle, the mites and ticks
(Order Acarina) were first designated as Arachnida along with spiders and
scorpions, by Lamarck in 1815. They were dealt with systematically by
several 19th century workers from Latrielle in 1806 to Canestrini in 1892,
but because of their minuteness they have only recently become objects of
extensive study, still largely descriptive. Probably only a small percentage of
the existing species are known. Military medical and agricultural problems
of the past two decades have awakened much interest, as indicated by Bren-
nan’s list (1958) of 411 acarologists of the world. Courses of instruction in
acarology are now given at the State Universities of Maryland, California,

226

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

and Kansas. Five suborders and about two hundred families of Acarina
are now recognized. These represent virtually every known climate, habitat,
and mode of ecological relationship. Among the results of recent research
is detailed knowledge of the life cycle of the various chigger mites some of
which cause dermatitis while others are vectors of disease such as scrub
typhus. Certain soil-dwelling mites of the supercohort Oribatei have been
shown to harbor the eggs of tapeworms infesting sheep and other animals
including man. Mite control has become an important problem where
predator populations have been reduced by man. Mites and insects are often
intimately . inter-related, as illustrated by the moth ear mite, Myrmonyssus
phalaenodectes.

A. E. Treat

Meeting of January 20, 1959

Our iieAv President, Mr. Nicholas Shoumatoff, called the meeting to order
in Eoom 419 of the American Museum of Natural History at 8:00 PM.,
18 members and 3 guests were present. The minutes of the previous meeting
were read and accepted as read. The only committee report was from the
Treasnrer who reported that the “status quo” was being maintained. Dr.
Daniel Ludwig of the Biological Laboratory, Fordham University, was pro-
posed for membership.

The death of Dr. Heinrich E. K. Jordan in London was brought to the
attention of the meeting by Mrs. Alice Hopf. She submitted an obituary
from the NEW YOKK TIMES which was read by Mr. Shoumatoff. Dr.
Treat, Dr. Louis Marks, and Mr. Shoumatoff spoke of the late Dr. Jordan
and described his great contributions to entomology and they related anec-
dotes of his productive and colorful life. A resolution proposed by Dr.
Treat to express the sympathy and to extend the condolences of our Society
to the Eoyal Entomological Society and or other Scientific organizations
with which the late Dr. Jordan Avas closely allied was unanimously passed.

Mr. Shoumatoff re-introduced himself as the speaker of the evening and
presented a most informative and interesting, illustrated talk on Afghani-
stan butterflies. The personalities of some of his colleagues were included,
together with the geography of Afghanistan and its environs. (An abstract
follows the minntes.)

The meeting Avas adjourned at 9:50 PM.

Eaymond Brush, Assist. Secretary

STUDIES OF AFGHANISTAN BUTTERFLIES

Abstract

Because of political and physical difficulties of access, the highland butter-
flies of Afghanistan have remained little known relative to other parts of
Central Asia. They have been a large gap in the zoological knoAvledge of
the entire region, whose lofty mountains have produced important problems
of distribution and taxonomy for the lepidopterist. A collection of butter-
flies from central Afghanistan, especially the Koh-i-Baba Eange rising to
5143 meters, by the third Danish Expedition to Central Asia in 1948, was a

Dec., 1961]

Proceedings

227

major breakthrough. These have been reported by Avinoff and Sweadner
(Annals of the Carnegie Museum, 1951) and by Clench and ShoumatofC
(Vidensk. Medd. fra Dansk, Naturk. Foren, 1956). This collection of over
900 butterflies in 62 different forms, resulted in 6 new species, 12 new sub-
species, and 17 additional forms recorded from Afghanistan for the first
time. The novelties included Pseudochazara porphyritica, Paralasa dano-
rum, Karanasa pamira haslundi, Colias sJiahfuladi, and Parnassius delpliius
Tcohihaha, each of which exemplify zoogeographical situations of special
significance. The presently known Afghan butterflies are 109 distinct
species and 16 additional subspecies, of which 11 species and 30 subspecies
are endemic. Recently the Carnegie Museum, through a grant from the
late A. Avinoff, acquired a much larger new collection of Afghan mountain
butterflies, made by H. Klapperich of Germany, which includes 761 Satyri-
dae, 960 Nymphalidae etc., 2210 Lycjaenidae, 1557 Pieridae, 635 Papilioni-
dae, and 413 Eesperidae. These are now being studied in cooperation with
specialists from England and Germany and promise to yield much new
knowledge of the Central Asiatic fauna.

Nicholas Shoumatoff
Meeting of February 3, 1959

President Shoumatoff called the meeting to order at 8:10 PM in Room
419 of the American Museum of Natural History. Twenty-three members
and eight guest were present and they were welcomed by Mr. Shoumatoff.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. The Presi-
dent welcomed back to the United States our Vice-president, Mr. Heineman,
who then gave a report of the programs for the next two months. Dr. A. B.
Klots, Chairman of the Field Committee, is planning to have two or three
field trips this year. He stated that Mr. and Mrs. Ruben have offered their
grounds in Orange County for one of the trips. Dr. Daniel Ludwig was
elected to membership and Mr. John Yrizarry was proposed for membership
in the Society.

Mr. Shoumatoff introduced the speaker of the evening. Dr. Klots, who
spoke on “Thrips, Walking Sticks, and Other Insects.” His many color
slides beautifully illustrated his most informative talk.

The meeting adjourned at 10:00 PM.

Robert G. Bloch, Secretary
Meeting of February 17, 1959

President Shoumatoff called the meeting to order at 8:15 PM in Room
419 of the American Museum of Natural History; 17 members and one guest
were present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Mr. Huberman, the Treasurer, reported the amount of $952 in the General
Fund and $5150 in the Capital Fund. Mr. John C. Yrizarry was unanimously
elected to membership. A motion was made, seconded, and passed to allow
the Quartermaster Research & Engineering Command, U. S. Army to repub-
lish articles from the JOURNAL of the New York Entomological Society.

228

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

A copy of Dr. A. B. Klots’ book on butterflies and moths was shown and
passed around; Mr. Shoumatoff recommended it to the membership.

Dr. J. Forbes introduced the speaker of the evening, Dr. Eleanor Lappano,
who spoke on “Army Ant Larva.” Her talk was illustrated with lantern
slides. She related the external and internal morphology of larvae of Eciton
hurchelU to its behavioral pattern. (An abstract follows the minutes.)

After a discussion period the meeting adjourned at 9:50 PM.

Egbert G. Bloch, Secretary

ARMY ANT LARVA
Abstract

A study of the external and internal anatomy of the army ant larva,
Eciton hurchelli, was undertaken to determine whether differences in struc-
ture or in developmental growth rates exist among the various polymorphic
castes or size-groups of an all-worker brood of this species. This investi-
gation was part of her doctoral research which was conducted at the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History and at Fordham University.

The results indicated that no single external or internal structure or its
progressive development could alone be used to distinguish larvae of the
different polymorphic size groups. Eather, in any one developmental stage,
between the extremes in body length, a smooth series of measurements is
found to exist with corresponding differences in the size and degree of
development of the particular external or internal structure being considered.

These studies did reveal a more rapid rate of leg disc dvelopment in
larvae of the smallest size-group when compared with the rate of develop-
ment of these structures in the middle-sized and the largest-sized individuals.
A sequence of histological and cytological changes in the development of
the salivary gland was observed which, when viewed in the light of previous
studies of the behavioral pattern of these social insects (T. C. Sclmeirla,
1933-present), provided a link in understanding the biology of these inter-
esting insects. The rate of development of the leg discs was compared with
the rate of development and functional activity of the salivary glands.

There is a two-fold function of the salivary glands in Eciton T)urchelli.
First, they are the site of production of a nutritive secretion during early
larval development ; this is believed to be related to trophyllactic activities
between brood and workers. Second, they are the sites of formation of the
spinning material during the pre-pupal period of development ; this material
is used to spin the cocoon at the onset of the pupal period of metamorphosis.
These two activities were discussed in relation to the behavioral pattern of
these insects.

Eleanor E. Lappano

Meeting of March 3, 1959

President Shoumatoff called the meeting to order at 8:10 PM in Eoom
419 of the American Museum of Natural History. The minutes of the pre-
vious meeting were approved as read. The President welcomed the 13 mem-
bers and 11 guests who were present. The Program Chairman, Mr. B. Heine-
man, listed the programs for the meetings through May. It was announced

Dec., 1961]

Proceedings

229

that Theodore Weinreich has been elected President of the Junior Society.
On March 28th that group will have Mr. Heineman to talk on “Butterfly
Collecting in Jamaica.” Dr. A. Treat urged the Senior membership to sup-
port the Juniors in volunteer help, such as helping them to have their own
field trips, etc. The Society is indebted to Mr. Herbert Schwarz for his
gift of $250.00 which insures the use of our meeting room for another year.

Dr. A. Klots then introduced the speaker of the evening. Dr. Jane Brower,
who spoke on “Experimental Studies of Mimicry.” Her talk, illustrated
with lantern slides, described how Scrub Jays and Starlings were taught to
reject the Monarch butterfly, and thereafter they rejected its mimic, the
Viceroy. (An abstract follows the minutes.)

After a discussion period the meeting adjourned at 9:45 PM.

Egbert G. Bloch, Secretary

EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF MIMICRY
Abstract

Experiments were designed to test the effectiveness of mimicry in butter-
flies. It was shown by experiments with caged Scrub Jays {Cyanocitta
coerulescens) , that the model butterfly Danaus plexippus (Monarch), is
unpalatable. Although the birds pecked the model at first, they soon learned
to reject it on sight alone, and never ate it. Then when they were given the
mimic, Limenitis arcMppus arcliippus (Viceroy), in place of the model, the
birds also rejected this on sight alone in a number of trials, and never ate it.

A group of control birds, which were not given the model, ate the mimic
in the majority of trials. Both experimental and control birds ate all of the
butterflies designated as Edibles, which were given randomly in sequential

pairs with the model or

mimic.

DATA:

No. of Viceroys

Experimental Birds (4)

Control Birds (4)

Not Touched

42

10

Eaten

0

60

The rejection of the Viceroy (mimic) by the experimental birds is attributed
to their experience with the unpalatable Monarch (model). These birds
treated the Viceroy as though it were the Monarch, thereby indicating that
mimicry is effective under the conditions of the experiment. These experi-
ments appear as three articles in Evolution, 1958 (Mar., Jun., and Sept.)

In another series of experiments, the effect of the proportion of artiflcial
models and mimics on mimicry was studied. The results indicated that
Starlings (Sturnus vulgaris) receiving 10%, 30%, and 60% mimics (the
balance being models in each case) did not eat 80% or more of the mimics
given. A Starling which got 90% mimics failed to eat 17% of those given;
a control bird, which got 100% mimics, ate them all. These experiments
are the flrst to suggest that mimicry may be more effective than had been
supposed under conditions in which mimics outnumber models. These will
be repeated with various proportions of model and mimic butterflies.

Jane Van Zandt Brower

230

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

COMMUNICATION RECEIVED NOVEMBER 11, 1961

Word has been received that the Zoologische Museum de Hum-
boldt-Universitat in East Berlin can no longer be visited by
scientists of the western zone. Scientists associated with the
Museum who live in the western zone have been relieved of their
positions.

This ban includes the well-known Coleopterist, Doctor Kurt
Delkeskamp, a specialist on African Erotylidae whose association
of thirty one years has been abruptly terminated.

Dec., 1961]

Index to Volume LXIX

231

INDEX TO SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF INSECTS

AND PLANTS

VOLUME LXIX

Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subgenera, species
and varieties are printed in italics. This index does not include names pub-
lished in the list of Lycaenidae (J-N).

Acanthomyops niger, 42
Acleris hudsoniana, 69
Acrosoma spinea, 27
Aedes triseriatus, 104
Aeshna clepsydra, 49
Agelena, 27
naevia, 19

Agryoneta aquatica, 28
Agroeca pullata, 189
proxima, 189
Anax junius, 49
Andropogon, 5
Anergates atratulus, 92, 99
Anomalagrion hastatum, 48
Anopheles barberi, 104
Antiteuchus, 147

guttatopunctatus, 153
variegatus, 148
Anyphaena sp., 27
Aranae, 27

Araneus bituberculatus, 187
Argia moesta, 45
sedula, 45

Argiope bruennichi, 177, 187
Artemsia, 6
cana, 7

Atta sexdens, 99
Bahai absinthifolia, 6
Bathyphantes sp., 189
Batis maritima, 88
Bombyx mori, 59
Brephidium pseudofea, 88
Callostethus, 153

guttatopunctatus, 150
Camponotus bicolor, 99
maculatus oasium, 98
pennysylvannicus, 92, 224
vagus, 98

Carex sp., 72
rostrata, 68

Cataglyphis bicolor, 98
Cediopsylla simplex, 1
Ceratophyllus gallinae, 3
Chelifer cancroides, 221
Chilostigma areolatum, 68
Coelotes atropos, 178
Colias, 201

eurytheme, 146, 201
philodice, 146, 202 •
shahfuladi, 227
Ctenocephalides felis, 1
pseudagyrtes, 2
Cyanocitta coerulescens, 229
Cyphonotida ? ignita, 138
Dactylus, 25
Daiiaus plexippus, 229
Dendryphantes, 21
aestivalis, 27
Diaea dorsata, 187
Dictyna coloradensis, 178
peon, 8
volucripes, 34
Dinocaris, 148
Dolomedes fimbriatus, 28
urinator, 27

Doratopsylla blarinae, 2
Drassodes lapidosus, 187
neglectus, 189

Drosophila melanogaster, 186
Ebo albocaudatus, 8
Eciton burchelli, 228
Epeira gibberosa, 27
Enallagma aspersum, 47
Epitedia wenmanni, 2
Erigone vagons spinosa, 189
Eristalis, 104

232

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Euryptera batesi, 132
breviceps, 133
cliihuahuae, 132
costulata^ 131
cruenta, 133
eruneta, 138
flammata, 137
flavatra, 134
fulvella, 140
ignita, 133

lateralis var. flavatra, 132
longipeniiis, 132
mimula, 132
patricia, 132
planicoxis, 140
princeps, 135
sabinoeiisis, 133
sericea, 132
spinifera, 136
subintegra, 134
texana, 131
texanae, 133
unicolor, 133
Festuca idalioensis, 71
Plourensia, 38
cernua, 6
Formica, 71
fuliginosa, 99
execta, 72
exsectoides, 72
fusca, 42, 72
macraner, 75
micraner, 75
opaciventris, 71
rufa, 42, 99
ulkei, 72
Gonomyia, 121

(Ellipteroides) ebenomyia, 122
sclimidi, 122

(Euptilostena) jucunda, 123
moglialica, 123
reticulata, 123
supernumeraria, 123
(Gonomyia) decacantha, 130
isliana, 129
ravana, 130

(Idiocera) accincta, 126
involuta, 123

maharaja, 126
myriacantha, 124
(Lipophleps) curvistyla, 126
dissimilis, 127
hedys, 129
nilgiriana, 128

(Protogonomyia) aitholodes, 121
Grimgerda, 158
Gynandromorpbs, 177
Habronattus sp., 8
pulex, 184

Hamataliva grisea, 8, 26
Hetaerina americana, 45
Hilaira excisa, 189
Hoffmanseggia densiflora, 6
Hoplopsyllus glacialis lynx, 1
Intersexes, 177
Juncus sp., 73
balticus, 73

Karanasa pamira haslundi, 227
Larrea divaricata, 5
Lasiargus hirsutus, 189
Lasius flavus, 9
mixtus, 99
niger, 99

Latrodectus maculans, 27
Leplithyphantes tenuis, 189
Leptura cincta, 134
distans, 134
lateralis, 134
obsoleta, 134
Lespedeza, 34
Libellula pulchella, 49
quadrimaculata, 49
Limenitis archippus archippus, 229
Liquidambar styraciflua, 104
Lycaenidae, 54, 105, 157, 191
Lycosa, 26
amentata, 27
lenta, 182
morosa, 189
pullata, 26

riparia spliagnicola, 184
saccata, 183
tumuqua, 182
Macrotliyreus, 152
Manica, 209

Marcothyreus annulicornis, 152

Dec., 1961]

Index to Volume LXIX

233

Moso sundevalli, 189
Mecistorhinus, 147
annulicornis, 152
coralium, 151
complanatus, 151
guttatopunctatus, 153
josephi, 151
marmoreus, 152
melaiioleucus, 152
obscurus, 150
peruensis, 152
piceus, 152
punctiger, 152
quatemalensis, 151
variolosus, 152
rufescens, 151
semilugens, 151
sepulcralis, 152
Mecistorhinus tesselatus, 152
tibialis, 151
tripterus, 152
Megabothris asio, 3
Melanchroia, 142
cepliise, 144
metroides, 144
venata, 142
Messor structor, 99
Metepeira arizonica, 8
foxi, 22
labyrinthea, 35
segmentata, 27
Mermis, 187

Metaphidippus flavipedes, 182
galattea, 189

Micrargus herbidgradus, 188
Mimiptera, 139
costaricensis, 140
Misumena aleatoria, 19
vatia, 19

Misumenoides aleatorius, 34
Misumenops spp., 8
asperatus, 23, 34
calycina, 32
celer, 21
coloradensis, 8
dubius, 8

Misumenops dubius, 8
oblongus, 24

Monopsyllus vison, 4
Mulilenbergia porteri, 6
Myrmecia, 101
Myrmica brevispiiiosa, 211
brevinodis, 212
brevisponsa, 212
lobicornis, 212
lobifroiis, 212
mexicana, 211
punctiventris, 210
rubra, 99

ruginodis worker, 99
scabrinodis, 42
sclienkii emeryana, 212
spatulata, 212
strialagaster, 209
sulcinodoides, 212
Myrmonyssus phalaenodectus, 226
Necrophorus, 42
Neoantistea agilis, 188
radula, 181
Neodine, 152
Nosopsyllus fasciatus, 4
Nycteola, 203
cinereana, 203
Columbiana, 203
fletclieri, 205
frigidana, 203
scriptana, 203

Odontopsyllus multispinosus, 3
Oecophylla bicolor, 99
smaragdina, 99
Oedothorax fuscus, 177
retusus, 187

Oeneis jutta ridingiana, 69
Opisodasys psuedarctomys, 3
Opliistomis pallida, 139
Orcliopaeus bowardi, 3
leucopus, 3

Oropsylla arctomys, 4
Ortliopodomyia signifera, 104
Oxyopes heterophtlialmus, 188
Pantala flavescens, 49
Paralasa danorum, 227
Paramyrica, 209
colax, 209
rugiventris, 205

234

New York Entomological Society

[VoL. LXIX

Pardosa amentata, 183, 190
pullata, 184
prativaga, 184

Parnassius delphius kohibaba, 227
Partlienium, 38
incanum, 6, 37
Pentatoma macraspis, 148
Perithemis tenera, 46
Peromyscopsylla hamifer, 4
hesperomys, 4
Phidippus, 32
ad a x, 32

Pliilaeus chrysops, 188
Philodromus sp., 21
alaseensis, 34
iiifuseatus, 8
placidus, 24
virescens, 24, 33
Pieris protodice, 145
rapae, 145
Pirata piraticus, 26
Platliemis lydia, 45
Porrhomma pallidum, 188
Pseudochazara porpliyritica, 227
Eliododendron, 124
Ehus acetosella, 34
Ehytidoponera convexa, 99
Salicoruia, 88
bigelovii, 88
Salix bebbi, 69
Saphiopsylla bishopi, 2
Sassacus, 24
papenhoei, 8, 24
Scirpus-Ecbinocliloa, 34

Seotinella pelvincolens, 182
Spartina, 5

Specocera vilhenai, 187
Stenoponia americana, 2
Stigmatomma pallipes, 99
Sturnus vulgaris, 229
Sympetrum striolatum nigrifemus, 49
Taraxacum officinale, 71
Tegenaria, 27
derhami, 27

Teleutomyrmex schneiderei, 92
Tenebrio molitor, 59
Tetragoneuria, 43
cynosura, 43

Tetragnatha montana, 189
Tetramorium caespitum, 92, 210
rugiventris, 209
Theridion spp., 27
Thomisus, 35
Tmarus angulatus, 8, 24
rubromaculatus, 24
Toxorhyncliites rutilis, 104
Tramea, 49
Carolina, 49
lacerta, 49

Tridens pulchellus, 6
Troxoclirus scabriculis, 188
Tibifera sp., 104
Typlia, 68
latifolia, 68
Xenopsylla cheopis, 1
Xysticus, 32

transversatus, 180
Zilla atrica, 27

r

JOURNAL

‘ ‘ 1 > i' ■ >'

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lan-
caster, Pennsylvania. Ail communications relating to manuscript for
the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Dr. L. W. Clausen, Columbia
Univ. College of Pharmacy, 115 W. 68th Street, N. Y. 23, N. Y.; all
subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer,
New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History,
79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society
has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be
responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of
address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $8.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly
in advance. Single copies, as issued, $2.00 each.

Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York
Entomological Society.

I

CONTENTS OF VOLUME LXIX, No. 4

Spider Gynandromorphs and Intersexes

By B. J. Kaston 177

An Annotated List of Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera, Rho-
polocera) of the Western Hemisphere (continued)

By William Phillips Comstock and

Edgar Irving Huntington 191

Forms and Arrangements of Scales in Species of Colias
(Lepidoptera, Pieridae)

By P. H. H. Gray 201

A Synopsis of the Genus Nycteoia from North America,
Including a new species from Arizona (Lepidoptera,
Noctuidae)

By Frederick H. R-indge 203

Book Reviews:

Diptera : Nematocera-Brachycera (Except Dolichopodi-
dae) Volume 10 of INSECTS OF HAWAII by
Elmo Hardy 207

Psychodidae. Guide to the Insects of Connecticut by

Lawrence W. Quate 207

The Status of Certain Myrmicine Ants in Western North
America with a Consideration of the Genus Para-
myrica Cole (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) ^

By Robert E. Gregg 209

PROCEEDINGS of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGI-
CAL SOCIETY 221

Index of Authors iii

Index of Scientific Names 231

Published Quarterly for the Society

By Business Press, Inc. ' (

Lancaster, Pa.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American
Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y.